Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission File Number: 001-31892

 

 

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   94-2703333

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

44201 Nobel Drive

Fremont, California

  94538
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(510) 656-3333

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨         Accelerated filer   x         Non-accelerated filer   ¨         Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing sale price on the New York Stock Exchange on January 15, 2009) was approximately $274,095,504 Shares held by each executive officer, director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of January 15, 2009, there were 32,759,457 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Items 10 (as to directors and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance), 11, 12 (as to Beneficial Ownership) and 13 of Part III incorporate by reference information from the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the registrant’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on March 24, 2009.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

2008 FORM 10-K

 

          Page

PART I

   1

Item 1.

   Business Overview    1

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    8

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments    24

Item 2.

   Properties    24

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings    24

Item 4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    24

PART II

   26

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    26

Item 6.

   Selected Consolidated Financial Data    28

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.    29

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    52

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    54

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    104

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    104

Item 9B.

   Other Information    104

PART III

   105

Item 10.

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    105

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    105

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder   Matters.    105

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    106

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    106

PART IV

   107

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    107

 


Table of Contents

PART I

 

When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”), the words “believes,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “allows,” “can,” “may,” “designed,” “will,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These are statements that relate to future periods and include statements about our business model and our services, expected benefits and developments of our services and operations, potential effects of the economic environment, anticipated benefits of our acquisitions including any related increase in fourth quarter seasonality, impact of the final purchase price of our acquisitions on our financial position, accuracy of our estimates of the impact of our acquisitions on our financial statements, our revenue and operating results, economic and industry trends, thefts at our warehouses, our gross margins, our agreements with MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International, our relationship with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems, our estimates regarding our capital requirements, our future needs for additional financing, concentration of products and customers, expansion of our operations, our international operations, our strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets, effect of future expansion on our operations, adequacy of our cash resources to meet our capital needs, adequacy of our disclosure controls and procedures, impact of rules and regulations affecting public companies, impact of our accounting policies, statements regarding future tax liabilities and unrecognized tax benefits, statements regarding our capitalization and stock price, our estimated fair value of our reporting units and statements regarding our securitization programs and revolving credit lines. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks discussed below, as well as the seasonality of the buying patterns of our customers, concentration of sales to large customers, dependence upon and trends in capital spending budgets in the IT industry, fluctuations in general economic conditions and risks set forth below under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

 

In the sections of this Report entitled “Business Overview” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all references to “SYNNEX,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” mean SYNNEX Corporation and our subsidiaries, except where it is made clear that the term means only the parent company or one of its segments.

 

SYNNEX, the SYNNEX Logo, CONCENTRIX, the CONCENTRIX Logo, EMJ, NEW AGE, PC WHOLESALE, and all other SYNNEX company, product and services names and slogans are trademarks or registered trademarks of SYNNEX Corporation. SYNNEX and the SYNNEX Logo Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off. Other names and marks are the property of their respective owners.

 

Item 1. Business Overview

 

We are a Fortune 500 corporation and a leading business process services company, serving resellers, retailers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, in multiple regions around the world. We provide services in distribution, contract assembly and global business services, or GBS. We operate in two segments, distribution services segment and GBS segment. The distribution services segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, and retailers, as well as provide assembly services to OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management and logistics. Our GBS segment offers a range of services to our customers that include customer management, software development, web hosting, hosted software, domain name registration, and back office processing on a global platform. We deliver these services through various methods including voice, chat, web, email, and digital print. We also sell products complementary to these service offerings in China.

 

We bring synergy to our customers’ business process services requirements. By bringing supply chain management, contract assembly and distribution expertise together under one service provider, the result is high quality products assembled at a lower cost with industry-leading components and delivered efficiently and on

 

1


Table of Contents

time. Our business model is flexible and modular to accommodate the specific needs of our customers. To further enhance our business process services solutions, we provide value-added support services such as demand generation, pre-sales support, product marketing, print and fulfillment, back office outsourcing, post-sales technical support, web hosting and domain name registration services.

 

We combine our core strengths in demand generation, distribution, supply chain management, and contract assembly to provide our customers greater efficiencies in time to market, cost minimization, real-time linkages in the supply chain and aftermarket product support. We distribute more than 15,000 (as measured by active SKUs) technology products from more than 100 IT OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers throughout the United States, Canada and Mexico. We employ over 6,000 employees worldwide and operate in the United States, Canada, China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the United Kingdom. From a geographic perspective, approximately 98% of our total revenue was from North America for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.

 

We purchase IT systems, peripherals, system components, packaged software and networking equipment from OEM suppliers such as Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, Panasonic, Lenovo and Seagate and sell them to our reseller and retail customers. We perform the same function for our purchases of licensed software products. Our reseller customers include value-added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. Our largest OEM supplier, HP, accounted for approximately 32% of our total revenue for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.

 

The IT distribution and contract assembly services industries are characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. As well, the market for IT products and services is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product and services we provide.

 

In our distribution segment, we are highly dependent on the end-market demand for IT products and services. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products, overall economic growth and general business activity. A difficult and challenging economic environment may also lead to consolidation or decline in the IT industry and increased price-based competition.

 

We have been in business since 1980 and are headquartered in Fremont, California with distribution, sales, contract assembly and contact center facilities in the United States, Canada, China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the United Kingdom. We were originally incorporated in the State of California as COMPAC Microelectronics, Inc. in November 1980, and we changed our name to SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. in February 1994. We later reincorporated in the State of Delaware under the name of SYNNEX Corporation in October 2003.

 

Our Products and Suppliers

 

We distribute a broad line of IT products, including IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for more than 100 OEM suppliers, enabling us to offer comprehensive solutions to our reseller customers. Our primary OEM suppliers and representative products for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 include the following:

 

Supplier

  

Representative Products

HP

   Desktop and Mobile PCs, Printers, Imaging Products, Supplies, Servers, Storage Products

Panasonic

   Mobile PCs

IBM

   Software

Lenovo

   Desktop and Mobile PCs

Seagate

   Storage Products

Acer

   Mobile PCs, Displays and Monitors

 

2


Table of Contents

Supplier

  

Representative Products

Intel

   CPUs, Motherboards, Networking Products

Lexmark

   Printer Supplies

Symantec

   Security Software

Microsoft

   Operating Systems, Application Software

 

During fiscal year 2008, our product mix by category was in the following ranges:

 

Product Category:

    

Peripherals

   32% - 36%

IT Systems

   29% - 33%

System Components

   14% - 18%

Software

   10% - 14%

Networking Equipment

   5% - 9%

 

Our largest OEM supplier is HP. Revenue from the sale of HP products represented approximately 32% and 28% of our revenue for fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. We entered into a U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement with HP on November 6, 2003, which governs our relationship with HP in the United States. The agreement remains in effect until May 31, 2009 unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms. As is typical with our OEM supplier agreements, either party may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement with cause upon 15 days written notice. “Cause” is not defined in the agreement. In the event the agreement is terminated for cause or if we fail to perform our obligations under the agreement, our agreements with HP for the resale of products, support and services will automatically terminate upon such default or termination. In the event of any breach of the agreement by us, HP may terminate the agreement and we may be required to refund HP any discounts or program payments paid during the period we were in breach of the agreement and reimburse HP for reasonable attorneys’ fees. If either party becomes insolvent or bankrupt, the other party may terminate the agreement without notice and cancel any unfulfilled obligations, except for payment obligations. Our subsidiaries in Canada and Mexico have territorial supplier agreements with subsidiaries of HP located in the respective countries.

 

In addition to HP, we have distribution agreements with most of our suppliers. These agreements usually provide for nonexclusive distribution rights and pertain to specific geographic territories. The agreements are also generally short-term, subject to periodic renewal, and often contain provisions permitting termination by either our supplier or us without cause upon relatively short notice. An OEM supplier that elects to terminate a distribution agreement will generally repurchase its products carried in our inventory.

 

Our distribution and contract assembly business subjects us to the risk that the value of our inventory will be affected adversely by suppliers’ price reductions or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of the products comprising our inventory. Many of our OEM suppliers offer us limited protection from the loss in value of our inventory due to technological change or a supplier’s price reductions. Under many of these agreements, we have a limited period of time to return or exchange products or claim price protection credits. We monitor our inventory levels and attempt to time our purchases to maximize our protection under supplier programs.

 

Our Customers

 

We distribute IT products to more than 15,000 resellers. Resellers are classified primarily by the end-users to whom they sell as well as the services they provide. End-users include large corporations or enterprises, governments, small-to medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, and personal users. In addition, resellers vary greatly in size and geographic reach. Our reseller customers buy from us and other distributors and our larger reseller customers also buy certain products directly from OEM suppliers.

 

No reseller customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal years 2008 or 2007. Some of our largest customers include CDW Corporation, Business Depot and Insight Enterprises, Inc.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Services

 

We offer a variety of services to our customers. These services can be purchased individually or they can be purchased in combination with others in the form of supply chain solutions. The three major categories of services include the following:

 

Distribution Services. We have sophisticated pick, pack and ship operations, which allows us to efficiently receive shipments from our OEM suppliers and quickly fill orders for our reseller customers and retail customers. We generally stock or otherwise have access to the inventory of our OEM suppliers to satisfy the demands of our reseller customers.

 

Contract Assembly Services. We provide our OEM contract assembly customers with systems design and build-to-order, or BTO, and configure-to-order, or CTO, assembly capabilities. BTO assembly consists of building a group of systems with the same pre-defined specifications, generally for our OEM customers’ inventory. CTO assembly consists of building a customized system for an OEM customer’s individual order specifications. We also offer production value-added services such as kitting, reconfiguration, asset tagging and hard drive imaging.

 

Global Business Services. We offer a range of services to our customers that include customer management, software development, web hosting, hosted software, domain name registration, and back office processing on a global platform. We deliver these services through various methods including voice, chat, web, email, and digital print. We also sell products complementary to these service offerings in China.

 

The above major categories of services are complemented by the following:

 

Logistics Services. We provide logistics support to our reseller customers such as outsourced fulfillment, virtual distribution and direct ship to end-users. Other logistics support activities we provide include generation of customized shipping documents, multi-level serial number tracking for customized, configured products and online order and shipment tracking.

 

Online Services. We maintain electronic data interchange, or EDI, and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to search for products, check inventory availability and prices, configure systems, place and track orders, receive invoices, review account status and process returns. We also have web-based application software that allows our resellers or their end-user customers to order software and take delivery online.

 

Financing Services. We offer our reseller customers a wide range of financing options, including net terms, third party leasing, floor plan financing, letters of credit backed financing and arrangements where we collect payments directly from the end-user. The availability and terms of our financing services are subject to our credit policies or those of third party financing providers to our reseller customers.

 

Marketing Services. We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of marketing activities targeting resellers, including direct mail, external media advertising, reseller product training, targeted telemarketing campaigns, national and regional trade shows, database analysis, print on demand services and web-based marketing.

 

Technical Solutions Services. We provide our reseller customers technical support services, including pre- and post-sales support.

 

Joint Supply Chain Management and Distribution Services. We provide our contract assembly customers with materials procurement and management activities including planning, purchasing, expediting and warehousing system components and materials used in the assembly process. Because we distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our contract assembly customers’ products, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk by taking advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. In addition, we also offer increased inventory availability to our contract assembly customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly.

 

4


Table of Contents

For a discussion of our business by segments, please see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As of November 30, 2008, we employed 4,107 sales, marketing, contact center and demand generation services professionals. For distribution, we serve our large commercial, government reseller and retail customers through dedicated sales professionals. In our contact centers, we are contracted primarily by OEMs to provide services to their end user customers. We market to smaller resellers and OEMs through dedicated regional sales teams. In addition, we have dedicated product marketing and sales specialists that focus on the sale and promotion of the products of selected suppliers. These specialists are also directly involved in establishing new relationships with leading OEMs to create demand for their products and services and with resellers for their customers’ needs. Our sales and marketing professionals are complemented by members of our executive management team who are integral in identifying potential new customer opportunities, promoting sales growth and ensuring customer satisfaction. We have sales offices in North America, Latin America and Asia and attempt to have sales and marketing professionals in close proximity to our reseller, retail and OEM customers.

 

We also have a sales team dedicated to cultivating new business process services opportunities with IT product OEMs. On selected opportunities, this team works with MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International to offer OEMs comprehensive outsourced supply chain solutions. This joint sales effort enables us to deliver complete design-to-delivery solutions for our OEM customers.

 

In addition, as part of our growing global services business, we have sales teams dedicated to cultivating new business process services opportunities for our contact center and demand generation services, as well as for selling selected products and web hosting and domain name registration services in China.

 

Our Operations

 

We operate more than 20 distribution facilities in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Our distribution processes are highly automated to reduce errors, ensure timely order fulfillment and enhance the efficiency of our warehouse operations and back office administration. Our distribution facilities are geographically dispersed to be near reseller customers and their end-users. This decentralized, regional strategy enables us to benefit from lower shipping costs and shorter delivery lead times to our customers. Furthermore, we track several performance measurements to continuously improve the efficiency and accuracy of our distribution operations. Our regional locations also enable us to make local deliveries and provide will-call fulfillment to more customers than if our distribution operations were more centralized, resulting in better service to our customers. Our workforce is comprised of permanent and temporary employees, enabling us to respond to short-term changes in order activity.

 

Our proprietary IT systems and processes enable us to automate many of our distribution operations. For example, we use radio frequency and bar code scanning technologies in all of our warehouse operations to maintain real-time inventory records, facilitate frequent cycle counts and improve the accuracy of order fulfillment. We use palm readers to capture real-time labor cost data, enabling efficient management of our daily labor costs.

 

To enhance the accuracy of our order fulfillment and protect our inventory from shrinkage, our systems also incorporate numerous controls. These controls include order weight checks, bar code scanning, and serial number profile verification to verify that the product shipped matches the customer order. We also use digital video imaging to record our small package shipping activities by order. These images and other warehouse and shipping data are available online to our customer service representatives, enabling us to quickly respond to order inquiries by our customers.

 

We operate our principal contract assembly facilities in the United States and the United Kingdom. We generally assemble IT systems, including workstations and servers, by incorporating system components from

 

5


Table of Contents

our distribution inventory and other sources. Additionally, we perform production value-added services, including kitting, asset tagging, hard drive imaging and reconfiguration. Our contract assembly facilities are ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001 certified.

 

We offer contact center services that deliver voice, e-mail and technical support services on a global platform to our customers. Our inbound contact center provides real-time technical support services to our customers.

 

We offer web hosting and domain name registration services in China.

 

International Operations

 

Approximately 21% and 22% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively, originated outside of the United States, with approximately 18% and 19% for fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively, of our total revenue generated in Canada. A key element in our business strategy has been to provide our GBS capabilities to OEMs in locations that are cost beneficial, but low risk. Consistent with this strategy, we have established international operations in Canada, China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the United Kingdom. However, our end market strategy for our distribution business remains focused on North America. For a discussion of our net revenue by geographic region, please see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

 

Purchasing

 

Product costs represent our single largest expense and IT product inventory is one of our largest working capital investments. Furthermore, product procurement from our OEM suppliers is a highly complex process that involves incentive programs, rebate programs, price protection, volume and early payment discounts and other arrangements. Consequently, efficient and effective purchasing operations are critical to our success.

 

Our purchasing group works closely with many areas of our organization, especially our product managers who work closely with our OEM suppliers and our sales force, to understand the volume and mix of IT products that should be purchased. In addition, the purchasing group utilizes an internally developed, proprietary information systems application tool, which further aids the purchasing group in forecasting future product demand based on several factors, including historical sales levels, expected product life cycle and current and projected economic conditions. Our information system tools also track warehouse and channel inventory levels and open purchase orders on a real-time basis enabling us to stock inventory at a regional level closer to the customer as well as to actively manage our working capital resources. This level of automation promotes greater efficiencies of inventory management by replenishing and turning inventory, as well as placing purchase orders on a more frequent basis. Furthermore, our system tools also allow for automated checks and controls to prevent the generation of inaccurate orders.

 

Managing our OEM supplier incentive programs is another critical function of our purchasing group. We attempt to maximize the benefits of incentives, rebates and volume and early payment discounts that our OEM suppliers offer us from time to time. We carefully evaluate these supplier incentive benefits relative to our product handling and carrying costs so that we do not overly invest in our inventory. We also closely monitor inventory levels on a product-by-product basis and plan purchases to take advantage of OEM supplier provided price protection. By managing inventory levels at each of our regional distribution facilities, we can minimize our shipping costs by stocking products near to our resellers and their end-user customers.

 

Financial Services

 

We offer various financing options to our customers as well as prepayment, credit card and cash on delivery terms. We also collect outstanding accounts receivable on behalf of our reseller customers in certain markets. In issuing credit terms to our reseller customers, we closely and regularly monitor their creditworthiness through our information systems, which contain detailed information on each customer’s payment history, as well as

 

6


Table of Contents

through periodic detailed credit file reviews by our financial services staff. In addition, we participate in a North American credit association whose members exchange customer credit rating information. We have also purchased credit insurance in some geographies to further control credit risks. Finally, we establish reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business based upon historical losses.

 

We also sell to certain reseller customers pursuant to third party floor plan financing. The expenses charged by these financing companies are subsidized either by our OEM suppliers or paid by us. We generally receive payment from these financing companies within 15 to 30 days from the date of sale, depending on the specific arrangement.

 

Information Technology

 

Our IT systems manage the entire order cycle, including processing customer orders, production planning, customer billing and payment tracking. These internally developed IT systems make our operations more efficient and provide visibility into our operations. We believe our IT infrastructure is scalable to support further growth. Continuous enhancement of our IT systems facilitates improved product and inventory management, streamlines order and fulfillment processes, and increases operational flexibility.

 

To allow our customers and suppliers to communicate and transact business with us in an efficient and consistent manner, we have implemented a mix of proprietary and off-the-shelf software programs, which integrate our IT systems with those of our customers and suppliers. In particular, we maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller and retail customers to enable them to search for products, check real-time pricing, inventory availability and specifications, place and track orders, receive invoices and process returns. We plan to continue making significant investments in our IT systems to facilitate the flow of information, increase our efficiency and lower transaction costs.

 

Competition

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product industry is characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit terms, price, speed and accuracy of delivery, effectiveness of sales and marketing programs, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities and product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and manufacturers.

 

Our current major competitors in IT product distribution include Bell Microproducts, Ingram Micro, ScanSource and Tech Data and, to a lesser extent, regional distributors. We also face competition from our OEM suppliers, which also sell directly to resellers and end-users. The distribution industry has recently undergone, and continues to undergo, major consolidation. During this period, a number of significant players within the IT distribution industry exited or merged with other players within the distribution market. Over the years we have participated in this consolidation through our acquisitions of Merisel Canada, Gates/Arrow, EMJ Data Systems Limited, Azerty United Canada, PC Wholesale and New Age Electronics, or New Age, and we continue to evaluate other opportunities. Our major competitors in our global business services include Teleperformance, Teletech and Accenture, and other global and regional service providers.

 

We constantly seek to expand our business into areas primarily related to our core distribution business as well as other support, logistics, global business and related value-added services. As we enter new business areas, we may encounter increased competition from our current competitors and/or new competitors.

 

Some of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us. Some may have more developed relationships with their existing customers. We attempt to offset our comparative scale disadvantage by focusing on a limited number of leading OEMs to represent, running an efficient and low cost operation and offering a high level of value add and customer service.

 

7


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of November 30, 2008, we had 6,804 full-time employees, including 4,107 in sales, marketing, contact center and demand generation services professionals, 2,034 in operations, and 663 in executive, finance, IT and administration. Given the variability in our business and the quick response time required by customers, it is critical that we are able to rapidly ramp-up and ramp-down our production capabilities to maximize efficiency. As a result, we frequently use a significant number of temporary or contract workers, which totaled approximately 868, on a full-time equivalent basis, at November 30, 2008. Our employees are not represented by a labor union, nor are they covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

Available Information

 

Our website is http://www.synnex.com . We make available free of charge, on or through our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if any, or other filings filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing these reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this report. We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers. We make available free of charge, on or through our website’s investor relations page, our code of ethics.

 

The SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains the Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if any, or other filings filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy and information statements of the Company. All reports that the Company files with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC, 20549. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial results and results of operations. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our Company, you should know that making such an investment involves some risks, including the risks described below. The risks that have been highlighted here are not the only ones that we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We anticipate that our revenue and operating results will fluctuate, which could adversely affect the enterprise value of our Company and our securities.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated and will fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors, including:

 

   

general economic conditions and level of IT spending;

 

   

the loss or consolidation of one or more of our significant OEM suppliers or customers;

 

   

market acceptance, product mix and useful life of the products we distribute;

 

   

market acceptance, quality, pricing and availability of our services;

 

   

competitive conditions in our industry that impact our margins;

 

   

pricing, margin and other terms with our OEM suppliers;

 

   

decline in inventory value as a result of product obsolescence;

 

8


Table of Contents
   

variations in our levels of excess inventory and doubtful accounts, and changes in the terms of OEM supplier-sponsored programs, such as price protection and return rights; and

 

   

the impact of the business acquisitions we make.

 

Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore, we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall.

 

Our operating results also are affected by the seasonality of the IT products and services industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting, federal government spending and purchasing cycles of end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below our expectations or those of our public market analysts or investors, which would likely cause our share price to decline. For example, in March 2005, we announced that our revenue and net income for the three months ended February 28, 2005 were lower than our previously released guidance and, as a result, our share price subsequently declined substantially.

 

We depend on a small number of OEMs to supply the IT products that we sell and the loss of, or a material change in, our business relationship with a major OEM supplier could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

 

Our future success is highly dependent on our relationships with a small number of OEM suppliers. Sales of Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, products represented approximately 32% and 28% of our total revenue in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our OEM supplier agreements typically are short-term and may be terminated without cause upon short notice. For example, our agreement with HP will expire on May 31, 2009. The loss or deterioration of our relationships with a major OEM supplier, the authorization by OEM suppliers of additional distributors, the sale of products by OEM suppliers directly to our reseller customers and end-users, or our failure to establish relationships with new OEM suppliers or to expand the distribution and supply chain services that we provide OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results. For example in fiscal year 2008, International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, terminated its approval to market IBM System X and related products and services. In addition, OEM suppliers may face liquidity or solvency issues that in turn could negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

Our business is also highly dependent on the terms provided by our OEM suppliers. Generally, each OEM supplier has the ability to change the terms and conditions of its distribution agreements, such as reducing the amount of price protection and return rights or reducing the level of purchase discounts, rebates and marketing programs available to us. From time to time we may conduct business with a supplier without a formal agreement because the agreement has expired or otherwise. In such case, we are subject to additional risk with respect to products, warranties and returns, and other terms and conditions. If we are unable to pass the impact of these changes through to our reseller customers, our business, financial position and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Our gross margins are low, which magnifies the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs and bad debt on our operating results.

 

As a result of significant price competition in the IT products and services industry, our gross margins are low, and we expect them to continue to be low in the future. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for certain IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins. These low gross margins magnify the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs and bad debt on our operating results. A portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed, and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders that are forecasted with limited visibility of future demand. As a result, we may not

 

9


Table of Contents

be able to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue to mitigate any further reductions in gross margins in the future. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure in response to competitive price pressures, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

We also receive purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers based on various factors, including sales or purchase volume and breadth of customers. A decrease in net sales could negatively affect the level of volume rebates received from our OEM suppliers and thus, our gross margins. Because some rebates from OEM suppliers are based on percentage increases in sales of products, it may become more difficult for us to achieve the percentage growth in sales required for larger discounts due to the current size of our revenue base. A decrease or elimination of purchase discounts and rebates from our OEM suppliers would adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Because we sell on a purchase order basis, we are subject to uncertainties and variability in demand by our reseller and contract assembly services customers, which could decrease revenue and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We sell to our reseller and contract assembly services customers on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts or contracts with minimum purchase requirements. Consequently, our sales are subject to demand variability by our reseller and contract assembly services customers. The level and timing of orders placed by our customers vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying by end-users, the introduction of new hardware and software technologies and general economic conditions. Customers submitting a purchase order may cancel, reduce or delay their orders. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demands of our reseller and contract assembly services customers, we may lose customers because we have an inadequate supply of products, or we may have excess inventory, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

The success of our contact center business is subject to the terms and conditions of our customer contracts.

 

We provide contact center support services to our customers under contracts with provisions that could impact our profitability. Many of our contracts have short termination provisions which could cause fluctuations in our revenue and operating results from period to period. For example, some contracts have performance related bonus or penalty provisions, whereby we could receive a bonus if we satisfy certain performance levels or have to pay a penalty for failing to do so. In addition, our customers may not guarantee a minimum call volume; however, we hire employees based on anticipated average call volumes. The reduction of call volume, loss of any customers, payment of penalties for failure to meet performance levels or our inability to terminate any unprofitable contracts may have an adverse impact on our operations and financial results.

 

We are subject to the risk that our inventory value may decline, and protective terms under our OEM supplier agreements may not adequately cover the decline in value, which in turn may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

The IT products industry is subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements, and evolving industry standards. These changes may cause inventory on hand to decline substantially in value or to rapidly become obsolete. Most of our OEM suppliers offer limited protection from the loss in value of inventory. For example, we can receive a credit from many OEM suppliers for products held in inventory in the event of a supplier price reduction. In addition, we have a limited right to return a certain percentage of purchases to most OEM suppliers. These policies are subject to time restrictions and do not protect us in all cases from declines in inventory value. In addition, our OEM suppliers may become unable or unwilling to fulfill their protection obligations to us. The decrease or elimination of price protection or the inability of our OEM suppliers to fulfill their protection obligations could lower our gross margins and cause us to record inventory write-downs. If we are unable to manage our inventory with our OEM suppliers with a high degree of precision, we may have insufficient product supplies or we may have excess inventory, resulting in inventory write-downs, either of which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

10


Table of Contents

We depend on OEM suppliers to maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, and any supply shortages or delays could cause us to be unable to timely fulfill orders, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

Our ability to obtain particular products in the required quantities and to fulfill reseller customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our success. In most cases, we have no guaranteed price or delivery agreements with our OEM suppliers. We occasionally experience a supply shortage of certain products as a result of strong demand or problems experienced by our OEM suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of those products may increase, or the products may not be available at all. In addition, our OEM suppliers may decide to sell directly to resellers, or to substantially increase their existing distribution business, through other distributors. Accordingly, if we are not able to secure and maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill our reseller customer orders on a timely basis, our business, financial position and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

Because we conduct substantial operations in China, risks associated with economic, political and social events in China could negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

A substantial portion of our IT systems operations, including our IT systems support and software development operations, is located in China. In addition, we also conduct general and administrative activities from our facility in China. As of November 30, 2008, we had 674 support personnel located in China. We expect to increase our operations in China in the future. Our operations in China are subject to a number of risks relating to China’s economic and political systems, including:

 

   

a government controlled foreign exchange rate and limitations on the convertibility of the Chinese Renminbi;

 

   

extensive government regulation;

 

   

changing governmental policies relating to tax benefits available to foreign-owned businesses;

 

   

the telecommunications infrastructure;

 

   

a relatively uncertain legal system; and

 

   

uncertainties related to continued economic and social reform.

 

Our IT systems are an important part of our global operations. Any significant interruption in service, whether resulting from any of the above uncertainties, natural disasters or otherwise, could result in delays in our inventory purchasing, errors in order fulfillment, reduced levels of customer service and other disruptions in operations, any of which could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

 

We may have higher than anticipated tax liabilities.

 

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in various tax jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

   

changes in income before taxes in various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

   

changing tax laws, regulations, and/or interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions;

 

   

effect of tax rate on purchase accounting for acquisitions; and

 

   

resolution of issues arising from tax audit or examinations and any related interest or penalties.

 

We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in various tax jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be

 

11


Table of Contents

certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by tax authorities in various tax jurisdictions. Any adverse outcome of such review or examination could have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition. The results from various tax examinations and audit may differ from the liabilities recorded in our financial statements and may adversely affect our financial results and cash flows.

 

We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions or investments in new markets and may encounter risks associated with these activities, which could harm our business and operating results.

 

We have in the past pursued and in the future expect to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and assets in new markets, either within or outside the IT products industry, that complement or expand our existing business. Our acquisition strategy involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

difficulty in successfully integrating acquired operations, IT systems, customers, and OEM supplier relationships, products and businesses with our operations;

 

   

loss of key employees of acquired operations or inability to hire key employees necessary for our expansion;

 

   

diversion of our capital and management attention away from other business issues;

 

   

increase in our expenses and working capital requirements;

 

   

in the case of acquisitions that we may make outside of the United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries and over significant geographical distances; and

 

   

other financial risks, such as potential liabilities of the businesses we acquire.

 

Our growth may be limited and our competitive position may be harmed if we are unable to identify, finance, consummate and integrate future acquisitions. We believe that further expansion may be a prerequisite to our long-term success as some of our competitors in the IT product distribution industry have larger international operations, higher revenues and greater financial resources than us. We have incurred costs and encountered difficulties in the past in connection with our acquisitions and investments. For example, our operating margins were initially adversely affected as a result of our acquisition of the Redmond Group of Companies, or RGC. Prior to the acquisition, RGC was not a profitable business. After the acquisition, RGC initially caused a negative effect on our operating margins as we integrated RGC’s operations with our business to leverage synergies and consolidate redundant expenses. Future acquisitions may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt, large write-offs, a decrease in future profitability, or future losses. The incurrence of debt in connection with any future acquisitions could restrict our ability to obtain working capital or other financing necessary to operate our business. Our recent and future acquisitions or investments may not be successful, and if we fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

Because of the capital-intensive nature of our business, we need continued access to capital, which, if not available to us or if not available on favorable terms, could harm our ability to operate or expand our business.

 

Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance accounts receivable and product inventory that is not financed by trade creditors. If cash from available sources is insufficient, proceeds from our accounts receivable securitization and revolving credit programs are limited or cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event we are required, or elect, to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced a significant downturn due to the credit conditions impacted by the subprime mortgage crisis and other factors, including slower economic activity which may impact our results of operations. Our current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our operating results and severely limit our ability to plan for, or react

 

12


Table of Contents

to, changes in our business or industry. We could also be limited by financial and other restrictive covenants in any securitization or credit arrangements, including limitations on our borrowing of additional funds and issuing dividends. Furthermore, the cost of securitization or debt financing could significantly increase in the future, making it cost prohibitive to securitize our accounts receivable or borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities. If we issue new equity securities, existing stockholders may experience dilution, or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

The terms of our debt arrangements impose significant restrictions on our ability to operate which in turn could negatively affect our ability to respond to business and market conditions and therefore could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

As of November 30, 2008, we had approximately $551.9 million in outstanding short and long-term borrowings under term loans, convertible debt and lines of credit, excluding trade payables. The terms of one or more of the agreements under which this indebtedness was incurred may limit or restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments;

 

   

consummate certain asset sales or acquisitions;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

We are also required to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, including minimum net worth and fixed charge coverage ratio as outlined in our senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement. Our inability to meet these ratios and tests could result in the acceleration of the repayment of the related debt, the termination of the facility or the increase in our effective cost of funds. As a result, our ability to operate may be restricted and our ability to respond to business and market conditions may be limited, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness or we may experience a financial failure, which may hinder the repayment of our convertible senior notes.

 

Our ability to make scheduled debt payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

 

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Some of our credit facilities restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds which we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

 

13


Table of Contents

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result:

 

   

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

   

the lenders under our credit agreement could terminate their commitments to loan us money and foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings; and

 

   

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation, which is likely to result in delays in the payment of our indebtedness and in the exercise of enforcement remedies related to our indebtedness.

 

Repayment of our debt is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

 

Our ability to service our debt and our ability to repay current or future indebtedness when due, depend in large part upon the earnings of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the convertible senior notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.

 

A portion of our revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies and any termination or reduction in these financing arrangements could increase our financing costs and harm our business and operating results.

 

A portion of our product distribution revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies. Floor plan financing companies are engaged by our customers to finance, or floor, the purchase of products from us. In exchange for a fee, we transfer the risk of loss on the sale of our products to the floor plan companies. We currently receive payment from these financing companies within approximately 15 to 30 days from the date of the sale, which allows our business to operate at much lower relative working capital levels than if such programs were not available. If these floor plan arrangements are terminated or substantially reduced, the need for more working capital and the increased financing cost could harm our business and operating results.

 

We have significant credit exposure to our reseller customers, and negative trends in their businesses could cause us significant credit loss and negatively impact our cash flow and liquidity position.

 

We extend credit to our reseller customers for a significant portion of our sales to them. Resellers and retailers have a period of time, generally 30 days after the date of invoice, to make payment. As a result, we are subject to the risk that our reseller customers will not pay for the products they purchase. In addition, our Mexico subsidiary has entered into contracts with Mexican reseller customers, which involve extended payment terms and could expose us to additional collection risks. Our credit exposure risk may increase due to liquidity or solvency issues experienced by our resellers as a result of an economic downturn or a decrease in IT spending by end-users. If we are unable to collect payment for products we ship to our reseller customers or if our reseller customers are unable to timely pay for the products we ship to them, it will be more difficult or costly to utilize accounts receivable-based financing, which could negatively impact our cash flow and liquidity position.

 

We may suffer adverse consequences from changing interest rates.

 

Our borrowings and securitization arrangements are variable-rate obligations that could expose us to interest rate risks. At November 30, 2008, we had approximately $408.2 million in such variable-rate obligations. If interest rates increase, our interest expense would increase, which would negatively affect our net income. An increase in interest rates may increase our future borrowing costs and restrict our access to capital.

 

Additionally, current market conditions, subprime mortgage crisis, and overall credit conditions could limit our availability of capital, which could cause increases in interest margin spreads over underlying indices, effectively increasing the cost of our borrowing. While some of our credit facilities have contractually negotiated spreads, terms such as these are subject to ongoing negotiations.

 

14


Table of Contents

We experienced theft of product from our warehouses and future thefts could harm our operating results.

 

From time to time we have experienced incidents of theft at various facilities.

 

These types of incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. Also, incidents of theft may re-occur for which we may not be fully insured.

 

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems could adversely impact our business and operating results.

 

We depend on IT and telecommunications systems for our operations. These systems support a variety of functions including inventory management, order processing, shipping, shipment tracking, billing, contact center support and web hosting.

 

Failures or significant downtime of our IT or telecommunications systems could prevent us from taking customer orders, printing product pick-lists, shipping products, billing customers, handling call volume or providing web hosting. Sales also may be affected if our reseller customers are unable to access our pricing and product availability information. We also rely on the Internet, and in particular electronic data interchange, or EDI, for a large portion of our orders and information exchanges with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. The Internet and individual websites have experienced a number of disruptions and slowdowns, some of which were caused by organized attacks. In addition, some websites have experienced security breakdowns. If we were to experience a security breakdown, disruption or breach that compromised sensitive information, it could harm our relationship with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. Disruption of our website or the Internet in general could impair our order processing or more generally prevent our OEM suppliers and reseller customers from accessing information. Our contact call center is dependent upon telephone and data services provided by third party telecommunications service vendors and our IT and telecommunications system. Any significant increase in our IT and telecommunications costs or temporary or permanent loss of our IT or telecommunications systems could harm our relationships with our customers. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

 

We rely on independent shipping companies for delivery of products, and price increases or service interruptions from these carriers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We rely almost entirely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, such as FedEx and UPS, for the delivery of our products from OEM suppliers and delivery of products to reseller and retail customers. Freight and shipping charges can have a significant impact on our gross margin. As a result, an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel cost or general price increases will have an immediate adverse effect on our margins, unless we are able to pass the increased charges to our reseller customers or renegotiate terms with our OEM suppliers. In addition, in the past, UPS has experienced work stoppages due to labor negotiations with management. An increase in freight or shipping charges, the termination of our arrangements with one or more of these independent shipping companies, the failure or inability of one or more of these independent shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Changes in foreign exchange rates and limitations on the convertibility of foreign currencies could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. Most of our international revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. We presently have currency exposure arising from both sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our operating margins. For example, if these foreign currencies appreciate against the U.S. dollar, it will make it more expensive in terms of U.S. dollars to purchase

 

15


Table of Contents

inventory or pay expenses with foreign currencies. This could have a negative impact to us if revenue related to these purchases is transacted in U.S. dollars. In addition, currency devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency and make our products, which are usually purchased by us with U.S. dollars, relatively more expensive than products manufactured locally. We currently conduct only limited hedging activities, which involve the use of currency forward contracts. Hedging foreign currencies can be risky. There is also additional risk if the currency is not freely or actively traded. Some currencies, such as the Chinese Renminbi and Philippines Peso, are subject to limitations on conversion into other currencies, which can limit our ability to hedge or to otherwise react to rapid foreign currency devaluations. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business and operating results.

 

Because of the experience of our key personnel in the IT service industry and their technological expertise, if we were to lose any of our key personnel, it could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.

 

We operate in the highly competitive IT service industry. We are dependent in large part on our ability to retain the services of our key senior executives and other technical experts and personnel. Except for Robert Huang, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, Kevin Murai, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and James Estill, SYNNEX Canada Limited’s President and Chief Executive Officer, our employees and executives generally do not have employment agreements. Furthermore, we do not carry “key person” insurance coverage for any of our key executives. We compete for qualified senior management and technical personnel. The loss of, or inability to hire, key executives or qualified employees could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.

 

We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the efforts of our management, and require us to pay substantial damages or require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

We may from time to time receive notifications alleging infringements of intellectual property rights allegedly held by others relating to our business or the products we sell or assemble for our OEM suppliers and others. Litigation with respect to patents or other intellectual property matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have an adverse effect on our business. Although we generally have various levels of indemnification protection from our OEM suppliers and contract assembly services customers, in many cases any indemnification to which we may be entitled is subject to maximum limits or other restrictions. In addition, we have developed proprietary IT systems that play an important role in our business. If any infringement claim is successful against us and if indemnification is not available or sufficient, we may be required to pay substantial damages or we may need to seek and obtain a license of the other party’s intellectual property rights. We may be unable to obtain such a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

We are from time to time involved in other litigation in the ordinary course of business. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management.

 

We have significant operations concentrated in Northern California, South Carolina, Ontario, Beijing, and the Philippines and any disruption in the operations of our facilities could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We have significant operations in our facilities located in Fremont, California, Greenville, South Carolina, Ontario, Canada, Beijing, China and Manila, Cagayan De Oro and Davao Philippines. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our facilities, whether due to technical difficulties, power failures, break-ins, destruction or damage to the facilities as a result of a natural disaster, fire or any other reason, could harm our operating results. In

 

16


Table of Contents

addition, our Philippines operation is at greater risk due to adverse weather conditions, such as typhoons. We currently do not have a formal disaster recovery plan and may not have sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate for losses that could occur.

 

Global health, economic, political and social conditions may harm our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price.

 

Worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced a significant downturn due to the credit conditions impacted by the subprime mortgage crisis and other factors, including slower economic activity which may impact our results of operations. External factors such as potential terrorist attacks, acts of war, geopolitical and social turmoil or epidemics and other similar outbreaks, in many parts of the world could prevent or hinder our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price. For example, increased instability may adversely impact the desire of employees and customers to travel, the reliability and cost of transportation and our ability to obtain adequate insurance at reasonable rates and may require us to incur increased costs for security measures for our domestic and international operations. These uncertainties make it difficult for us and our customers to accurately plan future business activities. More generally, these geopolitical social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorism, acts of war and similar events.

 

Part of our business is conducted outside of the United States, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the United States, which in turn could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

 

We have international operations in Canada, China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the United Kingdom. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007, approximately 21% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007, approximately 18% and 19%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated in Canada. No country other than the U.S. and Canada accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. Our international operations are subject to risks, including:

 

   

political or economic instability;

 

   

changes in governmental regulation;

 

   

changes in import/export duties;

 

   

trade restrictions;

 

   

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain foreign countries;

 

   

work stoppages or other changes in labor conditions;

 

   

difficulties in collecting of accounts receivable on a timely basis or at all;

 

   

taxes; and

 

   

seasonal reductions in business activity in some parts of the world.

 

We may continue to expand internationally to respond to competitive pressure and customer and market requirements. Establishing operations in any other foreign country or region presents risks such as those described above as well as risks specific to the particular country or region. In addition, until a payment history is established over time with customers in a new geography or region, the likelihood of collecting accounts receivable generated by such operations could be less than our expectations. As a result, there is a greater risk that reserves set with respect to the collection of such accounts receivable may be inadequate. In addition, our Mexico subsidiary has entered into contracts with Mexican reseller customers, which involve extended payment terms and could expose us to additional collection risks. Furthermore, if our international expansion efforts in any foreign country are unsuccessful, we may decide to cease operations, which would likely cause us to incur additional expenses and loss.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition, changes in policies or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on fund transfers or the expropriation of private enterprises, could reduce the anticipated benefits of our international expansion. Furthermore, any actions by countries in which we conduct business to reverse policies that encourage foreign trade or investment could adversely affect our business. If we fail to realize the anticipated revenue growth of our future international operations, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

Our recent investments in our contact center business could adversely affect our operating results as a result of operation execution risks related to managing and communicating with remote resources, technologies, customer satisfaction and employee turnover.

 

Our contact center business in the Philippines may be adversely impacted if we are unable to manage and communicate with these remote resources. Service quality may be placed at risk and our ability to optimize our resources may be more complicated if we are unable to manage our resources remotely. Contact centers use a wide variety of different technologies to allow them to manage a large volume of work. These technologies ensure that employees are kept productive. Any failure in technology may impact the business adversely. The success of our contact center business primarily depends on performance of our employees and resulting customer satisfaction. Any increase in average waiting time or handling time or lack of promptness or technical expertise of our employees will directly impact customer satisfaction. Any adverse customer satisfaction may impact the overall business. Generally, the employee turnover rate in the contact center business and the risk of losing experienced employees to competitors are high. Higher turnover rates increase recruiting and training costs and decrease operating efficiencies and productivity. If we are unable to successfully manage our contact centers, our results of operations could be adversely affected and we may not realize the benefits of our recent acquisitions.

 

Our investment in HiChina Web Solutions could be adversely affected by strong competition, loss of market share and pricing pressure in the market for domain name registration and web hosting services, which we expect will continue to intensify.

 

Our investment in HiChina Web Solutions in April 2007 could be adversely impacted due to the market for domain name and web hosting related Internet services, which is intensely competitive and rapidly evolving as participants strive to retain their current customer base and attract new customers and improve their competitive position. We may face continued pricing pressure in order to remain competitive, which would adversely impact our revenues and profitability and result in a loss of market share. Further, we may lose market share if we are unable to keep pace with these evolving markets. While we anticipate that the number of new, renewed and transferred-in domain registrations will incrementally increase, volatility in the market could result in our customers turning to other registrars, thereby impairing growth in the number of domains under our management and our ability to sell multiple services to such customers.

 

Risks Related to Our Relationship with MiTAC International Corporation

 

As of November 30, 2008, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders owned approximately 41% of our common stock and this concentration of ownership could allow them to control all matters requiring stockholder approval and could delay or prevent a change in control of SYNNEX.

 

As of November 30, 2008, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders owned approximately 41% of our outstanding common stock. In particular, MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International and its affiliates owned approximately 40% of our common stock.

 

In addition, MiTAC International’s interests and ours may increasingly conflict. For example, we rely on MiTAC International for certain manufacturing and supply services and for relationships with certain key customers. As a result of a decrease in their ownership in us, we may lose these services and relationships, which

 

18


Table of Contents

may lead to increased costs to replace the lost services and the loss of certain key customers. We cannot predict the likelihood that we may incur increased costs or lose customers if MiTAC International’s ownership percentage of us decreases in the future.

 

We rely on MiTAC International for manufacturing and contract assembly services and supply components and the loss of these services or components would require us to seek alternate providers that may charge us more for their services and components.

 

We rely on MiTAC International to manufacture and supply subassemblies and components for some of our contract assembly services customers, including Sun Microsystems, our primary contract assembly services customer, and our reliance on MiTAC International may increase in the future. Our relationship with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing, pricing and other material terms on a project-by-project basis. As MiTAC’s ownership interest in us decreases, MiTAC’s interest in the success of our business and operations may decrease as well. In the event MiTAC International no longer provides such services and components to us, we would need to find an alternative source for these services and components. We may be unable to obtain alternative services and components on similar terms, which may in turn increase our contract assembly costs. In addition, we may not find manufacturers with sufficient capacity, which may in turn lead to shortages in our product supplies. Increased costs and products shortages could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms’-length negotiations between independent parties. Our relationship, including pricing and other material terms, with our shared customers or with MiTAC International, may or may not be as advantageous to us as the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. We have a joint sales and marketing agreement with MiTAC International, pursuant to which both parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to promote the other party’s service offerings to their respective customers who are interested in such product offerings. To date, there has not been a significant amount of sales attributable to the joint marketing agreement. This agreement does not provide for the terms upon which we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms. These negotiations have been on a case-by-case basis. The agreement has an initial term of one year and automatically renews for subsequent one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal within 90 days of the end of any renewal term. The agreement may also be terminated without cause either by the mutual written agreement of both parties or by either party without cause upon 90 days prior written notice of termination to the other party. Either party may immediately terminate the agreement by providing written notice (a) of the other party’s material breach of any provision of the agreement and failure to cure within 30 days, or (b) if the other party becomes bankrupt or insolvent. In addition, we are party to a general agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems under which we work with MiTAC International to provide contract assembly services to Sun Microsystems.

 

Some of our customer relationships evolved from relationships between such customers and MiTAC International and the loss of such relationships could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our relationship with Sun Microsystems and some of our other customers evolved from relationships that were initiated by MiTAC International. Our relationship with Sun Microsystems is a joint relationship with MiTAC International and us, and the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems’ requirements. The original agreement between Sun Microsystems and MiTAC International was signed on August 28, 1999 and we became a party to the agreement on February 12, 2002. On May 16, 2007, we entered into a new Master Supply Agreement to be effective as of May 1, 2007 with Sun Microsystems and MiTAC International. Pursuant to this new agreement, the terms for the manufacture and purchase of each particular product awarded by Sun Microsystems are individually negotiated and if agreed upon by the parties, such terms are included in a product award letter. There is no minimum level of commitment required by any of the parties under this agreement. As

 

19


Table of Contents

under the prior agreement, we negotiate manufacturing, pricing and other material terms, on a project-by-project basis with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems for a given project. All of our contract assembly services to Sun Microsystems are covered by this agreement. This agreement has a term of three years and is automatically renewed for one-year periods until terminated in accordance with its terms. Any party may terminate this agreement with written notice if one of the other parties materially breaches any provision of the agreement and the breach is incapable of being cured or is not cured within 30 days. This agreement may also be terminated on written notice if one of the other parties becomes bankrupt or insolvent. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with MiTAC International, our relationship with Sun Microsystems could suffer and we could lose other customer relationships or referrals, which in turn could harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

There could be potential conflicts of interest between us and MiTAC International and its affiliates, which could impact our business and operating results.

 

MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as potential acquisitions, competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters. Similar risks could exist as a result of Matthew Miau’s positions as our Chairman Emeritus, the Chairman of MiTAC International and as a director or officer of MiTAC International’s affiliates. In fiscal year 2008, Mr. Miau received a $225,000 retainer from us and was granted a restricted stock award of 2,000 shares of our common stock for his services as Chairman of the Board based primarily upon his non-executive back-up role to Robert Huang, our then President and Chief Executive Officer. Compensation payable to Mr. Miau was based upon approval of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which is composed of disinterested members of the Board. For fiscal year 2009, Mr. Miau will receive the same compensation as other independent directors. Mr. Miau’s compensation is based upon the approval of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We also have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by our Audit Committee, which is also composed of disinterested members of the Board.

 

Synnex Technology International Corp., or Synnex Technology International, a publicly-traded company based in Taiwan and affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of ours. As of November 30, 2008, MiTAC Incorporated, a privately-held company based in Taiwan and a separate entity from MiTAC International, directly and indirectly owned approximately 14.9% of Synnex Technology International and approximately 8.0% of MiTAC International. As of November 30, 2008, MiTAC International directly and indirectly owned 0.3% of Synnex Technology International and Synnex Technology International directly and indirectly owned approximately 0.3% of MiTAC International. In addition, MiTAC International directly and indirectly owned approximately 8.7% of MiTAC Incorporated and Synnex Technology International directly and indirectly owned approximately 14.0% of MiTAC Incorporated as of November 30, 2008. Synnex Technology International indirectly through its ownership of Peer Developments Limited owned approximately 15.6% of our outstanding common stock as of November 30, 2008. Neither MiTAC International, nor Synnex Technology International is restricted from competing with us. In the future, we may increasingly compete with Synnex Technology International, particularly if our business in Asia expands or Synnex Technology International expands its business into geographies or customers we serve. Although Synnex Technology International is a separate entity from us, it is possible that there will be confusion as a result of the similarity of our names. Moreover, we cannot limit or control the use of the Synnex name by Synnex Technology International in certain geographies and our use of the Synnex name may be restricted as a result of registration of the name by Synnex Technology International or the prior use in jurisdictions where it currently operates.

 

20


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

Volatility in the IT industry could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

The IT industry in which we operate has experienced decreases in demand. Softening demand for our products and services caused by an ongoing economic downturn and over-capacity may impact our revenue, as well the salability of inventory and collection of reseller customer accounts receivable.

 

While in the past we may have benefited from consolidation in our industry resulting from delays or reductions in IT spending in particular, and economic weakness in general, any such volatility in the IT industry could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by some OEM suppliers’ strategies to increase their direct sales, which in turn could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

 

Consolidation of OEM suppliers has resulted in fewer sources for some of the products that we distribute. This consolidation has also resulted in larger OEM suppliers that have significant operating and financial resources. Some OEM suppliers, including some of the leading OEM suppliers that we service, have been selling a greater volume of products directly to end-users, thereby limiting our business opportunities. If large OEM suppliers continue the trend to sell directly to our resellers, rather than use us as the distributor of their products, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

OEMs are limiting the number of supply chain service providers with which they do business, which in turn could negatively impact our business and operating results.

 

Currently, there is a trend towards reducing the number of authorized distributors used by OEM suppliers. As a smaller market participant in the IT product industries, than some of our competitors, we may be more susceptible to loss of business from further reductions of authorized distributors or contract assemblers by IT product OEMs. For example, the termination of our contract by HP with us would have a significant negative effect on our revenue and operating results. A determination by any of our primary OEMs to consolidate their business with other distributors or contract assemblers would negatively affect our business and operating results. For example, IBM recently consolidated its business with distributors, including SYNNEX, and, as a result, we no longer distribute certain IBM products and services.

 

The IT industry is subject to rapidly changing technologies and process developments, and we may not be able to adequately adjust our business to these changes, which in turn would harm our business and operating results.

 

Dynamic changes in the IT industry, including the consolidation of OEM suppliers and reductions in the number of authorized distributors used by OEM suppliers, have resulted in new and increased responsibilities for management personnel and have placed, and continue to place, a significant strain upon our management, operating and financial systems and other resources. We may be unable to successfully respond to and manage our business in light of industry developments and trends. Also crucial to our success in managing our operations will be our ability to achieve additional economies of scale. Our failure to achieve these additional economies of scale or to respond to changes in the IT industry could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We are subject to intense competition in the IT industry, both in the United States and internationally, and if we fail to compete successfully, we will be unable to gain or retain market share.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution, global business and contract assembly services industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support,

 

21


Table of Contents

flexibility and timely response to design changes, and technological capabilities, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers and assemblers. In some instances, we also compete with our own customers, our own OEM suppliers and MiTAC International.

 

Our primary competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers. We may lose market share in the United States or in international markets, or may be forced in the future to reduce our prices in response to the actions of our competitors and thereby experience a reduction in our gross margins.

 

In addition, in our contact center business, we also face competition from our customers. For example, some of our customers may have internal capability and resources to provide their own call centers. Furthermore, pricing pressures and quality of services could impact our business adversely. Our ability to provide a high quality of service is dependent on our ability to retain and properly train our employees and to continue investing in our infrastructure, including IT and telecommunications systems.

 

We may initiate other business activities, including the broadening of our supply chain capabilities, and may face competition from companies with more experience in those new areas. In addition, as we enter new areas of business, we may also encounter increased competition from current competitors or from new competitors, including some who may once have been our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Increased competition and negative reaction from our OEM suppliers or reseller customers resulting from our expansion into new business areas may harm our business and operating results.

 

Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

 

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, regulations and New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, rules, are creating uncertainty for companies such as ours. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and corporate governance practices. As a result, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In particular, our ongoing efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our management’s required assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting have required the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. We expect these efforts to require the continued commitment of significant resources. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, our reputation may be harmed.

 

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected, which in turn could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. We completed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, and we have an ongoing program to perform the system and process evaluation and testing necessary to continue to comply with these requirements. In the past, however,

 

22


Table of Contents

our internal controls have not eliminated all error. For example, in fiscal year 2007, we made a reclassification adjustment to our Consolidated Financial Statements and we were unable to timely file a Form 8-K relating to an acquisition. We expect to continue to incur increased expense and to devote additional management resources to Section 404 compliance. In the event that one of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determine that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, investor perceptions and our reputation may be adversely affected and the market price of our stock could decline.

 

Changes to financial accounting standards may affect our results of operations and cause us to change our business practices.

 

We prepare our financial statements to conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 

These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in those policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

 

We are subject to rules and regulations as a public company that will increase our administration costs which, in turn, could harm our operating results.

 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, has required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition to final rules and rule proposals already made by the SEC, the NYSE has adopted revisions to its requirements for companies that are NYSE-listed. These rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, and made some activities more time consuming or costly. These rules and regulations could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

New accounting treatment for cash settled convertible debt instruments like the convertible senior notes would likely cause our reported interest expense on our convertible senior notes to increase.

 

FASB recently adopted FASB Staff Position No. Accounting Principles Board 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement),” reflecting new rules that change the accounting for certain convertible debt instruments, including our convertible notes. Under these new rules, an issuer of a convertible debt instrument that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion is be required to account for the liability and equity components of the instrument separately. The debt component is recorded at an estimated fair value, as of the issuance date, of a similar debt instrument without the conversion feature, and the difference between the proceeds for the convertible debt and the amount reflected as a debt liability is recorded as additional paid-in capital. As a result, the debt is treated as if it had been issued at a discount and is subsequently accreted to its par value over its expected life, with a rate of interest that reflects the issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The resulting interest expense would likely be significantly higher than the actual cash interest expense payable on the instrument. The new rules are effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and is applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We are currently evaluating the new rules and cannot quantify the impact at this time. However, we expect to have higher interest expense starting in 2010 due to the non-cash interest expense accretion.

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Fremont, California. We operate distribution, assembly, services and administrative facilities in seven different countries.

 

Our distribution business segment occupies over 30 facilities covering approximately 3 million square feet. We lease each of these facilities, except a 340,000 square feet logistics facility in Olive Branch, Mississippi, a 720,000 square feet distribution and administrative center in Guelph, Ontario, Canada, a 124,400 square feet administrative and assembly facility in Telford, United Kingdom, a 62,500 square feet distribution facility in Greenville, South Carolina and a 13,442 square feet distribution facility in Pittsboro, North Carolina which we own.

 

Our global business services, or GBS, business segment occupies over 30 facilities covering approximately 447,000 square feet. We lease each of these facilities except for a 40,435 square feet administrative facility in Beijing, China and two administrative and services facilities in Tokyo, Japan occupying 4,078 square feet, which we own.

 

We have sublet unused portions of some of our facilities. We believe our facilities are well maintained and adequate for current operating needs. Leases for our current facilities expire between December 2008 and December 2014.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings, including the following:

 

In May 2002, Seanix Technology Inc. filed a trademark infringement action in the Federal Court of Canada against us and our Canadian subsidiary, SYNNEX Canada Limited. The suit claimed that we had infringed on Seanix’s exclusive rights to its Canadian trademark registration and caused confusion between the two companies resulting from, among other things, our use of trademarks confusingly similar to the Seanix trademarks. The complaint sought injunctive relief and monetary damages. In April 2008, the matter was settled on terms that were not material to us or SYNNEX Canada Limited.

 

In addition, we have been involved in various bankruptcy preference actions where we were a supplier to the companies now in bankruptcy. These preference actions are filed by the bankruptcy trustee on behalf of the bankrupt estate and generally seek to have payments made by the debtor within 90 days prior to the bankruptcy returned to the bankruptcy estate for allocation among all of the bankruptcy estate’s creditors. We are not aware of any currently pending preference actions.

 

From time to time, we are also involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.

 

We do not believe that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows of our business.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None.

 

24


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers as of November 30, 2008:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Robert Huang    63    President, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kevin Murai    45    Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director
Peter Larocque    47    President, U.S. Distribution
Jim Estill    51    President and Chief Executive Officer, SYNNEX Canada Limited
Dennis Polk    42    Chief Operating Officer
Thomas Alsborg    46    Chief Financial Officer
Simon Leung    43    General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

Robert Huang founded our Company in 1980, and is currently a Director and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Huang retired as our President and Co-Chief Executive Officer in December 2008. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Huang served as the Headquarters Sales Manager of Advanced Micro Devices, a semiconductor company. Mr. Huang received his Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Kyushyu University, Japan, Master of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering and Statistics from the University of Rochester and a Master of Science degree in Management Science from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Kevin Murai, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director, joined us in March 2008. He served as Co-Chief Executive Officer until Robert Huang’s retirement in December 2008. Prior to SYNNEX, Mr. Murai was employed for 19 years at Ingram Micro, Inc., most recently as President and Chief Operating Officer. During his nineteen-year tenure at Ingram, Mr. Murai served in several executive management positions. He holds a Bachelor of Applied Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Waterloo in Ontario, Canada.

 

Peter Larocque is our President, U.S. Distribution since July 2006 and previously served as Executive Vice President of Distribution since June 2001, Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from September 1997 until June 2001. Mr. Larocque is responsible for our U.S. distribution business. Mr. Larocque received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.

 

Jim Estill joined SYNNEX Canada Limited in September 2004 as President and Chief Executive Officer after the acquisition of EMJ Data Systems Limited by SYNNEX Canada Limited. Mr. Estill founded EMJ in 1979 and was President and Chief Executive Officer of EMJ. Mr. Estill received a Bachelor of Science degree in Systems Design Engineering from the University of Waterloo, Ontario.

 

Dennis Polk is our Chief Operating Officer and served in this capacity since July 2006 and previously served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance since joining us in February 2002. Mr. Polk received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Thomas Alsborg is our Chief Financial Officer. He joined us in March 2007. Prior to SYNNEX, Mr. Alsborg was with Solectron Corporation where he served in various accounting and finance capacities over his ten-year tenure including Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Solectron Global Services, Vice President of Finance and Vice President, Investor Relations. Prior to Solectron, Mr. Alsborg was with McDonald’s Corporation and a CPA with Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Alsborg received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from the Oral Roberts University, a Master in Business Administration, Finance and International Business from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Simon Leung is our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and has served in this capacity since May 2001. Mr. Leung joined us in November 2000 as Corporate Counsel. Prior to SYNNEX, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the law firm of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP. Mr. Leung received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Davis and his Juris Doctor degree from the University of Minnesota Law School.

 

25


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Our common stock, par value $0.001, is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE, under the symbol “SNX.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for our common stock for each of the periods listed, as reported by the NYSE.

 

     Price Range of
Common Stock
     Low    High

Fiscal Year 2007

         

First Quarter

   $ 18.57    $ 23.27

Second Quarter

   $ 17.25    $ 22.46

Third Quarter

   $ 18.91    $ 22.10

Fourth Quarter

   $ 19.36    $ 23.00

Fiscal Year 2008

         

First Quarter

   $ 17.63    $ 23.81

Second Quarter

   $ 19.94    $ 25.20

Third Quarter

   $ 21.89    $ 27.28

Fourth Quarter

   $ 8.63    $ 23.56

 

As of January 15, 2009, our common stock was held by 930 stockholders of record. Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by these stockholders of record. We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business. If we elect to pay cash dividends in the future, payment will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. In addition, our credit facilities place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

26


Table of Contents

Stock Price Performance Graph

 

The stock price performance graph below, which assumes a $100 investment on November 28, 2003, compares our cumulative total shareowner return, the NYSE Composite Index and the Standard Industrial Classification, or SIC, Code Index (SIC Code 5045—Computer and Computer Peripheral Equipment and Software) for the period beginning November 28, 2003 through November 30, 2008. The closing price per share of our common stock was $10.46 on November 28, 2008. No cash dividends have been declared on our common stock since the initial public offering. The comparisons in the table are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.

 

LOGO

 

     Fiscal Years Ending
     11/28/2003    11/30/2004    11/30/2005    11/30/2006    11/30/2007    11/28/2008

SYNNEX Corporation

   100.00    150.18    109.82    159.37    144.98    73.40

Computers & Peripheral Equipment

   100.00    121.62    112.58    129.92    119.18    60.40

NYSE Market Index

   100.00    114.68    127.65    148.46    163.39    100.50

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

Information regarding the Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans can be found under Item 12 of this Report.

 

27


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated financial data are qualified by reference to, and should be read together with, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this Report and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in Item 8 of this Report. The selected consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data presented below for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report. The consolidated statements of operations and other data for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this Report. The consolidated statements of operations data include the operating results from our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. Historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 2 and Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report for a discussion of factors, such as business combinations, that affect the comparability of the following selected consolidated financial data.

 

    Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 7,768,230     $ 7,004,120     $ 6,343,514     $ 5,640,769     $ 5,150,447  

Cost of revenue

    (7,336,311 )     (6,648,738 )     (6,058,155 )     (5,402,211 )     (4,935,075 )
                                       

Gross profit

    431,919       355,382       285,359       238,558       215,372  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (280,071 )     (243,235 )     (189,117 )     (159,621 )     (137,712 )
                                       

Income from continuing operations before non-operating items and income taxes

    151,848       112,147       96,242       78,937       77,660  

Interest expense and finance charges, net

    (14,431 )     (14,874 )     (16,659 )     (17,036 )     (7,959 )

Other income (expense), net

    (7,831 )     1,393       570       1,559       (900 )
                                       

Income from operations before income taxes and minority interest

    129,586       98,666       80,153       63,460       68,801  

Provision for income taxes

    (45,096 )     (35,167 )     (28,320 )     (23,912 )     (23,091 )

Minority interest in a subsidiary

    (693 )     (372 )     (448 )     58       376  
                                       

Income from continuing operations

    83,797       63,127       51,385       39,606       46,086  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         —         —         511       479  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         —         —         12,708       —    
                                       

Net income

  $ 83,797     $ 63,127     $ 51,385     $ 52,825     $ 46,565  
                                       

Net income per common share, basic:

         

Income from continuing operations

  $ 2.65     $ 2.04     $ 1.73     $ 1.39     $ 1.73  

Discontinued operations

    —         —         —         0.46       0.01  
                                       

Net income per common share, basic:

  $ 2.65     $ 2.04     $ 1.73     $ 1.85     $ 1.74  
                                       

Net income per common share, diluted:

         

Income from continuing operations

  $ 2.52     $ 1.93     $ 1.61     $ 1.27     $ 1.53  

Discontinued operations

    —         —         —         0.43       0.02  
                                       

Net income per common share, diluted:

  $ 2.52     $ 1.93     $ 1.61     $ 1.70     $ 1.55  
                                       
    November 30,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,081     $ 42,875     $ 27,881     $ 13,636     $ 28,726  

Working capital

    590,588       419,708       416,865       350,529       316,935  

Total assets

    2,032,880       1,887,103       1,382,734       1,082,488       999,697  

Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

    340,466       351,142       50,834       28,548       74,996  

Long-term borrowings

    152,287       37,537       47,967       1,153       13,074  

Total stockholders’ equity

    679,841       604,554       511,546       437,225       369,656  
    Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  

Other Data:

         

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 18,764     $ 15,765     $ 9,781     $ 8,778     $ 7,845  

 

28


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included elsewhere in this Report.

 

When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”), the words “believes,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “allows,” “can,” “may,” “designed,” “will,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These are statements that relate to future periods and include statements about our business model and our services, expected benefits and developments of our services and operations, potential effects of the economic environment, anticipated benefits of our acquisitions including any related increase in fourth quarter seasonality, impact of the final purchase price of our acquisitions on our financial position, accuracy of our estimates of the impact of our acquisitions on our financial statements, our revenue and operating results, economic and industry trends, thefts at our warehouses, our gross margins, our agreements with MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International, our relationship with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems, our estimates regarding our capital requirements, our future needs for additional financing, concentration of products and customers, expansion of our operations, our international operations, our strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets, effect of future expansion on our operations, adequacy of our cash resources to meet our capital needs, adequacy of our disclosure controls and procedures, impact of rules and regulations affecting public companies, impact of our accounting policies, statements regarding future tax liabilities and unrecognized tax benefits, statements regarding our capitalization and stock price, our estimated fair value of our reporting units, and statements regarding our securitization programs and revolving credit lines. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks discussed below, as well as the seasonality of the buying patterns of our customers, concentration of sales to large customers, dependence upon and trends in capital spending budgets in the IT industry, fluctuations in general economic conditions and risks set forth below under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

 

Overview

 

We are a Fortune 500 corporation and a leading business process services company, serving resellers, retailers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, in multiple regions around the world. We provide services in distribution, contract assembly and global business services, or GBS. We operate in two segments, distribution services segment and GBS segment. The distribution services segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, and retailers, as well as provide assembly services to OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management and logistics. Our GBS segment offers a range of services to our customers that include customer management, software development, web hosting, hosted software, domain name registration, and back office processing on a global platform. We deliver these services through various methods including voice, chat, web, email, and digital print. We also sell products complementary to these service offerings in China.

 

We bring synergy to our customers’ business process services requirements. By bringing supply chain management, contract assembly and distribution expertise together under one service provider, the result is high quality products assembled at a lower cost with industry-leading components and delivered on time. Our business model is flexible and modular to accommodate the specific needs of our customers. To further enhance our business process services solutions, we provide value-added support services such as demand generation, pre-sales support, product marketing, print and fulfillment, back office outsourcing, post-sales technical support, web hosting and domain name registration services.

 

29


Table of Contents

We combine our core strengths in demand generation, IT distribution, supply chain management, and contract assembly to provide our customers greater efficiencies in time to market, cost minimization, real-time linkages in the supply chain and aftermarket product support. We distribute more than 15,000 (as measured by active SKUs) technology products from more than 100 IT OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers throughout the United States, Canada and Mexico. We employ over 6,000 employees worldwide and operate in the United States, Canada, China, Mexico, the Philippines and the United Kingdom. From a geographic perspective, approximately 98% of our total revenue was from North America for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.

 

We purchase IT systems, peripherals, system components, packaged software and networking equipment from OEM suppliers such as Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, Panasonic, Lenovo and Seagate, and sell them to our reseller customers. We perform the same function for our purchases of licensed software products. Our reseller customers include value-added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. Our largest OEM supplier, HP, accounted for approximately 32% of our total revenue for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.

 

The IT distribution and contract assembly industries in which we operate are characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. As well, the market for IT products and services is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product or bundle of products we distribute and services we provide.

 

Our revenue is highly dependent on the end-market demand for IT products and services. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products, overall economic growth and general business activity. A difficult and challenging economic environment may also lead to consolidation or decline in the IT industry and increased price-based competition.

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

 

We derive our revenue primarily through the distribution of IT systems, peripherals, system components, software, networking equipment, assembly services and GBS. For products, we recognize revenue generally as products are shipped, if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Shipping terms are typically F.O.B. our warehouse. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. We review and adjust these provisions periodically. Revenue is reduced for early payment discounts and volume incentive rebates offered to customers.

 

We provide our GBS services to our customers under contracts that typically consist of a master services agreement or statement of work, which contains the terms and conditions of each program and service we offer. Our agreements are usually short-term in nature, subject to early termination by our customers or us for any reason, typically with 30 to 90 days notice. Revenue is recognized as services are performed and if collection is reasonably assured.

 

None of our customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal years 2008, 2007 or 2006. Approximately 32%, 28%, and 25% of our total revenue in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was derived from the sale of HP products.

 

The market for IT products is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. Our overall business is also highly competitive on the basis of price. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product and service we provide to our customers. From

 

30


Table of Contents

time to time, we also participate in the incentive and rebate programs of our OEM suppliers. These programs are important determinants of the final sales price we charge to our reseller customers. To mitigate the risk of declining prices and obsolescence of our distribution inventory, our OEM suppliers generally offer us limited price protection and return rights for products that are marked down or discontinued by them. We carefully manage our inventory to maximize the benefit to us of these supplier provided protections.

 

A significant portion of our cost of revenue is the purchase price we pay our OEM suppliers for the products we sell, net of any rebates and purchase discounts received from our OEM suppliers. Cost of product distribution revenue also consists of provisions for inventory losses and write-downs, and freight expenses associated with the receipt in and shipment out of our inventory. In addition, cost of revenue includes the cost of materials, labor and overhead for our contract assembly and GBS services.

 

Margins

 

The IT product industry in which we operate is characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. Our gross margin has fluctuated between 4.5% and 5.6% annually over the past three years due to changes in the mix of products and services we offer, customers we sell to, competition, seasonality and replacement of less profitable business with investments in higher margin and more profitable lines and lower costs associated with increased efficiencies. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margin. Generally, when our revenue becomes more concentrated on limited products or customers, our gross margin tends to decrease due to increased pricing pressure from OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Our operating margin has also fluctuated between 1.5% and 2.0% annually over the past three years, based primarily on our ability to achieve economies of scale, the management of our operating expenses, changes in the relative mix of our distribution, contract assembly and global business services revenue, and the timing of our acquisitions and investments.

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

We seek to augment our services offering growth with strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our global business services capabilities. We also divest businesses that we deem not strategic to our ongoing operations. Our historical acquisitions have brought us new reseller customers, retail customers and OEM suppliers, extended the geographic reach of our operations, particularly targeted in international markets, and expanded the services we provide to our OEM suppliers and customers. We account for acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting and include acquired entities within our Consolidated Financial Statements from the closing date of the acquisition.

 

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, we completed the following acquisitions:

 

On April 1, 2008, we purchased substantially all of the assets of New Age Electronics Inc., or New Age, a privately-held distributor of IT and consumer electronics products to the retail sector. We expect this acquisition will expand our consumer electronics distribution business. We paid a purchase price of $31.5 million in cash and an additional $11.8 million was accrued, to be paid subject to compliance with certain post-closing conditions. As of November 30, 2008, we paid $9.6 million of the accrual in full settlement of the additional payment. The acquisition agreement provides for additional earn-out payments of up to $11.0 million to be paid subject to achieving certain milestones during the first twelve months after the date of acquisition. In connection with the net assets acquired, we refinanced approximately $84.0 million in working capital debt. The New Age business has been fully integrated into our distribution segment.

 

31


Table of Contents

The purchase price allocation based on the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:

 

     Fair Value  
     (in thousands)  

Purchase consideration

  

Cash paid

   $ 41,116  

Transaction cost

     125  
        
   $ 41,241  
        

Allocation

  

Cash

   $ 11,164  

Accounts receivable

     69,747  

Inventories

     72,073  

Program receivable

     4,642  

Fixed assets

     1,248  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     648  

Goodwill

     18,684  

Intangible assets (1)

     12,253  

Accounts payable

     (54,076 )

Accrued liabilities

     (10,937 )

Lease obligations

     (202 )

Loan payable

     (84,003 )
        
   $ 41,241  
        

 

(1) Intangible assets will be amortized over a period of ten years.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of New Age had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributable to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustments for amortization of acquired intangibles and depreciation expense.

 

     Pro Forma Basis for Fiscal Years Ended
     November 30, 2008    November 30, 2007
     (in thousands)

Revenue

   $ 8,067,882    $ 7,900,334

Net income

     84,673      68,295

Net income per common share-basic

   $ 2.68    $ 2.21

Net income per common share-diluted

     2.55      2.09

 

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating results.

 

Other Fiscal Year 2008 Acquisitions

 

Our other fiscal year 2008 acquisitions, which were all in our GBS segment, were not significant individually or in the aggregate. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, we acquired three companies for an estimated total cash consideration of approximately $3.0 million.

 

32


Table of Contents

Acquisitions during the Year Ended November 30, 2007

 

On February 20, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation, based in Manila, Philippines for approximately $25.0 million in cash. The acquisition agreement allowed for an earn-out payment of an additional $5.0 million to be paid if certain milestones were met in the first year after the acquisition. As of November 30, 2008, an earn-out payment of $4.0 million was paid in full settlement. SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation is a technical support and contact center that delivers voice, e-mail and technical chat support as well as other value-added services. The SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation acquisition is consistent with our strategy to broaden our global business service offerings and increases our contact center expertise. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $7.6 million, intangible assets was $3.1 million, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $18.3 million has been recognized as goodwill. The SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation business has been fully integrated into our GBS segment.

 

On February 27, 2007, we acquired the assets of PC Wholesale, a division of Insight Direct USA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Insight Enterprises, Inc. We paid a purchase price of $28.9 million in cash. PC Wholesale is an IT distributor with special focus on end-of-life and refurbished equipment that is complementary to our core distribution business. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $18.9 million, intangible assets was $2.9 million, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $7.1 million has been recognized as goodwill. The PC-Wholesale business has been fully integrated into our distribution segment.

 

On April 5, 2007, we purchased approximately 86% of the equity interest in China Civilink (Cayman) for $30.0 million in cash. The acquisition agreement provided for a payment of up to $2.0 million to the then selling shareholders, if certain milestones were met by December 31, 2007. $2.0 million was paid in connection with the milestones achievement. China Civilink (Cayman) operates in China as HiChina Web Solutions. HiChina Web Solutions, which is based in Beijing, China, provides Internet services such as domain name registration and web hosting. The acquisition of HiChina Web Solutions further supports our strategy to grow our global business service offerings by providing access to an established customer base in China. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $5.9 million, intangible assets was $3.0 million, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $23.1 million has been recognized as goodwill. The HiChina Web Solutions business has been fully integrated into our GBS segment.

 

On May 1, 2007, our Canadian subsidiary, SYNNEX Canada Limited, or SYNNEX Canada, acquired substantially all of the assets of the Redmond Group of Companies, or RGC, including AVS Technologies, an independent distributor of consumer electronics. Total consideration for the purchased assets, net of assumed debt of $11.9 million, was approximately $26.6 million in cash and transaction costs of $0.2 million. Of this amount, approximately $3.1 million was payable subject to confirmation of net tangible assets acquired, primarily related to accounts receivable and inventory. The acquisition agreement allowed for an additional $0.4 million to be paid if certain milestones were met in the first 13 months following the closing date. These milestones were not achieved; hence, no payment was made. The acquisition of RGC further supports SYNNEX Canada’s expansion in its consumer electronics distribution. The RGC business has been fully integrated within SYNNEX Canada. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net assets acquired was $10.6 million and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $16.0 million has been recognized as goodwill. At the time of the acquisition of RGC, we determined that this was not a significant acquisition. However, upon further review, we determined that it was a significant acquisition, and accordingly, a Form 8-K reporting for the RGC acquisition was filed. The RGC business has been fully integrated into our distribution segment.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of RGC had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributable to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustment for additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisition. The pro forma results may not reflect future performance.

 

     Pro Forma Basis for Fiscal Years Ended
     November 30, 2007    November 30, 2006
     (in thousands)

Revenue

   $ 7,050,925    $ 6,592,621

Net Income (1)

     59,091      29,382

Net income per common share-basic

   $ 1.91    $ 0.99

Net income per common share-diluted

     1.81      0.92

 

(1) Net income for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 includes an impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets of $16.5 million prior to our acquisition of RGC.

 

The above acquisitions, excluding RGC, individually and in the aggregate, did not meet the conditions of a material business combination and they were not subject to the disclosure requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations.” The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition.

 

Building Acquisition

 

On March 9, 2007, SYNNEX Canada completed the purchase of a new logistics facility in Guelph, Canada. The facility is six hundred and twenty thousand square feet. The total purchase price for this facility was approximately $12.5 million. As of fiscal year end, SYNNEX Canada has completed its plan for consolidating multiple existing Ontario area facilities in Canada into this facility.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

In fiscal year 2008, in connection with the acquisition of New Age, we recorded liabilities of $0.6 million under Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, 95-3 “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination,” or EITF 95-3. The measures, which included workforce reductions and facilities consolidation, were intended to align our capacity and infrastructure, and utilize synergies within the business to provide more cost effective services to our customers. These charges were primarily associated with workforce reductions of $0.4 million and facilities consolidation of $0.2 million.

 

In fiscal year 2007, in connection with the acquisition of RGC we announced a restructuring program in Canada. The measures, which included workforce reductions, facilities consolidation and other related expenses, are intended to align our capacity and infrastructure, and utilize synergies within the business to provide more cost effective services to our customers. During fiscal year 2007 we accrued $2.4 million in restructuring costs against goodwill related to the RGC acquisition in Canada under EITF 95-3. These charges are primarily associated with facilities consolidation of $1.1 million, workforce reductions of $0.7 million and contract termination costs of $0.6 million.

 

In fiscal year 2007, in conjunction with the above, we recorded $2.7 million for the restructuring, impairment and consolidation of our Canadian operations as a result of the acquisition of RGC and the purchase of our logistics facility in Guelph, Canada in March 2007. These charges were primarily associated with $1.1 million for facilities consolidation, $0.5 million for workforce reductions, and $0.3 million for other costs. All charges were recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” The majority of all non-continuing employees’ terminations were completed by November 30, 2007.

 

34


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the above restructuring, we recorded an impairment loss of $0.8 million for a property located in Ontario, Canada which is held for sale based on the fair value less costs to sell in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” The net book value of the property was $1.7 million at November 30, 2008.

 

Economic and Industry Trends

 

Our revenue is highly dependent on the end-market demand for IT products. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products and overall economic growth and general business activity. A difficult and challenging economic environment may also lead to consolidation or decline in the IT distribution industry and increased price based competition. The GBS industry is extremely competitive. The customers’ performance measures are based on competitive pricing terms and quality of services. Accordingly, we could be subject to pricing pressure and may experience a decline in our average selling prices for our services.

 

Seasonality

 

Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting, federal government spending and purchasing cycles of our customers and end-users. In addition, with the recent additions of RGC and New Age, both of which have higher concentrations of consumer electronics sales, we expect that our fourth quarter seasonal spike will be larger. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

We have a deferred compensation plan for a limited number of our directors and employees. We maintain a liability on our balance sheet for salary and bonus amounts deferred by participants and we accrue interest expense on uninvested amounts. Interest expense on the deferred amounts is classified in “Interest expense and finance charges, net” on our consolidated statement of operations. The plan allows for the participants to direct investments of deferred amounts in equity securities and other investments. The equity securities are classified as trading securities. The gains (losses) on the deferred compensation equity securities are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” and an equal amount is charged (or credited if losses) to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the plan participants. The loss on the deferred compensation investments was $5.9 million in the 2008 fiscal year. The gain on the deferred compensation investments was $0.4 million and $1.1 million in the 2007 and 2006 fiscal years, respectively.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The discussions and analyses of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based on our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we review and evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those that relate to accounts receivable, vendor programs, inventories, goodwill and intangible assets, and income taxes. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our judgment about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our judgment, estimates and/or assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue generally as products are shipped, if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Shipping terms are typically F.O.B. our warehouse. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted periodically by us. Revenue is reduced for early payment discounts and volume incentive rebates offered to customers.

 

We purchase licensed software products from OEM vendors and distribute them to customers. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of software products when a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured. Subsequent to the sale of software products, we generally have no obligation to provide any modification, customization, upgrades, enhancements, or any other post-sales customer support.

 

Our Mexico operation primarily focuses on projects with the Mexican government and other local agencies that are long-term in nature. Under the agreements, the payments are due on a monthly basis and are contingent upon performing certain services and meeting certain conditions. We recognize product revenue and cost of revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract.

 

We provide our GBS services to our customers under contracts that typically consist of a master services agreement or statement of work, which contains the terms and conditions of each program and service we offer. These agreements are usually short term in nature and subject to early termination by the customers or the Company for any reason, typically with 30 to 90 days notice. Revenue is generally recognized over the term of the contract if the service has already been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make payments for outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, we take into consideration the overall quality and aging of the accounts receivable, credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition and existence of credit insurance. We also evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collections and value and adequacy of collateral received from customers.

 

OEM Supplier Programs. We receive funds from OEM suppliers for inventory price protection, product rebates, marketing and infrastructure reimbursement, and promotion programs. Product rebates are recorded as a reduction of cost of revenue. Marketing, infrastructure and promotion programs are recorded, net of direct costs, in selling, general and administrative expense. Any excess funds associated with these programs are recorded in cost of revenue. We accrue rebates based on the terms of the program and sales of qualifying products. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. Amounts received or receivable from OEM suppliers that are not yet earned are deferred on our balance sheet. Actual rebates may vary based on volume or other sales achievement levels, which could result in an increase or reduction in the estimated amounts previously accrued. In addition, if market conditions were to deteriorate due to an economic downturn, OEM suppliers may change the terms of some or all of these programs or cease them altogether. Any such change could lower our gross margins on products we sell or revenue earned. We also provide reserves for receivables on OEM supplier programs for estimated losses resulting from OEM suppliers’ inability to pay, or rejections of such claims by OEM suppliers.

 

Inventories. Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any sudden decline in demand and/or rapid product improvements and technological changes can cause us to have excess and/or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write-down our inventories to their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of

 

36


Table of Contents

future demand and market conditions. These write-downs are reflected in our cost of revenue. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory reserves may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: sudden decline in demand due to economic downturns, rapid product improvements and technological changes, our ability to return to OEM suppliers a certain percentage of our purchases, and protection from loss in value of inventory under our OEM supplier agreements.

 

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets. We assess potential impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets when there is evidence that recent events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of an asset’s carrying value unlikely. We also assess potential impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets on an annual basis during our fourth quarter, regardless if there is evidence or suspicion of impairment. If indicators of impairment were present in intangible assets used in operations and future undiscounted cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Factors we consider important, which may cause impairment include: significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS No. 142, a two-step impairment test is required to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value to determine if the goodwill is impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill.

 

For the purpose of goodwill analysis, we have three reporting units, as defined by SFAS No. 142. Our distribution services business segment is comprised of one Distribution Services reporting unit and the GBS business segment is comprised of two reporting units - Contact Center and Web Hosting/Domain Name Registration. We conducted our annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. To determine the fair value of each reporting unit we used discounted cash flows, using five years of projected unleveraged free cash flows and terminal EBITDA earnings multiples which were based on precedent transactions. The discount rates used for the analysis reflected a weighted average cost of capital based on industry and capital structure adjusted for equity risk premiums and size risk premiums based on market capitalization. The discounted cash flow valuation uses projections of future cash flows and includes assumptions concerning future operating performance and economic conditions and may differ from actual future cash flows. We also considered the current trading multiples for comparable publicly-traded companies and the historical pricing multiples for comparable merger and acquisition transactions that have occurred in the industry. As a result of this work, under each fair value measurement methodology considered, we concluded the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.

 

Also, we compared our current market capitalization relative to our book value. While our common stock generally declined in the final eight weeks of the fiscal year, our common stock still outperformed the NYSE stock market. We believe the decline in our market capitalization was due to the overall economy and stock market performance. We do not believe that the decline in the stock price was caused by events directly related to us. There were no events in the last quarter of the fiscal year 2008 that had a significant impact on our financial performance.

 

While market capitalization generally reflects investors’ expectations of future performance, the fair value of a reporting unit is not represented by our market capitalization alone. For example, the control premium that a

 

37


Table of Contents

third party would be willing to pay to obtain a controlling interest in us was considered when determining fair value. To estimate the control premium for SYNNEX, we considered recent transactions with comparable companies in the distribution industry and our unique competitive advantages that would likely provide synergies to a market participant. In addition, we considered factors such as the performance of our competitors, which we believe contributed to the decline in our stock price and recent volatility in our trading price prior to November 30, 2008 that did not reflect our underlying fair value. We believe there is a reasonable basis for the excess of estimated fair value of our reporting units over our market capitalization. We estimated our fair value based on our financial performance in the fourth quarter and the estimated control premium based on recent historical transactions and concluded that the fair value exceeded our book value.

 

The estimated fair value of our three reporting units requires judgment and the use of estimates by management. Potential factors requiring assessment include trends in our stock price, variance in results of operations from our projections, and additional acquisition transactions in our industry that reflect a control premium. Any of these potential factors may cause us to re-evaluate goodwill during any quarter throughout the year. If an impairment charge were to be taken for goodwill it would be a non-cash charge and would not impact our cash position or cash flows, however, such charge could have a material impact to our equity and statement of operations.

 

Therefore, our goodwill impairment analysis did not result in an impairment charge for the fiscal years ended 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

We performed an analysis of the fair value of the long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” No impairment loss was recorded for the periods presented.

 

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit, intangible asset or a long-lived asset is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions that we believe are reasonable but are uncertain and subject to changes in market conditions.

 

Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we estimate our income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and accounting purposes, as well as estimating foreign tax credits. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carry forwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not likely, we provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in the various taxing jurisdictions, and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable. The provision for current and deferred taxes involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

 

38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, data as percentages of revenue:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended
November 30,
 
     2008     2007     2006  

Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %

Cost of revenue

   (94.44 )   (94.93 )   (95.50 )
                  

Gross profit

   5.56     5.07     4.50  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   (3.61 )   (3.47 )   (2.98 )
                  

Income from operations before non-operating items and income taxes

   1.95     1.60     1.52  

Interest expense and finance charges, net

   (0.18 )   (0.21 )   (0.26 )

Other income (expense), net

   (0.10 )   0.02     0.01  
                  

Income from operations before income taxes and minority interest

   1.67     1.41     1.27  

Provision for income taxes

   (0.58 )   (0.50 )   (0.45 )

Minority interest in a subsidiary

   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )
                  

Net income

   1.08 %   0.90 %   0.81 %
                  

 

Fiscal Years Ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,     Percent Change  
     2008     2007     2006     2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)              

Revenue

   $ 7,768,230     $ 7,004,120     $ 6,343,514     10.9 %   10.4 %

Distribution Revenue

     7,674,048       6,938,926       6,316,332     10.6 %   9.9 %

GBS Revenue

     113,998       82,722       39,639     37.8 %   108.7 %

Inter-Segment Elimination

     (19,816 )     (17,528 )     (12,457 )   13.1 %   40.7 %

 

In our distribution business, we sell in excess of 15,000 (as measured by active SKU’s) technology products from more than 100 IT OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers. The prices of our products are highly dependent on the volumes purchased within a product category. The products we sell from one period to the next are often not comparable because of rapid changes in product models and features. The revenue generated in our GBS segments relates to services such as demand generation, pre-sales support, product marketing, print and fulfillment, back office IT and development outsourcing, post-sales technical support, webhosting and domain name registration. The programs and customer service requirements change frequently from one period to the next and are often not comparable.

 

Our increase in distribution revenue year over year for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, was primarily attributable to our acquisition of New Age on April 1, 2008 in the United States and also to the full year impact of the acquisitions of PC Wholesale and RGC, which occurred in fiscal year 2007 in the United States and Canada, respectively.

 

More than 75% of the increase in our GBS revenue year over year for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was attributable to full impact of the acquisitions made in fiscal years 2007 and 2008. The remaining increase in revenue was a result of continued organic growth.

 

39


Table of Contents

The fiscal year 2007 increase in revenue from fiscal year 2006 was primarily attributable to continued growth in our business in the United States and Canada, overall increased demand for our products and services, increased selling and marketing efforts and the contribution from our acquisitions made during the fiscal years 2007 and 2006.

 

These increases were somewhat mitigated by the general economic decline in the second half of 2008, continued significant competition in the IT distribution marketplace, OEM supplier direct sales models, and our desire to focus on operating income growth before revenue growth.

 

Gross Profit

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,     Percent Change  
     2008     2007     2006     2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)              

Gross Profit

   $ 431,919     $ 355,382     $ 285,359     21.5 %   24.5 %

Percentage of Revenue

     5.56 %     5.07 %     4.50 %   9.7 %   12.7 %

 

Our gross profit is affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the average selling prices, variety of products and services we sell, the customers to whom we sell, our sources of revenue by division, rebate and discount programs from our suppliers, freight costs, reserves for inventory losses, fluctuations in revenue and overhead costs of our contract assembly and our mix of business including our GBS services.

 

Our gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased by 49 basis points over the prior fiscal year 2007 primarily due to the expansion of our GBS services, greater success in maximizing our variable incentives and continued focus on costs, inventory and freight management.

 

The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue by 57 basis points in fiscal year 2007 over fiscal year 2006 was mainly due to continued focus on improving all aspects of gross profit within our business, customer and product mix, gross margin contributions from our acquisitions over the past year, and our increased value-added services.

 

No specific products or customers, or changes in pricing strategy individually or in the aggregate, contributed significantly to the change in gross profit.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,     Percent Change  
     2008     2007     2006     2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)              

Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses

   $ 280,071     $ 243,235     $ 189,117     15.1 %   28.6 %

Percentage of Revenue

     3.61 %     3.47 %     2.98 %   4.0 %   16.4 %

 

Approximately two-thirds of our selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs such as salaries, commissions, bonuses, share-based compensation, deferred compensation expense or income, and temporary personnel fees. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include costs of our facilities, utility expense, professional fees, depreciation expense on our capital equipment, bad debt expense, amortization expense of our intangible assets, administration and marketing expenses, offset in part by reimbursements from OEM suppliers.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in fiscal year 2008 from fiscal year 2007, both on a dollar basis as well as percentage of revenue due to an increase in compensation cost of $27.9 million resulting

 

40


Table of Contents

from an increase in the number of employees, primarily from acquisitions, $12.2 million increase in overhead costs, rent and professional fees to support the operations, $2.8 million increase in bad debt expense, and $2.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expenses mainly due to the acquisitions and leasehold improvements. These increases were offset in part by $6.3 million of increased losses related to our deferred compensation program and a decrease in restructuring costs of $2.7 million.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in fiscal year 2007 from fiscal year 2006, both on a dollar basis as well as percentage of revenue due to additional expense incurred from our recent acquisitions, the costs to integrate those acquisitions into our business, the duplicative costs of operating multiple overlapping facilities in Canada during consolidation of these facilities, restructuring charges of $2.7 million in connection with the acquisition of RGC and the restructuring and consolidation of our Canadian operations.

 

Income from Operations before Non-Operating Items, Income Taxes and Minority Interest

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,    Percent Change  
           2008                2007                2006          2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)             

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

   $ 151,848    $ 112,147    $ 96,242    35.4 %   16.5 %

Distribution income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     138,826      103,088      92,482    34.7 %   11.5 %

GBS income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     13,022      9,059      3,760    43.7 %   140.9 %

 

Our income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest as a percentage of revenue increased to 1.96% in fiscal year 2008 from 1.60% and 1.52% in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively. The overall improvement in margin was the result of higher margin profile in our GBS segment, improvement in gross margin in the distribution segment offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

The distribution segment income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest as a percentage of revenue increased to 1.81% in fiscal year 2008 from 1.49% and 1.46% in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily due to the improvement in gross margin as a result of greater success in maximizing our variable incentives and continued focus on costs, inventory and freight management, offset by higher selling and administrative expenses to support our increased revenue.

 

The GBS segment income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest as a percentage of revenue increased to 11.42% in fiscal year 2008 from 10.95% and 9.49% in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily due to the impact of full year contributions from all fiscal 2007 acquisitions, better operational efficiency and continued focus on improvement in all aspects of operating margin.

 

Interest Expense and Finance Charges, Net

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,    Percent Change  
           2008                2007                2006          2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)             

Interest Expense and Finance Charges, Net

   $ 14,431    $ 14,874    $ 16,659    -3.0 %   -10.7 %

 

41


Table of Contents

Amounts recorded in interest expense and finance charges, net, consist primarily of interest expense paid on our lines of credit, other debt, fees associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale or pledge of accounts receivable through our securitization facilities, offset by income earned on our cash investments and financing income from our Mexico operation.

 

The decrease in interest expense and finance charges, net, in fiscal year 2008 from fiscal year 2007 was mainly due to lower finance charges of $1.7 million due to lower flooring sales and lower interest rates. This decrease was offset by lower interest income primarily from our Mexico operation of $1.4 million.

 

The decrease in interest expense and finance charges, net, in fiscal year 2007 from fiscal year 2006, was due to the long-term project business we engaged in with one of our customers in Mexico. The primary return from this business is interest income resulting from long-term financing of computer hardware sold to our customer and is reflected in our net financing cost for the year. This income amount was partially offset by an increase in finance charges and interest expenses due to an overall higher interest rate environment, higher borrowings due to increased business and increased long-term debt due to the long-term project in Mexico.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,    Percent Change  
           2008                 2007                2006          2008 to 2007     2007 to 2006  
     (in thousands)             

Other Income (Expense), Net

   $ (7,831 )   $ 1,393    $ 570    -662.2 %   144.4 %

 

Amounts recorded in other income (expense), net, include foreign currency transaction gains and losses, investment gains and losses, including those in our deferred compensation plan and other non-operating gains and losses.

 

The increase in other expense, net in fiscal year 2008 from fiscal year 2007 was due to losses of $7.0 million of trading securities, $1.3 million for other-than-temporary impairment of our investments and foreign exchange losses of $1.1 million.

 

The increase in other income (expense), net in fiscal year 2007 from fiscal year 2006 was due to net foreign exchange gains of $0.5 million in fiscal year 2007 compared to a $0.4 million loss in fiscal year 2006.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Income taxes consist of our current and deferred tax expense resulting from our income earned in domestic and foreign jurisdictions.

 

Our effective tax rate was 34.8% in fiscal year 2008 as compared with an effective tax rate of 35.6% in fiscal year 2007. The effective tax rate in fiscal year 2008 was slightly lower than in fiscal year 2007, primarily due to higher profit contributions from lower tax jurisdictions as well as certain favorable permanent differences and an impact on deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions.

 

Our effective tax rate was 35.6% in fiscal year 2007 as compared with an effective tax rate of 35.3% in fiscal year 2006. The effective tax rate in fiscal year 2007 was slightly higher than in fiscal year 2006, primarily due to usage of all net operating loss carry forwards at our Mexico operation and profit mix from various geographies offset by a $1.1 million one time tax credit resulting from conclusion of a Canadian tax audit.

 

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and earnings being higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuations of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or by changes or

 

42


Table of Contents

interpretations in tax laws, regulations or accounting principles. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.

 

Minority Interest.

 

Minority interest is the portion of earnings from operations attributable to others. In March 2008, we acquired a controlling interest in Nihon Daiko Shoji Co. Ltd, or NDS, which operates in Japan. On April 5, 2007, we acquired a controlling interest in China Civilink (Cayman), which operates in China as HiChina Web Solutions. Minority interest in fiscal year 2008 was the portion of earnings from operations from HiChina Web Solutions and NDS attributable to others. These minority interests are in the GBS business segment.

 

Minority interest in fiscal year 2006 was the portion of earnings from operations from our subsidiary in Mexico attributable to others. In November 2006, we purchased the remaining interest in our Mexico operation from our minority shareholders. This minority interest is in the distribution business segment.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows

 

Our business is working capital intensive. Our working capital needs are primarily to finance accounts receivable and inventory. We rely heavily on debt, accounts receivable flooring programs and the sale or pledge of our accounts receivable under our securitization programs for our working capital needs.

 

We have financed our growth and cash needs to date primarily through working capital financing facilities, convertible debt, bank credit lines and cash generated from operations. The primary uses of cash have been to fund working capital, for acquisitions and for the generation of increased sales.

 

To increase our market share and better serve our customers, we may further expand our operations through investments or acquisitions. We expect that such expansion would require an initial investment in personnel, facilities and operations. Such investment may be more costly than similar investments in current operations. As a result of these investments, we may experience an increase in cost of sales and operating expenses that is disproportionate to revenue from those operations. These investments or acquisitions would likely be funded primarily by additional borrowings or issuing common stock.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $52.6 million in fiscal year 2008. Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2008 was primarily due to $83.8 million of net income, decrease in other assets of $41.6 million, and depreciation and amortization of $18.8 million, offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $45.0 million, increase in inventories of $16.4 million, decrease in accounts payable of $36.6 million and a decrease in deferred liabilities of $28.3 million. The decrease in other assets and deferred liabilities resulted from the decrease in deferred revenue and deferred costs of the multi-year contracts from our Mexico operation.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $152.5 million in fiscal year 2007. Cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2007 was primarily attributable to the net increase in accounts receivable of $321.9 million and a decrease of deferred liabilities of $29.6 million, offset by a decrease in other assets of $38.3 million, increase in accounts payable of $71.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $15.8 million, and net income of $63.1 million. The increase in accounts receivable of $321.9 million is primarily due to a change in terms in our U.S. securitization arrangement during the first quarter of fiscal year 2007 which resulted in accounts receivable transacted in our U.S. securitization arrangement being classified as on-balance sheet transactions versus the prior quarter when they were classified as off-balance sheet.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $18.9 million in fiscal year 2006. Cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2006 was primarily attributable to the net increase in other assets of $150.9 million, and increase in

 

43


Table of Contents

inventories of $92.4 million offset by an increase in deferred liabilities of $118.9 million, net income of $51.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $9.8 million and share-based compensation of $3.7 million and excess tax benefits from stock options of $0.9 million. The increase in deferred liabilities and assets was a result of our multi-year contract from our Mexico operation.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $65.7 million, $136.8 million and $24.3 million in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2008 was primarily for the acquisition of New Age and others for $28.0 million in total (net of cash acquired of $16.9 million) and capital expenditures of $33.5 million, which was primarily for the construction of a new logistics facility in Olive Branch, Mississippi and the expansion of our sales and marketing headquarters in Greenville, South Carolina. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to the acquisition of SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation, PC Wholesale, HiChina Web Solutions and RGC for $106.8 million in total, capital expenditures of $22.8 million and increase in restricted cash of $4.1 million. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2006 was primarily for the acquisition of Azerty United Canada, Telpar and Concentrix Corporation for $21.3 million in total, capital expenditures of $7.9 million and increase in restricted cash of $8.1 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $20.4 million in fiscal year 2008 and was primarily related to the proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt of $140.2 million, net, and proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $3.9 million, offset by the net repayments of securitization arrangements, bank loans and revolving line of credit of $120.7 million and bank overdraft of $4.7 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $309.3 million in fiscal year 2007, and was primarily related to net proceeds from securitization arrangements, bank loans and our revolving line of credit of $286.1 million, bank overdraft of $14.7 million and proceeds from issuance of common stock of $6.3 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $58.6 million in fiscal year 2006 and was a result of net proceeds from bank loans and lines of credit of $61.7 million, primarily associated with borrowings for our Mexico operation, proceeds from issuances of common stock of $11.2 million and an excess tax benefit of $6.0 million associated with stock options, offset by a cash overdraft of $20.3 million.

 

We have sufficient unused lines of credit on our arrangements to support our operating activities.

 

Capital Resources

 

Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $61.1 million and $42.9 million at November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We believe we will have sufficient resources to meet our present and future working capital requirements for the next twelve months, based on our financial strength and performance, existing sources of liquidity, available cash resources and funds available under our various borrowing arrangements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have a renewable revolving accounts receivable securitization program in Canada, or Canadian Arrangement, through SYNNEX Canada, which provides for the sale of U.S. and Canadian trade accounts receivable, or Canadian Receivables, to a financial institution up to a maximum of C$110.0 million. In connection with the Canadian Arrangement, SYNNEX Canada sells its Canadian Receivables to the financial institution on a fully-serviced basis. As of our fiscal year end, the effective discount rate of the Canadian Arrangement was the prevailing Bankers’ Acceptance rate of return or prime rate in Canada plus an initial spread of 1.50%, increasing to 3.50% over time. To the extent that cash was received in exchange, the amount of Canadian Receivables sold to the financial institution has been recorded as a true sale, in accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125,” or SFAS No. 140. The amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by the financial institution under our Canadian Arrangement totaled $59.2 million and $115.9 million as of November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This program is renewed until May 29, 2009.

 

We issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations under the Canadian Arrangement in favor of the financial institution in Canada. The scope of this guarantee primarily consists of the obligation to guarantee

 

44


Table of Contents

SYNNEX Canada’s obligations under the Canadian Arrangement. We also agreed to certain covenants regarding maintenance of our existence, limitations on changes to our business, reporting requirements, and requirements to maintain a specified net worth on a consolidated basis.

 

We have also issued guarantees to certain vendors and lenders of our subsidiaries for an aggregate amount of $196.9 million as of November 30, 2008 and $206.1 million as of November 30, 2007. We are obligated under these guarantees to pay amounts due should our subsidiaries not pay valid amounts owed to their vendors or lenders. The vendor guarantees are typically less than one-year arrangements, with 30-day cancellation clauses and the lender guarantees are typically for the term of the loan agreement.

 

On-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We primarily finance our U.S. operations with an accounts receivable securitization program, or U.S. Arrangement, by selling up to a maximum of $350.0 million in U.S. trade accounts receivable, or U.S. Receivables. The maturity date of the U.S. Arrangement is February 2011. The effective borrowing cost under the U.S. Arrangement is a blend of the prevailing dealer commercial paper rate and LIBOR plus 0.55% per annum. A fee of 0.20% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. We fund our borrowings by pledging all of our rights, title and interest in and to the U.S. Receivables as security. The balance outstanding and pledged on the U.S. Arrangement as of November 30, 2008 and 2007 was $207.2 million and $299.9 million, respectively. We amended and restated our U.S. accounts receivable securitization program, or the U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement, on January 23, 2009 to replace the lead bank and agent. Our U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement has a maturity date of January 2010 and may be renewed upon our mutual agreement with the lenders. We continue to sell a maximum of $350.0 million U.S. Receivables. Our effective borrowing cost under our U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement is the prevailing dealer and commercial paper rate plus 1.50% per annum.

 

As is customary in trade accounts receivable securitization arrangements, a credit rating agency’s downgrade of the third party issuer of commercial paper or of a back-up liquidity provider (which provides a source of funding if the commercial paper market cannot be accessed) could result in an adverse change or loss of our financing capacity under these programs if the commercial paper issuer or liquidity back-up provider is not replaced. Loss of such financing capacity could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement, or the Revolver, with a group of financial institutions. The Revolver’s maximum commitment was amended from $100.0 million to $120.0 million in April 2008. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the financial institution’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum at our option. A fee of 0.30% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. The Revolver is secured by our inventory and other assets (including the assets of our domestic subsidiaries, but excluding the assets of and ownership in our foreign subsidiaries) and expires in February 2011. The borrowings outstanding under the Revolver as of November 30, 2008, and 2007, were $95.0 million and $10.9 million, respectively. The increase in borrowings outstanding as of November 30, 2008 from the borrowings outstanding November 30, 2007 was primarily due to a decrease in the balance outstanding and pledged on the U.S. Arrangement as of November 30, 2008 as a result of the higher interest rate under the U.S. Arrangement. We also amended and restated our U.S. senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement, or the Amended and Restated Revolver, with a group of financial institutions on January 23, 2009 to replace the lead bank and agent. Our Amended and Restated Revolver is secured by inventory and other assets and expires in February 2011. Our Amended and Restated Revolver’s maximum commitment was also amended to $80.0 million. Interest on borrowings under our Amended and Restated Revolver is based on the financial institution’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.50% at our option. Our Amended and Restated Revolver was further amended to require us to achieve certain conditions in the event the U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement is not renewed or a binding commitment is not in place to replace or renew the same.

 

45


Table of Contents

SYNNEX Canada has a revolving line of credit arrangement, or Canada Revolver, with a credit limit of C$30.0 million. The Canada Revolver expires in April 2010. Interest on this facility is based on the Canadian adjusted prime rate. SYNNEX Canada has granted a lien on substantially all of its assets in favor of the lenders under the Canada Revolver. In connection with the Canada Revolver, we issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations, of up to C$20.0 million, and agreed to subordinate our right to repayment of amounts received from SYNNEX Canada to the prior repayment of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations under its revolving credit facility, except to the extent that SYNNEX Canada is permitted to make distributions to us in accordance with the terms of its revolving credit facility. This guarantee and subordination was terminated in October, 2008. The balance outstanding as of November 30, 2008 and 2007 was $15.0 million and $17.5 million, respectively.

 

SYNNEX Canada has a credit facility with a financial institution in Canada to allow us to issue documentary letters of credit up to a maximum of C$30.0 million for validity up to 180 days. The letters of credit are issued to secure purchases of inventory from manufacturers and to finance import activities. This facility has an overdraft limit up to a maximum amount of C$2.0 million available in Canadian and U.S. dollars for a maximum of two business days to repay draws under letters of credit or letters of guarantee. SYNNEX Canada has granted a lien, in favor of the financial institution in Canada, on the inventory financed under this credit facility, all accounts receivable from the sale of such inventory, all proceeds of sale of such inventory and collection of such accounts receivable and up to C$3.0 million in cash on deposit with the financial institution in Canada. In connection with this credit facility, we issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations in favor of the financial institution in Canada of up to C$20.0 million. Letters of credit issued against this facility were $2.8 million as of November 30, 2008 and $13.9 million as of November 30, 2007.

 

Our Mexico subsidiary, SYNNEX de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., or SYNNEX Mexico, established a secured term loan agreement, or Mexico Term Loan, with a group of financial institutions in May 2006. The interest rate for any unpaid principal amount is the Equilibrium Interbank Interest Rate, plus 2.00% per annum. The final maturity date for repayment of all unpaid principal is November 24, 2009. The balance outstanding, under the Mexico Term Loan as of November 30, 2008 was $20.2 million and $47.9 million as of November 30, 2007. The Mexico Term Loan contains customary financial covenants. In connection with the Mexico Term Loan, we issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Mexico’s obligations.

 

We have other lines of credit and revolving facilities with financial institutions, which provide for borrowing capacity aggregating approximately $5.4 million and $13.4 million at November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At November 30, 2008 and 2007, we had borrowings of $2.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, outstanding under these facilities. We also have various term loans, including a term loan facility in Canada, short-term borrowings and mortgages with financial institutions totaling approximately $9.2 million and $12.4 million at November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The expiration dates of these facilities range from 2008 to 2017. Future principal payments due under these term loans and mortgages, and payments due under our operating lease arrangements after November 30, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 Year
   1 - 3
Years
   3 - 5
Years
   > 5
Years

Contractual Obligations

              

Principal debt payments

   $ 349,003    $ 340,466    $ 1,024    $ 1,140    $ 6,373

Interest on debt

     3,966      1,403      857      742      964

Non-cancelable operating leases

     94,917      17,844      35,264      30,866      10,943
                                  

Total

   $ 447,886    $ 359,713    $ 37,145    $ 32,748    $ 18,280
                                  

 

Covenants Compliance

 

In relation to our U.S. Arrangement, the Revolver, convertible debt, Canada Revolver, Canadian Arrangement and Mexico Term Loan, we have a number of covenants and restrictions that, among other things,

 

46


Table of Contents

require us to comply with certain financial and other covenants and restrict our ability to incur additional debt. They also restrict our ability to make or forgive intercompany loans, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain acquisitions, repurchase our stock, create liens, cancel debt owed to us, enter into agreements with affiliates, modify the nature of our business, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, make certain investments, enter into new real estate leases, transfer and sell assets, cancel or terminate any material contracts and merge or consolidate. The covenants also could limit our ability to pay cash upon conversion, redemption or repurchase of the convertible debt subject to certain liquidity tests.

 

As of November 30, 2008, we were in compliance with all material covenants for the above arrangements.

 

Convertible Debt

 

In May 2008, we issued $143.8 million of aggregate principal amount of our 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018, or the Notes, in a private placement. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.0% per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning November 15, 2008. In addition, we will pay contingent interest in respect of any six-month period from May 15 to November 14 or from November 15 to May 14, with the initial six-month period commencing May 15, 2013, if the trading price of the Notes for each of the ten trading days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount of the Notes. During any interest period when contingent interest is payable, the contingent interest payable per Note is equal to 0.55% of the average trading price of the Notes during the ten trading days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period. The Notes mature on May 15, 2018, subject to earlier redemption, repurchase or conversion.

 

Holders may convert their Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date for such Notes under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter after the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is equal to or more than 130% of the conversion price of the Notes on the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter; (2) during the five business-day period after any five consecutive trading-day period, or the Measurement Period, in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes for each day of that Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common stock and the conversion rate of the Notes on each such day; (3) if we have called the particular Notes for redemption, until the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of certain corporate transactions. In addition, holders may also convert their Notes at their option at any time beginning on November 15, 2017, and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date for the Notes, without regard to the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the common stock or a combination thereof at our election. The initial conversion rate for the Notes will be 33.9945 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $29.42 per share of common stock. Such conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in certain events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest, including any additional interest and any contingent interest.

 

We may not redeem the Notes prior to May 20, 2013. We may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, for cash on or after May 20, 2013, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the redemption date.

 

Holders may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash on May 15, 2013 at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the repurchase date. If we undergo a fundamental change, holders may require us to purchase all or a portion of their Notes

 

47


Table of Contents

for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

 

The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of ours and rank equally in right of payment with other senior unsecured debt and rank senior to subordinated notes, if any. The Notes effectively rank junior to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes are also structurally subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries. The net proceeds from the Notes were used for general corporate purposes and to reduce outstanding balances under the U.S. Arrangement and the Revolver.

 

The Notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of May 12, 2008, between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, which contains customary events of default.

 

The Notes as hybrid instruments are accounted as convertible debt and are recorded at carrying value with no separate accounting for the conversion features. The right of the holders of the Notes to require us to repurchase the Notes in the event of a fundamental change and the contingent interest feature would require separate measurement from the Notes; however, the amount is insignificant. The additional shares issuable following certain corporation transactions do not require bifurcation and separate measurement from the Notes.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

We have a business relationship with MiTAC International, a publicly-traded company in Taiwan, that began in 1992 when it became our primary investor through its affiliates. As of November 30, 2008, MiTAC International and its affiliates beneficially owned approximately 40% of our common stock. In addition, Matthew Miau, the Chairman Emeritus of our Board of Directors, is also the Chairman of MiTAC International and a director or officer of MiTAC International’s affiliates. As a result, MiTAC International generally has significant influence over us and over the outcome of all matters submitted to stockholders for consideration, including any merger or acquisition of ours. Among other things, this could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control over us with the loss of any premium that stockholders otherwise might receive in connection with such a transaction.

 

We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities and jointly market MiTAC International’s design and electronic manufacturing services and our contract assembly capabilities. This relationship has enabled us to build relationships with MiTAC International’s customers and we continue to work with and depend on MiTAC International to jointly serve our shared customers. We purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboards and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $261.6 million, $297.9 million and $430.9 million during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled approximately $2.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Most of these purchases and sales were pursuant to our Master Supply Agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems, one of our contract assembly customers. Our business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments.

 

Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing, pricing and other material terms on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International and our contract assembly customers for a given project. While MiTAC International is a related party and a controlling stockholder, we believe that the significant terms under these agreements, including pricing, would not materially differ from the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties, and we have adopted a policy requiring that material transactions with MiTAC International or its related parties be approved by our Audit Committee, which is composed solely of independent directors. In addition, Mr. Miau’s compensation is approved by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which is also

 

48


Table of Contents

composed solely of independent directors. If MiTAC International’s ownership interest in us decreases as a result of sales of our stock and additional dilution, its interest in the success of our business and operations may decrease as well.

 

We remain dependent on MiTAC International as a contract assembly partner and any change in the pricing or other material terms demanded by MiTAC International could have a material adverse effect on our business, particularly our contract assembly business with Sun Microsystems.

 

Beneficial Ownership of our Common Stock by MiTAC International.

 

As noted above, MiTAC International and its affiliates in the aggregate beneficially owned approximately 40% of our common stock as of November 30, 2008. These shares are owned by the following entities:

 

MiTAC International (1)

   7,752,824

Synnex Technology International Corp. (2)

   5,039,244
    

Total

   12,792,068
    

 

(1) Shares held via Silver Star Developments Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiTAC International. Excludes 1,228,650 shares (of which 45,150 shares are directly held and 1,183,500 shares are subject to exercisable options) held by Matthew Miau.
(2) Synnex Technology International Corp., or Synnex Technology International, is a separate entity from us and is a publicly-traded corporation in Taiwan. Shares held via Peer Development Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Synnex Technology International. MiTAC International owns a minority interest in MiTAC Incorporated, a privately-held Taiwanese company, which in turn holds a minority interest in Synnex Technology International.

 

While the ownership structure of MiTAC International and its affiliates is complex, it has not had a material adverse effect on our business in the past, and we do not expect it to do so in the future.

 

During fiscal year 2007, we purchased shares of MiTAC International and one of its affiliates related to the deferred compensation plan of Robert Huang, our then President and Chief Executive Officer. During fiscal year 2008, we purchased additional shares of MiTAC International related to Mr. Huang’s deferred compensation plan. As of November 30, 2008, the value of the investment was $1.2 million. Except as described herein, none of our officers or directors has an interest in MiTAC International or its affiliates.

 

Synnex Technology International is a publicly-traded corporation in Taiwan that currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of ours. Neither MiTAC International nor Synnex Technology International is restricted from competing with us. In the future, we may increasingly compete with Synnex Technology International, particularly if our business in Asia expands or Synnex Technology International expands its business into geographies or customers we serve. Although Synnex Technology International is a separate entity from us, it is possible that there will be confusion as a result of the similarity of our names. Moreover, we cannot limit or control the use of the Synnex name by Synnex Technology International in certain geographies and our use of the Synnex name may be restricted as a result of registration of the name by Synnex Technology International or the prior use in jurisdictions where it currently operates.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” or SFAS No. 141(R). SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141(R) also

 

49


Table of Contents

establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51,” or SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact, of the adoption of SFAS No. 160 on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

On February 20, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position, or FSP No. FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions,” or FSP FAS 140-3. FSP FAS 140-3 requires that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing that was entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the initial transfer be evaluated together as a linked transaction under SFAS No. 140, unless certain criteria are met. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for our financial statements for the fiscal year beginning on December 1, 2008 and earlier adoption is not permitted. We are assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 may have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” or SFAS No. 161. This new standard requires enhanced disclosures for derivative instruments, including those used in hedging activities. It is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and will be applicable to us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. We are assessing the potential impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 161 may have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets,” or FSP FAS 142-3. FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141(R). FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for us from the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 may have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. Accounting Principles Board, or APB, 14-1 “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement),” or FSP APB 14-1. FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash (or other assets) on conversion to separately account for the liability (debt) and equity (conversion option) components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 on a retroactive basis and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP APB 14-1 may have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. However, it is expected that the allocation of the proceeds to the conversion option will result in an increase in interest expense.

 

In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock,” or EITF 07-5. EITF 07-5 provides guidance for determining

 

50


Table of Contents

whether an equity-linked financial instrument, or embedded feature, is indexed to an entity’s own stock. EITF 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are currently assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 07-5 on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations,” or EITF 08-6. EITF 08-6 clarifies that the initial carrying value of an equity method investment should be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R). Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity method investment should be recognized in accordance with FSP No. APB 18-1, “Accounting by an Investor for Its Proportionate Share of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of an Investee Accounted for under the Equity Method in Accordance with APB Opinion No. 18 upon a Loss of Significant Influence.” EITF 08-6 is effective on a prospective basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-6 on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF 08-7, “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets,” or EITF 08-7. EITF 08-7 applies to defensive assets which are acquired intangible assets which the acquirer does not intend to actively use, but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to the asset. EITF 08-7 clarifies that defensive intangible assets are separately identifiable and should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS No. 157. EITF 08-7 is effective for intangible assets acquired in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-7 on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF No. 08-8, “Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount That Is Based on the Stock of an Entity’s Consolidated Subsidiary,” or EITF 08-8. EITF 08-8 clarifies whether a financial instrument for which the payoff to the counterparty is based, in whole or in part, on the stock of an entity’s consolidated subsidiary is indexed to the reporting entity’s own stock and therefore should not be precluded from qualifying for the first part of the scope exception in paragraph 11 (a) of SFAS No. 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” or from being within the scope of EITF No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and, Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” EITF 08-8 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are currently assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-8 on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, we adopted the following accounting standards:

 

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. We adopted FIN 48 effective December 1, 2007. See Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements for the effect of our application of FIN 48.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. It also responds to investors’ requests for expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. SFAS No. 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, and does not expand the use of fair value in any new

 

51


Table of Contents

circumstances. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,” or FSP FAS 157-1, and FSP No. FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” or FSP FAS 157-2. FSP FAS 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from its scope. FSP FAS 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP FAS 157-2 is effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. These nonfinancial items include assets and liabilities such as reporting units measured at fair value in a goodwill impairment test and nonfinancial assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active,” or FSP FAS 157-3, which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets in a market that is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance. We adopted SFAS No. 157, as it applies to our financial instruments, effective December 1, 2007. The impact of adoption of SFAS No. 157 is discussed in Note 19 to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” or SFAS No. 159, which permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 was effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. We did not did not elect to apply the fair value option to any of our financial instruments.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk in the ordinary course of business. We hedge cash flow exposures for our major countries using a combination of forward contracts. Principal currencies hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar, Philippines peso and Mexican peso. These instruments are generally short-term in nature, with typical maturities of less than one year. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

The following table presents the hypothetical changes in fair values in our outstanding derivative instruments at November 30, 2008 and 2007 that are sensitive to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates (in thousands). The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from an instantaneous strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar by 5%, 10% and 15% (in thousands). Although we do not apply hedge accounting to our forward contracts, our foreign exchange contracts are marked-to-market and any material gains and losses on our hedge contracts resulting from a hypothetical, instantaneous change in the strength of the U.S. dollar would be significantly offset by mark-to-market gains and losses on the corresponding assets and liabilities being hedged.

 

     Loss on Derivative Instruments
Given a Weakening of U.S. dollar
by X Percent
    Gain (Loss)
Assuming No
Change in
Exchange Rate
   Gain on Derivative Instruments
Given a Strengthening of U.S. dollar

by X Percent
     15%     10%     5%        5%    10%    15%

Forward contracts at November 30, 2008

   $ (16,077 )   $ (10,127 )   $ (4,799 )   $ 2,058    $ 4,347    $ 8,306    $ 11,929

Forward contracts at November 30, 2007

   $ (12,992 )   $ (8,185 )   $ (3,880 )   $ 2,330    $ 3,519    $ 6,728    $ 9,670

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

During the last two years, the majority of our debt obligations have been short-term in nature and the associated interest obligations have floated relative to major interest rate benchmarks. While we have not used

 

52


Table of Contents

derivative financial instruments to alter the interest rate characteristics of our investment holdings or debt instruments in the past, we may do so in the future.

 

A 1.5% increase or decrease in rates at November 30, 2008 would not result in any material change in the fair value of our obligations. The following tables present the hypothetical interest expense related to our outstanding borrowings for the years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the interest expense arising from hypothetical parallel shifts in the respective countries’ yield curves, of plus or minus 5%, 10% and 15% for the years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands).

 

     Interest Expense Given an Interest
Rate Decrease by X Percent
   Actual Interest
Expense Assuming
No Change in
Interest Rate
   Interest Expense Given an Interest
Rate Increase by X Percent
     15%    10%    5%       5%    10%    15%

SYNNEX US

   $ 9,929    $ 10,513    $ 11,097    $ 11,681    $ 12,265    $ 12,849    $ 13,433

SYNNEX Mexico

     1,830      1,937      2,045      2,153      2,260      2,368      2,475

SYNNEX Canada

     516      546      577      607      638      668      698

SYNNEX UK

     7      8      8      9      9      9      10
                                                

Total for the year ended November 30, 2008

   $ 12,282    $ 13,004    $ 13,727    $ 14,450    $ 15,172    $ 15,894    $ 16,616
                                                

 

     Interest Expense Given an Interest
Rate Decrease by X Percent
   Actual Interest
Expense Assuming
No Change in
Interest Rate
   Interest Expense Given an Interest
Rate Increase by X Percent
     15%    10%    5%       5%    10%    15%

SYNNEX US

   $ 14,892    $ 15,768    $ 16,644    $ 17,520    $ 18,396    $ 19,272    $ 20,148

SYNNEX Mexico

     3,798      4,021      4,245      4,468      4,692      4,915      5,138

SYNNEX Canada

     933      988      1,043      1,098      1,153      1,207      1,262

SYNNEX UK

     9      10      10      11      11      12      12
                                                

Total for the year ended November 30, 2007

   $ 19,632    $ 20,787    $ 21,942    $ 23,097    $ 24,252    $ 25,406    $ 26,560
                                                

 

Equity Price Risk

 

The equity price risk associated with our marketable equity securities at November 30, 2008 and 2007 is not material in relation to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Marketable equity securities include shares of common stock. The investments are classified as either trading or available-for-sale securities. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, are recorded in operations as incurred.

 

53


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

INDEX

 

     Page

Consolidated Financial Statements of SYNNEX Corporation

  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

   55

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   56

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of November 30, 2008 and 2007

   57

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   58

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended November  30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   59

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   61

Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

   103

Financial Statement Schedule

  

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   104

 

Financial statement schedules not listed above are either omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the Notes thereto.

 

54


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concludes that, as of November 30, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

55


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of SYNNEX Corporation

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SYNNEX Corporation and its subsidiaries at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2008 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As discussed in Note 19, the Company changed its presentation of cash flows from trading securities in 2008. As discussed in Note 7, the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in 2008.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

January 23, 2009

 

56


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for par value)

 

     November 30,
2008
   November 30,
2007

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,081    $ 42,875

Short-term investments

     10,345      17,257

Accounts receivable, net

     807,206      729,797

Receivable from vendors, net

     96,653      96,035

Receivable from affiliates

     4,659      9,790

Inventories

     696,008      642,524

Deferred income taxes

     26,089      18,612

Current deferred assets

     13,322      14,478

Other current assets

     9,766      16,859
             

Total current assets

     1,725,129      1,588,227

Property and equipment, net

     84,602      59,440

Goodwill

     113,438      96,350

Intangible assets, net

     26,456      21,590

Deferred income taxes

     6,036      5,416

Long-term deferred assets

     50,907      97,171

Other assets

     26,312      18,909
             

Total assets

   $ 2,032,880    $ 1,887,103
             

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Borrowings under securitization, term loans and lines of credit

   $ 340,466    $ 351,142

Accounts payable

     571,329      588,801

Payable to affiliates

     73,631      67,334

Accrued liabilities

     113,593      120,617

Current deferred liabilities

     30,809      35,522

Income taxes payable

     4,713      5,103
             

Total current liabilities

     1,134,541      1,168,519

Long-term borrowings

     8,537      37,537

Long-term liabilities

     26,591      14,533

Long-term deferred liabilities

     33,567      60,565

Convertible debt

     143,750      —  

Deferred income taxes

     1,380      437
             

Total liabilities

     1,348,366      1,281,591
             

Minority interest in a subsidiary

     4,673      958
             

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

     —        —  

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

     —        —  

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 31,954 and 31,328 shares issued and outstanding

     32      31

Additional paid-in capital

     207,558      196,128

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     9,367      28,939

Retained earnings

     462,884      379,456
             

Total stockholders’ equity

     679,841      604,554
             

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,032,880    $ 1,887,103
             

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Revenue

   $ 7,768,230     $ 7,004,120     $ 6,343,514  

Cost of revenue

     (7,336,311 )     (6,648,738 )     (6,058,155 )
                        

Gross profit

     431,919       355,382       285,359  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (280,071 )     (243,235 )     (189,117 )
                        

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     151,848       112,147       96,242  

Interest expense and finance charges, net

     (14,431 )     (14,874 )     (16,659 )

Other income (expense), net

     (7,831 )     1,393       570  
                        

Income from operations before income taxes and minority interest

     129,586       98,666       80,153  

Provision for income taxes

     (45,096 )     (35,167 )     (28,320 )

Minority interest in a subsidiary

     (693 )     (372 )     (448 )
                        

Net income

   $ 83,797     $ 63,127     $ 51,385  
                        

Net income per common share—basic

   $ 2.65     $ 2.04     $ 1.73  
                        

Net income per common share—diluted

   $ 2.52     $ 1.93     $ 1.61  
                        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     31,619       30,942       29,700  
                        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

     33,263       32,674       32,014  
                        

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands)

 

    Common Stock   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Unearned
Share-
based
Compen-
sation
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Comprehensive
Income
 
    Shares   Amount            

Balances, November 30, 2005

  28,948     29     161,195       (1,644 )     12,701       264,944       437,225     $ 53,440  
                     

Share-based compensation

  —       —       3,710       —         —         —         3,710    

Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified stock options

  —       —       6,932       —         —         —         6,932    

Issuance of common stock on exercise of options and restricted stock

  1,475     1     10,121       —         —         —         10,122    

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

  54     —       874       —         —         —         874    

Reclassification upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

  —       —       (1,644 )     1,644       —         —         —      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         1,298       —         1,298     $ 1,298  

Net income

  —       —       —         —         —         51,385       51,385       51,385  
                                                         

Balances, November 30, 2006

  30,477     30     181,188       —         13,999       316,329       511,546     $ 52,683  
                     

Share-based compensation

  —       —       5,281       —         —         —         5,281    

Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified stock options

  —       —       2,310       —         —         —         2,310    

Issuance of common stock on exercise of options and restricted stock

  814     1     6,610       —         —         —         6,611    

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

  37     —       739       —         —         —         739    

Change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities

  —       —       —         —         245       —         245     $ 245  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         14,695       —         14,695       14,695  

Net income

  —       —       —         —         —         63,127       63,127       63,127  
                                                         

Balances, November 30, 2007

  31,328     31     196,128       —         28,939       379,456       604,554     $ 78,067  
                     

Share-based compensation

  —       —       6,637       —         —         —         6,637    

Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified stock options

  —       —       2,091       —         —         —         2,091    

Issuance of common stock on exercise of options and restricted stock

  587     1     3,149       —         —         —         3,150    

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

  39     —       741       —         —         —         741    

Cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48

  —       —       (1,188 )     —         —         (369 )     (1,557 )  

Change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities

  —       —       —         —         578       —         578     $ 578  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         (20,150 )     —         (20,150 )     (20,150 )

Net income

  —       —       —         —         —         83,797       83,797       83,797  
                                                         

Balances, November 30, 2008

  31,954   $ 32   $ 207,558     $ —       $ 9,367     $ 462,884     $ 679,841     $ 64,225  
                                                         

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 83,797     $ 63,127     $ 51,385  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     11,010       9,187       5,462  

Amortization of intangible assets

     7,754       6,578       4,319  

Share-based compensation

     6,637       5,281       3,710  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     10,304       7,491       9,081  

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

     2,091       2,310       6,932  

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

     (1,815 )     (2,145 )     (6,016 )

Unrealized (gain) loss on trading securities

     5,216       (180 )     (672 )

Realized (gain) loss on investments

     443       (559 )     2,329  

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     25       (17 )     36  

Loss on impairment of fixed assets

     —         828       —    

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

     1,288       —         —    

Minority interest

     693       372       448  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition of businesses:

      

Accounts receivable

     (45,013 )     (321,941 )     (14,979 )

Receivable from vendors

     2,760       864       (12,348 )

Receivable from affiliates

     5,130       (7,934 )     3,323  

Inventories

     (16,379 )     1,857       (92,403 )

Other assets

     41,632       38,305       (150,924 )

Payable to affiliates

     6,297       (22,497 )     3,966  

Accounts payable

     (36,622 )     71,376       35,281  

Accrued liabilities

     (4,332 )     24,868       13,260  

Deferred liabilities

     (28,323 )     (29,624 )     118,871  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     52,593       (152,453 )     (18,939 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of investments

     (14,005 )     (9,015 )     (15,300 )

Proceeds from sale of investments

     14,692       5,805       28,367  

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (28,015 )     (106,783 )     (21,319 )

Purchase of property and equipment

     (33,521 )     (22,781 )     (7,916 )

Purchase of intangible asset

     (1,432 )     —         —    

Increase in restricted cash

     (3,412 )     (4,051 )     (8,141 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (65,693 )     (136,825 )     (24,309 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from revolving line of credit and securitization

     1,756,514       1,341,844       —    

Payment of revolving line of credit and securitization

     (1,853,720 )     (1,043,038 )     (2,283 )

Proceeds from bank loans

     —         11,042       380,704  

Payment of bank loans

     (23,515 )     (23,872 )     (289,772 )

Net (payments) proceeds under other lines of credit

     —         77       (26,980 )

Proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt (net of issuance costs of $3,575)

     140,175       —         —    

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

     1,815       2,145       6,016  

Bank overdraft

     (4,742 )     14,733       (20,271 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     3,890       6,331       11,212  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     20,417       309,262       58,626  
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     10,889       (4,990 )     (1,133 )
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     18,206       14,994       14,245  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     42,875       27,881       13,636  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 61,081     $ 42,875     $ 27,881  
                        

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 9,639     $ 7,072     $ 5,292  
                        

Income taxes paid

   $ 44,492     $ 31,254     $ 23,217  
                        

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

 

SYNNEX Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as “SYNNEX” or the “Company”) is a business process services company offering a comprehensive range of services to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), software publishers and reseller customers worldwide. SYNNEX’s service offering includes product distribution, logistics services, global business services (“GBS”) and contract assembly. SYNNEX is headquartered in Fremont, California and has operations in the United States, Canada, China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the United Kingdom (“UK”).

 

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. The Company evaluates these estimates on a regular basis and bases them on historical experience and on various assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. Actual results could differ from the estimates.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries in which no substantive participating rights are held by minority stockholders. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include 100% of the assets and liabilities of these majority-owned subsidiaries and the ownership interest of minority investors is recorded as minority interest. Investments in 20% through 50% owned affiliated companies are included under the equity method of accounting where the Company exercises significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee and is not the primary beneficiary. Investments in less than 20% owned companies or investments in 20% through 50% owned companies where the Company does not exercise significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee are recorded under the cost method.

 

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

In fiscal year 2007, the Company acquired a majority interest in China Civilink (Cayman). China Civilink operates in China as HiChina Web Solutions. HiChina Web Solutions provides Internet and webhosting services. People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) law currently limits foreign ownership of companies that provide Internet content and advertising services. To comply with these foreign ownership restrictions, the Company operates in China with PRC citizens through contractual arrangements. The Company has the ability to substantially influence the daily operations and financial affairs. As a result of these contractual arrangements, which enable the Company to control HiChina Web Solutions and its affiliates, the Company is the primary beneficiary of these companies. Accordingly, the Company regards HiChina Web Solutions as a variable interest entity under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities- an interpretation of ARB No. 51” and the Company consolidates the results, assets and liabilities of these companies in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Segment reporting

 

Operating segments are based on products and services provided by each segment, internal organization structure, manner in which operations are managed, criteria used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) to assess the segment performance as well as resources allocation and the availability of discrete financial information. During fiscal year 2008, the Company changed its business strategy on managing its operations which prompted changes to its internal organization structure, resource allocation and measuring its financial performance. The change in the business strategy has enabled the Company to focus on providing a full range of distribution and GBS offerings to its customers which resulted in two segments.

 

The distribution services segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators and retailers, as well as provides assembly services to OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management and logistics.

 

The GBS services segment provides contact center services that deliver voice, e-mail and technical support services on a global platform, demand generation services, print on demand services, web hosting and domain name registration services.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity or remaining maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of money market deposit accounts that are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by financial institutions to the extent that cash balances with financial institutions are in excess of amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Restricted cash

 

As of November 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company had restricted cash in the amount of $15,604 and $12,192 respectively, for future payments to one of its vendors relating to long-term projects at the Company’s Mexico operation. These amounts are reported in long-term other assets.

 

Investments

 

The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities as trading and available-for-sale. Securities related to its deferred compensation plan are classified as trading and are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Company’s financial statements. All other securities are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income,” a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary, if any, are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” as incurred.

 

To determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates several factors, including current economic environment, market conditions, operational and financial performance of the investee, and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, including business outlook of the investee, future trends in the investee’s industry and the Company’s intent to carry the investment for a

 

62


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

sufficient period of time for any recovery in fair value. If a decline in value is deemed as other-than-temporary, the Company records reductions in carrying values to estimated fair values, which are determined based on quoted market prices if available or on one or more of the valuation methods such as pricing models using historical and projected financial information, liquidation values, and values of other comparable public companies.

 

Long-term investments include instruments that the Company has the ability and intent to hold for more than twelve months.

 

The Company has investments in equity instruments of privately-held companies and investments for which there are not readily determinable fair values. These investments are included in short-term investment and other assets and are accounted for under the cost method. The Company monitors its investments for impairment by considering current factors, including the economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, and records reductions in carrying values when necessary.

 

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 the Company recorded a $1,288 other-than-temporary decline in value of investments. The Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of $221 and $10 for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments for outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, the Company takes into consideration the overall quality and aging of the accounts receivable, credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition and existence of credit insurance. The Company also evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collections and any value and adequacy of collateral received from customers.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed based on the weighted-average method. Inventories consist of finished goods purchased from various manufacturers for distribution resale and components used for assembly services. The Company records estimated inventory reserves for quantities in excess of demand, cost in excess of market value and product obsolescence.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease term of the respective assets, if applicable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. The ranges of estimated useful lives for property and equipment categories are as follows:

 

Equipment and Furniture

   3-7 years

Software

   3-7 years

Leasehold Improvements

   2-10 years

Buildings

   39 years

 

63


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Goodwill

 

The Company assesses potential impairment of its goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets when there is evidence that recent events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of an asset’s carrying value unlikely. The Company also assesses potential impairment of its goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets on an annual basis during its fourth quarter, regardless if there is evidence or suspicion of impairment. If indicators of impairment were to be present in intangible assets used in operations and future undiscounted cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Factors the Company considers important, which may cause impairment include, among others significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.

 

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”), a two-step impairment test is required to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value to determine if the goodwill is impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill.

 

For the purpose of goodwill analysis, there are three reporting units, as defined by SFAS No. 142. The distribution services business segment is comprised of one Distribution Services reporting unit and the GBS business segment is comprised of two reporting units—Contact Center and Web Hosting/Domain Name Registration. The Company conducted its annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. To determine the fair value of each reporting unit, the Company used discounted cash flows, using five years of projected unleveraged free cash flows and terminal EBITDA earnings multiples which were based on precedent transactions. The discount rates used for the analysis reflected a weighted average cost of capital based on industry and capital structure adjusted for equity risk premiums and size risk premiums based on market capitalization. The discounted cash flow valuation uses projections of future cash flows and includes assumptions concerning future operating performance and economic conditions and may differ from actual future cash flows. The Company also considered the current trading multiples for comparable publicly-traded companies and the historical pricing multiples for comparable merger and acquisition transactions that have occurred in the industry. As a result, under each fair value measurement methodology considered, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.

 

The control premium that a third party would be willing to pay to obtain a controlling interest in SYNNEX was considered when determining fair value. Management considered recent transactions with comparable companies in the distribution industry and possible synergies to a market participant. In addition, factors such as the performance of competitors, which were believed to contribute to the decline in the Company’s stock price and recent volatility in the Company’s trading price prior to November 30, 2008, were also considered. Management concluded there was a reasonable basis for the excess of estimated fair value of the reporting units over its market capitalization.

 

The estimated fair value of the three reporting units requires judgment and the use of estimates by management. Potential factors requiring assessment include a further or sustained decline in the Company’s

 

64


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

stock price, variance in results of operations from projections, and additional acquisition transactions in the distribution industry that reflect a lower control premium. Any of these potential factors may cause the Company to re-evaluate goodwill during any quarter throughout the year. If an impairment charge were to be taken for goodwill it would be a non-cash charge and would not impact the Company’s cash position or cash flows, however, such a charge could have a material impact to equity and the statement of operations.

 

There was no goodwill impairment for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

The Company performed an analysis of the fair value of the long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” No impairment loss was recorded for the periods presented.

 

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit, intangible asset or a long-lived asset is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions that it believes are reasonable but are uncertain and subject to changes in market conditions.

 

Intangible assets

 

Purchased intangible assets are amortized over the useful lives based on the estimate of the use of economic benefit of the asset or on the straight-line amortization method.

 

Intangible assets primarily consist of vendor lists and customer lists. Intangible assets are amortized as follows:

 

Vendor Lists

   4-10 years

Customer Lists

   4-8 years

Other Intangible Assets

   3-10 years

 

Software costs

 

The Company develops its software platform for internal use only. The majority of development costs include payroll and other related costs, such as costs of support, maintenance and training functions that are not subject to capitalization. The costs of software enhancements were not material for the periods presented. If internal software development costs become material, the Company will capitalize the costs based on the defined criteria for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.”

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets. No impairment of long-lived assets was recorded for the periods presented.

 

65


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Long-term deferred assets and long-term deferred liabilities

 

The Company’s Mexico operation has entered into multi-year contracts to sell equipment to independent third-party contractors that provide equipment and services to the Mexican government. The payments by the Mexican government are generally due on a monthly basis and are contingent upon the contractors continuing to provide services to the Mexican government. The Company recognizes product revenue and cost of revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contracts. All long-term accounts receivable and deferred cost of revenue associated with these contracts are included in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Long-term deferred assets.” According to contract terms, the Company also holds back a certain amount of accounts payable for a certain period of time. All long-term accounts payable and long-term deferred revenues associated with these contracts are included in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Long-term deferred liabilities.”

 

Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with high quality institutions, the compositions and maturities of which are regularly monitored by management. Through November 30, 2008, the Company had not experienced any losses on such deposits.

 

Accounts receivable include amounts due from customers primarily in the technology industry. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. The Company also maintains allowances for potential credit losses. In estimating the required allowances, the Company takes into consideration the overall quality and aging of the receivable portfolio, the existence of a limited amount of credit insurance and specifically identified customer risks. Through November 30, 2008, such losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, no single customer exceeded 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue. At November 30, 2008 and 2007, one customer accounted for approximately 17% and 18% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance, respectively. The Company’s largest OEM supplier, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), accounted for approximately 32%, 28% and 25% of the total revenue for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue generally as products are shipped, if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Shipping terms are typically F.O.B. the Company’s warehouse. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted periodically by the Company. Revenue is reduced for early payment discounts and volume incentive rebates offered to customers.

 

The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors and distributes them to customers. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of software products when a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured. Subsequent to the sale of software products, the Company generally has no obligation to provide any modification, customization, upgrades, enhancements, or any other post-sales customer support.

 

66


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Company’s Mexico operation primarily focuses on projects with the Mexican government and other local agencies that are long-term in nature. Under the agreements, the payments are due on a monthly basis and contingent upon performing certain services and meeting certain conditions. The Company recognizes product revenue and cost of revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract.

 

The Company provides GBS services to its customers under contracts that typically consist of a master services agreement or statement of work, which contains the terms and conditions of each program and service it offers. These agreements are usually short-term in nature and subject to early termination by the customers or the Company for any reason, typically with 30 to 90 days notice. Revenue is generally recognized over the term of the contract if the service has been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting accounts receivable is reasonably assured.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Costs related to shipping and handling are included in the cost of revenue.

 

OEM supplier programs

 

Funds received from OEM suppliers for inventory volume promotion programs, price protection and product rebates are recorded as adjustments to cost of revenue and the carrying value of inventories, as appropriate. Where there is a binding agreement, the Company tracks vendor promotional programs for volume discounts on a program-by-program basis and records them as a reduction of cost of revenue based on a systematic and rational allocation. The Company monitors the balances of vendor receivables on a quarterly basis and adjusts the balances due for differences between expected and actual sales volume. Vendor receivables are generally collected through reductions authorized by the vendor, to accounts payable. Funds received for specific marketing and infrastructure reimbursements, net of direct costs, are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses, and any excess reimbursement amount is recorded as an adjustment to cost of revenue.

 

Royalties

 

The Company purchases licensed software products from OEM vendors, which it subsequently distributes to resellers. Royalties to OEM vendors are accrued and recorded in cost of revenue when software products are shipped and revenue is recognized.

 

Warranties

 

The Company’s OEM suppliers generally warrant the products distributed by the Company and allow returns of defective products. The Company generally does not independently warrant the products it distributes; however, the Company does warrant the following: (1) its services with regard to products that it assembles for its customers, and (2) products that it builds to order from components purchased from other sources. To date neither warranty expense, nor the accrual for warranty costs has been material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Advertising

 

Costs related to advertising and product promotion expenditures are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses as incurred and are primarily offset by OEM marketing reimbursements. To date, net costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures have not been material.

 

67


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Income taxes

 

The asset and liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the difference is expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against assets that are not likely to be realized.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) in the first quarter of 2008, which did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company. See Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments for additional disclosure on the fair values of foreign exchange contracts, long-term accounts receivable, trading and available-for-sale securities.

 

Foreign currency translations

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies, with the exception of the Company’s operations in the UK and the Philippines, for which the functional currencies are the U.S. dollar. The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries, other than the operations in the UK and the Philippines, are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation as follows: assets and liabilities at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, stockholders’ equity at the historical rates of exchange, and income and expense amounts at the average exchange rate for the month. Translation adjustments resulting from the translation of the subsidiaries’ accounts are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included within “Other income (expense), net.” Such amounts are not significant to any of the periods presented.

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The primary components of comprehensive income for the Company include net income, foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the consolidation of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities.

 

Share-based compensation

 

Effective December 1, 2005, the Company began accounting for share-based compensation under the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2007), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) which requires the recognition of the fair value of share-based compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), share-based compensation is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the awards expected to vest and recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award. The Company has used the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate fair value of share-based awards, which requires various assumptions including estimating stock price volatility and expected life.

 

Net income per common share

 

Net income per common share-basic is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted-average shares

 

68


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

include the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. The calculation of net income per common share is presented in Note 14.

 

SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share” requires that employee stock options, non-vested restricted stock and similar equity instruments granted by the Company be treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future services that the Company has not yet recognized and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

 

With respect to the Company’s convertible debt, the Company intends to settle its conversion spread (i.e., the intrinsic value of convertible debt based on the conversion price and current market price) in shares. The Company accounts for its conversion spread using the treasury stock method. It is the Company’s intent to cash- settle the principal amount of the convertible debt; accordingly, the principal amount has been excluded from the determination of diluted earnings per share.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to current period presentation. Such reclassifications have no effect on net income as previously reported.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141(R) also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact, of the adoption of SFAS No. 160 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

On February 20, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” (“FSP FAS 140-3”). FSP FAS 140-3 requires that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing that was entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the initial transfer be evaluated together as a linked transaction under SFAS No. 140,

 

69


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

“Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125” (“SFAS No. 140”), unless certain criteria are met. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year beginning on December 1, 2008 and earlier adoption is not permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 may have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”). This new standard requires enhanced disclosures for derivative instruments, including those used in hedging activities. It is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and will be applicable to the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company is assessing the potential impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 161 may have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141(R). FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for the Company from the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 may have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) 14-1 “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash (or other assets) on conversion to separately account for the liability (debt) and equity (conversion option) components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 on a retroactive basis and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact that the adoption of FSP APB 14-1 may have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition. However, it is expected that the allocation of the proceeds to the conversion option will result in an increase in interest expense.

 

In June 2008, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” (“EITF 07-5”). EITF 07-5 provides guidance for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument, or embedded feature, is indexed to an entity’s own stock. EITF 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 07-5 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF No. 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations,” (“EITF 08-6”). EITF 08-6 clarifies that the initial carrying value of an equity method investment should be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R). Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity method investment should be recognized in accordance with FSP No. APB 18-1, “Accounting by an Investor for Its Proportionate Share of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of an Investee Accounted for under the Equity Method in Accordance with APB Opinion No. 18 upon a Loss of Significant Influence.” EITF 08-6 is effective on a prospective basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim

 

70


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-6 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF 08-7, “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets,” (“EITF 08-7”). EITF 08-7 applies to defensive assets which are acquired intangible assets which the acquirer does not intend to actively use, but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to the asset. EITF 08-7 clarifies that defensive intangible assets are separately identifiable and should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). EITF 08-7 is effective for intangible assets acquired in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-7 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-8, “Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount That Is Based on the Stock of an Entity’s Consolidated Subsidiary” (“EITF 08-8”). EITF 08-8 clarifies whether a financial instrument for which the payoff to the counterparty is based, in whole or in part, on the stock of an entity’s consolidated subsidiary is indexed to the reporting entity’s own stock and therefore should not be precluded from qualifying for the first part of the scope exception in paragraph 11 (a) of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” or from being within the scope of EITF No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and, Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” EITF 08-8 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-8 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company adopted the following accounting standards:

 

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” (“SFAS No. 109”) and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company adopted FIN 48 effective December 1, 2007. See Note 7—Income Taxes for the effect of its application of FIN 48.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. It also responds to investors’ requests for expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. SFAS No. 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, and does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13” (“FSP FAS 157-1”) and FSP No. FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP FAS 157-2”). FSP FAS 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from its scope. FSP FAS 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are

 

71


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP FAS 157-2 is effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. These nonfinancial items include assets and liabilities such as reporting units measured at fair value in a goodwill impairment test and nonfinancial assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (“FSP FAS 157-3”), which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets in a market that is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance. SFAS No. 157 was adopted by the Company, as it applies to its financial instruments, effective December 1, 2007. The impact of adoption of SFAS No. 157 is discussed in Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” (“SFAS No. 159”), which permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 was effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. The Company did not elect to apply the fair value option to any of its financial instruments.

 

NOTE 3—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION:

 

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock options and employee stock purchases, based on estimated fair values. The effects of recording share-based compensation for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
     November 30, 2008     November 30, 2007     November 30, 2006  

Share-based compensation expense by type of award:

      

Employee stock options

   $ 2,833     $ 2,409     $ 2,210  

Restricted stock

     3,723       2,811       1,444  

Employee stock purchase plan

     81       62       56  
                        

Total share-based compensation

     6,637       5,282       3,710  

Tax effect on share-based compensation

     (2,309 )     (1,882 )     (1,319 )
                        

Net effect on net income

   $ 4,328     $ 3,400     $ 2,391  
                        

 

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, the Company granted approximately 264 stock options, with an estimated total grant-date fair value of $2,117. Of this amount, the Company estimated that the share-based compensation for the awards not expected to vest was $49 for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008. As of November 30, 2008, the unrecorded deferred share-based compensation balance related to stock options was $7,215 and will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average amortization period of 3.05 years.

 

Valuation Assumptions

 

SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in the Company’s financial statements. Share-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.

 

72


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 and the Company’s prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including share-based compensation (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123(R)). The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and the straight-line attribution approach with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

         Fiscal Years Ended November 30,      
     2008     2007     2006  

Stock option plan:

      

Expected life (years)

   5.8     5.8     6.3  

Risk free interest rate

   2.2 %   3.9 %   4.7 %

Expected volatility

   39.7 %   35.6 %   35.7 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %

Stock purchase plan:

      

Expected life (years)

   0.3     0.3     0.3  

Risk free interest rate

   0.9 %   3.5 %   4.8 %

Expected volatility

   50.0 %   35.5 %   29.8 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %

 

73


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock option plans is set forth below:

 

     Shares Available
For Grant
    Options outstanding
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Balances, November 30, 2005

   3,893     7,387     $ 10.03

Restricted stock granted

   (487 )   —         —  

Restricted stock cancelled

   4     —         —  

Options granted

   (187 )   187       21.61

Options exercised

   —       (1,460 )     7.04

Options cancelled

   120     (120 )     13.99
              

Balances, November 30, 2006

   3,343     5,994     $ 11.00
              

Restricted stock granted

   (296 )   —         —  

Restricted stock cancelled

   42     —         —  

Options granted

   (183 )   183       20.82

Options exercised

   —       (713 )     9.82

Options cancelled

   203     (203 )     17.07
              

Balances, November 30, 2007

   3,109     5,261     $ 11.27
              

Restricted stock granted

   (331 )   —         —  

Restricted stock cancelled

   20     —         —  

Options granted

   (264 )   264       19.73

Options exercised

   —       (446 )     8.87

Options cancelled

   35     (35 )     16.81
              

Balances, November 30, 2008

   2,569     5,044     $ 11.89
              

 

The options outstanding and exercisable at November 30, 2008 were in the following exercise price ranges:

 

    Options Outstanding   Options Vested and Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Life

(Years)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Life

(Years)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value

$3.00–$4.50

  677   0.71   $ 4.50   $ 4,037   677   0.71   $ 4.50   $ 4,037

$7.00–$10.00

  2,107   2.09   $ 9.36   $ 2,324   2,107   2.09   $ 9.36   $ 2,324

$12.00–$15.54

  628   4.58   $ 12.12   $ —     626   4.58   $ 12.11   $ —  

$16.10–$23.13

  1,632   7.15   $ 18.14   $ —     880   6.34   $ 17.29   $ —  
                                       

$3.00–$23.13

  5,044   3.85   $ 11.89   $ 6,361   4,290   3.11   $ 10.62   $ 6,361
                                       

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $10.46 as of November 28, 2008, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable as of November 30, 2008 was 2,784.

 

The weighted-average, grant-date fair value of options, as determined under SFAS No. 123(R), granted during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was $8.03. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was $2,617. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal year

 

74


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

ended November 30, 2008 was $6,017. The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was $3,951. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the Company for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was $2,091.

 

The weighted-average, grant-date fair value of options, as determined under SFAS No. 123(R), granted during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 was $8.68. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 was $2,175. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 was $8,116. The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 was $7,004. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the Company for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 was $2,310.

 

The weighted-average, grant-date fair value of options, as determined under SFAS No. 123(R), granted during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 was $9.24. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 was $5,288. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 was $18,668. The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 was $10,283. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the Company for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 was $6,932.

 

The Company settles employee stock option exercises with newly issued common shares.

 

Restricted Stock

 

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved the grant of 250 shares of restricted stock units to Robert Huang, the Company’s then President and Chief Executive Officer. These restricted stock units vest with respect to 25% of the shares on the date that is thirteen months after the date of grant, and an additional 25% of the shares on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. The Company recorded the $4,763 value of these restricted stock units and will amortize that amount over the service period. The value of the restricted stock units was based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award.

 

As of November 30, 2008, there was $15,048 of total deferred share-based compensation related to nonvested restricted stock granted under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over an estimated weighted-average amortization period of 3.64 years.

 

Amortization cost for all restricted stock awards for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 was $3,723.

 

75


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock as of November 30, 2008, is presented below:

 

     Restricted Stock
     Number
of shares
    Weighted-
average, grant-
date fair value

Nonvested at November 30, 2005

   97     $ 17.17

Awards granted

   487       20.96

Awards vested

   (19 )     17.17

Awards cancelled/expired/forfeited

   (4 )     18.29
        

Nonvested at November 30, 2006

   561     $ 20.45

Awards granted

   296       20.61

Awards vested

   (122 )     21.37

Awards cancelled/expired/forfeited

   (42 )     21.35
        

Nonvested at November 30, 2007

   693     $ 20.53

Awards granted

   331       19.74

Awards vested

   (178 )     20.31

Awards cancelled/expired/forfeited

   (20 )     21.12
        

Nonvested at November 30, 2008

   826     $ 20.25
        

 

NOTE 4—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan

 

The Company’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by its Board of Directors and approved by its stockholders in 2003 and again in 2008. The plan provides for the direct award or sale of shares of common stock, restricted stock and restricted stock units, the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock and the award of stock appreciation rights to employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants.

 

The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the plan, the number of shares subject to the awards, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards and other terms of the award, subject to the limits of the plan. The Compensation Committee may delegate its administrative authority, subject to certain limitations, with respect to individuals who are not officers.

 

The Board of Directors may amend or modify the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval. The plan will terminate no later than September 1, 2013. The number of shares granted, issued, retainable or vested under an award may be subject to the attachment of individual, divisional or Company-wide performance goals.

 

The number of authorized shares under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will not exceed 14,112 shares of common stock. No participant in the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan may receive option grants or stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500 shares per calendar year, or more than 2,500 shares in the participant’s first calendar year of service. No participant may receive restricted shares or restricted stock units that relate to more than 1,500 shares per calendar year, or more than 2,500 shares in the participant’s first calendar year of service. During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, the Board of Directors granted 264 options at exercise prices

 

76


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

ranging from $19.41 to $21.52 per share. In the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Board of Directors granted 183 options at exercise prices ranging from $20.40 to $21.24 per share. In the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006, the Board of Directors granted 187 options at exercise prices ranging from $16.51 to $23.13 per share.

 

Under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

Qualified employees are eligible for the grant of incentive stock options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants are eligible for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock grants and restricted stock units.

 

The outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards granted to qualified employees vest over a five-year period and the stock options have a contractual term of ten years.

 

Prior to January 4, 2007, qualified non-employee directors who first joined the Board of Directors after the plan was effective received an initial option grant of twenty-five thousand shares, and all non-employee directors were eligible for annual option grants of five thousand shares for each year they continued to serve. The exercise price of these option grants was equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the date of the grant.

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, on and after January 4, 2007:

 

After January 4, 2007, qualified non-employee directors who first join the Board of Directors after the plan is effective receive an initial option grant of ten thousand shares and two thousand shares of restricted stock. All non-employee directors are eligible for annual grants of two thousand shares of restricted stock for each year they continue to serve. The exercise price of these option grants is equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the date of the grant. In addition, one third of the restricted stock grants vest on each anniversary date of the grant over a period of three years. One third of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary date of the grant and the remaining shall vest monthly over a two year period starting one month after the first anniversary of the date of grant. The annual grants of restricted stock vest in full upon the director’s retirement with the consent of the Board of Directors.

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, after November 21, 2008:

 

After November 21, 2008, the vesting schedule for qualified non-employee directors’ annual grants of two thousand shares of restricted stock was amended. One quarter of the restricted shares shall vest on the last day of each quarter there after following the date of the grant over a period of one year.

 

The Compensation Committee determines the exercise price of options or the purchase price of restricted stock grants, but the option price for incentive stock options will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the option price for nonstatutory stock options will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.

 

77


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the stock options outstanding and exercisable under the Company’s option plans as of November 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Number of Options at
November 30, 2008
   Number of Options at
November 30, 2007
     Outstanding    Exercisable    Outstanding    Exercisable

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan

   5,044    4,290    5,261    4,281
                   

 

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

The Company’s 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase during a single accumulation period is one thousand two hundred fifty. The plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders and approved by its Board of Directors in 2003. A total of 500 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

The weighted-average per share ESPP enrollment date fair value of common stock during the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008 and 2007 was $2.05 and $1.48, respectively.

 

In March 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the following amendments to the ESPP to be effective for the accumulation period beginning April 1, 2005:

 

   

Reduction of participant purchase price discount of Company stock from 15% to 5%;

 

   

Reduction of two year offering periods and six month accumulation periods to three month offering and accumulation periods;

 

   

Maximum purchase limit of $10 of stock per calendar year per participant; and

 

   

Associate vice president level employees and above are not eligible to participate.

 

In January 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the reservation of an additional 250 shares of common stock for issuance under the ESPP, subject to stockholder approval.

 

NOTE 5—EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLAN:

 

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) under which eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum amount as provided by law. Employees become eligible to participate in the Plan on the first day of the month after their employment date. The Company may make discretionary contributions under the Plan. During fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company contributed $710, $580 and $378, respectively.

 

NOTE 6—DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN:

 

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain directors and officers. The plan is designed to permit eligible officers and directors to accumulate additional income through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.

 

An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The participant may designate one or more investments as the measure of investment return on the participant’s account. The participant’s account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments.

 

78


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five. The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen years.

 

The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five. The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen years. The distribution of account balances subject to Section 409A of the Code upon termination of employment of an officer is subject to a six-month delay.

 

In the event the participant requests an early distribution other than a hardship distribution, a 10% withdrawal penalty will be levied. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment. Such early distribution elections are available only with respect to vested account balances as of December 31, 2004.

 

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES:

 

The sources of income before the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,
     2008    2007    2006

Income before provision for income taxes:

        

United States

   $ 92,735    $ 72,279    $ 61,365

Foreign

     36,851      26,387      18,788
                    
   $ 129,586    $ 98,666    $ 80,153
                    

 

The provisions for income taxes consist of:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Current tax provision:

      

Federal

   $ 37,309     $ 27,273     $ 24,483  

State

     6,287       5,787       4,825  

Foreign

     6,995       2,158       3,310  
                        
   $ 50,591     $ 35,218     $ 32,618  
                        

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

      

Federal

   $ (4,342 )   $ (1,941 )   $ (3,747 )

State

     (688 )     (287 )     (769 )

Foreign

     (465 )     2,177       218  
                        
   $ (5,495 )   $ (51 )   $ (4,298 )
                        

Total tax provision

   $ 45,096     $ 35,167     $ 28,320  
                        

 

79


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following presents the breakdown between current and non-current net deferred tax assets:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended
November 30,
     2008     2007

Deferred tax assets- current

   $ 26,089     $ 18,528

Deferred tax assets- non-current

     6,036       5,063

Deferred tax liabilities- non-current

     (1,380 )     —  
              

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 30,745     $ 23,591
              

 

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended
November 30,
 
     2008     2007  

Assets:

    

Inventory reserves

   $ 7,505     $ 5,681  

Bad debt and sales return reserves

     8,338       5,728  

Other reserves and accruals

     3,472       1,299  

State tax deduction

     264       606  

Deferred compensation

     5,795       7,891  

Net operating losses

     2,382       980  

Deferred revenue

     2,394       1,631  

Foreign tax credit

     2,399       2,252  

SFAS No. 123(R) share-based compensation expense

     2,646       1,560  

Unrealized gains on investments

     1,885       —    

Other

     20       295  
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     37,100       27,923  

Valuation allowance

     (3,999 )     (2,252 )
                

Total deferred tax assets

     33,101       25,671  
                

Liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (750 )     (2,080 )

Convertible debt interest

     (1,606 )     —    
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (2,356 )     (2,080 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 30,745     $ 23,591  
                

 

The valuation allowance relates to foreign tax credits, certain net operating losses and certain fixed assets. The Company’s assessment is that it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. The valuation allowance increased by $1,747 during fiscal year 2008, of which $396 was recorded to the provision for income taxes and $1,351 was from acquisitions.

 

80


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,  
         2008             2007             2006      

Federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   2.8     3.6     3.3  

Foreign taxes

   (4.9 )   (3.5 )   (1.9 )

Effect of unbenefitted tax assets

   0.3     0.6     (2.4 )

Canada permanent items

   —       (1.3 )   —    

Changes in liabilities for uncertain tax positions

   1.0     —       —    

Other

   0.6     1.2     1.3  
                  

Effective income tax rate

   34.8 %   35.6 %   35.3 %
                  

 

The Company’s U.S. business has sufficient cash flow and liquidity to fund its operating requirements and the Company expects and intends that profits earned outside the United States will be fully utilized and reinvested to fund international expansion. Accordingly, the Company has not provided U.S. taxes and foreign withholding taxes on non-U.S. subsidiaries for which the earnings are permanently reinvested.

 

At November 30, 2008, the Company had approximately $1,151 of federal operating loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income, which will expire in varying amounts from November 30, 2024 to November 30, 2026. Additionally, the Company had $3,139 in net operating loss carry forwards for the Company’s Japanese subsidiary that begin to expire in 2013, and $2,069 in net operating loss carry forwards for the Company’s UK subsidiary.

 

The Company recorded a one-time $1,135 adjustment resulting from the conclusion of an income tax audit of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in fiscal year 2007. The adjustment was primarily associated with the increase in the Company’s net operating loss. This reassessment benefited the Company with $1,135 in reduction of total income tax expenses in fiscal year 2007.

 

Effective December 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

 

In adopting FIN 48, the Company has reclassified liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits for which the Company does not anticipate payment within one year to long-term income taxes payable. In addition, the Company has presented long-term deferred tax assets for certain benefits associated with the FIN 48 liability on a gross basis. The Company recognizes penalties and accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

 

The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in the reduction of the Company’s consolidated beginning retained earnings by $370. As of the adoption date, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $5,107, of which $2,483 would affect the effective tax rate if realized and accrued interest of $635 for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

81


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits during fiscal year 2008 were as follows:

 

Balance at December 1, 2007

   $ 5,107  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     1,360  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (139 )
        

Balance at November 30, 2008

   $ 6,328  
        

 

The Company conducts business globally and files income tax returns in various U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. The Company is subject to continuous examination and audits by various tax authorities. In the United States and Canada, the Company is subject to examination and audits by tax authorities for tax years after fiscal year 2003. Currently the Company is undergoing a U.S. Internal Revenue Service audit for the 2004 and 2005 tax years. The Company is unable to estimate the range of any possible adjustments due to uncertainty in the timing of the resolution of the audit.

 

As of November 30, 2008, $3,705 of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized. The Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, within the provision for income taxes did not change as a result of implementing FIN 48. As of November 30, 2008, the Company had accrued $1,013 in income taxes payable for the payment of interest, of which $379 was recorded to the provision for income taxes during fiscal year 2008. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax audit for returns covering tax years through fiscal year 2003. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. state and local and Canada income tax audits for returns covering tax years through fiscal year 2003. Although timing of the resolution of audits is highly uncertain, the Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of November 30, 2008 will materially change in the next twelve months.

 

NOTE 8—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into currency forward contracts to protect itself from the risk that the eventual cash outflows or inflows resulting from the purchase or sale of inventory will be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations. Principal currencies hedged are the British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Philippines’ Peso and Mexican Peso. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to these currency forward contracts and has not designated any of them as hedging instruments. As of November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company had unrealized gains of $2,058, $2,330 and $363, respectively, as a result of fair value changes on its outstanding currency forward contracts. Unrealized losses and gains are charged (credited) to “Other income (expense), net.” The Company’s policy is to not allow the use of derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

82


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 9—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

 

     November 30,  
     2008     2007  

Short-term investments

    

Trading securities

   $ 6,072     $ 12,336  

Available-for-sale securities

     142       142  

Cost investments

     4,131       4,779  
                
   $ 10,345     $ 17,257  
                

Accounts receivable, net

    

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 846,668     $ 763,723  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (17,820 )     (13,258 )

Less: Allowance for sales returns

     (21,642 )     (20,668 )
                
   $ 807,206     $ 729,797  
                

Receivable from vendors, net

    

Receivables from vendors

   $ 101,586     $ 98,737  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (4,933 )     (2,702 )
                
   $ 96,653     $ 96,035  
                

Inventories

    

Components

   $ 61,902     $ 39,824  

Finished goods

     634,106       602,700  
                
   $ 696,008     $ 642,524  
                

Property and equipment, net

    

Land

   $ 11,118     $ 9,123  

Equipment and computers

     60,848       59,344  

Furniture and fixtures

     10,175       10,714  

Buildings, leasehold improvements

     69,554       46,114  

Construction in progress

     1,489       150  
                
   $ 153,184     $ 125,445  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (68,582 )     (66,005 )
                
   $ 84,602     $ 59,440  
                

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

    

Balance at November 30, 2005

     12,688    

Additions

     9,081    

Write-offs and deductions

     (7,336 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2006

     14,433    

Additions

     7,491    

Write-offs and deductions

     (8,666 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2007

     13,258    

Additions

     10,304    

Write-offs and deductions

     (5,742 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2008

   $ 17,820    
          

 

83


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Allowance for doubtful vendor receivables

    

Balance at November 30, 2005

   $ 2,726    

Additions

     1,548    

Write-offs and deductions

     (1,660 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2006

     2,614    

Additions

     4,481    

Write-offs and deductions

     (4,393 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2007

     2,702    

Additions

     2,959    

Write-offs and deductions

     (728 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2008

   $ 4,933    
          

Inventory reserve

    

Balance at November 30, 2005

   $ 7,668    

Additions

     7,492    

Write-offs and deductions

     (2,314 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2006

     12,846    

Additions

     6,111    

Write-offs and deductions

     (4,893 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2007

     14,064    

Additions

     8,756    

Write-offs and deductions

     (3,598 )  
          

Balance at November 30, 2008

   $ 19,222    
          

 

Goodwill:

 

     Distribution     GBS    Total  

Balance at November 30, 2007

   $ 54,811     $ 41,539    $ 96,350  

Goodwill acquired during the period

     18,930       4,738      23,668  

Translation

     (8,582 )     2,002      (6,580 )
                       

Balance at November 30, 2008

   $ 65,159     $ 48,279    $ 113,438  
                       

 

Goodwill increased as of November 30, 2008, compared to November 30, 2007, primarily due to $18,684 for the acquisition of New Age Electronics, Inc. (“New Age”) (see Note 17—Acquisitions for additional information) and an earn-out payment of $4,000 related to SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation.

 

84


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Intangible assets, net:

 

     November 30, 2008    November 30, 2007
     Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
   Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount

Vendor lists

   $ 34,315    $ (21,127 )   $ 13,188    $ 22,062    $ (18,458 )   $ 3,604

Customer lists

     23,437      (12,197 )     11,240      25,108      (8,677 )     16,431

Other intangible assets

     4,497      (2,469 )     2,028      3,443      (1,888 )     1,555
                                           
   $ 62,249    $ (35,793 )   $ 26,456    $ 50,613    $ (29,023 )   $ 21,590
                                           

 

Amortization expense was $7,754, $6,578 and $4,319 for the years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Intangible assets increased as of November 30, 2008 compared to November 30, 2007 due to the purchase of a brand name by SYNNEX Canada Limited (“SYNNEX Canada”) for $1,432 and $12,253 for intangible assets associated with the purchase of New Age (see Note 17—Acquisitions for additional information). Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

 

Fiscal years ending November 30,

  

2009

   $ 7,763

2010

     4,850

2011

     3,227

2012

     2,813

2013

     2,313

thereafter

     5,490
      
   $ 26,456
      

 

     November 30,
     2008    2007

Accrued liabilities:

     

Payroll related accruals

   $ 29,641    $ 24,831

Deferred compensation liability

     13,574      19,140

Royalty and warranty accruals

     5,052      7,205

Other accrued liabilities

     65,326      69,441
             
   $ 113,593    $ 120,617
             

 

85


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 10—INVESTMENTS:

 

The carrying amount of the Company’s investments is shown in the table below:

 

     November 30,
     2008    2007
     Original
Cost
   Unrealized
(Losses)/
Gains
    Fair
Value
   Original
Cost
   Unrealized
(Losses)/
Gains
    Fair
Value

Short-Term:

               

Trading

   $ 10,551    $ (4,479 )     6,072    $ 11,731    $ 605       12,336

Available-for-sale

     194      (52 )     142      772      (630 )     142

Cost securities

     4,131      —         4,131      4,779      —         4,779
                                           
   $ 14,876    $ (4,531 )   $ 10,345    $ 17,282    $ (25 )   $ 17,257
                                           

 

Short-term trading securities consist of equity securities relating to the Company’s deferred compensation plan (See Note 6). Short-term available-for-sale securities primarily consist of investments in other companies’ equity securities. Short-term cost investments primarily consist of investments in private equity funds and in a hedge fund under the Company’s deferred compensation plan. Total realized and unrealized loss on trading investments was $5,674 for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008. Total realized and unrealized gain was $739 and $1,082 for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment loss of $630 on available-for-sale securities and $658 on cost securities, respectively. The Company recorded $221 and $10 other-than-temporary impairment on cost securities for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

NOTE 11—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ARRANGEMENTS:

 

The Company primarily finances its U.S. operations with an accounts receivable securitization program (the “U.S. Arrangement”) by selling up to a maximum of $350,000 in U.S. trade accounts receivable (“U.S. Receivables”). The maturity date of the U.S. Arrangement is February 2011. The effective borrowing cost under the U.S. Arrangement is a blend of the prevailing dealer commercial paper rate and LIBOR plus 0.55% per annum. The Company funds its borrowings by pledging all of its rights, title and interest in and to the U.S. Receivables as security. The balance outstanding on the U.S. Arrangement as of November 30, 2008 and 2007 was $207,200 and $299,900, respectively.

 

As is customary in trade accounts receivable securitization arrangements, a credit rating agency’s downgrade of the third party issuer of commercial paper or of a back-up liquidity provider (which provides a source of funding if the commercial paper market cannot be accessed) could result in an adverse change or loss of the Company’s financing capacity under these programs if the commercial paper issuer or liquidity back-up provider is not replaced. Loss of such financing capacity could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

SYNNEX Canada has a renewable revolving accounts receivable securitization program in Canada (the “Canadian Arrangement”), which provides for the sale of U.S. and Canadian trade receivables (“Canadian Receivables”) to a financial institution up to a maximum of C$110,000. In connection with the Canadian Arrangement, SYNNEX Canada sells its Canadian Receivables to the financial institution on a fully-serviced

 

86


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

basis. As of our fiscal year end, the effective discount rate of the Canadian Arrangement was the prevailing Bankers’ Acceptance rate of return or prime rate in Canada plus an initial spread of 1.50%, increasing to 3.50% over time. To the extent that cash was received in exchange, the amount of Canadian Receivables sold to the financial institution has been recorded as a true sale, in accordance with SFAS No. 140. The amount of Canadian Receivables sold to the financial institution and not yet collected from customers at November 30, 2008 and 2007 was $59,152 and $115,900, respectively. This program is renewed until May 29, 2009.

 

The Company issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations under the Canadian Arrangement in favor of the financial institution. The scope of this guarantee primarily consists of the obligation to guarantee SYNNEX Canada’s obligations under the Canadian Arrangement. The Company also agreed to certain covenants regarding maintenance of its existence, limitations on changes to its business, reporting requirements, and requirements to maintain a specified net worth on a consolidated basis.

 

The Company has also entered into financing agreements with various financial institutions (“Flooring Companies”) to allow certain customers of the Company to finance their purchases directly with the Flooring Companies. Under these agreements, the Flooring Companies pay to the Company the selling price of products sold to various customers, less a discount, within approximately 15 to 30 days from the date of sale. The Company is contingently liable to repurchase inventory sold under flooring agreements in the event of any default by its customers under the agreement and such inventory being repossessed by the Flooring Companies. (See Note 20—Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.) Approximately $912,671, $950,884 and $954,814 of the Company’s net sales were financed under these programs in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Approximately $38,717 and $68,839 of accounts receivable at November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were subject to flooring agreements. Flooring fees were approximately $4,013, $5,024 and $5,507 in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included within “Interest expense and finance charges, net.”

 

NOTE 12—BORROWINGS:

 

Working capital borrowings consist of the following:

 

     November 30,  
     2008     2007  

SYNNEX US securitization

   $ 207,200     $ 299,900  

SYNNEX US revolving line of credit

     95,000       10,900  

SYNNEX Canada revolving line of credit

     14,970       17,470  

SYNNEX Canada term loan

     9,162       12,368  

SYNNEX Mexico term loan

     20,169       47,874  

Others

     2,502       167  
                
     349,003       388,679  

Less: Current portion

     (340,466 )     (351,142 )
                

Non-current portion

   $ 8,537     $ 37,537  
                

 

SYNNEX US securitization

 

The U.S. Arrangement allows the Company to sell up to a maximum of $350,000 in U.S. Receivables. The maturity date of the U.S. Arrangement is February 2011. The effective borrowing cost under the U.S. Arrangement is currently a blend of the prevailing dealer commercial paper rate and LIBOR plus 0.55% per annum. A fee of 0.20% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment.

 

87


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

SYNNEX US senior secured revolving line of credit

 

The Company has a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement (the “Revolver”) with a group of financial institutions. The Revolver’s maximum commitment was amended from $100,000 to $120,000 in April 2008. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is currently based on the financial institution’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum at the Company’s option. A fee of 0.30% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. The Revolver is secured by the Company’s inventory and its other assets (including the assets of its domestic subsidiaries, but excluding the assets of and ownership in its foreign subsidiaries) and expires in February 2011.

 

SYNNEX Canada revolving line of credit

 

SYNNEX Canada has a revolving line of credit arrangement with a credit limit of C$30,000. The revolving credit facility expires in April 2010. Interest on this facility is currently based on the Canadian adjusted prime rate. SYNNEX Canada has granted a lien on substantially all of its assets in favor of the lenders under its revolving credit facility. In connection with this revolving credit facility, the Company issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations, of up to C$20,000. This guarantee was terminated in October, 2008.

 

SYNNEX Canada term loan

 

SYNNEX Canada has a term loan associated with the purchase of its logistics facility in Guelph, Canada. The interest rate for any unpaid principal amount is a fixed rate of 5.374% per annum. The final maturity date for repayment of any unpaid principal is April 1, 2017.

 

SYNNEX Mexico secured term loan

 

SYNNEX de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“SYNNEX Mexico”) established a secured term loan with a group of financial institutions in May 2006. The interest rate for any unpaid principal amount is currently the Equilibrium Interbank Interest Rate, plus 2.00% per annum. The final maturity date for repayment of all unpaid principal is November 24, 2009.

 

Others

 

SYNNEX UK has a British pound denominated loan agreement with a financial institution. The total credit available under this facility was $770 as of November 30, 2008. The interest rate on this credit facility is LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. There were no borrowings outstanding at November 30, 2008 and 2007.

 

SYNNEX UK has a second British pound denominated loan agreement with a financial institution. The total credit available under this facility was $4,622 as of November 30, 2008. The interest rate for this facility is the financial institution’s prime rate plus 1.50% per annum. The balance outstanding was $158 as of both November 30, 2008 and 2007.

 

The Company has other overdraft and lines of credit facilities. The balance outstanding as of November 30, 2008 was $2,344 and there were no outstanding balances as of November 30, 2007.

 

SYNNEX Canada credit facility

 

SYNNEX Canada obtained a credit facility with a financial institution in Canada to allow SYNNEX Canada to issue documentary letters of credit up to a maximum of C$30,000 for validity up to 180 days. The letters of

 

88


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

credit are issued to secure purchases of inventory from manufacturers and to finance import activities. This facility has an overdraft limit up to a maximum amount of C$2,000 available in Canadian and U.S. dollars for a maximum of two business days to repay draws under letters of credit or letters of guarantee. SYNNEX Canada has granted a lien, in favor of the financial institution in Canada, on the inventory financed under this credit facility, all accounts receivable from the sale of such inventory, all proceeds of sale of such inventory and collection of such accounts receivable and up to C$3,000 in cash on deposit with the financial institution in Canada. In connection with this credit facility, the Company issued a guarantee of SYNNEX Canada’s obligations in favor of the financial institution in Canada of up to C$20,000. Letters of credit issued against this facility were $2,754 as of November 30, 2008 and $13,880 as of November 30, 2007.

 

Future principal payments

 

Future principal payments under the above loans as of November 30, 2008 are as follows:

 

Fiscal Years Ending November 30,

  

2009

   $ 340,466

2010

     498

2011

     526

2012

     555

2013

     585

Thereafter

     6,373
      
   $ 349,003
      

 

The total interest expense and finance charges for accounts receivable securitization, revolver, convertible debt and all other debt and lines of credit was $28,660, $30,494 and $26,902 for the years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is included in “Interest expense and finance charges, net” in the consolidated statement of operations. The range of interest rates was between 1.68% and 10.67% in fiscal year 2008.

 

Covenants compliance

 

In relation to the U.S. Arrangement, the Revolver, convertible debt, the SYNNEX Canada revolving line of credit, Canadian Arrangement and the SYNNEX Mexico secured term loan, the Company has a number of covenants and restrictions that, among other things, requires the Company to comply with certain financial and other covenants and restrict its ability to incur additional debt. They also restrict the Company’s ability to make or forgive intercompany loans, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain acquisitions, repurchase the Company’s stock, create liens, cancel debt owed to the Company, enter into agreements with affiliates, modify the nature of the Company’s business, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, make certain investments, enter into new real estate leases, transfer and sell assets, cancel or terminate any material contracts and merge or consolidate. The covenants also could limit the Company’s ability to pay cash upon conversion, redemption or repurchase of its convertible debt subject to certain liquidity tests.

 

As of November 30, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all material covenants for the above arrangements.

 

89


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Guarantees

 

The Company has issued guarantees to certain vendors and lenders of its subsidiaries’ for trade credit lines and loans, totaling $180,711 and $206,100 as of November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company is obligated under these guarantees to pay amounts due should its subsidiaries not pay valid amounts owed to their vendors or lenders. The vendor guarantees are typically less than one-year arrangements, with 30-day cancellation clauses and the lender guarantees are typically for the term of the loan agreement.

 

NOTE 13—CONVERTIBLE DEBT:

 

In May 2008, the Company issued $143,750 of aggregate principal amount of its 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) in a private placement. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.0% per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning November 15, 2008. In addition, the Company will pay contingent interest in respect of any six-month period from May 15 to November 14 or from November 15 to May 14, with the initial six-month period commencing May 15, 2013, if the trading price of the Notes for each of the ten trading days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month period equals 120% or more of the principal amount of the Notes. During any interest period when contingent interest is payable, the contingent interest payable per Note is equal to 0.55% of the average trading price of the Notes during the ten trading days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period. The Notes mature on May 15, 2018, subject to earlier redemption, repurchase or conversion.

 

Holders may convert their Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date for such Notes under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter after the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is equal to or more than 130% of the conversion price of the Notes on the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter; (2) during the five business-day period after any five consecutive trading-day period (the “Measurement Period”) in which the trading price per $1 principal amount of the Notes for each day of that Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common stock and the conversion rate of the Notes on each such day; (3) if the Company has called the particular Notes for redemption, until the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of certain corporate transactions. In addition, holders may also convert their Notes at their option at any time beginning on November 15, 2017, and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date for the Notes, without regard to the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the common stock or a combination thereof at the Company’s election. The initial conversion rate for the Notes will be 33.9945 shares of common stock per $1 principal amount of Notes, equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $29.42 per share of common stock. Such conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in certain events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest, including any additional interest and any contingent interest.

 

The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to May 20, 2013. The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, for cash on or after May 20, 2013, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the redemption date.

 

90


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash on May 15, 2013 at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the repurchase date. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, holders may require it to purchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (including any additional interest and any contingent interest), but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

 

The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and rank equally in right of payment with other senior unsecured debt and rank senior to subordinated notes, if any. The Notes effectively rank junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes are also structurally subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries. The net proceeds from the Notes were used for general corporate purposes and to reduce outstanding balances under the U.S. Arrangement and the Revolver.

 

The Notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of May 12, 2008, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, which contains customary events of default.

 

The Notes as hybrid instruments are accounted as convertible debt and are recorded at carrying value with no separate accounting for the conversion features. The right of the holders of the Notes to require the Company to repurchase the Notes in the event of a fundamental change and the contingent interest feature would require separate measurement from the Notes; however, the amount is insignificant. The additional shares issuable following certain corporation transactions do not require bifurcation and separate measurement from the Notes.

 

NOTE 14—NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share for the period indicated:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended November 30,
     2008    2007    2006

Net income

   $ 83,797    $ 63,127    $ 51,385
                    

Weighted-average common shares-basic

     31,619      30,942      29,700

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options and restricted stock

     1,644      1,732      2,314
                    

Weighted-average common shares-diluted

     33,263      32,674      32,014
                    

Net income per common share-basic

   $ 2.65    $ 2.04    $ 1.73

Net income per common share-diluted

   $ 2.52    $ 1.93    $ 1.61

 

Options to purchase 113, 521 and 747 shares of common stock as of November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, have not been included in the computation of diluted net income per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

NOTE 15—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

 

The Company has a business relationship with MiTAC International Corporation (“MiTAC International”), a publicly-traded company in Taiwan that began in 1992 when it became its primary investor through its

 

91


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

affiliates. As of November 30, 2008, MiTAC International and its affiliates beneficially owned approximately 40% of the Company’s common stock. In addition, Matthew Miau, the Company’s Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Directors, is also the Chairman of MiTAC International and a director or officer of MiTAC International’s affiliates.

 

The Company works closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities and jointly market MiTAC International’s design and electronic manufacturing services and its contract assembly capabilities. This relationship has enabled the Company to build relationships with MiTAC International’s customers and it continues to work with and depend on MiTAC International to jointly serve its shared customers. The Company purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboards and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $261,579, $297,913 and $430,986 during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company’s sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, totaled approximately $1,994, $1,934 and $2,288, respectively. Most of these purchases and sales were pursuant to the Company’s Master Supply Agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems, one of its contract assembly customers. The Company’s business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments.

 

Accordingly, the Company negotiates manufacturing, pricing and other material terms on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International and its contract assembly customers for a given project. While MiTAC International is a related party and a controlling stockholder, the Company believes that the significant terms under these agreements, including pricing, would not materially differ from the terms it could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties, and it has adopted a policy requiring that material transactions with MiTAC International or its related parties be approved by its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of independent directors. In addition, Mr. Miau’s compensation is approved by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which is also composed solely of independent directors.

 

The Company remains dependent on MiTAC International as a contract assembly partner and any change in the pricing or other material terms demanded by MiTAC International could have a material adverse effect on its business, particularly its contract assembly business with Sun Microsystems.

 

Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s Common Stock by MiTAC International.

 

As noted above, MiTAC International and its affiliates in the aggregate beneficially owned approximately 40% of the Company’s common stock as of November 30, 2008. These shares are owned by the following entities:

 

MiTAC International (1)

   7,752,824

Synnex Technology International Corp. (2)

   5,039,244
    

Total

   12,792,068
    

 

(1) Shares held via Silver Star Developments Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiTAC International. Excludes 1,228,650 shares (of which 45,150 shares are directly held and 1,183,500 shares are subject to exercisable options) held by Matthew Miau.
(2) Synnex Technology International Corp. (“Synnex Technology International”) is a separate entity from us and is a publicly-traded corporation in Taiwan. Shares held via Peer Development Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Synnex Technology International. MiTAC International owns a minority interest in MiTAC Incorporated, a privately-held Taiwanese company, which in turn holds a minority interest in Synnex Technology International.

 

92


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

While the ownership structure of MiTAC International and its affiliates is complex, it has not had a material adverse effect on the Company’s business in the past, and it does not expect it to do so in the future.

 

During fiscal year 2007, the Company purchased shares of MiTAC International and one of its affiliates related to the deferred compensation plan of Robert Huang, its then President and Chief Executive Officer. During fiscal year 2008, the Company purchased additional shares of MiTAC International related to Mr. Huang’s deferred compensation plan. As of November 30, 2008, the value of the investment was $1,242. Except as described herein, none of the Company’s officers or directors has an interest in MiTAC International or its affiliates.

 

Synnex Technology International is a publicly-traded corporation in Taiwan that currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of the Company. Neither MiTAC International nor Synnex Technology International is restricted from competing with the Company.

 

NOTE 16—SEGMENT INFORMATION:

 

Description of Segments

 

Operating segments are based on products and services provided by each segment, internal organization structure, the manner in which operations are managed, the criteria used by the CODM to assess the segment performance as well as resources allocation and the availability of discrete financial information. During fiscal year 2008, the Company changed its business strategy on managing its operations which prompted it to change its internal organization structure, resource allocation and measurement of its financial performance. The change in the business strategy enabled the Company to focus on providing a full range of distribution and GBS services offerings to its customers which resulted in two segments. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

The distribution services segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, retailers, as well as provides assembly services to OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management and logistics.

 

The GBS services segment offers a range of services to the Company’s customers that include customer management, software development, web hosting, hosted software, domain name registration, and back office processing on a global platform. The Company delivers these services through various methods including voice, chat, web, email, and digital print. The Company also sells products complementary to these service offerings in China.

 

93


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Summarized financial information related to the Company’s reportable business segments as of November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the years then ended is shown below:

 

     Distribution    GBS    Inter-Segment
Elimination
    Consolidated

Fiscal Year ended November 30, 2006:

          

Revenue

   $ 6,316,332    $ 39,639    $ (12,457 )   $ 6,343,514

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     92,482      3,760      —         96,242

Depreciation and amortization expense

     8,911      870      —         9,781

Total assets

     1,356,999      35,681      (9,946 )     1,382,734

Fiscal Year ended November 30, 2007:

          

Revenue

   $ 6,938,926    $ 82,722    $ (17,528 )   $ 7,004,120

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     103,088      9,059      —         112,147

Depreciation and amortization expense

     10,860      4,905      —         15,765

Total assets

     1,841,369      117,818      (72,084 )     1,887,103

Fiscal Year ended November 30, 2008:

          

Revenue

   $ 7,674,048    $ 113,998    $ (19,816 )   $ 7,768,230

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

     138,826      13,022      —         151,848

Depreciation and amortization expense

     11,676      7,088      —         18,764

Total assets

     1,951,024      165,648      (83,792 )     2,032,880

 

The inter-segment eliminations relate to the inter-segment back office support between the GBS and distribution segments and inter-segment investments.

 

Segment by Geography

 

The Company primarily operates in North America. The United States and Canada are included in the “North America” operations and China, Mexico, Japan, the Philippines and the UK are included in “Other” operations. Shown below is summarized financial information related to the geographic areas in which the Company operated in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the periods then ended:

 

     Fiscal years ended November 30,
     2008    2007    2006

Revenue

        

North America

   $ 7,576,536    $ 6,786,571    $ 6,077,786

Other

     191,694      217,549      265,728
                    
   $ 7,768,230    $ 7,004,120    $ 6,343,514
                    
     As of     
     November 30, 2008    November 30, 2007     

Long-lived assets

        

North America

   $ 73,397    $ 55,719   

Other

     37,517      22,630   
                
   $ 110,914    $ 78,349   
                

 

94


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Revenue in the United States was approximately 79%, 78%, and 79% of total revenue for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Revenue in Canada was approximately 18%, 19%, and 17% of total revenue for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No other country or region accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue.

 

NOTE 17—ACQUISITIONS:

 

On April 1, 2008, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of New Age, a privately-held distributor of IT and consumer electronics products to the retail sector. The Company expects this acquisition will expand its consumer electronics distribution business. The Company paid a purchase price of $31,500 in cash and an additional $11,750 was accrued, to be paid subject to compliance with certain post-closing conditions. As of November 30, 2008 the Company paid $9,616 of the accrual in full settlement of the additional payment. The acquisition agreement provides for additional earn-out payments of up to $11,000 to be paid subject to achieving certain milestones during the first twelve months after the date of acquisition. In connection with the net assets acquired, the Company refinanced approximately $84,003 in working capital debt. The New Age business has been fully integrated into the Company’s distribution segment.

 

The purchase price allocation based on the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:

 

     Fair Value  

Purchase consideration

  

Cash paid

   $ 41,116  

Transaction cost

     125  
        
   $ 41,241  
        

Allocation

  

Cash

   $ 11,164  

Accounts receivable

     69,747  

Inventories

     72,073  

Program receivable

     4,642  

Fixed assets

     1,248  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     648  

Goodwill

     18,684  

Intangible assets (1)

     12,253  

Accounts payable

     (54,076 )

Accrued liabilities

     (10,937 )

Lease obligations

     (202 )

Loan payable

     (84,003 )
        
   $ 41,241  
        

 

(1) Intangible assets will be amortized over a period of ten years.

 

95


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of New Age had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributable to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustments for amortization of acquired intangibles and depreciation expense.

 

     Pro Forma Basis for Fiscal Years Ended
     November 30, 2008    November 30, 2007

Revenue

   $ 8,067,882    $ 7,900,334

Net income

     84,673      68,295

Net income per common share-basic

   $ 2.68    $ 2.21

Net income per common share-diluted

     2.55      2.09

 

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating results.

 

Other fiscal year 2008 acquisitions

 

The Company’s other fiscal year 2008 acquisitions, which were all in the Company’s GBS segment, were not significant individually or in the aggregate. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company acquired three companies for an estimated total cash consideration of approximately $2,954.

 

Acquisitions during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007

 

On February 20, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation, based in Manila, Philippines for approximately $25,000 in cash. The acquisition agreement allowed for an earn-out payment of an additional $5,000 to be paid if certain milestones were met in the first year after the acquisition. As of November 30, 2008, an earn-out payment of $4,000 was paid in full settlement. SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation is a technical support and contact center that delivers voice, e-mail and technical chat support as well as other value-added services. The SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation acquisition is consistent with the Company’s strategy to broaden its GBS offerings and increases its contact center expertise. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $7,574, intangible assets was $3,100, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $18,326 has been recognized as goodwill. The SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation business has been fully integrated into the Company’s GBS segment.

 

On February 27, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of PC Wholesale, a division of Insight Direct USA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Insight Enterprises, Inc. The Company paid a purchase price of $28,876 in cash. PC Wholesale is an IT distributor with special focus on end-of-life and refurbished equipment that is complementary to the Company’s core distribution business. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $18,879, intangible assets was $2,900, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $7,100 has been recognized as goodwill. The PC-Wholesale business has been fully integrated into the Company’s distribution segment.

 

96


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

On April 5, 2007, the Company purchased approximately 86% of the equity interest in China Civilink (Cayman) for $30,000 in cash. The acquisition agreement provided for a payment of up to $2,000 to the then selling shareholders, if certain milestones were met by December 31, 2007. $2,000 was paid in connection with the milestones achievement. China Civilink (Cayman) operates in China as HiChina Web Solutions. HiChina Web Solutions, which is based in Beijing, China, provides Internet services such as domain name registration and web hosting. The acquisition of HiChina Web Solutions further supports the Company’s strategy to grow its GBS offerings by providing access to an established customer base in China. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net tangible assets acquired was $5,863, intangible assets was $3,000, and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $23,137 has been recognized as goodwill. The HiChina Web Solutions business has been fully integrated into the Company’s GBS segment.

 

On May 1, 2007, SYNNEX Canada acquired substantially all of the assets of the Redmond Group of Companies (“RGC”), including AVS Technologies, an independent distributor of consumer electronics. Total consideration for the purchased assets, net of assumed debt of $11,851, was approximately $26,561 in cash and transaction costs of $235. Of this amount, approximately $3,062 was payable subject to confirmation of net tangible assets acquired, primarily related to accounts receivable and inventory. The acquisition agreement allowed for an additional $440 to be paid if certain milestones were met in the first 13 months following the closing date. These milestones were not achieved; hence, no payment was made. The acquisition of RGC further supports SYNNEX Canada’s expansion in its consumer electronics distribution. The RGC business has been fully integrated within SYNNEX Canada. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value. The fair value of identifiable net assets acquired was $10,588 and the remainder of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired of $15,974 has been recognized as goodwill. At the time of the acquisition of RGC, the Company determined that this transaction was not a significant acquisition. However, upon further review, the Company determined that it was a significant acquisition, and accordingly, the Company filed a Form 8-K reporting for the RGC acquisition. The RGC business has been fully integrated into the Company’s distribution segment.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of RGC had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributable to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustment for additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisition. The pro forma results may not reflect future performance.

 

     Pro Forma Basis for Fiscal Years Ended
     November 30, 2007    November 30, 2006

Revenue

   $ 7,050,925    $ 6,592,621

Net Income (1)

     59,091      29,382

Net income per common share-basic

   $ 1.91    $ 0.99

Net income per common share-diluted

     1.81      0.92

 

(1) Net income for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006 includes an impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets of $16.5 million prior to the acquisition of RGC.

 

97


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The above acquisitions, excluding RGC, individually and in the aggregate, did not meet the conditions of a material business combination and they were not subject to the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 141. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition.

 

Building Acquisition

 

On March 9, 2007, SYNNEX Canada completed the purchase of a new logistics facility in Guelph, Canada. The facility is approximately six hundred twenty thousand square feet. The total purchase price for this facility was approximately $12,500. As of November 30, 2008, SYNNEX Canada completed consolidating multiple existing Ontario, Canada area facilities into this facility.

 

NOTE 18—RESTRUCTURING CHARGES:

 

In fiscal year 2008, in connection with the acquisition of New Age, the Company recorded liabilities of $601 under EITF No. 95-3 “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination” (“EITF 95-3”). The measures, which included workforce reductions and facilities consolidation, were intended to align the Company’s capacity and infrastructure, and utilize synergies within the business to provide more cost effective services to the Company’s customers. These charges were primarily associated with workforce reductions of $435 and facilities consolidation of $166.

 

Restructuring charges per EITF 95-3:

 

     Severance
and Benefits
    Facility and
Exit Costs
    Total  

Accrual on April 1, 2008

   $ 435     $ 166     $ 601  

Cash payments

     (435 )     (166 )     (601 )
                        

Balance of accrual at November 30, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

 

In fiscal year 2007, in connection with the acquisition of RGC, the Company announced a restructuring program in Canada. The measures, which included workforce reductions, facilities consolidation and other related expenses, were intended to align the Company’s capacity and infrastructure, and utilize synergies within the business to provide more cost effective services to the Company’s customers. During fiscal year 2007, the Company accrued $2,358 in restructuring costs against goodwill related to the RGC acquisition in Canada under EITF 95-3. These charges were primarily associated with facilities consolidation of $1,050, workforce reductions of $691 and contract termination costs of $617.

 

In fiscal year 2007, in conjunction with the above, the Company recorded $2,744 for the restructuring and consolidation of its Canadian operations as a result of the acquisition of RGC and the purchase of a new logistics facility in Guelph, Canada in March 2007. These charges were primarily associated with $1,107 for facilities consolidation, $508 for workforce reductions, and $278 for other costs. These charges were recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS No. 146”). The majority of all employees’ terminations were completed by November 30, 2007. The Company recorded an impairment loss of $851 included in the above $2,744 restructuring cost for a property located in Ontario, Canada, that was held for sale, based on the fair value less costs to sell in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” The net book value of the property was $1,699 and $2,149 at November 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to the liability for restructuring charges through November 30, 2008:

 

Restructuring charges per EITF 95-3:

 

     Severance
and Benefits
    Facility and
Exit Costs
    Contractual
Obligations
    Other     Total  

Balance of accrual at November 30, 2007

   $ 120     $ 1,050     $ 219     $ 23     $ 1,412  

Cash payments

     (95 )     (748 )     —         —         (843 )

Non cash charges

     (25 )     —         (219 )     (23 )     (267 )
                                        

Balance of accrual at November 30, 2008

   $ —       $ 302     $ —       $ —       $ 302  
                                        

 

Restructuring charges per SFAS No. 146:

 

     Severance
and Benefits
    Facility and
Exit Costs
    Other     Total  

Balance of accrual at November 30, 2007

   $ 8     $ 489     $ 37     $ 534  

Cash payments

     (8 )     (395 )     (40 )     (443 )

Non cash charges

     —         (47 )     6       (41 )
                                

Balance of accrual at November 30, 2008

   $ —       $ 47     $ 3     $ 50  
                                

 

The unpaid portion of the restructuring charges is included in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Accrued liabilities.” The above restructuring charges are incurred in the distribution segment.

 

The cash payments for all the amounts accrued related with restructuring activities will be paid out by the end of fiscal year 2009.

 

NOTE 19—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

 

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 effective December 1, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis. SFAS No. 157 applies to all financial assets and financial liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. SFAS No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The statement requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

 

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

99


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

There was no impact for the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s short-term investments and financial instruments by the above SFAS No. 157 categories as of November 30, 2008:

 

     November 30, 2008
     Total    Quoted
market
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

Trading securities

   $ 6,072    $ 6,072    $ —      $ —  

Available-for-sale securities

     142      142      —        —  

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

     2,058      —        2,058      —  

Long-term accounts receivable

     34,245      —        34,245      —  

 

The Company’s investments in trading and available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices. The forward exchange contracts are primarily measured based on the foreign currency spot and forward rates quoted by the banks or foreign currency dealers. The fair value of long-term accounts receivable is based on customer rating and creditworthiness.

 

The Company recorded a realized gain of $15,380 and an unrealized loss of $3,157 for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, under “Other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statement of operations for the changes in the fair value of its financial instruments for trading securities and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 the Company recorded a realized loss of $8,374 and an unrealized gain of $2,557. For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006, the Company recorded a realized gain of $941 and an unrealized gain of $1,024.

 

The following table presents the financial instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of November 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

     As of November 30, 2008    As of November 30, 2007
     Carrying
Value
   Fair Value    Carrying
Value
   Fair Value

Cost investments

   $ 7,439    $ 7,439    $ 7,779    $ 7,779

Long-term debt

     8,537      8,537      37,537      37,537

Convertible debt

     143,750      87,270      —        —  

 

The Company’s investments accounted for under the cost method consist of equity securities in a private entity, investments in a hedge fund, and investments in a private equity fund. The fair value of the investments in a hedge fund and private equity fund was determined by analyzing the underlying invested assets. The fair value of the equity securities is based on a valuation model developed internally to measure impairment primarily based on the operating results and future earning prospects of the investee. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value since current interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar terms and maturities are approximately the same. The fair value of convertible debt is based on the closing price of the convertible debt traded in a limited trading market.

 

The carrying value of other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt approximate fair value due to their short maturities or variable-rate nature of the respective borrowings.

 

100


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Company monitors its investments for impairment by considering current factors, including the economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, and records reductions in carrying values when necessary. Any impairment loss is reported under “Other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 159 effective December 1, 2007. The Company has not elected the fair value option for its financial instruments. The Company has reclassified all cash flows related to securities classified as trading from operating to investing activities in its consolidated statement of cash flows to reflect the nature of the investments in accordance with paragraph 16 of SFAS No. 159. The cash flows from the purchase and proceeds of $6,015 and $5,805, respectively, for trading securities, were reclassified from operating activities to investing activities for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. The cash flows from the purchase and proceeds of $15,300 and $28,367, respectively, for trading securities, were reclassified from operating activities to investing activities for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006.

 

NOTE 20—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 

The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire in various periods through 2014. Future minimum rental obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements as of November 30, 2008 were as follows:

 

Fiscal Years Ending November 30,

  

2009

   $ 17,844

2010

     18,077

2011

     17,187

2012

     16,198

2013

     14,668

thereafter

     10,943
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 94,917
      

 

Rent expense for the years ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $16,220, $13,983 and $9,393, respectively.

 

The Company was contingently liable at November 30, 2008, under agreements to repurchase repossessed inventory acquired by Flooring Companies as a result of default on floor plan financing arrangements by the Company’s customers. These arrangements are described in Note 11—Accounts Receivable Arrangements. Losses, if any, would be the difference between the repossession cost and the resale value of the inventory. There have been no repurchases through November 30, 2008 under these agreements, nor is the Company aware of any pending customer defaults or repossession obligations.

 

The Company is from time to time involved in various bankruptcy preference actions where the Company was a supplier to the companies now in bankruptcy. These preference actions are filed by the bankruptcy trustee on behalf of the bankrupt estate and generally seek to have payments made by the debtor within 90 days prior to the bankruptcy returned to the bankruptcy estate for allocation among all of the bankrupt estate’s creditors. The Company is not aware of any currently pending preference actions.

 

The Company does not believe that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

101


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 21—LEGAL SETTLEMENT:

 

In May 2002, Seanix Technology Inc. filed a trademark infringement action in the Federal Court of Canada against the Company and SYNNEX Canada. The suit claimed that the Company and SYNNEX Canada infringed on Seanix’s exclusive rights to its Canadian trademark registration and caused confusion between the companies resulting from, among other things, the Company’s and SYNNEX Canada’s use of trademarks confusingly similar to the Seanix trademarks. The complaint sought injunctive relief and monetary damages. In April 2008, the matter was settled on terms that were not material to the Company or SYNNEX Canada.

 

NOTE 22—RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES:

 

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to differ materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, significant dependence on certain key vendors and dependence on financing for our working capital needs.

 

NOTE 23—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

 

The Company amended and restated its U.S. accounts receivable securitization program (the “U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement”) on January 23, 2009 to replace the lead bank and agent. The U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement has a maturity date of January 2010 and may be renewed upon the mutual agreement of the Company and the lenders. The Company continues to sell a maximum of $350,000 U.S. Receivables. The Company’s effective borrowing cost under the U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement is the prevailing dealer and commercial paper rate plus 1.50% per annum.

 

The Company also amended and restated its U.S. senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement (the “Amended and Restated Revolver”) with a group of financial institutions on January 23, 2009 to replace the lead bank and agent. The Amended and Restated Revolver is secured by inventory and other assets and expires in February 2011. The Amended and Restated Revolver’s maximum commitment was also amended to $80,000. Interest on borrowings under the Amended and Restated Revolver is based on the financial institution’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.50% at the Company’s option. The Amended and Restated Revolver was further amended to require the Company to achieve certain conditions in the event the U.S. Amended and Restated Arrangement is not renewed or a binding commitment is not in place to replace or renew the same.

 

102


Table of Contents

SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents selected unaudited consolidated financial results for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended November 30, 2008. In the Company’s opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited information and includes all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the financial information for the periods presented.

 

    Fiscal 2008
Three Months Ended
    Fiscal 2007
Three Months Ended
 
    Feb. 29,
2008
    May 31,
2008
    Aug. 31,
2008
    Nov. 30,
2008
    Feb. 28,
2007
    May 31,
2007
    Aug. 31,
2007
    Nov. 30,
2007
 
    (in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenue

  $ 1,748,574     $ 1,878,072     $ 2,045,689     $ 2,095,895     $ 1,588,276     $ 1,684,808     $ 1,760,360     $ 1,970,676  

Cost of revenue

    (1,652,724 )     (1,777,267 )     (1,932,790 )     (1,973,530 )     (1,513,852 )     (1,600,563 )     (1,669,134 )     (1,865,189 )
                                                               

Gross profit

    95,850       100,805       112,899       122,365       74,424       84,245       91,226       105,487  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (63,070 )     (69,133 )     (73,394 )     (74,474 )     (49,481 )     (58,433 )     (66,704 )     (68,617 )
                                                               

Income from operations before non-operating items, income taxes and minority interest

    32,780       31,672       39,505       47,891       24,943       25,812       24,522       36,870  

Interest expense and finance charges, net

    (4,167 )     (3,310 )     (3,137 )     (3,817 )     (3,058 )     (3,695 )     (3,472 )     (4,649 )

Other income (expense), net

    (2,046 )     581       (1,787 )     (4,579 )     158       904       (132 )     463  
                                                               

Income from operations before income taxes and minority interest

    26,567       28,943       34,581       39,495       22,043       23,021       20,918       32,684  

Provision for income taxes

    (9,551 )     (10,275 )     (12,427 )     (12,843 )     (8,168 )     (8,288 )     (6,452 )     (12,259 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries

    (188 )     (158 )     (94 )     (253 )     —         (62 )     (70 )     (240 )
                                                               

Net income

  $ 16,828     $ 18,510     $ 22,060     $ 26,399     $ 13,875     $ 14,671     $ 14,396     $ 20,185  
                                                               

Earnings per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.54     $ 0.59     $ 0.70     $ 0.83     $ 0.45     $ 0.47     $ 0.46     $ 0.65  

Diluted

  $ 0.51     $ 0.56     $ 0.66     $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.45     $ 0.44     $ 0.61  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic

    31,377       31,543       31,665       31,887       30,548       30,896       31,076       31,247  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-diluted

    33,043       33,256       33,657       33,095       32,372       32,657       32,742       32,892  

 

Earning per share (“EPS”) for each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter, while EPS for the fiscal year is computed using the weighted-average of shares outstanding during the fiscal year. Thus, the sum of EPS for each of the four quarters may not equal the EPS for the fiscal year.

 

103


Table of Contents

SYNNEX CORPORATION

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Fiscal Years Ended November 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year
   Additions
Charged to
Revenue
and COGS
and Expense
   Additions
from
Acquisitions
   Reclassifications,
Write-offs and
Deductions
    Balance at
Fiscal Year
End

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2006

             

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 13,397    $ 3,719    $ —      $ —       $ 17,116

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     2,178      1,607      —        (2,178 )     1,607

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2007

             

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 17,116    $ 1,416    $ —      $ 2,136     $ 20,668

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     1,607      645      —        —         2,252

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2008

             

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 20,668    $ 974    $ —      $ —       $ 21,642

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     2,252      396      1,351      —         3,999

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to meet reasonable assurance standards. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 8 is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with management’s evaluation during our last fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

104


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information required by this item (with respect to Directors) is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Election of Directors” contained in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on March 24, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”). Certain information required by this item concerning executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

Item 405 of Regulation S-K calls for disclosure of any known late filing or failure by an insider to file a report required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. This information is contained in the section called “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including its principal executive officer, its principal financial officer, its controller and persons performing similar functions. This code of ethics, called a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for Employees, Officers and Directors, is available free of charge on the Company’s public website ( www.synnex.com ) on the investor relations webpage. Future amendments or waivers relating to the code of ethics will be disclosed on the webpage referenced in this paragraph within five (5) business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors—Directors’ Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Election of Directors—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our equity compensation plans as of November 30, 2008:

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options
(a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
(b)
   Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   5,043,793    $ 11.89    2,583,894 (1)(2)

 

(1)

Includes the number of shares reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. The number of shares authorized for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will not exceed the sum of (1) the number of shares subject to outstanding options granted under our 1997 Stock Option Plan/Stock Issuance Plan, our Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our 1993 Stock Option Plan outstanding, to the extent those options expire, terminate or are cancelled for

 

105


Table of Contents
 

any reason prior to being exercised, plus (2) 5,506,649 shares of common stock; provided, however, that the number of authorized shares under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will not exceed 14,111,761 shares of common stock. Refer to Note 4, Stockholders’ Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information regarding the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.

(2) Includes 500,000 shares available-for-sale pursuant to our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended). Shares of common stock will be purchased at a price equal to 95% of the fair market value per share of common stock on either the first trading day of the offering period or on the last trading day of the accumulation period, whichever is less. Refer to Note 4, Stockholders’ Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information regarding the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

106


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

 

  (1) Financial Statements

 

See Index under Item 8.

 

  (2) Financial Statements Schedule

 

See Index under Item 8.

 

  (3) Exhibits

 

See Item 15(b) below. Each compensatory plan required to be filed has been identified.

 

(b) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Document

2.1      Acquisition Agreement, dated March 27, 2007, by and among RGC Canada Ltd., Redmond Group of Companies LP, 2064862 Ontario Inc., AVS Technologies Limited Partnership and SYNNEX Canada Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2007).
2.2      Amending Agreement, dated April 30, 2007, by and among RGC Canada Ltd., Redmond Group of Companies LP, 2064862 Ontario Inc., AVS Technologies Limited Partnership and SYNNEX Canada Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2007).
3(i).1      Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i).3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
3(ii).2      Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii).1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2008).
4.1      Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
4.2      Indenture related to the 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of May 12, 2008, between SYNNEX Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 4.0% Convertible Senior Note due 2018) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008).
10.1 #    Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.2 #    Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.3 #    Amendment to Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.4      Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).

 

107


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.5    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.6    Standard Industrial Lease dated December 5, 1996, between the Company and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.7    First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Company and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.8    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Company and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.9#    Form of Change of Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.10    HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement dated November 6, 2003, between the Company and Hewlett-Packard Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.11    Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 28, 1999, by and among the Company, MiTAC International Corporation and Sun Microsystems, Inc., including amendments thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.12    Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement, dated May 6, 2002, between the Company and MiTAC International Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.13    Master Agreement and Plan of Reorganization among the Company, SYNNEX, K.K. and MCJ Co., Ltd. dated March 29, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005).
10.14#    Employment Agreement dated February 7, 2006, between the Company and Robert Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2006).
10.15#    Employment Agreement dated July 14, 2004, by and between the Company and Jim Estill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.16    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 2007 by and among the Company, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.17    Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, among the Originator, the Servicer and SIT Funding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.18    Second Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as February 12, 2007, among SIT Funding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).

 

108


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.19    Offer Letter, dated as of March 23, 2007, between Thomas C. Alsborg and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report filed on Form 8-K on March 28, 2007).
10.20    Master Supply Agreement dated as of May 16, 2007, by and among Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. and MiTAC International Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2007).
10.21#    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2006, by and between the Company and Robert Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.22#    Amendment to SYNNEX Corporation Change of Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.23#    SYNNEX Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.24    Amendment No. 7, dated as of May 5, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, SIT Funding Corporation, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2008).
10.25    Amendment No. 12, dated as of May 5, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2008).
10.26    Omnibus Amendment No. 11 and Limited Waiver, dated as of April 1, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.27#    Offer Letter, dated as of March 27, 2008, by and between the Company and Kevin Murai (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2008).
10.28    Amendment No. 4, effective as of February 11, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement and Second Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, by and among the Company, SIT Funding Corporation, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008).
10.29    Amendment No. 8, effective as of February 11, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 2008, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008).
10.30    Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 25, 2008, by and among the Company and New Age Electronics, Inc., a California corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

 

109


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.31    First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 2008, by and among the Company and New Age Electronics, Inc., a California corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.32    Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, dated November 21, 2008.
10.33    Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, by and among the Company, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A.
10.34    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, among the Originator, the Servicer and SIT Funding Corporation.
10.35    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as January 23, 2009, among SIT Funding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page 92 of this Form 10-K).
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1*    Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

 

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibit 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purpose of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

See Index under Item 8.

 

110


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: January 26, 2009

 

SYNNEX C ORPORATION

By:

 

/ S /    K EVIN M URAI         

 

Kevin Murai

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin Murai and Thomas Alsborg, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    K EVIN M URAI        

Kevin Murai

   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   January 26, 2009

/ S /    T HOMAS A LSBORG         

Thomas Alsborg

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)   January 26, 2009

/ S /    R OBERT H UANG         

Robert Huang

  

Chairman of the Board

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    M ATTHEW M IAU         

Matthew Miau

  

Chairman Emeritus of the Board

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    F RED B REIDENBACH         

Fred Breidenbach

  

Director

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    J AMES V AN H ORNE         

James Van Horne

  

Director

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    G REGORY Q UESNEL         

Gregory Quesnel

  

Director

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    D WIGHT S TEFFENSEN         

Dwight Steffensen

  

Director

  January 26, 2009

/ S /    D UANE Z ITZNER         

Duane Zitzner

  

Director

  January 26, 2009

 

111


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  2.1    Acquisition Agreement, dated March 27, 2007, by and among RGC Canada Ltd., Redmond Group of Companies LP, 2064862 Ontario Inc., AVS Technologies Limited Partnership and SYNNEX Canada Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2007).
  2.2    Amending Agreement, dated April 30, 2007, by and among RGC Canada Ltd., Redmond Group of Companies LP, 2064862 Ontario Inc., AVS Technologies Limited Partnership and SYNNEX Canada Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2007).
  3(i).1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i).3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
  3(ii).2    Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii).1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2008).
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
  4.2    Indenture related to the 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of May 12, 2008, between SYNNEX Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 4.0% Convertible Senior Note due 2018) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008).
10.1#    Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.2#    Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.3#    Amendment to Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.5    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.6    Standard Industrial Lease dated December 5, 1996, between the Company and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.7    First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Company and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.8    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Company and Bedford Property Investors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.9#    Form of Change of Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).

 

112


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.10    HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement dated November 6, 2003, between the Company and Hewlett-Packard Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.11    Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 28, 1999, by and among the Company, MiTAC International Corporation and Sun Microsystems, Inc., including amendments thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.12    Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement, dated May 6, 2002, between the Company and MiTAC International Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-108543)).
10.13    Master Agreement and Plan of Reorganization among the Company, SYNNEX, K.K. and MCJ Co., Ltd. dated March 29, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005).
10.14#    Employment Agreement dated February 7, 2006, between the Company and Robert Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2006).
10.15#    Employment Agreement dated July 14, 2004, by and between the Company and Jim Estill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.16    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 2007 by and among the Company, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.17    Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, among the Originator, the Servicer and SIT Funding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.18    Second Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as February 12, 2007, among SIT Funding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report in Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2006).
10.19    Offer Letter, dated as of March 23, 2007, between Thomas C. Alsborg and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report filed on Form 8-K on March 28, 2007).
10.20    Master Supply Agreement dated as of May 16, 2007, by and among Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. and MiTAC International Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2007).
10.21#    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2006, by and between the Company and Robert Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.22#    Amendment to SYNNEX Corporation Change of Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.23#    SYNNEX Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

 

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.24    Amendment No. 7, dated as of May 5, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, SIT Funding Corporation, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2008).
10.25    Amendment No. 12, dated as of May 5, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2008).
10.26    Omnibus Amendment No. 11 and Limited Waiver, dated as of April 1, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.27#    Offer Letter, dated as of March 27, 2008, by and between the Company and Kevin Murai (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2008).
10.28    Amendment No. 4, effective as of February 11, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement and Second Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, by and among the Company, SIT Funding Corporation, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008).
10.29    Amendment No. 8, effective as of February 11, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 2008, by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008).
10.30    Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 25, 2008, by and among the Company and New Age Electronics, Inc., a California corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.31    First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 2008, by and among the Company and New Age Electronics, Inc., a California corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.32    Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, dated November 21, 2008.
10.33    Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, by and among the Company, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A.
10.34    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, among the Originator, the Servicer and SIT Funding Corporation.
10.35    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as January 23, 2009, among SIT Funding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page 92 of this Form 10-K).
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1*    Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibit 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purpose of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

115

Exhibit 10.32

AMENDMENT TO

SYNNEX CORPORATION

2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

In accordance with Section 16(b) of the SYNNEX Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 4(b)(ii) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows, effective on the date hereof:

“(b)(ii) On the first business day following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after such Outside Director’s appointment or election to the Board of Directors, commencing with the annual meeting occurring after November 21, 2008, each Outside Director who will continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors thereafter shall receive 2,000 Restricted Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 11), provided such Outside Director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months; provided, further, if the first business day following the conclusion of the regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after such Outside Director’s appointment or election to the Board of Directors falls within a trading black-out period, then the grant date for Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this section shall be upon the expiration of the third trading day after the trading black-out period ends.”

2. Section 4(b)(iv) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirely as follows, effective on the date hereof:

“(b)(iv)(A) With respect to Options granted to Outside Directors under this Section 4(b) after January 4, 2007, one-third (1/3) of the Shares subject to each Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the balance of the Shares subject to each Option (i.e., the remaining two-thirds (2/3)) shall vest and become exercisable monthly over a two-year period beginning on the day which is one month after the first anniversary of the date of grant; and (B) with respect to Restricted Shares awarded to Outside Directors under this Section 4(b) after November 21, 2008, one-quarter (1/4) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on the last day of each fiscal quarter following the date of grant over a one-year period.”


To record the amendment of the Plan, SYNNEX Corporation has executed this document this 21st day of November, 2008.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Exhibit 10.33

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

among

SYNNEX CORPORATION

as Borrower

and

THE LENDERS SIGNATORY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

as Lenders

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A,

as Agent and Lender

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

  

SECTION 1.1.

   Credit Facilities    2

SECTION 1.2.

   Repayment; Reduction or Termination of Commitment    6

SECTION 1.3.

   Use of Proceeds    7

SECTION 1.4.

   Interest    8

SECTION 1.5.

   Eligible Inventory; Eligible Receivables    11

SECTION 1.6.

   Fees    12

SECTION 1.7.

   Cash Management System    12

SECTION 1.8.

   Receipt of Payments    13

SECTION 1.9.

   Application and Allocation of Payments    13

SECTION 1.10.

   Lenders’ Additional Rights    14

SECTION 1.11.

   Accounting    14

SECTION 1.12.

   Indemnity    14

SECTION 1.13.

   Access    15

SECTION 1.14.

   Taxes    16

SECTION 1.15.

   Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality    17

SECTION 1.16.

   Single Loan    19

SECTION 1.17.

   Pro Rata Treatment    19

SECTION 1.18.

   Bank Products    20

SECTION 1.19.

   Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent    20

ARTICLE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

  

SECTION 2.1.

   Conditions to Effectiveness    21

SECTION 2.2.

   Conditions to Each Advance and Letter of Credit    21
ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

SECTION 3.1.

   Existence; Compliance with Law    22

SECTION 3.2.

   Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names    23

SECTION 3.3.

   Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations    23

SECTION 3.4.

   Financial Statements and Projections    23

SECTION 3.5.

   No Litigation    24

SECTION 3.6.

   Taxes    24

SECTION 3.7.

   Material Adverse Change    24

SECTION 3.8.

   Ownership of Property; Liens    25

SECTION 3.9.

   Restrictions; No Default; Material Contracts    25

SECTION 3.10.

   Labor Matters    26

SECTION 3.11.

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Debt    26

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)

 

          Page

SECTION 3.12.

   Government Regulation    27

SECTION 3.13.

   Margin Regulations    27

SECTION 3.14.

   ERISA    27

SECTION 3.15.

   Brokers    28

SECTION 3.16.

   Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses    28

SECTION 3.17.

   Full Disclosure    29

SECTION 3.18.

   Hazardous Materials    29

SECTION 3.19.

   Insurance Policies    30

SECTION 3.20.

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts    30

SECTION 3.21.

   Solvency    30

ARTICLE 4 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

  

SECTION 4.1.

   Reports and Notices    30

SECTION 4.2.

   Communication with Accountants    30

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

  

SECTION 5.1.

   Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business    31

SECTION 5.2.

   Payment of Charges and Claims    31

SECTION 5.3.

   Books and Records    32

SECTION 5.4.

   Litigation    32

SECTION 5.5.

   Insurance    32

SECTION 5.6.

   Compliance with Laws    33

SECTION 5.7.

   Agreements    34

SECTION 5.8.

   Supplemental Disclosure    34

SECTION 5.9.

   Environmental Matters    35

SECTION 5.10.

   Landlords’ Agreements, Mortgagee Agreements and Bailee Letters    35

SECTION 5.11.

   [Reserved]    35

SECTION 5.12.

   Application of Proceeds    36

SECTION 5.13.

   Fiscal Year    36

SECTION 5.14.

   Casualty and Condemnation    36

SECTION 5.15.

   Subsidiaries    37

SECTION 5.16.

   Intellectual Property    37

SECTION 5.17.

   Further Assurances    37

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

  

SECTION 6.1.

   Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc    38

SECTION 6.2.

   Investments    39

SECTION 6.3.

   Debt    42

SECTION 6.4.

   Affiliate and Employee Loans and Transactions    43

SECTION 6.5.

   Capital Structure and Business    44

SECTION 6.6.

   Guaranteed Debt    45

SECTION 6.7.

   Liens    45

SECTION 6.8.

   Sale of Assets    46

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)

 

          Page
SECTION 6.9.    Material Contracts    47
SECTION 6.10.    ERISA    47
SECTION 6.11.    Financial Covenants    47
SECTION 6.12.    Hazardous Materials    48
SECTION 6.13.    Sale-Leasebacks    48
SECTION 6.14.    Cancellation of Debt; Conversion, Repurchase and Redemption of Convertible Senior Notes    48
SECTION 6.15.    Restricted Payments    49
SECTION 6.16.    Real Property Leases    49
SECTION 6.17.    Bank Accounts    50
SECTION 6.18.    No Speculative Transactions    50
SECTION 6.19.    Margin Regulations    50
SECTION 6.20.    Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses, Etc    50
SECTION 6.21.    Accounting Changes    51
SECTION 6.22.    Amendments and Modifications to Debt Documents    51
SECTION 6.23.    Change of Corporate Name or Location; Change of Fiscal Year    52
SECTION 6.24.    Changes to Synnex Mexico Loan Documents    52
SECTION 6.25.    Mex Bank of America Account    53
SECTION 6.26.    SFC Accounts    53
ARTICLE 7 TERM   
SECTION 7.1.    Duration    53
SECTION 7.2.    Survival of Obligations    53
ARTICLE 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES   
SECTION 8.1.    Events of Default    54
SECTION 8.2.    Remedies    56
SECTION 8.3.    Waivers by Borrower    56
SECTION 8.4.    Application of Proceeds    57
ARTICLE 9 ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT   
SECTION 9.1.    Assignment and Participations    58
SECTION 9.2.    Appointment of Agent    60
SECTION 9.3.    The Agent’s Reliance, Etc    61
SECTION 9.4.    Bank of America and Affiliates    61
SECTION 9.5.    Lender Credit Decision    62
SECTION 9.6.    Indemnification    62
SECTION 9.7.    Successor Agent    62
SECTION 9.8.    Setoff and Sharing of Payments    63
SECTION 9.9.    Advances; Payments; Non-Funding Lenders; Information; Actions in Concert    64

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)

 

          Page
ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS   
SECTION 10.1.    Complete Agreement; Amendments and Waivers    66
SECTION 10.2.    Fees and Expenses    68
SECTION 10.3.    No Waiver    69
SECTION 10.4.    Remedies    69
SECTION 10.5.    Severability    69
SECTION 10.6.    Conflict of Terms    69
SECTION 10.7.    Right of Set-off    70
SECTION 10.8.    Authorized Signature    70
SECTION 10.9.    Notices    70
SECTION 10.10.    Section Titles    71
SECTION 10.11.    Counterparts    71
SECTION 10.12.    Time of the Essence    71
SECTION 10.13.    Confidentiality    71
SECTION 10.14.    Successors and Assigns    72
SECTION 10.15.    Amendment and Restatement    73
SECTION 10.16.    Governing Law    73
SECTION 10.17.    Waiver of Trial Jury    74
SECTION 10.18.    Press Releases and Related Matters    74
SECTION 10.19.    Reinstatement    75
SECTION 10.20.    Advice of Counsel    75
SECTION 10.21.    No Strict Construction    75
ANNEX A      
            DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION   

 

iv


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) (a) is entered into as of January 23, 2009, by and among SYNNEX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (“ Bank of America ”), for itself as Lender, and as Agent for the Lenders, and the other Lenders signatory hereto from time to time, and (b) amends and restates the Second Amended Credit Agreement defined below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower, General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, and certain other Persons as “Lenders” are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 2007 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Second Amended Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , General Electric Capital Corporation and Bank of America have entered into that certain Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (the “ Assignment and Acceptance Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which General Electric Capital Corporation has assigned to Bank of America its rights as Lender, Swing Line Lender and Agent under the Second Amended Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement).

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to borrow up to $80,000,000 in the aggregate from the Lenders, and to reserve the right to request additional revolving loan commitments of up to $70,000,000 in the aggregate, and the Lenders are willing to make certain loans and other financial accommodations in favor of the Borrower of up to such amounts in the aggregate upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Annex A and, for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the rules of construction set forth in Annex A shall govern. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to articles, sections, subsections, schedules, annexes, exhibits, and attachments shall refer to the corresponding articles, sections, subsections, schedules, annexes, exhibits, and attachments of or to this Agreement. All schedules, annexes, exhibits and attachments hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference, and taken together, shall constitute but a single agreement. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein or in a written amendment referring to such schedules and annexes, all schedules and annexes referred to herein shall mean the schedules and annexes as in effect as of the Effective Date. The above Recitals shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

 

1


ARTICLE 1

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

SECTION 1.1. Credit Facilities .

(a) Revolving Credit Facility . (i) Upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make available from time to time until the Commitment Termination Date its Pro Rata Share of advances (each, a “ Revolving Credit Advance ”) to the Borrower. Each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Loan shall not exceed its separate Revolving Credit Commitment. The obligations of each Lender hereunder shall be several and not joint. The aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances outstanding shall not exceed at any time the lesser of (A) the Maximum Amount and (B) the Borrowing Base, in each case less the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan and Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at such time. Until the Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 1.1(a)(i) .

(ii) Each Revolving Credit Advance shall be made on notice by the Borrower in writing (by telecopy or overnight courier) to the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), or by such other notice method as approved by Agent in its sole discretion. Such notice shall be given no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day of the proposed Revolving Credit Advance, in the case of a Base Rate Loan, or 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the date which is three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed Revolving Credit Advance, in the case of a LIBOR Loan. Each such notice of borrowing (a “ Notice of Revolving Credit Advance ”) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(a)(ii) hereto (or in such other form as approved by Agent in its sole discretion) and shall include the information required in such Exhibit and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Agent. If the Borrower desires to have the Revolving Credit Advances bear interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate, it must comply with Section 1.4 (d) . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon and shall be fully protected under this Agreement in relying upon any Notice of Revolving Credit Advance, Notice of Conversion/Continuation or similar notice believed by the Agent to be genuine and to assume that the persons executing and delivering the same were duly authorized unless the responsible individual acting thereon for the Agent shall have actual knowledge to the contrary.

(iii) The Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender a note to evidence the Revolving Credit Commitment of that Lender. Each note shall be in the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of the applicable Lender, dated the Effective Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(a)(iii) . Each Revolving Credit Note shall represent the obligation of the Borrower to pay the amount of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or, if less, the applicable Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower, together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 1.4 . The entire unpaid balance of the Revolving Credit Loan and all other non-contingent Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Commitment Termination Date. The date and amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Lenders to the Borrower and each payment of principal with respect thereto shall be recorded on the books and records of such Lender, which books and records shall constitute conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, of the accuracy of the information therein recorded.

 

2


(iv) The Borrower shall furnish to the Agent and each Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(a)(iv) hereto, completed and signed by an officer of the Borrower listed in Schedule 10.8 , which certificate sets forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base of the Borrower at the times and for the periods set forth in Annex E . The Borrower agrees that, in making any Revolving Credit Advance available to the Borrower hereunder, the Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely upon the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower. The Borrower further agrees that if the Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate to the Agent and the Lenders within the specified period, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make any further Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower, or incur any additional Letter of Credit Obligations, until such time as such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered to the Agent and the Lenders.

(v) Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, at the request of Borrower, in its discretion Agent may (but shall have absolutely no obligation to), make Revolving Credit Advances to Borrower on behalf of the Lenders in amounts that cause the outstanding balance of the aggregate Revolving Credit Loan to exceed the Borrowing Base (less the Swing Line Loan) (any such excess Revolving Credit Advances are herein referred to collectively as “ Overadvances ”); provided that (A) no such event or occurrence shall cause or constitute a waiver of Agent’s, the Swing Line Lender’s or Lenders’ right to refuse to make any further Overadvances, Swing Line Advances or Revolving Credit Advances, or incur any Letter of Credit Obligations, as the case may be, at any time that an Overadvance exists, (B) no Overadvance shall result in a Default or Event of Default due to Borrower’s failure to comply with Section 1.2(b) for so long as Agent permits such Overadvance to remain outstanding, but solely with respect to the amount of such Overadvance, and (C) no Overadvance may remain outstanding more than 30 days (and for at least five consecutive Business Days after such Overadvance is repaid, no further Overadvance may be made). In addition, Overadvances may be made even if the conditions to lending set forth in Section 2 have not been met. All Overadvances shall constitute Base Rate Loans, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be payable on the earlier of demand by Agent or the Commitment Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.9 , the authority of Agent to make Overadvances is limited to an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of the Borrowing Base at any time, shall not cause the Revolving Credit Loan to exceed the Maximum Amount, and may be revoked prospectively by a written notice to Agent signed by the Lenders holding more than 50% of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

(b) Swing Line Facility . (i) Upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make available from time to time until the Commitment Termination Date advances (each, a “ Swing Line Advance ”) to the Borrower. The aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Swing Line Commitment and (B) the lesser of (x) the Maximum Amount, and (y) (except for Overadvances) the Borrowing Base, in either case less the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan at such time (“ Swing Line Availability ”). Until the Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 1.1(b) . Each Swing Line Advance shall be made

 

3


on notice by the Borrower in writing (by telecopy or overnight courier) to the Agent, or by such other notice method as approved by Agent in its sole discretion. Such notice shall be given no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day of the proposed Swing Line Advance. Each such notice of borrowing (a “ Notice of Swing Line Advance ”) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(b)(i) hereto (or in such other form as approved by Agent in its sole discretion) and shall include the information required in such Exhibit and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Agent. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon and shall be fully protected under this Agreement in relying upon any Notice of Swing Line Advance or similar notice believed by the Agent to be genuine and to assume that the persons executing and delivering the same were duly authorized unless the responsible individual acting thereon for the Agent shall have actual knowledge to the contrary. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received at least one Business Day’s prior written notice from the Requisite Lenders instructing it not to make a Swing Line Advance, the Swing Line Lender shall, notwithstanding the failure of any conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 , be entitled to fund such Swing Line Advance, and to have each lender make Revolving Credit Advances in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iii) or purchase participation interests in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iv) . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Swing Line Loan shall constitute a Base Rate Loan. Borrower shall repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loan upon demand therefor by Agent.

(ii) The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Swing Line Lender a promissory note to evidence the Swing Line Commitment. Such note shall be in the principal amount of the Swing Line Commitment of the Swing Line Lender, dated the Effective Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(b)(ii) (the “ Swing Line Note ”). The Swing Line Note shall represent the obligation of the Borrower to pay the amount of the Swing Line Commitment or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 1.4 . The entire unpaid balance of the Swing Line Loan and all other non-contingent Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Commitment Termination Date if not sooner paid in full.

(iii) The Swing Line Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, may, and shall on at least a weekly basis, on behalf of the Borrower (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so act on its behalf) request each Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) to make a Revolving Credit Advance to the Borrower (which shall be a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan (the “ Refunded Swing Line Loan ”) outstanding on the date such notice is given. Unless any of the events described in Sections 8.1(f) shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of Section 1.1(b)(iv) shall apply) and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied, each Lender shall disburse directly to the Agent, its Pro Rata Share of a Revolving Credit Advance on behalf of the Swing Line Lender, prior to 1:00 p.m. (California time), in immediately available funds on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately paid to the Swing Line Lender and applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loan.

 

4


(iv) If, prior to refunding the Swing Line Loan with a Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to Section 1.1(b)(iii) , one of the events described in Sections 8.1(f) shall have occurred, then, subject to the provisions of Section 1.1(b)(v) below, each Lender will, on the date such Revolving Credit Advance was to have been made for the benefit of the Borrower, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an undivided participation interest in the Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Swing Line Loan. Upon request, each Lender will promptly transfer to the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iii) and to purchase participation interests in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iv) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) any inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such participation interest is to be purchased; or (D) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Lender does not make available to the Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount required pursuant to Section 1.1(b)(iii) or 1.1(b)(iv) , as the case may be, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full at the Federal Funds Rate for the first two Business Days and at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans thereafter.

(c) The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Notice of Revolving Credit Advance, Notice of Conversion/Continuation or similar notice believed by the Agent to be genuine. The Agent may assume that each Person executing and delivering such a notice was duly authorized, unless the responsible individual acting thereon for the Agent has actual knowledge to the contrary. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower authorizes Agent and Lenders to extend, convert or continue Advances, effect selections of interest rates, and transfer funds to or on behalf of Borrower based on telephonic or e-mailed instructions. Borrower shall confirm each such request by prompt delivery to Agent of a Notice of Revolving Credit Advance, Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or Notice of Swing Line Advance, if applicable, but if it differs in any material respect from the action taken by Agent or Lenders, the records of Agent and Lenders shall govern. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability for any loss suffered by Borrower as a result of Agent or any Lender acting upon its understanding of telephonic or e-mailed instructions from a person believed in good faith by Agent or any Lender to be a person authorized to give such instructions on Borrower’s behalf.

SECTION 1.1A Letters of Credit . Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and in Annex J , Borrower shall have the right to request, and Lenders agree to incur, or purchase participations in, Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of Borrower.

 

5


SECTION 1.2. Repayment; Reduction or Termination of Commitment .

(a) The Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Agent, for the account of each Lender, the entire outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan, and the Revolving Credit Loan shall mature, on the Commitment Termination Date.

(b) In the event that the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan made to the Borrower shall at any time exceed the Borrowing Availability, subject to Section 1.1(a)(v), the Borrower shall immediately repay the Revolving Credit Advances made to the Borrower in the amount of such excess and, if after such repayment any excess remains because of the Letter of Credit Obligations, such repayment shall be accompanied by cash collateralization or other satisfaction of such Letter of Credit Obligations in accordance with Annex J . Any such excess balance described in the preceding sentence shall nevertheless constitute Obligations that are secured by the Collateral and entitled to all of the benefits thereof and of the Loan Documents and shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Overadvance made pursuant to Section 1.1(a)(v) shall be repaid in accordance with Section 1.1(a)(v) .

(c) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Agent, to permanently reduce (ratably among the Lenders) or terminate voluntarily the Revolving Credit Commitments (in whole or in part) without premium or penalty other than as provided in Section 1.4(e) ; provided that the Revolving Credit Commitments shall not be reduced to lower than $25,000,000, except in connection with a reduction to zero or a termination thereof. The aggregate amount of any such partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in integral multiples of $5,000,000 and to the extent, if any, that the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan then outstanding exceed the Maximum Amount at such time (after giving effect to such reduction in the Revolving Credit Commitments), such reduction shall be accompanied by (a) prepayment of the Revolving Credit Advances in the amount of such excess and, if after such prepayment any excess remains because of the Letter of Credit Obligations, such reduction shall be accompanied by cash collateralization or other satisfaction of such Letter of Credit Obligations in accordance with Annex J , in each case together with the payment of any fees, premiums, costs and charges required to be paid pursuant to Section 1.4(e) , and accrued interest on the amount so prepaid to the date of such prepayment. Upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower’s right to receive Revolving Credit Advances, or request that Letter of Credit Obligations be incurred on its behalf, or request Swing Line Advances shall terminate and the Borrower’s obligation to pay the Unused Facility Fee shall terminate, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Revolving Credit Note, the entire outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan shall be immediately due and payable. On the date of such termination, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent in immediately available funds all of its Obligations and any accrued and unpaid interest and in accordance with Annex J shall cash collateralize all Letter of Credit Obligations or otherwise satisfy such Letter of Credit Obligations.

(d) [Reserved].

 

6


(e) For the purposes of increasing the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower may from time to time request new or additional commitments (each, an “ Incremental Commitment ”) from one or more Lenders or other Persons consented to by the Agent pursuant to the Incremental Commitment Agreement (each such Person upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, an “ Incremental Lender ”) so long as (x) after giving effect to such Incremental Commitment, (A) the Revolving Credit Commitment shall not exceed $150,000,000, (B) each such Incremental Commitment is in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $10,000,000 in excess of such amount, and (C) the aggregate amount of all such Incremental Commitments hereunder shall not exceed $70,000,000, (y) the Agent shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice of the date on which such Incremental Commitment is requested to be effective (such date, an “ Incremental Commitment Date ”) and on such date, and (z) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or will occur after giving effect to such Incremental Commitment. No Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 1.2(e) shall be effective unless the Borrower delivers to the Agent an Incremental Commitment Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower and the related Incremental Lender and a certificate executed by an officer of the Borrower listed in Schedule 10.8 to the effect that the condition set forth in clause (z) above is satisfied. Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall be obligated to deliver or fund any Incremental Commitment pursuant hereto unless such Person becomes party to an Incremental Commitment Agreement as an Incremental Lender. On each Incremental Commitment Date, and as a condition to becoming a Lender hereunder, each Incremental Lender shall remit to the Agent Revolving Credit Advances in an amount necessary to ensure that after giving effect to such funding the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of all then outstanding Revolving Credit Advances. The Agent agrees to remit all amounts so received to each other Lender that is not providing any portion of the applicable Incremental Commitment in an amount necessary so that after giving effect to such distribution the aggregate amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances made by each Lender equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of all then outstanding Revolving Credit Advances.

(f) For so long as the provisions set forth in the second sentence of Section 6.26 are operative, within five (5) Business Days of receipt by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof of any Net Cash Proceeds of a sale, assignment or other disposition of assets or property, other than sales of assets permitted under 6.8(d) or 6.8(f) , the Borrower agrees to make a mandatory prepayment of the Advances in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds.

SECTION 1.3. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan for (i) the payment of costs and expenses of the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Receivables Funding Agreement that are payable by the Borrower, and (ii) general working capital and other corporate purposes of the Borrower not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower agrees that it shall not borrow any Revolving Credit Advances or Swing Line Advances except to fulfill its immediate cash needs for such purposes.

 

7


SECTION 1.4. Interest .

(a) The Borrower shall pay interest to the Agent for the account of each Lender on the aggregate outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Advances made to the Borrower from time to time from the date made until paid in full at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time or, at the election of the Borrower in accordance with Section 1.4(d), the applicable LIBOR Rate, in each case, plus the Applicable Margin. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender on the aggregate outstanding balance of the Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower from time to time from the date made until maturity at a per annum interest rate equal to the interest rate from time to time applicable to Base Rate Loans.

On the Effective Date, the Applicable Margins are as follows:

 

Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans

   0.00 %

Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans

   2.50 %

Applicable Margin for Letters of Credit

   2.50 %

The Applicable Margins may be adjusted by reference to the following grids:

 

If Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is:

   Level of
Applicable Margins:

< 1.45:1.00

   Level I

< 1.75:1.00 but ³ 1.45:1.00

   Level II

³ 1.75:1.00

   Level III

 

     Applicable Margins  
     Level I     Level II     Level III  

Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans

   0.50 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans

   2.75 %   2.50 %   2.25 %

Applicable Margin for Letters of Credit

   2.75 %   2.50 %   2.25 %

Adjustments in the Applicable Margins after the Effective Date shall be implemented quarterly on a prospective basis, for each calendar month commencing at least five (5) days after the date of delivery to Lenders of the quarterly unaudited or annual audited (as applicable) Financial Statements evidencing the need for an adjustment. Concurrently with the delivery of those Financial Statements, Borrower shall deliver to Agent and Lenders a certificate, signed by its chief financial officer, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the continuance of, or any change in, the Applicable Margins. Failure to timely deliver such Financial Statements shall, in addition to any other remedy provided for in this Agreement, result in an increase in the Applicable Margins to the highest level set

 

8


forth in the foregoing grid, until the date of delivery of those Financial Statements demonstrating that such an increase is not required. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any reduction in the Applicable Margins is to be implemented, that reduction shall be deferred until the first day of the first calendar month following the date on which such Event of Default is waived or cured. If, for any reason (including inaccurate reporting on financial statements or a Compliance Certificate), it is determined that a higher Applicable Margin should have applied to a period than was actually applied, then the proper margin shall be applied retroactively and the Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, promptly on demand therefor, an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest and fees that would have accrued using the proper margin and the amount actually paid.

(b) Interest on the Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower shall be payable by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of each Lender at the following times: (i) on each Interest Payment Date; (ii) on the date of any payment or prepayment of the principal of the Revolving Credit Advances or the Swing Line Advances (to the extent of the interest accrued and unpaid on such portion paid or prepaid); and (iii) if any interest accrues or remains payable after the Commitment Termination Date, upon demand. Any payment of principal of the Revolving Credit Advances or the Swing Line Advances due and payable on a day other than a Business Day shall be due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest shall be calculated by the Agent on a daily basis and on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, in each case for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate hereunder and each calculation of interest hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, at the election of the Agent (or upon the written request of the Requisite Lenders) confirmed by written notice from the Agent to the Borrower, (x) the interest rate applicable to the Letter of Credit Fees and principal on the Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances shall be increased to the Default Rate and (y) interest on interest and other Obligations (excluding principal on the Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances) in default shall be charged at the Default Rate and shall be payable on demand. Such increased interest rate or interest charge, as appropriate, or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate, shall commence to accrue on the date of the occurrence of the Default giving rise to such Event of Default.

(d) So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and subject to the additional conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 , the Borrower shall have the option to (i) request that any Revolving Credit Advances be made as a LIBOR Loan, (ii) convert at any time all or any part of outstanding Revolving Credit Advances from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans, (iii) convert any LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan, subject to payment of LIBOR breakage costs in accordance with Section 1.4(e) if such conversion is made prior to the expiration of the LIBOR Period applicable thereto, or (iv) continue all or any portion of any LIBOR Loan as a LIBOR Loan upon the expiration of the applicable LIBOR Period, and the succeeding LIBOR Period of that continued LIBOR Loan shall commence on the last day of the LIBOR Period of the LIBOR Loan to be continued. Any portion of the Revolving Credit Advances to be made or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan must be in a minimum

 

9


amount of $2,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of such amount. Any such election must be made by 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the third (3rd) Business Day prior to (1) the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance which is to bear interest at the LIBOR Rate, (2) the end of each LIBOR Period with respect to any LIBOR Loans to be continued as such, or (3) the date on which the Borrower wishes to convert any Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan for a LIBOR Period designated by the Borrower in such election. If no election is received with respect to a LIBOR Loan by 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the end of the LIBOR Period with respect thereto (or if a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the additional conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 shall not have been satisfied), that LIBOR Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of its LIBOR Period. The Borrower must make such election by notice to the Agent in writing, by telecopy or overnight courier (or such other notice method as approved by Agent in its sole discretion). In the case of any conversion or continuation, such election must be made pursuant to a written notice (a “ Notice of Conversion/Continuation ”) in the form of Exhibit 1.4(d) (or in such other form or by such other notice method as approved by Agent in its sole discretion).

(e) To induce the Lenders to provide the LIBOR Rate option on the terms provided herein, if (i) any LIBOR Loans are repaid in whole or in part prior to the last day of any applicable LIBOR Period (whether that repayment is made pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or is the result of acceleration, by operation of law or otherwise); (ii) the Borrower shall default in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any LIBOR Loan; (iii) the Borrower shall default in making any borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of LIBOR Loans after the Borrower has given notice requesting the same in accordance herewith; or (iv) the Borrower shall fail to make any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Lender from and against all losses, costs and expenses resulting from or arising from any of the foregoing. Such indemnification shall include any loss (including loss of margin) or expense arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it or from fees payable to terminate deposits from which such funds were obtained. For the purpose of calculating amounts payable to a Lender under this subsection, each Lender shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant LIBOR Loan through the purchase of a deposit bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that LIBOR Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided , however , that each Lender may fund each of its LIBOR Loans in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the calculation of amounts payable under this subsection. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Revolving Credit Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder. As promptly as practicable under the circumstances, each Lender shall provide the Borrower with its written calculation of all amounts payable pursuant to this Section 1.4(e) , and such calculation shall be binding on the parties hereto unless the Borrower shall object in writing within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof, specifying the basis for such objection in detail.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 1.4 , if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final order that the rate of interest payable hereunder exceeds the highest rate of interest permissible under law (the “ Maximum Lawful Rate ”), then so long as the Maximum Lawful Rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable hereunder shall be equal

 

10


to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided , however , that if at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, the Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, is equal to the total interest which would have been received had the interest rate payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Thereafter, interest hereunder shall be paid at the rate(s) of interest and in the manner provided in Sections 1.4(a) through (e)  above, unless and until the rate of interest again exceeds the Maximum Lawful Rate, and at that time this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount which such Lender could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. If the Maximum Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.4(f) , a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that a Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, the Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess in the order specified in Section 1.9 and thereafter shall refund any excess to the Borrower or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order.

SECTION 1.5. Eligible Inventory; Eligible Receivables .

(a) Based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and on other information available to the Agent, the Agent shall in its Credit Judgment determine which Inventory of the Borrower shall be deemed to be “ Eligible Inventory ” of the Borrower for purposes of determining the amounts, if any, to be advanced to the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan. Without limiting the foregoing, Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory of the Borrower:

(i) that is not owned by the Borrower free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person (including the rights of a purchaser that has made progress payments and the rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure the Borrower’s performance with respect to that Inventory), except the Liens in favor of the Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders;

(ii) that is (i) not located on premises owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or (ii) stored with a bailee, warehouseman or similar Person, unless, commencing ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, either, at Borrower’s election, (x) a satisfactory bailee letter or landlord waiver has been delivered to the Agent, or (y) Reserves satisfactory to the Agent have been established with respect thereto, or (iii) located at any site if the aggregate book value of Inventory at any such location is less than $100,000;

(iii) that is placed on consignment, is in transit or is otherwise not located on premises owned, leased or operated by the Borrower;

(iv) that is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document and evidence of acceptable insurance covering such Inventory have been delivered to the Agent;

 

11


(v) that in the Agent’s reasonable determination, is excess, obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, seconds, damaged, imperfect or unfit for sale;

(vi) that consists of display items, promotional materials, packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies, work-in-process Inventory or replacement parts;

(vii) that consists of goods which have been returned by the buyer;

(viii) that is not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business;

(ix) that consists of discontinued or slow-moving items (over 90 days old), goods of substandard quality or goods classified as “clearance inventory”;

(x) that is bill-and-hold inventory or that is evidenced by an account;

(xi) as to which the Agent’s Lien, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, therein is not a first priority perfected Lien;

(xii) as to which any of the representations or warranties pertaining to Inventory set forth in this Agreement or the Borrower Security Agreement is untrue;

(xiii) that consists of any costs associated with “freight-in” charges;

(xiv) that consists of Hazardous Materials or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available;

(xv) that is not covered by casualty insurance acceptable to the Agent; or

(xvi) that is (i) Cisco Inventory, (ii) Dell Inventory, (iii) Hewlett Packard Inventory, (iv) Lenovo Inventory, or (v) IBM Inventory.

(b) Eligible Receivables . Agent shall in its Credit Judgment determine which Accounts of Borrower shall be deemed Eligible Receivables. Without limiting the foregoing, Eligible Receivables shall not include any Accounts of Borrower which do not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligible Receivables.

SECTION 1.6. Fees . As compensation for the Agent’s and the Lenders’ costs, skills, services and efforts incurred and expended in making the Revolving Credit Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for its own account or the account of the Lenders, as the case may be, the Letter of Credit Fee as provided in Annex J and the fees set forth in Annex D .

SECTION 1.7. Cash Management System . On or prior to the Effective Date, the Borrower and each other Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than SFC) will establish and maintain until the Termination Date, the cash management system described in Annex B .

 

12


SECTION 1.8. Receipt of Payments . The Borrower shall make each payment under this Agreement not later than noon (California time) on the day when due in Dollars in immediately available funds to the Collection Account. Payments received after noon (California time) on any Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day. For the purposes of computing interest and Fees and determining the Borrowing Availability as of any date: (i) all payments (including cash sweeps) consisting of cash, wire, or electronic transfers in immediately available funds shall be deemed received by the Agent upon deposit in the Collection Account; and (ii) all payments consisting of checks, drafts, or similar non-cash items shall be deemed received upon receipt of good funds following deposit in the Collection Account. Subject to Section 9.9(a)(ii) , each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any Revolving Credit Note or Swing Line Note for the account of any Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, shall be paid by the Agent promptly to such Lender, in the same funds received, for application to the Revolving Credit Loan, Swing Line Loan or other obligation in respect of which such payment is made.

SECTION 1.9. Application and Allocation of Payments . The Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times hereafter received from or on behalf of the Borrower, and the Borrower irrevocably agrees that the Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply any and all such payments against the then due and payable Obligations and in repayment of the Revolving Credit Advances as the Lenders may deem advisable. In the absence of a specific determination by the Agent with respect thereto or unless otherwise expressly provided herein, payments shall be applied in the following order: (a) to then due and payable Fees, expenses and other Obligations (including Revolving Credit Advances made by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent) owing by the Borrower to the Agent; (b) to then due and payable interest payments on the Swing Line Loan owing by the Borrower; (c) to then due and payable principal payments on the Swing Line Loan owing by the Borrower; (d) to then due and payable interest payments on the Revolving Credit Loan (to include the Letter of Credit Fees), ratably in proportion to the interest accrued as to the Revolving Credit Loan; (e) to then due and payable principal payments on the Revolving Credit Loan owing by the Borrower and to provide for cash collateral for Letter of Credit Obligations in the manner described in Annex J , ratably to the aggregate, combined principal balance of the Revolving Credit Advances and outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations; and (f) to any other Obligations to the Lenders owing by the Borrower; provided that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing or after the acceleration of the Obligations (by operation of law or otherwise), such payments shall be applied to the Obligations in the manner and order described in Section 8.4 . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if after making all of the payments referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, there shall remain with the Agent any excess monies received from or on behalf of the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly return same to the Borrower by depositing such amount into a Disbursement Account of the Borrower (or as required by law); provided that if at such time there shall exist an Event of Default (and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing), the Agent may retain such excess monies as cash collateral for any outstanding Obligations. The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, is authorized to, and at its option may, make or cause to be made Revolving Credit Advances by the Lenders on behalf of the Borrower for payment of any or all Fees, expenses, charges, costs, principal, interest, or other Obligations then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, even if the making of such Revolving Credit Advance causes the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loan to exceed the Borrowing Availability, in which case the

 

13


terms of Section 1.2(b) shall apply. In addition, if Borrower establishes a controlled disbursement account with Agent or any Affiliate of Agent, then the presentation for payment of any check or other item of payment drawn on such account at a time when there are insufficient funds to cover it shall be deemed to be a request for Revolving Credit Advances (which shall be Base Rate Loans) on the date of such presentation, in the amount of the check and items presented for payment. The proceeds of such Revolver Credit Advances may be disbursed directly to the controlled disbursement account or other appropriate account.

SECTION 1.10. Lenders’ Additional Rights .

(a) The Borrower agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of setoff, banker’s lien or counterclaim a Lender may otherwise have, each Lender shall be entitled, at its option (but subject, as between the Lenders, to the provisions of Section 9.9(f)) , to offset balances held by such Lender or its Affiliates for the account of the Borrower at any of its or its Affiliates offices, in Dollars or in any other currency, against any principal of or interest on any of such Lender’s pro rata portion of the Revolving Credit Loan or any other amount payable to such Lender hereunder, that is not paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Borrower), in which case such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent thereof; provided , that such Lender’s failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity thereof.

(b) Nothing contained herein shall require the Agent and/or the Lenders to exercise any right as against the Borrower as described in this Section 1.10 or shall affect the right of the Agent and/or the Lenders to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower.

SECTION 1.11. Accounting . The Agent will provide a monthly accounting of transactions under the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan to the Borrower. Each and every such accounting shall (absent manifest error) be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon the Borrower in all respects as to all matters reflected therein, unless the Borrower, within sixty (60) days after the date any such accounting is rendered, shall notify the Agent in writing of any objection which the Borrower may have to any such accounting, describing the basis for such objection with specificity. In that event, only those items (the “ disputed items ”) expressly objected to in such notice shall be deemed to be disputed by the Borrower. The Agent’s determination in good faith, based upon the facts available, of any disputed item shall (absent manifest error) be final, binding and conclusive on the Borrower.

SECTION 1.12. Indemnity .

(a) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Agent, each Lender, and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), harmless from and against any and all suits, actions, costs, fines, deficiencies, penalties, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigations or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal) (each, a “ Claim ”) which may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, credit having been extended under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the use or intended use of proceeds of Revolving Credit Advances or

 

14


Swing Line Advances, or otherwise arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, including any and all Environmental Liabilities and Costs and regardless of whether the Indemnified Person is a party to such Claim; provided , that the Borrower shall not be liable for any indemnification to such Indemnified Person with respect to (x) any portion of any such Claim which results from such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) any portion of such Claim which arises solely out of or in connection with a dispute between such Indemnified Person and one or more other Indemnified Persons. NEITHER THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY OTHER INDEMNIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF CREDIT HAVING BEEN EXTENDED UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE USE OR INTENDED USE OF PROCEEDS OF REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCES OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The foregoing provision in favor of any Indemnified Person shall be in addition to any rights that such Indemnified Person may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.

In any suit, proceeding or action brought by the Agent or the Lenders relating to any Collateral for any sum owing hereunder, or to enforce any provision of any Collateral, the Borrower shall save, indemnify and keep the Agent and the Lenders harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction of liability whatsoever of the obligor thereunder arising out of a breach by the Borrower of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing to, or in favor of, such obligor or its successors from the Borrower, all such obligations of the Borrower shall be and remain enforceable against, and only against, the Borrower and shall not be enforceable against the Agent or any Lender.

(b) The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Agent nor any Lender (as of the date hereof) (i) is now or has ever been in control of any of the Real Property or the affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or (ii) has the capacity through the provisions of the Loan Documents to influence the conduct of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof with respect to the ownership, operation or management of any of the Real Property.

SECTION 1.13. Access . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) (a) provide access to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) and any of its officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents, to the properties and facilities of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries, (b) permit the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) and any of its officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents to inspect, audit and make extracts from all of the Borrower’s and its Domestic Subsidiaries’ records, files and books of account, (c) permit the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) or any representatives, consultants or agents of the Agent to inspect, review and evaluate the Collateral, and (d) make available to the Agent and its counsel, as quickly as practicable under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books, records, board minutes, contracts, insurance policies,

 

15


environmental audits, business plans, files, financial statements (actual and pro forma ), filings with federal, state and local and foreign regulatory agencies, and other instruments and documents which the Agent may reasonably request in order to assure that the Borrower is in compliance with its obligations under the Loan Documents, to ascertain and/or verify the business, operations and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or to audit, inspect, verify, protect, preserve or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral; provided , that unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or the Agent (acting in good faith) has reason to believe that a Default or Event of Default is imminent, such audits shall be upon reasonable notice and shall be conducted during normal business hours (it being understood and agreed that the Agent will make a good faith effort to schedule any such audits concurrently with audits under the analogous provisions of the Receivables Funding Documents). The Borrower agrees to render to the Agent and its representatives, consultants and agents at the Borrower’s cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested in connection with the exercise of the Agent’s rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence. The Borrower shall also deliver any document or instrument necessary for the Agent as it may from time to time request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person which maintains records for the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and disks owned by the Borrower. The Agent shall conduct a field examination of the Borrower, its books and records, and the Collateral at least twice per calendar year, unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree.

SECTION 1.14. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder or under any Note or other Loan Document, shall be made, in accordance with this Section 1.14 , free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all present or future Taxes. If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note or other Loan Document to the Agent or any Lender, as applicable, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 1.14 ), the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and withholdings, and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future intangible personal property, stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other matter contemplated by this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and pay, within ten (10) days of demand therefor, the Agent or any Lender, as applicable, for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 1.14 ) paid by the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.

 

16


(d) Within thirty (30) days after the date of any such payment of Taxes or Other Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent or any Lender, as applicable, at its address referred to in Section 10.9 , the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 1.14 shall survive the Termination Date.

(f) Each Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ Foreign Lender ”) as to which payments to be made under this Agreement or under the Notes are exempt from United States withholding tax under an applicable statute or tax treaty shall provide to Borrower and Agent a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN or other applicable form, certificate or document prescribed by the IRS or the United States certifying as to such Foreign Lender’s entitlement to such exemption (a “ Certificate of Exemption ”). Any foreign Person that seeks to become a Lender under this Agreement shall provide a Certificate of Exemption to Borrower and Agent prior to becoming a Lender hereunder. No foreign Person may become a Lender hereunder if such Person fails to deliver a Certificate of Exemption in advance of becoming a Lender.

SECTION 1.15. Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality .

(a) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption after the date hereof of any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi-governmental) rule, regulation, guideline or order regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements or compliance by such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority increases or would have the effect of increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be maintained by such Lender (excluding with respect to LIBOR Loans any such requirement included in the calculation of the LIBOR Rate) and thereby reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, then the Borrower shall from time to time upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent) pay to the Agent, for the account of such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such reduction. A certificate as to the amount of that reduction and showing the basis of the computation thereof submitted by such Lender to the Borrower and to the Agent shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

(b) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, effective after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Loan, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower and to the Agent

 

17


by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower for all purposes, absent manifest error. Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it becomes aware of any circumstances referred to above which would result in any such increased cost, the affected Lender shall, to the extent not inconsistent with such Lender’s internal policies of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs and expenses incurred by it and payable to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 1.15(b) .

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan, then, unless that Lender is able to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such LIBOR Loan at another branch or office of that Lender without, in that Lender’s opinion, adversely affecting it or its Revolving Credit Advances or the income obtained therefrom, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to the Borrower through the Agent, (i) the obligation of such Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans shall terminate and (ii) the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full all outstanding LIBOR Loans owing to such Lender, together with interest accrued thereon, unless the Borrower, within five (5) Business Days after the delivery of such notice and demand, converts all such LIBOR Loans into a Base Rate Loan.

(d) Replacement or Prepayment of Lender in Respect of Increased Costs . Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Borrower of written notice and demand from any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”) for payment of additional amounts or increased costs as provided in Section 1.14(a) , 1.15(a) or 1.15(b) , the Borrower may, at its option, notify the Agent and such Affected Lender of its intention to replace or prepay in full the Affected Lender. So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower, with the consent of the Agent, may obtain, at the Borrower’s expense, a replacement Lender (“ Replacement Lender ”) for the Affected Lender, which Replacement Lender must be satisfactory to the Agent in its reasonable discretion. If the Borrower obtains a Replacement Lender within ninety (90) days following notice of its intention to do so, the Affected Lender must sell and assign its Revolving Credit Advances and Revolving Credit Commitment to such Replacement Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Revolving Credit Advances held by the Affected Lender and all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of such sale, provided that the Borrower shall have reimbursed the Affected Lender for the additional amounts or increased costs that it is entitled to receive under this Agreement through the date of such sale and assignment, including, without limitation, all amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.4(e) . Alternatively, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, within ninety (90) days following notice of its intention to do so, prepay the principal balance of all Revolving Credit Advances held by the Affected Lender and pay all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of such repayment, provided that the Borrower shall have reimbursed the Affected Lender for the additional amounts or increased costs that it is entitled to receive under this Agreement through the date of such prepayment, including, without

 

18


limitation, all amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.4(e) , and provided further that, effective upon the date of such prepayment, the Affected Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment shall automatically be terminated in its entirety and the Maximum Amount and the aggregate amount of the Commitments shall be adjusted accordingly.

(e) Unavailability of Rates . If the Requisite Lenders determine that, for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Rate for any requested LIBOR Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Loan, or that the LIBOR Rate applicable pursuant to Section 1.4(a) for any requested LIBOR Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such LIBOR Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBOR Loans hereunder shall be suspended until the Agent, upon the instruction of the Requisite Lenders, revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any Notice of Revolving Credit Advance or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the Borrower does not revoke such notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Advances, as proposed by the Borrower, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by the Borrower, but such Advances shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of LIBOR Loans.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not have the right to obtain a Replacement Lender or prepay the Affected Lender if the Affected Lender rescinds its demand for increased costs or additional amounts within fifteen (15) days following its receipt of the Borrower’s notice of intention to replace or prepay such Affected Lender. Furthermore, if the Borrower gives a notice of intention to replace or prepay and does not so replace or prepay such Affected Lender within ninety (90) days thereafter, the Borrower’s rights under this Section 1.15(d) shall terminate and the Borrower shall promptly pay all increased costs or additional amounts demanded by such Affected Lender pursuant to Sections 1.14(a) , 1.15(a) and 1.15(b) .

SECTION 1.16. Single Loan . All Advances to the Borrower and all of the other Obligations of the Borrower arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute one general obligation of the Borrower secured, until the Termination Date, by all of the Collateral.

SECTION 1.17. Pro Rata Treatment . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (a) each Revolving Credit Advance shall be incurred and made by the Lenders pro rata according to the amounts of their respective ratable portions of the Revolving Credit Commitments; (b) each payment or prepayment of principal of the Revolving Credit Loan by the Borrower shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Revolving Credit Loan held by the Lenders; (c) each payment of interest on the Revolving Credit Loan by the Borrower shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on the Revolving Credit Loan then due and payable to each Lender; (d) each payment of Unused Facility Fees shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders pro rata according to the amounts of their respective Revolving Credit Commitments; and (e) each payment of Letter of Credit Fees or provision of cash collateral for Letter of Credit Obligations shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, pro rata , according to the amounts of their respective Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

19


SECTION 1.18. Bank Products . The Borrower may request and the Agent or any Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, arrange for the Borrower to obtain from the Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, Bank Products although the Borrower is not required to do so. If Bank Products are provided by an Affiliate of the Agent or a Lender in reliance on an indemnity from the Agent or such Lender (to the extent such indemnity is approved in writing by the Borrower), the Borrower agrees to pay the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, all costs and obligations owing by the Agent or such Lender which arise from any such indemnity given by the Agent or such Lender to its Affiliates related to such Bank Products; provided , however , nothing herein shall limit the Borrower’s rights against the Agent or such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that arise under any documents relating to such Bank Products. This Section 1.18 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 1.19. Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent . Unless the Agent shall have been notified by a Lender or by the Borrower (in either case, a “Payor”) prior to the date on which such Payor is to make payment to the Agent of (in the case of a Lender) the proceeds of a Revolving Credit Advance to be made by such Lender hereunder or (in the case of the Borrower) a payment to the Agent for account of one or more of the Lenders hereunder (such payment being herein called the “ Required Payment ”), which notice shall be effective upon receipt by the Agent, that such Payor does not intend to make the Required Payment to the Agent, the Agent may assume that the Required Payment has been made and may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make the amount thereof available to the intended recipient(s) on such date; and, if such Payor has not in fact made the Required Payment to the Agent, the recipient(s) of such payment shall, on demand, repay to the Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date (the “ Advance Date ”) such amount was so made available by the Agent until the date the Agent recovers such amount, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans or, if the Payor is a Lender, the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time and, if such recipient(s) shall fail promptly to make such payment, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount, on demand, from such Payor, together with interest as aforesaid; provided that if neither the recipient(s) nor such Payor shall return or make, as appropriate, the Required Payment to the Agent within three (3) Business Days of the Advance Date, then, retroactively to the Advance Date, such Payor and the recipient(s) shall each be obligated to pay interest on the Required Payment (without duplication) as follows:

(a) if the Required Payment shall represent a payment to be made by the Borrower to the Lenders, the Borrower and the recipient(s) shall (without duplication) each be obligated retroactively to the Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment at the Default Rate (and, in case the recipient(s) shall return the Required Payment to the Agent, without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to pay interest to such recipient(s) at the Default Rate in respect of the Required Payment); and

(b) if the Required Payment shall represent proceeds of a Revolving Credit Advance to be made by the Lenders to the Borrower, such Payor and the Borrower shall (without duplication) each be obligated retroactively to the Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment at the rate of interest provided for such Required Payment pursuant hereto (and, in case the Borrower shall return the Required Payment to the Agent, without limiting any claim the Borrower may have against the Payor in respect of the Required Payment).

 

20


Nothing in this Section 1.19 or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to require the Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

ARTICLE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 2.1. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when, and only when, the following conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent:

(a) This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, the Borrower, the Agent and each Lender.

(b) The Agent and the Lenders shall have received such documents, instruments, certificates, opinions and agreements as the Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including in any event all documents, instruments, agreements and other materials listed in the Schedule of Closing Documents attached as Annex C hereto, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(c) The Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

(d) As of the Effective Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have satisfied such other conditions precedent as the Agent shall have reasonably required.

SECTION 2.2. Conditions to Each Advance and Letter of Credit . It shall be a condition to the funding of each Advance or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligation hereunder, or the conversion or continuation of any Revolving Credit Loan that the following statements shall be true on the date of each such funding, advance or incurrence, as the case may be:

(a) The Borrower’s representations and warranties contained herein or in any of the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date and the date on which each such Advance is made or Letter of Credit Obligation is incurred, as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date and except for changes therein permitted or contemplated by this Agreement and Agent and Requisite Lenders have determined not to make such Advance, convert or continue the Revolving Credit Advances or incur such Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of the fact that such warranty or representation is untrue or incorrect.

 

21


(b) No event shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the making of any such Advance or incurrence of Letter of Credit Obligations, which constitutes or would constitute a Default or an Event of Default and Agent or Requisite Lenders shall have determined not to make any Advance, convert or continue the Revolving Credit Advances or incur such Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of that Default or Event of Default.

(c) After giving effect to any such Advance or Letter of Credit Obligations, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations made to the Borrower shall not exceed the Borrowing Availability and there shall be no requirement under Section 1.2(b) to prepay any Revolving Credit Loan, the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower shall not exceed the Swing Line Availability, and the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the L/C Sublimit.

(d) No event or circumstance having a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred which shall not have been cured or waived in writing by the Requisite Lenders.

(e) All legal matters incident to the making of such Advance shall have been satisfied as of such date to the satisfaction of the Agent.

The request and acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of any Advance, the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations or the conversion or continuation of any Revolving Credit Advance shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date of such request or acceptance, (i) a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions in this Section 2.2 have been satisfied and (ii) a confirmation by the Borrower of the granting and continuance of the Agent’s Liens, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders (which representations and warranties shall be made on the Effective Date and made or deemed made at such other times as provided hereunder (including, without limitation, as provided in Section 2.2 )) that:

SECTION 3.1. Existence; Compliance with Law . The Borrower and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified (except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage, operate and convey all of its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now or proposed to be conducted, and to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Loan Documents to

 

22


which they are parties and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; (c) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct (except where the failure to have such licenses, permits, consents or approvals or make such filings or give such notices would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (d) is in compliance with its articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws and other organizational documents; and (e) is in compliance with all applicable provisions of law (except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect).

SECTION 3.2. Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names . As of the Effective Date, the current locations of each Credit Party’s executive office and all warehouses and premises within which any Collateral is stored or located are set forth in Schedule 3.2 and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.2, such locations have not changed during the preceding twelve months. In addition, Schedule 3.2 lists the federal employer identification number of each Credit Party.

SECTION 3.3. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the creation by such Credit Party of all Liens provided for herein and therein: (a) are within such Credit Party’s corporate power; (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action; (c) do not contravene or cause such Credit Party to be in default under (i) any provision of such Credit Party’s articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any contractual restriction contained in any indenture (other than the Convertible Senior Notes), loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note or other agreement or instrument binding on or affecting such Credit Party or its property, or (iii) any law, rule, regulation, order, license requirement, writ, judgment, award, injunction, or decree applicable to, binding on or affecting such Credit Party or its property; (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of such Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof other than those in favor of the Agent or any Lender, all pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (e) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those referred to in Section 2.1(d) , all of which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Effective Date and which are in full force and effect. At or prior to the Effective Date, each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered for the benefit of or on behalf of the Credit Party intended to be party thereto and each shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to (A) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and (B) general equitable principles, whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity.

SECTION 3.4. Financial Statements and Projections . The Borrower has delivered the Financials and Projections identified in Schedule 3.4 (which Projections are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.4 ), and each of such Financials and Projections complies with the description thereof contained in Schedule 3.4 .

 

23


SECTION 3.5. No Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5 , no action, claim or proceeding is now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, at law, in equity or otherwise, before any Governmental Authority (a) which challenges any such Person’s right, power, or competence to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Documents, or the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any action taken thereunder, or (b) which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, there does not exist a state of facts which is reasonably likely to give rise to such proceedings. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5 , the Borrower is not a party to any consent decree.

SECTION 3.6. Taxes . Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.6 , all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns (Form 1120-S) required to be filed by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof, have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges and other impositions shown thereon to be due and payable (other than Charges or other impositions which the Borrower is diligently contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, in respect of which no final unappealable order has been made against the Borrower, and with respect to which the Borrower is maintaining adequate reserves under GAAP) have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof, or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid. The Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary thereof has paid when due and payable all material Charges required to be paid by it. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary thereof from its employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local and foreign law and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Schedule 3.6 sets forth those taxable years for which any of the tax returns of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority; and any assessments or threatened assessments in connection with such audit or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described in Schedule 3.6 , neither the Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary thereof has executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. Neither the Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary thereof has agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC Section 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise. Neither the Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary thereof has any obligation under any written tax sharing agreement except as described in Schedule 3.6 .

SECTION 3.7. Material Adverse Change . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7 , as of the Effective Date, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof has any material obligations, contingent liabilities, or liabilities for Charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments which are not reflected in the audited November 30, 2007 consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including all footnote disclosures thereto), except for those which were incurred or entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7 , since November 30, 2007, no event has occurred which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24


SECTION 3.8. Ownership of Property; Liens . The real estate listed in Schedule 3.8 constitutes all of the Real Property owned, leased or used in the Borrower’s and its Domestic Subsidiaries’ business. The Borrower and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries holds (a) good and marketable fee simple title to all Real Property owned by it and described in Schedule 3.8 , (b) valid and marketable leasehold interests in all of such Person’s Leases (both as lessor and lessee, sublessee or assignee) described in Schedule 3.8 , and (c) good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its assets identified as Eligible Inventory, and (d) good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its other properties and assets, except, with respect to the title and leasehold interests referred to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (d), where the failure to so hold such title or leasehold interests could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the properties and assets of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries are subject to any Liens, except Liens permitted by Section 6.7 . The Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries have received all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and recognition or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to all such real estate and other assets or property, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in Schedule 3.8 , (a) and except for monetary obligations the subject of a Permitted Protest, neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is in default of its monetary obligations thereunder or has delivered or received any notice of default under any such Lease with respect to any monetary obligations, and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under any such Lease with respect to any monetary obligations; and (b) no portion of any Real Property owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has suffered any material damage by fire or other casualty loss which has either (i) not heretofore been repaired and restored to good operating condition, or (ii) could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material permits required to have been issued or appropriate to enable the Real Property to be lawfully occupied and used for all of the purposes for which they are currently occupied and used, have been (or will be when required under Applicable Law) lawfully issued and are in (or will be when required under Applicable Law) full force and effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries owns any tangible real or personal property located outside the United States.

SECTION 3.9. Restrictions; No Default; Material Contracts . No contract, lease, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound or affected and no provision of any charter, corporate restriction, applicable law or governmental regulation has resulted in or will result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is in default and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, no third party is in default, under or with respect to any material instrument, document or agreement evidencing, creating, guaranteeing or governing Debt in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000, or Guaranteed Debt of Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, or any Material Contract. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. F or purposes of this Agreement, “Material Contracts” shall mean all contracts, agreements, leases and other instruments between the Borrower, or any Subsidiary thereof, and any Person which are from time to time filed or required to be filed on any regular, periodic or special report filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor). The Borrower and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries is in compliance with (i) all material license agreements to which it is a party or bound by, and (ii) the terms and conditions of its insurance coverage and policies therefor.

 

25


SECTION 3.10. Labor Matters . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 , there are no material strikes or other labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries that are pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened which could have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters which could have a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 , neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has any material obligation under any collective bargaining agreement, management agreement, or any employment agreement, and a correct and complete copy of each agreement listed on Schedule 3.10 has been provided to the Agent. There is no material organizing activity involving the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by any labor union or group of employees. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5 , there are no representation proceedings pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened with the National Labor Relations Board or any similar Governmental Authority, and no labor organization or group of employees of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has made a pending demand for recognition, and there are no material complaints or charges against the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries pending or threatened to be filed with any federal, state, local or foreign court, governmental agency or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries of any individual, which proceedings, demands, complaints or charges could have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11. Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Debt . On the Effective Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Subsidiaries other than those Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.11 and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 , on the Effective Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person or has any equity interest in any other Person. On the Effective Date, the Stock of the Borrower and of any Subsidiary thereof owned by each of the stockholders thereof named or described in Schedule 3.11 constitutes all of the issued and outstanding Stock of such Persons and all such Stock is duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Schedule 3.11 lists the name of each Subsidiary of the Borrower, its jurisdiction of organization, the number of authorized and outstanding shares or interest of Stock of such Subsidiary and the owners of such Stock as of the Effective Date. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 and except for (i) the Convertible Senior Notes and (ii) stock options issued after the Effective Date pursuant to the Borrower’s stock option plans set forth on Schedule 3.14 , there are no outstanding rights to purchase stock, options, warrants or similar rights, agreements or plans pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to issue, sell or purchase any Stock or other equity security. Schedule 3.11 lists all Debt of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date, other than any such Debt consisting of any Letters of Credit, any other letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary by Bank of America, or any unsecured Debt in an aggregate amount for all such unsecured Debt that is less than $10,000,000. On and as

 

26


of the Effective Date, the aggregate amount of all Investments maintained by Borrower outside of the Borrower’s securities accounts pursuant to the Borrower’s unqualified deferred compensation arrangements does not exceed $150,000.

SECTION 3.12. Government Regulation . Neither the Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary thereof (a) is an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or any other federal or state or foreign statute that restricts or limits such Person’s ability to incur Debt, pledge its assets, or to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and, with respect to the Borrower, the making of the Advances by the Lenders, the incurrence of Letter of Credit Obligations on behalf of the Borrower, the application of the proceeds and repayment thereof by the Borrower, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, will not constitute a violation by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof (or to the knowledge of the Borrower, by any other Person) of any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SECTION 3.13. Margin Regulations . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of any Revolving Credit Advance will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof will take or permit to be taken any action which might cause any Loan Document or any document or instrument delivered pursuant hereto or thereto to violate any regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board.

SECTION 3.14. ERISA .

(a) Schedule 3.14 lists all Plans maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate, and separately identifies the Title IV Plans, Multi-employer Plans, multiple employer plans subject to Section 4064 of ERISA, nonqualified or unfunded Pension Plans, Welfare Plans and Retiree Welfare Plans. Each Qualified Plan and all amendments thereto for which the remedial amendment period (within the meaning of section 401(b) of the IRC and applicable regulations) has expired are covered by a favorable determination letter or (in the case of a prototype plan) a favorable opinion letter issued by the IRS. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.14 , to the knowledge of the Borrower, the Qualified Plans continue to qualify under Section 401 of the IRC, the trusts created thereunder continue to be exempt from tax under the provisions of IRC Section 501(a), and nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification or tax-exempt status. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.14 , to the knowledge of the Borrower, each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC, including the filing of all reports required under the IRC or ERISA which are true and correct as of the date filed, and all required contributions and benefits have been paid in accordance with the provisions of each such Plan. Neither the Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary thereof nor any ERISA Affiliate, with respect to any Qualified Plan, has failed to make any contribution or pay any amount due as required by IRC Section 412 or Section 302 of ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 , with respect to all

 

27


Retiree Welfare Plans, the present value of future anticipated expenses pursuant to the latest actuarial projections of liabilities does not exceed $300,000; with respect to Pension Plans, other than Qualified Plans and the unfunded Pension Plans listed in Schedule 3.14 , the present value of the liabilities for current participants thereunder using interest assumptions described in IRC Section 411(a)(ii) does not exceed $300,000. Neither the Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary thereof or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a prohibited transaction, as defined in IRC Section 4975 or Section 406 of ERISA, in connection with any Plan which would subject the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof (after giving effect to any exemption) to a material tax on prohibited transactions imposed by IRC Section 4975 or any other material liability.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14 : (i) no Title IV Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (ii) no ERISA Event or event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title IV Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which in either case would be material; (iii) there are no pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, material threatened, claims, actions or lawsuits (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), asserted or instituted against (x) any Plan or its assets, (y) any fiduciary with respect to any Plan or (z) the Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Plan; (iv) neither the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any Withdrawal Liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 of ERISA as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multi-employer Plan; (v) within the last five (5) years neither the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction which resulted in a Title IV Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities being transferred outside of the “controlled group” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of any such entity; (vi) no Plan which is a Retiree Welfare Plan provides for continuing benefits or coverage for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after the last day of the month during which such participant’s termination of employment (except as may be required by IRC Section 4980B and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant); (vii) the Borrower, each Domestic Subsidiary thereof and each ERISA Affiliate have materially complied with the notice and continuation coverage requirements of IRC Section 4980B and the proposed or final regulations thereunder; and (viii) no liability under any Plan has been funded, nor has such obligation been satisfied with, the purchase of a contract from an insurance company that is not rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service and the equivalent by each other nationally recognized rating agency.

SECTION 3.15. Brokers . No broker or finder acting on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the credit extended pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection herewith or therewith.

SECTION 3.16. Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.16 , on the Effective Date, and thereafter, as of the end of each first and third Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, the Borrower and each of its Domestic

 

28


Subsidiaries owns all licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trademark applications and trade names which are necessary to continue to conduct its business as heretofore conducted by it, now conducted by it and proposed to be conducted by it, each of which is listed, together with United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office application or registration numbers (or similar information for foreign registration or applications), where applicable, in Schedule 3.16 , and will be updated by the Borrower to reflect any change therein at the end of each first and third Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries conducts business without infringement or claim of infringement of any license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right of others, except where such infringement or claim of infringement, individually or in the aggregate, could not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 , to the Borrower’s knowledge, there is no infringement or claim of infringement by others of any material license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, except where such infringement or claim of infringement, individually or in the aggregate, could not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.17. Full Disclosure . No information contained in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Financials or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, which has previously been delivered to the Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. All business plans and other forecasts and projections (including the Projections) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower and made available to the Agent or any Lender relating to the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof were prepared in good faith on the basis of the facts and assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Borrower’s reasonable estimate of its plans, forecasts or projections, as applicable, based on the information available at the time (it being acknowledged that actual results may vary, and such variations may be material).

SECTION 3.18. Hazardous Materials . Except in the case of routine operations in the ordinary course of business in compliance with applicable permits issued by all applicable Governmental Authorities, the Real Property is free of any Hazardous Material. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 , there are no existing or potential environmental liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries of which the Borrower, after due inquiry, has knowledge, which could result in Environmental Liabilities and Costs in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 , neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has caused or suffered to occur any Release at, under, above or within any Real Property or any other real property which could expose such Person to any actual or potential liability in excess of $1,000,000, and the aggregate actual or potential liabilities of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries with respect to all such Releases does not exceed $5,000,000. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is involved in operations which are reasonably likely to lead to the imposition of any liability under the Environmental Laws in excess of $5,000,000 or any Lien on

 

29


it, or any owner of any premises which it occupies, under the Environmental Laws, and neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries has permitted any tenant or occupant of such premises to engage in any such activity.

SECTION 3.19. Insurance Policies . Schedule 3.19 lists all insurance of any nature maintained as of the Effective Date for current occurrences by the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries. Such insurance complies with and shall at all times comply with the standards set forth in Annex F .

SECTION 3.20. Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 3.20 lists all banks and other financial institutions at which the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than SFC) maintains deposits and/or other accounts and/or post office lock boxes, including the Disbursement Accounts, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number.

SECTION 3.21. Solvency . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent and will not become insolvent after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Receivables Funding Documents. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Receivables Funding Documents, will have an adequate amount of capital to conduct its business in the foreseeable future. Both before and after giving effect to the Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations to be made or incurred on each date on which Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations requested hereunder are made or incurred, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is and will be Solvent.

ARTICLE 4

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

SECTION 4.1. Reports and Notices . The Borrower covenants and agrees that from and after the Effective Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to the Agent and each Lender the Financials, Projections and notices at the times and in the manner set forth in Annex E .

SECTION 4.2. Communication with Accountants . The Borrower (for itself and its Subsidiaries) authorizes the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) to communicate directly with its and each Subsidiary’s independent certified public accountants and authorizes those accountants to make available to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) and each Lender any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents and schedules with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of the Borrower and each Subsidiary thereof, in each instance, provided that (i) the Agent shall give the Borrower prior notice of each intended communication with such accountants and of each request to have such accountants make available to the Agent any such financial information and material, (ii) the Agent shall permit a representative of the Borrower to be present at any such communication or making available of financial information and material and (iii) the Borrower shall be required to comply with a request under this

 

30


Section 4.2 only to the extent such request is reasonably related to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents. At or before the Effective Date, the Borrower shall deliver a letter (the “ Accountant’s Letter ”) addressed to and acknowledged by such accountants instructing them to make available to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) such information and records as the Agent may reasonably request and to otherwise comply with the provisions of this Article 4 . After the Effective Date, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof engages the services of accountants other than PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, it shall deliver a letter addressed to and acknowledged by such accountants containing the same terms and provisions as the Accountant’s Letter.

ARTICLE 5

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants and agrees (for itself and any Subsidiary thereof) that, unless the Requisite Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, from and after the date hereof and until the Termination Date:

SECTION 5.1. Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to): (a) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its rights and franchises; (b) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder; (c) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its Intellectual Property, and preserve all the remainder of its property, in use or useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to maintain, preserve and protect any Intellectual Property which the Borrower shall have determined, in its prudent business judgment, is not necessary to the proper and advantageous conduct of its business; (d) maintain its Equipment and Fixtures in good operating condition sufficient for the continuation of such Person’s business conducted on a basis consistent with past practices and shall provide or arrange for all maintenance and service and all repairs necessary for such purpose; and (e) with respect to each Credit Party, transact business only under the names set forth in Schedule 3.2 (unless the Borrower shall provide the Agent with not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of any Credit Party’s use of another name and take such actions as the Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith).

SECTION 5.2. Payment of Charges and Claims . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) pay and discharge in accordance with the terms thereof (A) all Charges imposed upon it or its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed), (B) all lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise, which if unpaid might by law become a Lien on its property, and (C) all rent in whatever form owing with respect to the lease by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of real property; provided , that neither the Borrower nor any such Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such Charge,

 

31


claim or rent which is being contested in good faith by proper legal actions or proceedings, so long as at the time of commencement of any such action or proceeding and during the pendency thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) adequate reserves with respect thereto are established and are maintained in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested Charges, claims or rent and is maintained and prosecuted continuously with diligence, (iv) none of the Collateral would be subject to forfeiture or loss or any Lien by reason of the institution or prosecution of such contest, (v) no Lien shall exist, be imposed or be attempted to be imposed for such Charges, claims or rent during such action or proceeding unless the full amount of such Charge, claim or rent is covered by insurance satisfactory in all respects to the Agent, and (vi) the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as appropriate, shall promptly pay or discharge such contested Charges, claims or rent and all additional charges, interest penalties and expenses, if any, and shall, concurrently with the delivery of each quarterly Compliance Certificate (and in any event within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter), deliver to the Agent (x) evidence acceptable to the Agent of such compliance, payment or discharge, if such contest is terminated or discontinued adversely to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as appropriate, and (y) a report listing all such contested Charges then existing to the extent in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate and any and all reserves established and maintained with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.3. Books and Records . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities, in which proper entries, reflecting all of its consolidated and consolidating financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the Financials.

SECTION 5.4. Litigation . The Borrower shall notify the Agent and each Lender in writing, promptly upon learning thereof, of any litigation, Claim or other action commenced or threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and of the institution against any such Person of any suit or administrative proceeding which (a) is reasonably likely to involve an amount in excess of $10,000,000 individually or (to the extent litigation, Claims or other actions are related) in the aggregate or (b) is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect if adversely determined.

SECTION 5.5. Insurance .

(a) The Borrower shall, at its (or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries’) sole cost and expense, maintain or cause to be maintained with respect to the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, the policies of insurance in such amounts and as otherwise described in Annex F . The Borrower shall notify the Agent promptly of any occurrence causing a material loss of any real or personal property and the estimated (or actual, if available) amount of such loss, except as specified otherwise in Annex F . The Borrower (for itself and its Domestic Subsidiaries) hereby directs all present and future insurers under its “All Risk” policies of insurance to pay all proceeds payable thereunder in respect of Collateral directly to the Agent (on behalf of the Holders), other than proceeds relating to the loss or damage to property which secures Debt permitted under Section 6.3(f) that is required by the terms of such Debt to be paid to the holder thereof (“ Excluded Proceeds ”). The Borrower (for itself and its Domestic Subsidiaries) irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent) as such Person’s true and lawful agent and

 

32


attorney in-fact for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims under the “All Risk” policies of insurance, (ii) endorsing the name of such Person on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds (other than Excluded Proceeds) of such “All Risk” policies of insurance, and (iii) for making all determinations and decisions with respect to such “All Risk” policies of insurance; provided , that the Agent agrees not to exercise such powers as attorney-in-fact under clause (i) or (iii) above unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. In the event the Borrower and/or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain (or fail to cause to be obtained or maintained) any of the policies of insurance required above or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, the Agent or the Lenders, without waiving or releasing any Obligations or Default or Event of Default hereunder, may at any time or times thereafter (but shall not be obligated to) obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other action with respect thereto which the Agent or the Lenders deem advisable. All sums so disbursed, including attorneys’ fees, court costs and other charges related thereto, shall be payable, on demand, by the Borrower to the Agent (on behalf of the Holders) and shall be additional Obligations hereunder secured by the Collateral, provided , that if and to the extent the Borrower fails to promptly pay any of such sums upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent is authorized to, and at its option may, make or cause to be made Revolving Credit Advances on behalf of the Borrower for payment thereof. If, notwithstanding that all proceeds of insurance in respect of any Collateral shall be payable to the Agent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof receives any proceeds of insurance in respect of any Collateral in respect of the policies required to be maintained under this Agreement (except for such proceeds which the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof is permitted to retain pursuant to the last sentence of Section 5.14(a) to replace, repair or restore Property as therein provided), such proceeds shall be held in trust by such Person (and the Borrower shall cause such Person to hold in trust such proceeds) for the Agent and, unless the Agent otherwise permits, shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent.

(b) The Borrower shall, if so requested by the Agent, deliver to the Agent, as often as the Agent may reasonably request, a report of a reputable insurance broker satisfactory to the Agent with respect to its insurance policies.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent endorsements to all of its and its Domestic Subsidiaries’ (i) “All Risk” and business interruption insurance naming the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, as loss payee to the extent provided in Section 5.5(a) , and (ii) general liability and other liability policies naming the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, as an additional insured.

SECTION 5.6. Compliance with Laws . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) comply with all federal, state, local and foreign laws, permits and regulations applicable to it, including those relating to licensing, environmental, ERISA and labor matters (except where the failure to so comply could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and would not be reasonably likely to subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any criminal penalties (other than non-material fines) or the Agent or any of the Lenders to any civil or criminal penalties).

 

33


SECTION 5.7. Agreements . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) perform, within all required time periods (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), all of its obligations and enforce all of its rights under each agreement, contract, instrument or other document to which it is a party, including any leases, licenses and customer contracts to which it is a party where the failure to so perform and enforce could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) take such actions or omit to take such actions so as not to cause a breach of the representations and warranties made hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 5.8. Supplemental Disclosure . The Borrower, on the request of the Agent or any Lender, will (or may, as it shall elect) supplement (or cause to be supplemented) each Schedule hereto, or representation herein or in any other Loan Document with respect to any matter hereafter arising which, if existing or occurring at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Schedule or as an exception to such representation or which is necessary to correct any information in such Schedule or representation which has been rendered inaccurate thereby; provided that such supplement to any such Schedule or representation shall not be deemed an amendment thereof except if and to the extent that (i) the information disclosed in such supplement updates (A)  Schedule 3.2 or Schedule 3.8 to include any Real Property leased or acquired by Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof in accordance with this Agreement, but includes no additional exceptions or other changes to said schedule, (B)  Schedule 3.11 to include any Subsidiaries, joint ventures or partnerships with, or other equity interests in, any Person that are acquired or created by Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof in accordance with this Agreement, but only if the Borrower is in compliance with its obligations under Sections 5.15 and 5.17 with respect thereto, (C)  Schedule 3.14 to include any new Plans maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate thereof in accordance with this Agreement, but includes no additional exceptions or other changes to said schedule, (D)  Schedule 3.16 to include any additional licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trademark applications and trade names acquired in accordance with this Agreement and then owned by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof, and any registration numbers applicable thereto, but includes no additional exceptions or other changes to said schedule, (E)  Schedule 3.20 to include any deposit or securities accounts opened and maintained by Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof in accordance with this Agreement and Annex B hereto, and (F) the schedules in any Security Agreement that disclose the properties or locations where Collateral is located to include any new properties or locations leased or acquired after the Effective Date at which Collateral is located, in each case if and to the extent that each such property and location is leased or acquired, and Collateral is located at each such property and location, in accordance with this Agreement and the Loan Documents and, in the case of any such supplement amending any schedule referred to in this clause (F), such schedule shall be deemed amended upon the delivery of written notice by the Borrower to Agent of any such new property or location, or (ii) such amendment is expressly consented to in writing by the Agent and Requisite Lenders, and no such amendments, except as the same may be consented to in a writing which expressly includes a waiver, shall be or be deemed a waiver by the Lenders of any Default disclosed therein. The Borrower shall, if so requested by the Agent or the Requisite Lenders, furnish to the Agent and the Lenders as often as it reasonably requests, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail, and the Borrower shall advise the Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of (a) any

 

34


Lien, other than as permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 , attaching to or asserted against any of the Collateral, (b) any material change in the composition of the Collateral, and (c) the occurrence of any other event which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Collateral and/or the Agent’s and Lenders’ Lien thereon.

SECTION 5.9. Environmental Matters . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) (a) comply in all material respects with the Environmental Laws and permits applicable to it, (b) notify the Agent and each Lender promptly after the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof becomes aware of any Release upon any Real Property which is reasonably likely to result in or expose the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to actual or potential liability in excess of $1,000,000, and (c) promptly forward to the Agent and each Lender a copy of any order, notice, permit, application, or any communication or report received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Release or any other matter relating to the Environmental Laws that may affect any Real Property or the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof. The provisions of this Section 5.9 shall apply whether or not the Environmental Protection Agency, any other federal agency or any state or local or foreign environmental agency has taken or threatened any action in connection with any Release or the presence of any Hazardous Materials.

SECTION 5.10. Landlords’ Agreements, Mortgagee Agreements and Bailee Letters . The Borrower shall use good faith reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s agreement, mortgagee agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or mortgagee of owned property or with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where Collateral is located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord, mortgagee or bailee may assert against the Inventory or Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent; provided , however , that the Borrower shall have no obligation to reimburse Agent and Lenders for any legal fees incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, filing and/or recordation of any such landlord’s agreement, mortgagee agreement or bailee letter relating to any such property that is leased or owned, or any other location where Collateral is located, on and as of the Effective Date, and the Borrower’s obligation to reimburse Agent and Lenders for any legal fees incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, filing and/or recordation of all such landlord’s agreements, mortgagee agreements and bailee letters relating to any other such properties and locations shall not exceed $2,000 for each such property or location; and provided , further , that the Lenders shall have no obligation to reimburse Agent for any such legal fees incurred by Agent in excess of $2,000 for each such property or location unless Agent incurs such legal fees with the consent, or pursuant to the instructions, of the Requisite Lenders. With respect to such locations or warehouse space, if the Agent has not received a landlord or mortgagee agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, then commencing ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, the Borrower’s Eligible Inventory at that location may, in the Agent’s discretion, be subject to such Reserves as may be established by the Agent in its reasonable business judgment. The Borrower shall timely and fully pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.

SECTION 5.11. [Reserved]

 

35


SECTION 5.12. Application of Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of Advances as provided in Section 1.3 .

SECTION 5.13. Fiscal Year . The Borrower shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) maintain as its Fiscal Year the twelve-month period ending on November 30 in each year.

SECTION 5.14. Casualty and Condemnation .

(a) The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of any loss, damage, or destruction to any Collateral or any Real Property owned by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries whether or not constituting Collateral (collectively, “ Property ”) or arising from its use, whether or not covered by insurance; provided that no such notice is necessary with respect to the loss, damage or destruction of any Collateral or Real Property with a value of less than $3,000,000 per casualty event and $10,000,000 in the aggregate. The Agent on behalf of the Lenders (in consultation with the Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing) is hereby authorized to adjust losses and collect all insurance proceeds in respect of any Collateral directly. If, notwithstanding the provisions hereof, which require that the Agent be the sole loss payee for insurance proceeds in respect of Collateral, a check or other instrument from an insurer is made payable to the Borrower or the Borrower and the Agent jointly, the Agent may endorse the Borrower’s name thereon and take such other action as the Agent may elect to obtain the proceeds thereof. After deducting from such proceeds the expenses, if any, incurred by the Agent in the collection or handling thereof, the Agent may apply such proceeds to the reduction of the Obligations under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the manner set forth in Section 1.9 or, at the Agent’s option with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, may permit or require the Borrower to use such proceeds, or any part thereof, to replace, repair or restore such Collateral as provided in paragraph (d)  below. So long as no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to use such proceeds to the extent the same are proceeds payable with respect to a casualty to Collateral other than Inventory (or such lesser amount thereof as shall be necessary) to replace, repair, restore or rebuild such Collateral as provided in paragraph (d)  below where the amount of such moneys on account of a single event of loss, damage or destruction is less than $3,000,000 and it is reasonably expected that such replacement, repair, restoration or rebuilding can be completed within six (6) months after the loss, damage or destruction (and if not completed by the end of such six-month period, the remaining monies shall be delivered to the Agent to be applied to the payment of the Obligations).

(b) The Borrower shall, promptly upon the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries learning of the institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or other taking of any of its Property constituting Collateral, notify the Agent of the pendency of such proceeding, and agrees that the Agent may participate in any such proceeding and the Borrower from time to time will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Agent all instruments reasonably requested by the Agent to permit such participation. The Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) collect any and all awards, payments or other proceeds of any such condemnation or taking and apply such proceeds to the reduction of the Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 1.9 or, at the Agent’s option with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, may permit or require the Borrower to use such proceeds, or any part thereof, to replace, repair or restore such Collateral as provided in paragraph (d)  below.

 

36


(c) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Section 2.2 ), after application of the proceeds of any loss or taking of the Borrower’s Collateral to the reduction of the Obligations pursuant to paragraphs (a)  and (b)  above, the Borrower may borrow Revolving Credit Advances for the purpose of replacing, repairing or restoring any Collateral subject to such loss or taking in accordance with paragraph (d)  below.

(d) Any Collateral which is to be replaced, repaired or restored pursuant to paragraph (a), (b)  or (c)  above shall be replaced, repaired or restored pursuant to such terms and conditions as the Agent may reasonably require and with materials and workmanship of substantially as good a quality as existed before such loss or taking, and the Borrower shall commence such replacement, repair or restoration as soon as practicable and proceed diligently with it until completion to the Agent’s satisfaction. The Borrower shall provide to the Agent written progress reports, other information and evidence of its compliance with the foregoing.

SECTION 5.15. Subsidiaries . In the event that, at any time on or after the Effective Date, the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries creates, forms or acquires a new Domestic Subsidiary, the Borrower shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, within 60 days after such creation, formation or acquisition, and at all times thereafter shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) in effect, (a) a Guaranty from such new Domestic Subsidiary in respect of the Obligations in substantially the form of Exhibit B , (b) a Security Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit C , and if necessary or reasonably desirable, other applicable Collateral Documents, granting a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) on all assets of such new Domestic Subsidiary, (c) a Stock Pledge Agreement granting a Lien on all present and future issued and outstanding Stock of such new Domestic Subsidiary, all distributions made or to be made in respect thereof and all proceeds thereof, and (d) such supporting documentation, including corporate resolutions and opinions of counsel with respect to such additional Guaranty, Security Agreement, Stock Pledge Agreement or other documentation, as may be reasonably required by the Agent.

SECTION 5.16. Intellectual Property . In the event that the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary shall acquire any Intellectual Property which is or becomes material to the business or operations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or which otherwise becomes valuable, then the Borrower or such Subsidiary which has acquired such material or valuable Intellectual Property shall execute and deliver to the Agent, concurrently with the delivery of the next quarterly Compliance Certificate (and in any event within 60 days after the end of the next Fiscal Quarter), such security documents and other instruments, agreements, and certificates, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent may reasonably request in order that the Agent shall have been granted a first priority perfected and fully enforceable Lien in such material or valuable Intellectual Property and all Proceeds thereof.

SECTION 5.17. Further Assurances . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at its cost and expense, upon request of the Agent, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, to the Agent such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper in the opinion of the Agent to carry out more effectually the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

37


ARTICLE 6

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants and agrees (for itself and each of its Subsidiaries) that, without the Requisite Lenders’ prior written consent, from and after the date hereof and until the Termination Date:

SECTION 6.1. Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc. The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to), directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or Stock of, or otherwise combine with, any Person or acquire any Subsidiary; provided that:

(a) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(b) the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may acquire all or substantially all of the assets or Stock or other ownership interests of any Person (the “ Target ”), in each case subject to satisfaction of the following conditions of this Section 6.1 (any such acquisition of a Target, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(i) such Permitted Acquisition shall only involve assets comprising a business, or those assets of a business, of the type engaged in by the Borrower as of the Effective Date, and which business would not subject the Agent or any Lender to regulatory or third party approvals in connection with the exercise of its rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, other than approvals applicable to the exercise of such rights and remedies with respect to the Borrower prior to such Permitted Acquisition;

(ii) the sum of all amounts paid or payable in connection with any such Permitted Acquisition (including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities and contingent obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Target, together with the sum of all such amounts paid or payable for all such prior Permitted Acquisitions made in the then current Fiscal Year of the Borrower (collectively, “ Prior Permitted Acquisitions ”) and the sum of all amounts paid or payable for all Permitted Investments made in the then current Fiscal Year of the Borrower in accordance with Section 6.2(g) shall not exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower (the “ Cap ”); provided that any consideration paid or payable to a Target in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that consists either of (x) Stock of the Borrower or (y) other securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock of the Borrower that are not required to be reflected as liabilities on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, shall not be included in the calculation of the Cap;

(iii)(A) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for each Rolling Period at the end of each of the four full Fiscal Quarters immediately following the closing of such Permitted Acquisition shall be projected to be equal to or greater than 1.25 to 1.00; (B) at

 

38


all time during the thirty (30) days prior to the actual date of consummation of such Permitted Acquisition and immediately following the actual date of consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, Net Liquidity Availability shall be $40,000,000, or more; and (C) the Borrower shall deliver to Agent, at least five (5) days prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, certifying that the above conditions in this Section 6.1(b)(iii) have been met (and showing in reasonable detail the calculations used in determining compliance);

(iv) the Agent shall have received, (A) prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, drafts of the acquisition agreement for such Permitted Acquisition and of all related agreements, instruments, opinions, certificates and other documents reasonably requested by the Agent, and (B) no later than five (5) Business Days after the date of such Permitted Acquisition, copies of the executed acquisition agreement, related agreements and instruments for such Permitted Acquisition, and all opinions, certificates and other documents reasonably requested by the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

(v) the Borrower shall have complied with its obligations under Sections 5.10 , 5.15 and 5.17 with respect to such Permitted Investment; and

(vi) both before and after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Inventory and Accounts of the Target shall not be included in Eligible Inventory or Net Receivables Balance without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

SECTION 6.2. Investments . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to), directly or indirectly, make or maintain any Investment except:

(a) as otherwise permitted by Section 6.1(b) , 6.4 or 6.6 ;

(b) Investments outstanding on the Effective Date and listed in Schedule 6.2 , but not any additional investments therein (it being understood that any such Investment, once repaid or recovered, may not be reborrowed or renewed) unless such additional investment is permitted under another clause of this Section 6.2 ;

(c) cash and Cash Equivalents; provided , that (i) so long as there shall remain outstanding any principal owing on the Revolving Credit Loan or the Swing Line Loan, the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than (x) checks in transit and cash in payroll accounts listed on Schedule 3.20 (so long as used solely for payroll), and (y) cash and Cash Equivalents constituting Investments permitted under Section 6.2(d) ) of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries shall not exceed $1,500,000 for more than one Business Day, except any excess that may arise after all Base Rate Loans and Swing Line Advances shall have been repaid if, at such time, any LIBOR Loan is then outstanding and application of such excess to payment of such LIBOR Loan at such time would cause the Borrower to be liable under Section 1.4(e) , provided that such excess shall be applied to repay such LIBOR Loan on the earliest date on which any then current LIBOR Period shall end; and (ii) all Cash Equivalents of the Borrower

 

39


and any of its Domestic Subsidiaries shall be held in a deposit or securities account of the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary thereof over which the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, has retained “control” as determined under Divisions 8 and 9 of the Code, and holds a first priority perfected Lien, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances;

(d) Investments maintained by the Borrower pursuant to the Borrower’s unqualified deferred compensation arrangements; provided that (i) the Borrower grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) in all such Investments made after the Effective Date that are not maintained by the Borrower in securities accounts and that are in excess of $250,000 individually, or $1,000,000 in the aggregate, and takes any actions reasonably necessary or reasonably requested by Agent to perfect such security interest, and (ii) such Investments shall not exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

(e) capital contributions by the Borrower to SFC of cash or Accounts created by the Borrower pursuant to and as contemplated by the Receivables Sale Agreement so long as no Termination Event (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement) is continuing;

(f) loans by the Borrower to SFC pursuant to the Receivables Funding Documents and the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement;

(g) other Investments in any Person (other than a Domestic Excluded Subsidiary) not otherwise permitted by clauses (a)  through (f)  above or clauses (h)  through (i) below (a “ Permitted Investment ”), subject to satisfaction of the following conditions, as applicable:

(i)(A) after giving effect to any such Permitted Investment (other than Permitted Investments made pursuant to Section 6.2(g)(ii) and Section 6.2(g)(iii) ), the sum of all amounts paid or payable in connection with all Permitted Investments (including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities and contingent obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower), together with the sum of all such amounts paid or payable for all such prior Permitted Investments made in the then current Fiscal Year of the Borrower (collectively, “ Prior Permitted Investments ”) and the sum of all amounts paid or payable for all Permitted Acquisitions made in the then current Fiscal Year of the Borrower in accordance with Section 6.l(b), shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the Cap; (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four full Fiscal Quarters immediately following the closing of such Permitted Investment shall be projected to be equal to or greater than 1.25 to 1.00; (C) at all time during the thirty (30) days prior to the actual date of consummation of such Permitted Investment and immediately following the actual date of consummation of such Permitted Investment, Net Liquidity Availability shall be $40,000,000, or more; and (D) the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, certifying that the above conditions in this Section 6.1(g)(i) have been met (and showing in reasonable detail the calculations used in determining compliance);

 

40


(ii) after giving effect to any such Permitted Investment in Synnex Canada (other than Permitted Investments made pursuant to Section 6.2(g)(i) ), the sum of all amounts paid or payable in connection with all Permitted Investments (whether currently existing or made hereafter, and expressly including that certain intercompany loan in an aggregate principal amount of $24,912,300 (Canadian dollars) made by the Borrower to Synnex Canada pursuant to that certain Promissory Note dated September 2, 2005 executed by Synnex Canada in favor of the Borrower) in Synnex Canada pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(ii) ) (including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities and contingent obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower), shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $90,000,000; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds received by Borrower from Synnex Canada after the Effective Date in respect of dividends on, or the repayment of principal of any loan constituting, a Permitted Investment made pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(ii) shall be deemed to reduce amounts paid or payable in connection with Permitted Investments in Synnex Canada made pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(ii) for purposes of calculating compliance with the foregoing limit;

(iii) after giving effect to any such Permitted Investment in Synnex Mexico (other than Permitted Investments made pursuant to Section 6.2(g)(i) ), the sum of all amounts paid or payable in connection with all Permitted Investments (whether currently existing or made hereafter) in Synnex Mexico pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(iii) ) (including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities and contingent obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower), shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $25,000,000; provided , that the Net Cash Proceeds received by Borrower from Synnex Mexico after the Effective Date in respect of dividends on, or the repayment of principal of any loan constituting, a Permitted Foreign Investment made pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(iii) shall be deemed to reduce amounts paid or payable in connection with Permitted Foreign Investments in Synnex Mexico made pursuant to this Section 6.2(g)(iii) for purposes of calculating compliance with the foregoing limit;

(iv) after giving effect to any such Permitted Investment in any Person that is not a Subsidiary of Borrower (a “ Permitted Other Investment ”), the sum of all amounts paid or payable in connection with all Permitted Other Investments (including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities and contingent obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower), together with the sum of all such amounts paid or payable for all such prior Permitted Other Investments made in the then current Fiscal Year of the Borrower, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $50,000,000 per Fiscal Year of the Borrower;

(v) with respect to any Permitted Investment in a Domestic Subsidiary, other than a Permitted Acquisition (but without limiting the requirements of Section 6.2(g)(vii) below), subject to any restriction contained in any agreement between the Borrower or the applicable Domestic Subsidiary and the other investors in such Permitted Investment, at or prior to the closing of such Permitted Investment, the Agent will be granted a first priority perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) in such Permitted Investment (including any security or instrument evidencing such Permitted Investment), and the Borrower or the applicable Domestic Subsidiary shall have executed such documents and taken such actions as may be required by the Agent in connection therewith;

 

41


(vi) average daily Net Liquidity Availability for the 30-day period preceding the consummation of any Permitted Investment made pursuant to Sections 6.2(g)(ii ) or Section 6.2(g)(iii) shall have been $30,000,000 or more;

(vii) with respect to any Permitted Other Investment, the Agent shall have received, (A) prior to the date of such Permitted Other Investment, drafts of the purchase or subscription agreement for such Permitted Other Investment and of all related agreements, instruments, opinions, certificates and other documents reasonably requested by the Agent, and (B) no later than five (5) Business Days after the date of such Permitted Other Investment, copies of the executed purchase or subscription agreement, related agreements and instruments for such Permitted Other Investment, and all opinions, certificates and other documents reasonably requested by the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

(viii) at the time of such Permitted Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ix) the Borrower shall have complied with its obligations under Sections 5.10 , 5.15 and 5.17 with respect to such Permitted Investment;

(h) [Reserved]; and

(i) subject to the restrictions of Section 6.2(g)(ii), Investments in Synnex Canada by the Borrower solely for working capital purposes under an intercompany revolving advance loan facility.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the consideration paid or payable in connection with any Investment permitted under this Section 6.2 consists either of (i) Stock of the Borrower or (y) other securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock of the Borrower that are not required to be reflected as liabilities on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, the amount of any such consideration shall not be included in the Cap or otherwise be subject to the restrictions of Section 6.2.

SECTION 6.3. Debt . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Deferred Taxes;

(c) purchase money Debt secured by purchase money Liens and Capital Leases permitted under clause (d)  or (e) of Section 6.7 (and refinancings of such purchase money Debt permitted by such clause (d) );

(d) Debt incurred by SFC under the Receivables Funding Documents and the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement;

(e) Debt which constitutes Guaranteed Debt permitted under Section 6.6 ;

 

42


(f) any other Debt owing by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000, provided , that (a) the Borrower supply to the Agent confirmation, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, that the terms and conditions governing such Debt do not (1) provide for the grant of a Lien with respect to any of the Borrower’s Accounts, Inventory or other assets sold, contributed or in which a Lien has been granted pursuant to the Receivables Funding Documents or the Collateral Documents (collectively, “ Restricted Assets ”), or (2) restrict or prohibit the sale of, or the granting of a security interest in, any Restricted Assets by the Borrower, and (b) to the extent that the holder of such Debt is to obtain a Lien upon any of the Borrower’s Real Property, such holder shall execute and deliver to the Agent a mortgagee or landlord waiver acceptable in form and substance to the Agent;

(g) Debt which constitutes intercompany Debt permitted under Section 6.2 ;

(h) hedging obligations under swaps, caps and collar arrangements arranged by a Lender entered into for the sole purposes of hedging in ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practices (and not for speculative purposes); and

(i) other Debt set forth in Schedule 3.11 (or refinancing or refunding thereof), but not any refinancing that results in such Debt (I) having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Debt that was refinanced or refunded, (2) maturing sooner than the Debt being refinanced or refunded, (3) ranking at the time of such refinancing or refunding senior to the Debt being refinanced or refunded, and (4) containing terms (including, without limitation, terms relating to security, amortization, interest rate, premiums, fees, covenants, events of default and remedies) materially less favorable to the Borrower or to the Lenders than those applicable to the Debt being refinanced or refunded.

SECTION 6.4. Affiliate and Employee Loans and Transactions . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) enter into any lending, borrowing or other commercial transaction with any of its Foreign Subsidiaries, Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders or employees, including payment of any management, consulting, advisory or similar fee; provided that:

(i) the Borrower and SFC may enter into and perform the Receivables Funding Documents; provided that sales, transfers, capital contributions and other dispositions by the Borrower and any other “Originator” (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement) to SFC of Accounts as therein contemplated shall only be permitted so long as no “Termination Event” (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement) is continuing;

(ii) the Borrower may (x) continue to hold and receive payments in respect of each of the officer loans described on Schedule 6.4 , but not any increase in the amount thereof, and (y) make additional loans and advances to its officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such additional loans and advances, together with such existing loans described on Schedule 6.4 , shall not exceed $6,000,000 at any time;

 

43


(iii) the Borrower may enter into any commercial transaction (other than a lending or borrowing transaction or a transaction which would be prohibited by another provision of this Agreement or another Loan Document) with SFC on terms not less favorable to the Borrower than those which would have been obtained in an arm’s-length transaction with a non-affiliated third party;

(iv) the Borrower may enter into any commercial transaction (other than a transaction that would be prohibited by another provision of this Agreement or another Loan Document) with any of its Affiliates on terms not less favorable to the Borrower than those which would have been obtained in an arm’s-length transaction with a non-affiliated third party;

(v) SFC and the Borrower may enter into and perform the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement;

(vi)(w) any Credit Party may enter into customary indemnification arrangements with its directors and officers in the ordinary course of business in connection with the performance by such directors and officers of their duties and responsibilities in their capacities as officers and directors, (x) any Credit Party may enter into employment agreements with its employees and officers, (y) any Credit Party may reimburse any officer, director or employee of such Credit Party, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the policies, procedures and guidelines of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as such policies and procedures are adjusted from time to time, for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Person in the performance of such Person’s duties and responsibilities as an officer, director or employee, and (z) the Borrower may enter into the arrangements set forth on Schedule 3.14 .

Set forth in Schedule 6.4 is a list of all such lending, borrowing or other commercial transactions existing or outstanding as of the Effective Date (other than the Borrower’s policies and procedures relating to expense reimbursement).

SECTION 6.5. Capital Structure and Business . Except as permitted under Section 5.1 , the Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to):

(a) make any changes in its business objectives, purposes or operations which could in any way adversely affect the repayment of the Obligations or have or result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) make any change in its capital structure as described in Schedule 3.11 and Schedule 6.2 (including the issuance or recapitalization of any shares of Stock or other securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock), except that changes in the Borrower’s capital structure shall be permitted so long as such changes, individually and in the aggregate, do not constitute a Change of Control;

(c) amend its articles of incorporation, charter, bylaws or other organizational documents in any manner which may (x) adversely affect the Agent or the Lenders, the Revolving Credit Loan, the Swing Line Loan, the Collateral or the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or (y) violate (or authorize or permit acts or events which may violate) any of the provisions of any Loan Document (including, without limitation, Section 6.5(b) hereof); or

 

44


(d) engage in any business other than manufacturing, operational, logistics, distribution and related services in the computer and technology industry.

SECTION 6.6. Guaranteed Debt . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) incur any Guaranteed Debt except:

(a) by endorsement of instruments or items of payment for deposit to the general account of such Person;

(b) for performance bonds or indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(c) unsecured Guaranteed Debt in respect of Debt permitted under Section 6.3(c) , (d)  or (f) ;

(d) secured Guaranteed Debt in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000;

(e) the Synnex Mexico Guarantee in an aggregate amount not to exceed $80,000,000 (or the equivalent amount of Pesos, based on a conversion rate determined immediately prior to the closing of the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents) (the maximum liability under the Synnex Mexico Guaranty at any time, the “ Maximum Mex Guarantee ”); provided that if, and for so long as, the commitments under the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents are less than $75,000,000, and the Maximum Mex Guarantee is less than $80,000,000, then Borrower may incur and maintain additional unsecured Guaranteed Debt guaranteeing Debt of Synnex Mexico in an aggregate amount not to exceed $80,000,000 less the then Maximum Mex Guarantee; provided that all provisions of this Agreement otherwise applicable to the Synnex Mexico Guarantee shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such other unsecured Guarantee;

(f) unsecured Guaranteed Debt in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000;

(g) unsecured Guaranteed Debt in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 with respect to Debt under an inventory line of credit provided by the Bank of Montreal to the Canadian Subsidiary;

(h) the Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Guaranty;

(i) unsecured Guaranteed Debt in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 with respect to Debt provided by HSBC Bank Canada to the Canadian Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.7. Liens . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its properties or assets except for:

(a) presently existing or hereafter created Liens in favor of the Agent or the Lenders to secure the Obligations;

(b) [Reserved];

 

45


(c) Permitted Encumbrances;

(d) purchase money mortgages or other purchase money Liens and Capital Leases (including, without limitation, finance leases) granted after the date hereof upon any fixed or capital assets hereafter acquired, so long as (i) any such Lien does not extend to or cover any other asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) such Lien secures the obligation to pay the purchase price of such asset (or the obligation under such capital or finance lease) only, (iii) the principal amount secured by each such Lien does not exceed the unpaid purchase price for such asset, and (iv) the aggregate amount of Debt secured by such purchase money Liens and Capital Leases shall not at any time exceed (together with the Debt secured by any purchase money Liens and Capital Leases permitted under clause (b)  above and any Debt permitted below in this clause (d)  to refinance purchase money Debt) $25,000,000, and Liens to secure any refinancing of the purchase money Debt permitted under this clause (d)  and under clause (b)  above so long as (x) the Debt refinancing such purchase money Debt does not exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Debt being refinanced, and (y) the Lien securing such new Debt secures only such Debt and does not extend to or cover any asset other than the asset securing the refinanced Debt;

(e) purchase money Liens on Inventory, so long as any such Lien held by any creditor extends only to Inventory the acquisition of which was financed by such creditor and not to any other property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(f) Liens created under or pursuant to the Receivables Funding Documents.

SECTION 6.8. Sale of Assets . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or properties, including any Collateral; provided , that the foregoing shall not prohibit:

(a) the sale by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries of its Accounts and General Intangibles to SFC pursuant to and in accordance with the Receivables Sale Agreement; provided that no such sales shall be permitted from and after (i) the occurrence of the “Facility Termination Date” (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents), or (ii) notice of the occurrence of a Stop Event shall have been given by the Agent or any Lender to Bank of America in its capacity as “Administrative Agent” under the Receivables Funding Documents;

(b) the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the sale or disposition of any Equipment which, in each instance, has become no longer useful, obsolete or surplus to the business of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof;

(d) the sale by the Borrower of any securities and other Investments held from time to time in securities accounts maintained in connection with deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 6.2(d) , provided that the proceeds of such sale are maintained in such securities accounts and reinvested in accordance with the terms of such deferred compensation arrangements;

 

46


(e) any other sale of assets or property (other than Eligible Inventory, Production Inventory, Eligible Receivables, any other Accounts or Inventory and any other Collateral included in calculating the Borrowing Base) in an amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate, provided that the proceeds of any such sale are applied to repay the Advances pursuant to Section 1.2(f) (to the extent the provisions of Section 1.2(f) are applicable at the time of such sale); and

(f) any Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) of the Borrower may sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of any of their assets or properties, including any Collateral, to another Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) of the Borrower.

SECTION 6.9. Material Contracts . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to) cancel or terminate any Material Contract or amend or otherwise modify any Material Contract, or waive any default or breach under any Material Contract, unless (i) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time or could reasonably be expected to occur as a result thereof, and (ii) either (a) the Borrower determines that such action is in its best interests and in accordance with prudent business practice, or (b) such action could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall not agree to any amendment or modification of clause (e) of the definition of “Facility Termination Date” contained in the Receivables Funding Documents.

SECTION 6.10. ERISA . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof nor any ERISA Affiliate shall acquire any new ERISA Affiliate that maintains or has an obligation to contribute to a Pension Plan that has either an “accumulated funding deficiency,” as defined in Section 302 of ERISA, or “unfunded vested benefits,” as defined in Section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii) of ERISA in the case of any Pension Plan other than a Multi-employer Plan and in Section 4211 of ERISA in the case of a Multi-employer Plan. Additionally, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof nor any ERISA Affiliate shall: (a) permit or suffer any condition set forth in Schedule 3.14 to cease to be met and satisfied at any time; (b) terminate any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA where such termination could reasonably be anticipated to result in liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) permit any accumulated funding deficiency, as defined in Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA, to be incurred with respect to any Pension Plan; (d) fail to make any contributions or fail to pay any amounts due and owing as required by the terms of any Plan before such contributions or amounts become delinquent; (e) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA) from any Multi-employer Plan that would cause the Borrower, Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to incur withdrawal liability; or (f) at any time fail to provide the Agent and the Lenders with copies of any Plan documents or governmental reports or filings, if reasonably requested by the Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 6.11. Financial Covenants . The Borrower shall not breach or fail to comply with any of the financial covenants set forth in Annex G , each of which shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (and based upon the financial statements delivered hereunder).

 

47


SECTION 6.12. Hazardous Materials . The Borrower shall not and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person within the control of the Borrower: (a) to cause or permit a Release of Hazardous Material on, under in or about any Real Property; (b) to use, store, generate, treat or dispose of Hazardous Materials; or (c) to transport any Hazardous Materials to or from any Real Property; in each case in a manner or to an extent which could expose any such Person to any actual or potential liability in excess of $1,000,000, or could expose the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries to actual or potential liabilities in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 6.13. Sale-Leasebacks . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) engage in any sale-leaseback or similar transaction involving any of its property or assets.

SECTION 6.14. Cancellation of Debt; Conversion, Repurchase and Redemption of Convertible Senior Notes . Except as set forth in this Section 6.14, the Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) (a) cancel any claim or Debt owing to it, except for reasonable consideration and in the ordinary course of business, (b) voluntarily prepay any Debt (other than (x) the Obligations or (y) in connection with any refinancing or refunding of Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.3(i) ), (c) voluntarily repurchase or redeem the Convertible Senior Notes, in each case, for cash or (d) pay to the noteholders of the Convertible Senior Notes (the “ Convertible Senior Noteholders ”) in cash to satisfy the Borrower’s obligations to Convertible Senior Noteholders in connection with the mandatory conversion, repurchase or redemption of the Convertible Senior Notes; provided that :

(i) any Domestic Subsidiary may voluntarily prepay any Debt owed by such Domestic Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Domestic Excluded Subsidiary);

(ii) Borrower may pay shares of the Borrower’s common stock to the Convertible Senior Noteholders in connection with the conversion, repurchase or redemption of the Convertible Senior Notes or the voluntary prepayment of the Convertible Senior Notes;

(iii) Borrower may make cash payments to the Convertible Senior Noteholders to satisfy the Borrower’s obligations to the Convertible Senior Noteholders in connection with the mandatory conversion, repurchase or redemption of the Convertible Senior Notes so long as: (x) the aggregate amount of all such payments under this clause (iii) does not exceed $15,000,000 (the “ Note Cap ”), and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing after giving effect to any such cash payment; and

(iv) Borrower may make cash payments to the Convertible Senior Noteholders in connection with: (x) the mandatory conversion, repurchase or redemption of the Convertible Senior Notes that would otherwise cause the Note Cap to be exceeded; and (y) the voluntarily repurchase or redemption the Convertible Senior Notes, so long as, in each case, (A) both before and after giving effect to such cash payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (B) Borrower delivers to Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to such cash payment a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, certifying that (x) the Borrower’s actual Net Liquidity Availability shall at all times have

 

48


exceeded and will exceed $75,000,000 (taking into account such cash payment) for the 30 day period prior to the date such cash payment is required to be made, (y) the Borrower’s projected Net Liquidity Availability shall at all times exceed $75,000,000 (taking into account such cash payment) for the 90 day period following the date such cash payment is required to be made (and showing in reasonable detail the calculations used in determining compliance), and (C) Borrower delivers to Agent on the date of such cash payment a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, certifying that the Borrower is in compliance with each financial covenant set forth in Annex G on such date (and showing in reasonable detail the calculations used in determining compliance).

SECTION 6.15. Restricted Payments . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to) make any Restricted Payment to any Person, except that:

(a) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends on its Stock solely in the same class of Stock of such Person;

(b)(i) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or return capital or make any other distribution on its Stock or make payments on any Debt, in each instance, to the Borrower or any other direct or indirect wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Domestic Excluded Subsidiary), and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or return capital or make any other distribution on its Stock or make payments on any Debt, in each instance, to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(c) the Borrower may (i) repurchase shares of its common stock or options for such shares or (ii) declare and pay dividends on its Stock in cash, provided , in each case, that (1) the daily average of the Net Liquidity Availability for the 90-day period immediately preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend shall be at least $30,000,000, (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date of such repurchase or dividend (both before and after giving effect thereto), and (3) the aggregate amount of such repurchases and dividends shall not exceed $7,500,000 in any twelve-month period; and

(d) SFC may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower to pay SFC’s obligations under the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement, and SFC may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower pursuant to the Receivables Funding Documents;

provided , however , that the Restricted Payments described in clauses (a)  and (c)  above shall not be permitted if either a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of declaration or payment thereof or would result therefrom.

SECTION 6.16. Real Property Leases . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) enter into or renew (by amendment, modification or otherwise) any Lease other than renewals of existing Leases upon market terms in effect at the time of renewal or upon more favorable (to such Person) or substantially the same terms as are in effect on the Effective Date, except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists at the time or could reasonably be expected to occur as a result thereof, the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary may enter into new Leases or renew existing Leases having rentals not

 

49


exceeding $30,000,000 in the aggregate for any Fiscal Year covered by such new Leases or renewal periods of existing Leases during the term of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.17. Bank Accounts . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) maintain any deposit, operating or other bank accounts except for those accounts identified in Schedule 3.20 ; provided , however , that so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may, after giving five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Agent, establish and maintain additional accounts in accordance with Annex B ; provided , further that within 30 days after the opening of such account, the Borrower and such bank shall have executed and delivered to the Agent a Restricted Account Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional accounts may be opened at any time Net Liquidity Availability is less than or equal to $25,000,000 unless (a) the Agent shall have consented to the opening of such account with the relevant bank, and (b) at the time of the opening of such account, the Borrower and such bank shall have executed and delivered to the Agent a Restricted Account Agreement.

SECTION 6.18. No Speculative Transactions . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to) engage in any transaction involving interest rate or commodity options or futures contracts, derivatives, currency options or futures contracts or any similar transactions, unless such transaction is entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments or assets of such Person, or reasonably anticipated by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation.

SECTION 6.19. Margin Regulations . The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Advance to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

SECTION 6.20. Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses, Etc . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to), directly or indirectly, enter into any agreement, indenture, instrument, or other arrangement with any Person which:

(a) prohibits or limits the ability to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than: (i) the agreements with the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to a Loan Document, (ii) Lien restrictions in a Capital Lease, (iii) other purchase money financing arrangements permitted hereunder relating to the asset financed thereunder, (iv) the Receivables Funding Documents, (v) Permitted Encumbrances; (vi) restrictions on Synnex Mexico from incurring Liens pursuant to the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents, (vii) restrictions on the Borrower from incurring Liens on Excluded Assets or otherwise imposed under Section 9(o) of the Synnex Mexico Guarantee, (viii) restrictions on the Borrower from incurring Liens pursuant to the Canadian Collateralized Guaranty, so long as the beneficiary of the Canadian Collateralized Guaranty is subject to the IBM Intercreditor Agreement, and (ix) restrictions on the Canadian Subsidiary from incurring Liens pursuant to financing arrangements entered into by it from time to time.

(b) prohibits or restrains, or has the effect of prohibiting or restraining, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon,

 

50


(i) the incurrence or payment of Debt, except (A) as provided in Section 9(b) of the Synnex Mexico Guarantee, (B) as provided in the Receivables Funding Documents, or (C) any such restriction on the payment of Debt owed by the Canadian Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary thereof pursuant to agreements (including without limitation any guaranty or subrogation agreement) entered into by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to provide credit support to the Canadian Subsidiary in connection with financing arrangements entered into by the Canadian Subsidiary from time to time, or

(ii) the declaration or payment of dividends or other Restricted Payments, except as provided in Section 9(j) of the Synnex Mexico Guarantee,

(iii) the making of loans, advances or Investments, or

(iv) the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any property or assets, other than (A) as provided in Section 9(a) of the Synnex Mexico Guarantee, (B) pursuant to the terms of any purchase money Debt or Capital Lease permitted hereunder relating to the asset in question, (C) as provided in the Canadian Collateralized Guaranty, so long as the beneficiary of the Canadian Collateralized Guaranty is subject to the IBM Intercreditor Agreement, (D) as provided in the Conditional Sale Agreement in effect on the date hereof between Concentrix Corporation and De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. or (E) restrictions in contracts of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary on the assignment of the rights and duties under such contracts).

References to the provisions of the Synnex Mexico Guarantee in this Section 6.20 shall be to such provisions on the Effective Date.

SECTION 6.21. Accounting Changes . The Borrower shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to) make any significant change in accounting treatment and reporting practices except for changes concurred in by such Person’s Independent Accounting Firm.

SECTION 6.22. Amendments and Modifications to Debt Documents . The Borrower shall not:

(a)(and shall not suffer or permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to) directly or indirectly, amend, modify, supplement, waive compliance with, grant a waiver under, or assent to noncompliance with any instrument, document or agreement evidencing, creating, guaranteeing or governing Debt or Guaranteed Debt in excess of $5,000,000 permitted under Section 6.3 or 6.6 or entered into in connection therewith (other than (x) instruments, documents or agreements evidencing, creating, guaranteeing or governing Debt permitted under Section 6.3(c) and Section 6.3(e) so long as such action shall not violate or cause a violation of any provision of any Loan Document and (y) in connection with the refinancing or refunding of such Debt as permitted by Section 6.3(i) ) if such amendment, modification, supplement, or waiver (i) increases the principal balance of such Debt or Guaranteed Debt, or increases any required payment of principal or interest; (ii) accelerates the date on which any installment of principal or any interest is due, or adds any additional redemption, put or prepayment provisions; (iii) shortens the final maturity date or otherwise accelerates amortization; (iv) increases the interest rate; (v) increases or adds any fees or charges; or (vi) modifies any covenant in a manner or

 

51


adds any representation, covenant or default that is more onerous or restrictive in any material respect for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or that is otherwise materially adverse to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or Lenders; and

(b)(and shall not suffer or permit SFC to) agree to amend, supplement or otherwise modify any of the following defined terms set forth in the Receivables Funding Documents (or any other defined term referenced directly or indirectly in the definition of any such defined term), in each case as such defined term is defined in Annex X to the Receivables Funding Documents as in effect on the date hereof, a copy of which is attached as Annex K hereto: “Dilution Reserve Ratio”, “Dynamic Advance Rate”, “Eligible Receivables”, “Excess Concentration Amount”, “Funding Availability”, “Net Receivables Balance”, “Obligor”, “Originator”, “Outstanding Balance” and “Borrower Account”.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.22 to the contrary, nothing in this Section 6.22 is intended to apply to changes or amendments to the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents; such changes and amendments shall be governed exclusively by Section 6.24 .

SECTION 6.23. Change of Corporate Name or Location; Change of Fiscal Year . No Credit Party shall (a) change its name as it appears in official filings in the state of its incorporation or other organization, (b) change its chief executive office, principal place of business, corporate offices, or the location of its records concerning the Collateral, (c) change the type of entity that it is, (d) change its organization identification number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or other organization, or (e) change its state of incorporation or organization, in each case without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Agent and after Agent’s written acknowledgment that any reasonable action requested by Agent in connection therewith, including to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in any Collateral, has been completed or taken, and provided that any such new location shall be in the continental United States. No Credit Party shall change its Fiscal Year.

SECTION 6.24. Changes to Synnex Mexico Loan Documents . The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or permit Synnex Mexico to, change or amend the terms of any Synnex Mexico Loan Documents if the effect of such amendment is to: (a) increase the maximum principal amount of Debt extended thereunder in excess of $75,000,000, (b) increase the maximum amount of “Guaranteed Obligations” and other obligations of Borrower under the Synnex Mexico Guarantee in excess of $80,000,000 (or the equivalent amount of Pesos, based on a conversion rate determined prior to the closing of the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents), (c) grant Liens on any property or assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than (i) Liens on the assets of Synnex Mexico or (ii) Liens on the Excluded Assets, provided that the Mex Agent and the Agent shall have entered into a written agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent which provides that such Lien on the Excluded Assets does not include (and shall be released with respect to) any proceeds of such Excluded Assets or the Excluded Assets described in clause (f)  of the definition thereof to the extent the Borrower has any right in or title to such proceeds and such proceeds are not on deposit in the Mex Bank of America Account except to the extent (x) such proceeds have been applied to pay the Debt of Synnex Mexico or the Borrower under the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents or (y) the Mex Agent and Mex Lenders have taken control or possession of, or otherwise transferred,

 

52


acquired or disposed of, such proceeds from the Mex Bank of America Account in conjunction with the exercise of their remedies under the Synnex Mexico Loan Documents after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or (d) violate Section 6.20 .

SECTION 6.25. Mex Bank of America Account . Borrower shall not deposit any amounts into the Mex Bank of America Account other than the Excluded Assets or proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.26. SFC Accounts . Borrower shall not permit SFC to maintain more than $100,000 in the aggregate for more than two (2) Business Days in Deposit Accounts of SFC that are not subject to Control Agreements that provide for a daily sweep of funds (for the avoidance of doubt, as an example, SFC may maintain $1,000,000 in such Deposit Accounts for two (2) consecutive Business Days so long as such amount is reduced to $100,000 or less prior to the third succeeding Business Day). Borrower shall promptly (and in any event no later than one Business Day thereafter) cause SFC to sweep on a daily basis all amounts received in the “Borrower Account” (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents) to the Blocked Account at any time: (a) Net Liquidity Availability is less than or equal to $25,000,000, or (b) upon Agent’s election, a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE 7

TERM

SECTION 7.1. Duration . The financing arrangements contemplated hereby shall be in effect until the Commitment Termination Date. On the Commitment Termination Date, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate and the Revolving Credit Loan and all other Obligations shall immediately become due and payable in full, in immediately available funds in Dollars.

SECTION 7.2. Survival of Obligations . Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Loan Documents, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any financing arrangement under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the Obligations, duties, indemnities, and liabilities of the Borrower, or the rights of the Agent or any Lender and the Lenders relating to any Obligations, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is not required until after the Commitment Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Borrower, and all rights of the Agent and each Lender, all as contained in the Loan Documents shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in immediately available funds in Dollars in accordance with the terms of the agreements creating such Obligations.

 

53


ARTICLE 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 8.1. Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (regardless of the reason therefor) shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to make any payment in respect of any Obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents when due and payable or declared due and payable, including any payment of principal of, or interest on, or Fees in respect of, the Revolving Credit Loan or the Swing Line Loan, and, with respect to the failure to make any payment of any Obligations hereunder (other than principal on the Revolving Credit Loan or the Swing Line Loan, which shall have no grace period), such failure shall continue unremedied for one (1) Business Day.

(b) The Borrower shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any of the provisions of Section 1.7 or Article 6 (other than Section 6.2 , 6.4 , 6.13 or 6.16 , in each instance, to the extent such failure or neglect can be remedied), including any of the provisions set forth in Annex B or Annex G .

(c) The Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any term or provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents (other than any such term or provision referred to in paragraph (a)  or (b)  above), and the same shall remain unremedied (if capable of being remedied) for a period ending on the first to occur of twenty (20) days after the Borrower shall receive written notice of any such failure or neglect from the Agent or any Lender or twenty (20) days after the Borrower shall become aware thereof.

(d)(x) A default shall occur and be continuing under any other agreement, document or instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any such Person or its property is bound, and such default (i) involves the failure to make any payment (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) in respect of any Debt of such Person in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) permits any holder of such Debt or a trustee to cause such Debt, or a portion thereof, in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000, to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment; or (y) any such default under clause (x)  above (whether or not continuing) causes or results in such Debt, or a portion thereof, in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000, to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment; or (z) a default or termination event shall occur under the Canadian Subsidiary Loan Agreement or the Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Agreement, and as a result of such default the holder or holders of the Debt or other obligations thereunder (or an agent on behalf of such holders) make a rightful written demand for payment in an amount greater than $10,000,000 (Canadian dollars) under one or more of the Canadian Subsidiary Guaranties.

 

54


(e) Any representation or warranty herein or in any Loan Document or in any written statement pursuant thereto or hereto, any report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered to the Agent or any Lender by the Borrower or Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be untrue or incorrect in any respect as of the date when made or deemed made (including those made or deemed made pursuant to Section 2.2 ).

(f)(i) The fair market value of the liabilities of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall exceed the fair market value of its assets, or (ii) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall generally not pay any of its Debts as such Debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its Debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or any of its Debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in this Section 8.1(f)(ii) .

(g) Judgments or orders for the payment of money (other than such judgments or orders in respect of which adequate insurance is maintained for the payment thereof) in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate are rendered against the Borrower and/or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced upon any such judgment, or (ii) such judgments shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unstayed on appeal, unbonded or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or more.

(h) There shall occur any Material Adverse Effect which shall not have been cured (or waived by the Requisite Lenders) within twenty (20) days of notice thereof from the Agent to the Borrower.

(i) Any provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms or the Borrower or other party thereto shall so state in writing; or any Lien created under any Collateral Document shall cease to be a valid and perfected Lien having the first priority in Collateral purported to be covered thereby (subject to Liens permitted hereby) as a result of any action or failure to take action on the part of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(j) A Change of Control shall occur.

(k) There shall occur any “Termination Event” or the “Facility Termination Date” shall have occurred, in each case, under and as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement.

 

55


(l) Following the payment of cash by Borrower in connection with the mandatory or voluntary conversion, repurchase or redemption of the Convertible Senior Notes utilizing clause (iv) of the proviso in Section 6.14 above, Net Liquidity Availability of the Borrower is less than $75,000,000 at any time for the 90 day period following the date such payment is made.

(m) There shall occur any Non-Extension Event.

SECTION 8.2. Remedies . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Letter of Credit Fee and the rate of interest applicable to the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan and interest and other Obligations shall be increased to or charged at, as appropriate, effective as of the date of the occurrence of the Default giving rise to such Event of Default, the Default Rate as provided in Section 1.4(c) or Annex D , as appropriate, unless such increase or charge is waived in writing by the Requisite Lenders. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent may, or if requested by the Requisite Lenders, shall without notice, take any one or more of the following actions: (a) terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments, whereupon the Lenders’ obligation to make further Advances, to incur Letter of Credit Obligations and to request or cause Letters of Credit to be issued hereunder, shall terminate; (b) declare all or any portion of the Obligations to be forthwith due and payable, including the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan, whereupon such Obligations shall become and be due and payable, and require that the Letter of Credit Obligations be cash collateralized in the manner set forth in Annex J , all without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries; or (c) exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents and/or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code; provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) with respect to any Credit Party, the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders shall immediately terminate and the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, in each case, without declaration, notice or demand by or to any Person.

SECTION 8.3. Waivers by Borrower . Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement and applicable law, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower waives (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all Loan Documents, notes, commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by the Agent or any Lender on which the Borrower may in any way be liable, and the Borrower hereby ratifies and confirms whatever the Agent or any Lender may do in this regard, (b) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to the Agent’s or the Lenders’ taking possession or control of, or to the Agent’s or the Lenders’ replevy, attachment or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security which might be required by any court prior to allowing the Agent or any Lender to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the benefit of any right of redemption and all valuation, appraisal and exemption laws. The Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel of its choice with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

56


SECTION 8.4. Application of Proceeds . After the occurrence of an Event of Default or the acceleration of the Obligations, the proceeds of the Collateral and of property of Persons other than the Borrower securing the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent to payment of the Obligations in the following order, unless all Holders otherwise agree in writing or a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise direct:

(i) FIRST , to payment of all costs and expenses of the Agent and the Lenders incurred in connection with the preservation, collection and enforcement of the Obligations, or of any of the Liens granted to the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to the Collateral Documents or otherwise, including, without limitation, any amounts advanced by the Agent to protect or preserve the Collateral;

(ii) SECOND , to payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Swing Line Loan;

(iii) THIRD , to payment of the principal of the Swing Line Loan;

(iv) FOURTH , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Swing Line Loan and Cash Management Obligations) constituting accrued and unpaid interest and fees and indemnities payable under Article 1 hereof and Annex D hereof ratably among the Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the proportion which the accrued interest and fees and indemnities payable under such Article 1 and Annex D constituting such Obligations owing to the Agent and each such Lender at such time bears to the aggregate amount of accrued interest and fees and indemnities payable under such Article 1 and Annex D constituting such Obligations owing to the Agent and all Lenders at such time until such interest, fees and indemnities shall be paid in full;

(v) FIFTH , to payment of the principal of the Obligations (excluding the Swing Line Loan and Cash Management Obligations), ratably among the Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the proportion which the principal amount of such Obligations owing to the Agent and each such Lender, as applicable, bears to the aggregate principal amount of such Obligations owing to the Agent and all Lenders until such principal of such Obligations shall be paid in full, with that portion of the Obligations constituting Letter of Credit Obligations instead being cash collateralized in accordance with Annex J hereof;

(vi) SIXTH , to the payment of all Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in accordance with the proportion which the amount of such Cash Management Obligations owing to each such Lender bears to the aggregate principal amount of such Cash Management Obligations owing to all Lenders until such Cash Management Obligations shall be paid in full; and

(vii) SEVENTH , to the payment of all other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in accordance with the proportion which the amount of such other Obligations owing to each such Lender bears to the aggregate principal amount of such other Obligations owing to all Lenders until such other Obligations shall be paid in full; and

(viii) EIGHTH , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations has been indefeasibly satisfied, shall, except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, be deposited by the Agent in an operating account or accounts of the Borrower with the Agent designated by the Borrower or paid over to such other Person or Persons as may be required by law.

 

57


The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that they shall remain severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the aggregate amount of the sums referred to in the first through eighth clauses above in respect of its Obligations.

ARTICLE 9

ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

SECTION 9.1. Assignment and Participations . (a) The Borrower consents to any Lender’s assignment of, and/or sale of participations in, at any time or times, the Loan Documents, Advances and any Revolving Credit Commitment, Letter of Credit Obligations, or of any portion thereof or interest therein, including any Lender’s rights, title, interests, remedies, powers or duties thereunder, whether evidenced by a writing or not. Any assignment by a Lender shall (i) be to an Eligible Assignee and shall require the execution of an assignment agreement (an “ Assignment Agreement ”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.1(a) and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to, and acknowledged by, the Agent; (ii) be conditioned on such assignee Lender representing to the assigning Lender and the Agent that it is purchasing the applicable Revolving Credit Advances or Letter of Credit Obligations to be assigned to it for its own account, for investment purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof; (iii) if a partial assignment, be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000 and, after giving effect to any such partial assignment, the assigning Lender shall have retained a Revolving Credit Commitment in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000; and (iv) include a payment to the Agent of an assignment fee of $3,500. In the case of an assignment by a Lender under this Section 9.1 , the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were a Lender hereunder. The assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its Revolving Credit Commitment or assigned portion thereof from and after the date of such assignment. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any assignment will give rise to a direct obligation of the Borrower to the assignee and that the assignee shall be considered to be a “Lender”. In all instances, each Lender’s liability to make Advances hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. In the event the Agent or any Lender assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of a Note, the Agent or any such Lender shall so notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender, execute new Notes in exchange for the Notes being assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1(a) , any Lender may at any time pledge or assign all or any portion of such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank ( provided , however , that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from such Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document).

(b) Any participation by a Lender of all or any part of its Revolving Credit Commitment shall be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000, and with the understanding that all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if that Lender had not sold such participation, and that the holder of any such participation, unless such holder is an Affiliate of such Lender,

 

58


shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except actions directly affecting (i) any reduction in the principal amount of, or interest rate or Fees payable with respect to, any Advance in which such holder participates, (ii) any extension of the scheduled amortization of the principal amount of any Advance in which such holder participates or the final maturity date thereof, and (iii) any release of all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents or the other Loan Documents). Solely for purposes of Sections 1.12 , 1.14 , 1.15 and 9.8 , the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that a participation shall give rise to a direct obligation of the Borrower to the participant and the participant shall be considered to be a “Lender”. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence the Borrower shall not have any obligation or duty to any participant. Neither the Agent nor any Lender (other than the Lender selling a participation) shall have any duty to any participant and may continue to deal solely with the Lender selling a participation as if no such sale had occurred.

(c) Except as expressly provided in this Section 9.1 , no Lender shall, as between the Borrower and that Lender, or the Agent and that Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting of participation in, all or any part of the Advances, the Notes or other Obligations owed to such Lender.

(d) The Borrower shall assist any Lender permitted to sell assignments or participations under this Section 9.1 as reasonably required to enable the assigning or selling Lender to effect any such assignment or participation, including the execution and delivery of any and all agreements, notes and other documents and instruments as shall be reasonably requested and the preparation of informational materials for, and the participation of management in meetings with, potential assignees or participants. The Borrower shall certify the correctness, completeness and accuracy of all descriptions of the Borrower and its affairs contained in any selling materials provided by it and all other information provided by it and included in such materials, except that any Projections delivered by the Borrower shall only be certified by the Borrower as having been prepared by the Borrower in compliance with the representations contained in Section 3.4 .

(e) A Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants). Each Lender shall obtain from assignees or participants confidentiality covenants substantially equivalent to those contained in Section 10.13 .

(f) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no Lender shall assign or sell participations in any portion of its Advances or Revolving Credit Commitment to a potential Lender or participant, if, as of the date of the proposed assignment or sale, the assignee Lender or participant would be subject to capital adequacy or similar requirements under Section 1.15(a) , increased costs under Section 1.15(b) , an inability to fund LIBOR Loans under Section 1.15(c) , or withholding taxes in accordance with Section 1.15(d) .

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”), may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle wholly owned by the Granting Lender (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing by the Granting Lender to the

 

59


Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Advances that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Advance; (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not be liable for any obligations to the SPC or the Granting Lender under Section 1.15 that would not have been incurred if the Granting Lender had not exercised its right to utilize the SPC structure contemplated hereby. The making of an Advance by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if such Advance were made by such Granting Lender. No SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). Any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Agent assign all or a portion of its interests in any Advances to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Advances and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. This Section 9.1(g) may not be amended without the prior written consent of each Granting Lender, all or any of whose Advances are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including without limitation, the approval of any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or the obligation to pay any amount otherwise payable by the Granting Lender under the Loan Documents, continue to be the Lender of record hereunder.

SECTION 9.2. Appointment of Agent . Bank of America is hereby appointed to act on behalf of all Holders as the Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 9.2 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Holders and neither the Borrower nor any other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Holders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any other Person. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature and the Agent shall not have, or be deemed to have, by reason of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Neither the Agent nor any of its Affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be liable to any Holder for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith, except for damages solely caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

If the Agent shall request instructions from the Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable, with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until the Agent shall have received instructions from

 

60


the Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable, and the Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of the Agent, be contrary to law or the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) if such action would, in the opinion of the Agent, expose the Agent to Environmental Liabilities or (c) if the Agent shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Without limiting the foregoing, no Holder shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent as a result of the Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable. The Lenders hereby authorize and direct the Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreements.

SECTION 9.3. The Agent’s Reliance, Etc . Neither the Agent nor any of its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for damages solely caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (a) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent receives written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof signed by such payee and in form satisfactory to the Agent; (b) may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any Holder and shall not be responsible to any Holder for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents on the part of the Borrower to inspect the Collateral (including the books and records) of the Borrower; (e) shall not be responsible to any Holder for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopy, telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 9.4. Bank of America and Affiliates . With respect to its Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Bank of America in its individual capacity. Bank of America and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower, any of its Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any such Affiliate, all as if Bank of America were not the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Holders. Bank of America and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Holders. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest

 

61


between Bank of America as a Lender and as the Agent hereunder and Bank of America as administrative agent under the Receivables Funding Documents.

SECTION 9.5. Lender Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Holder and based on the Financial Statements referred to in Section 3.4 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit and financial analysis of the Borrower and its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Holder and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.6. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligations of the Borrower hereunder), ratably according to their respective Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by the Agent in connection therewith; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and each other Loan Document, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.

SECTION 9.7. Successor Agent . The Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the resigning Agent’s giving notice of resignation, then the resigning Agent may, on behalf of the Holders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a Lender, if a Lender is willing to accept such appointment, or otherwise shall be a commercial bank or financial institution or a subsidiary of a commercial bank or financial institution if such commercial bank or financial institution is organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $300,000,000. If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to the foregoing, by the 30th day after the date such notice of resignation was given by the resigning Agent, such resignation shall become effective and the Requisite Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above. Any successor Agent appointed by Requisite Lenders hereunder shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be required if a Default or an Event of

 

62


Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Agent. Upon the earlier of the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent or the effective date of the resigning Agent’s resignation, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except that any indemnity rights or other rights in favor of such resigning Agent shall continue. After any resigning Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Agent may be removed at the written direction of the holders (other than the Agent) of two-thirds or more of the Revolving Credit Commitments (excluding the Agent’s Revolving Credit Commitment); provided that in so doing, such Lenders shall be deemed to have waived and released any and all claims they may have against the Agent.

SECTION 9.8. Setoff and Sharing of Payments . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and each holder of any Note is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any of its offices for the account of the Borrower (regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Borrower) and any other properties or assets any time held or owing by that Lender or that holder to or for the credit or for the account of the Borrower against and on account of any of the Obligations which are not paid when due. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, any Lender or holder of any Revolving Credit Note exercising a right to set off or otherwise receiving any payment on account of the Obligations in excess of its Pro Rata Share thereof shall purchase for cash (and the other Lenders or holders shall sell) such participations in each such other Lender’s or holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Obligations as would be necessary to cause such Lender to share the amount so set off or otherwise received with each other Lender or holder in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. Each Lender’s obligation under this Section 9.8 shall be in addition to and not limitation of its obligations to purchase a participation in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Swing Line Loan under Section 1.1(b)(iv) . The Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (a) any Lender or holder may exercise its right to set off with respect to amounts in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the Obligations and may sell participations in such amount so set off to other Lenders and holders and (b) any Lender or holders so purchasing a participation in the Advances made or other Obligations held by other Lenders or holders may exercise all rights of set-off, bankers’ lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender or holder were a direct holder of the Advances and the other Obligations in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the set-off amount or payment otherwise received is thereafter recovered from the Lender that has exercised the right of set-off, the purchase of participations by that Lender shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored without interest.

 

63


SECTION 9.9. Advances; Payments; Non-Funding Lenders; Information; Actions in Concert .

(a) Advances; Payments . (i) The Lenders shall refund or participate in the Swing Line Loan in accordance with clauses (iii)  and (iv)  of Section 1.1(b) . The Agent shall endeavor to notify the Lenders of each Notice of Revolving Credit Advance by 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the proposed funding date for Base Rate Loans or by noon. (California time) at least three Business Days before any proposed funding of LIBOR Loans, by telecopy, telephone or other similar form of transmission. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent in same day funds by wire transfer to the Agent’s account as set forth in Annex H not later than 2:00 p.m. (California time) on the requested funding date, unless Agent’s notice is received after the times provided above, in which event each Lender shall fund its Pro Rata Share by noon (California time) on the next Business Day. After receipt of such wire transfers (or, in the Agent’s sole discretion, before receipt of such wire transfers), subject to the terms hereof, the Agent shall make the requested Revolving Credit Advance to the Borrower. All payments by each Lender shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

(ii) The Agent will advise each Lender by telephone or telecopy of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid for the benefit of Lenders with respect to each applicable Revolving Credit Advance. Provided that such Lender has made all payments required to be made by it and purchased all participations required to be purchased by it under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the date of any such payment, the Agent will pay to each Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid by the Borrower for the benefit of that Lender on the Revolving Credit Advances held by it. Such payments shall be made by wire transfer to such Lender’s account (as specified by such Lender in Annex H or the applicable Assignment Agreement) not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of such payment.

(b) Availability of Lender’s Pro Rata Share . The Agent may assume that each Lender will make its Pro Rata Share of each Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent on each funding date. If such Pro Rata Share is not, in fact, paid to the Agent by such Lender when due, the Agent will be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Pro Rata Share forthwith upon the Agent’s demand, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately repay such amount to the Agent. Nothing in this Section 9.9(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to require the Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. To the extent that the Agent advances funds to the Borrower on behalf of any Lender and is not reimbursed therefor on the same Business Day as such advance is made, the Agent shall be entitled to retain for its account all interest accrued on such advance until reimbursed by the applicable Lender.

(c) Return of Payments . (i) If the Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by the Agent from the Borrower and such related payment is not received by the Agent, then the Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

64


(ii) If the Agent determines at any time that any amount received by the Agent under this Agreement must be returned to the Borrower or paid to any other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to the Agent on demand any portion of such amount that the Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as the Agent is required to pay to the Borrower or such other Person, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

(d) Non-Funding Lenders . The failure of any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Funding Lender ”) to make any Revolving Credit Advance, to purchase any participation in the Swing Line Loan to be made or purchased by it on the date specified therefor or to incur or purchase any participation in Letter of Credit Obligations shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Lender, an “ Other Lender ”) of its obligations to make such Advance or purchase such participation on such date, but neither any Other Lender nor the Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Revolving Credit Advance to be made, or to purchase a participation to be purchased, by such Non-Funding Lender, and no Non-Funding Lender shall have any obligation to the Agent or any Other Lender for the failure by such Non-Funding Lender. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be included in the calculation of “Requisite Lenders” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document.

(e) Dissemination of Information . The Agent will use reasonable efforts to provide the Lenders with any notice of Default or Event of Default received by the Agent from, or delivered by the Agent to, the Borrower, with notice of any Event of Default of which the Agent has actually become aware and with notice of any action taken by the Agent following any Event of Default; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be liable to any Lender for any failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is attributable solely to the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Lenders acknowledge that the Borrower is required to provide Financial Statements and Collateral Reports to the Lenders in accordance with Annex E hereto and agree that the Agent shall have no duty to provide the same to the Lenders.

(f) Actions in Concert . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or the Notes (including exercising any rights of set-off) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Agent or Requisite Lenders, it being the intent of the Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and the Notes shall be taken in concert.

 

65


ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.1. Complete Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . (a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, commitments, understandings or inducements (oral or written, expressed or implied).

(b) Except for actions expressly permitted to be taken by the Agent, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or any consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Borrower, and by the Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all affected Lenders, as applicable. Except as set forth in clauses (c)  and (d)  below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of any Lenders shall require the written consent of Requisite Lenders.

(c) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement which increases the percentage advance rates set forth in the definition of the Borrowing Base, or which makes less restrictive the nondiscretionary criteria for exclusion from Eligible Inventory set forth in Section 1.5 , shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent, the Supermajority Lenders and the Borrower. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement which (i) waives compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 to the making of any Advance or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations, or (ii) changes the methodology used in computing any Reserve included in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate as of the Effective Date, which change directly results in a reduction in the amount of such Reserve, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent, the Requisite Lenders and the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no waiver or consent with respect to any Default (if in connection therewith the Agent or the Requisite Lenders, as the case may be, have exercised its or their right to suspend the making of further Advances pursuant to Section 8.2(a) ) or any Event of Default shall be effective for purposes of the conditions precedent to the making of Advances or the incurrence of Letter of Credit Obligations set forth in Section 2.2 unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent, the Requisite Lenders and the Borrower.

(d) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent and each Lender directly affected thereby, do any of the following: (i) increase the principal amount of any Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (which action shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders); (ii) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or Fees payable with respect to any Advances or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations of any affected Lender; (iii) extend any scheduled payment date or final maturity date of the principal amount of any Advance of any affected Lender; (iv) waive, forgive, defer, extend or postpone any payment of interest or Fees as to any affected Lender; (v) release any Guaranty or, except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, permit the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral

 

66


with a value exceeding $2,000,000 in the aggregate (which action shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders); (vi) change the percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; (vii) amend or waive this Section 10.1 or the definitions of the terms “Requisite Lenders,” or “Supermajority Lenders” insofar as such definitions affect the substance of this Section 10.1 ; or (viii) amend or waive Section 1.1(a)(v) insofar as such amendment would increase the amount of Overadvances permitted to be made or outstanding under this Agreement; or (ix) amend or waive Section 6.8(a) or the definition of the term “Stop Event” insofar as such definition affects the substance of Section 6.8(a) . Furthermore, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting the rights or duties of Agent or L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any increase in the L/C Sublimit or any release of any Guaranty or Collateral requiring a writing signed by all Lenders, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Agent or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in addition to Lenders required hereinabove to take such action. Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be required for the Agent to take additional Collateral pursuant to any Loan Document. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be effective without the written concurrence of the holder of that Note. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.1 shall be binding upon each holder of the Notes at the time outstanding and each future holder of the Notes.

(e) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”):

(i) requiring the consent of all affected Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this clause (i) and in clause (ii) below being referred to as “ Non Consenting Lender ”);

(ii) requiring the consent of Supermajority Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of Supermajority Lenders is not obtained;

then, so long as Agent is not a Non Consenting Lender, at Borrower’s request made within 60 days following the proposal of the Proposed Change, Agent, or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent, shall have the right with Agent’s consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non Consenting Lenders, and such Non Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Non Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan held by the Non Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated within 60 days after Borrower’s request pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement.

 

67


(f) Upon indefeasible payment in full in cash and performance of all of the Obligations (other than indemnification Obligations under Section 1.12 ), termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and a release of all claims against the Agent and the Lenders, and so long as no suits, actions proceedings, or claims are pending or threatened against any Indemnified Person asserting any Claim, the Agent shall deliver to the Borrower termination statements, mortgage releases and other documents necessary or appropriate to evidence the termination of the Liens securing payment of the Obligations.

SECTION 10.2. Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.10 , Borrower shall reimburse (i) Agent for all fees, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of all of its counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors) and (ii) Agent (and, with respect to clauses (a) through (f)  below, all Lenders) for all fees, costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors (including environmental and management consultants and appraisers) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and filing and/or recordation of the Loan Documents and incurred in connection with:

(a) any amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, or termination of, any of the Loan Documents or advice in connection with the syndication and administration of the Advances and Letters of Credit made pursuant hereto or its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Agent, any Lender, the Borrower or any other Person and whether as a party, witness or otherwise) in any way relating to the Collateral, any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any appeal or review thereof, in connection with a case commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent by virtue of the Loan Documents, including any such litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action arising in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the Obligations during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided , that no Person shall be entitled to reimbursement under this clause (b)  in respect of any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action to the extent any of the foregoing results from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(c) any attempt to enforce any remedies of Agent or any Lender against the Borrower or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent or any Lender by virtue of any of the Loan Documents, including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the Obligations during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided , that in the case of reimbursement of counsel for Lenders other than Agent, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel for all such Lenders;

(d) any workout or restructuring of the Obligations during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided , that in the case of reimbursement of counsel for Lenders other than Agent, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel for all such Lenders; and

 

68


(e) efforts to (i) monitor the Advances, Letters of Credit or any of the other Obligations, (ii) evaluate, observe or assess the Borrower or its affairs, and (iii) verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral;

(f) including, as to each of clauses (a) through (e)  above, all reasonable attorneys’ and other professional and service providers’ fees arising from such services and other advice, assistance or other representation, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings, and all expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and others in connection with or relating to any of the events or actions described in this Section 10.2 , all of which shall be payable, on demand, by Borrower to Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: fees, costs and expenses of accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, investment bankers, management and other consultants and paralegals; court costs and expenses; photocopying and duplication expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram or telecopy charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal or other advisory services.

SECTION 10.3. No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Agent or the Lenders, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Borrower, of any provision of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents shall waive, affect or diminish any right of the Agent or the Lenders thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any suspension or waiver of a Default shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of the Borrower contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and no Default by the Borrower shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by the Lenders, unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other authorized employee of the Agent and the Requisite Lenders if required hereunder and directed to the Borrower specifying such suspension or waiver.

SECTION 10.4. Remedies . The rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies which the Agent or any Lender may have under any other agreement, including the Loan Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Collateral shall not be required.

SECTION 10.5. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.6. Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

 

69


SECTION 10.7. Right of Set-off . In addition to each Lender’s rights under Section 1.10, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to setoff and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts to promptly notify the Agent and the Borrower after any such setoff and application made by the such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice (or to timely do so) shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lenders under this Section are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lenders may have.

SECTION 10.8. Authorized Signature . Until the Agent shall be notified by the Borrower to the contrary, the signature upon any document or instrument delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto and believed by the Agent or any of the Agent’s officers, agents, or employees to be that of an officer or duly authorized representative of the Borrower listed in Schedule 10.8 shall bind the Borrower and be deemed to be the act of the Borrower affixed pursuant to and in accordance with resolutions duly adopted by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, and the Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to assume the authority of each signature and authority of the Person whose signature it is or appears to be unless the Person acting in reliance on such signature shall have actual knowledge of the fact that such signature is false or the Person whose signature or purported signature is presented is without authority.

SECTION 10.9. Notices .

(a) Addresses . All notices, demands, requests, directions and other communications required or expressly authorized to be made by this Agreement shall, whether or not specified to be in writing but unless otherwise expressly specified to be given by any other means, be given in writing and (i) addressed to (A) the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated in Annex I , or (B) otherwise to the party to be notified at its address specified on the signature page of any applicable Assignment Agreement, (ii) posted to Intralinks ® (to the extent such system is available and set up by or at the direction of the Agent prior to posting) in an appropriate location by uploading such notice, demand, request, direction or other communication to www.intralinks.com, faxing it to 866-545-6600 with an appropriate bar-coded fax coversheet or using such other means of posting to Intralinks ® as may be available and reasonably acceptable to the Agent prior to such posting, (iii) posted to any other E-System set up by or at the direction of Agent in an appropriate location or (iv) addressed to such other address as shall be notified in writing (A) in the case of Borrower, Agent and Swingline Lender, to the other parties hereto and (B) in the case of all other parties, to Borrower and Agent. Transmission by electronic mail (including E-Fax, even if transmitted to the fax numbers set forth in clause (i) above) shall not be sufficient or effective to transmit any such notice under this clause (a) unless such transmission is an available means to post to any E-System.

 

70


(b) Effectiveness . All communications described in clause (a) above and all other notices, demands, requests and other communications made in connection with this Agreement shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (i) if delivered by hand, upon personal delivery, (ii) if delivered by overnight courier service, one Business Day after delivery to such courier service, (iii) if delivered by mail, three days after being placed in the mails, (iv) if delivered by facsimile (other than to post to an E-System pursuant to clause (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above), upon sender’s receipt of confirmation of proper transmission, and (v) if delivered by posting to any E-System, on the later of the date of such posting in an appropriate location and the date access to such posting is given to the recipient thereof in accordance with the standard procedures applicable to such E-System. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Borrower or Agent) designated in Annex I to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice.

SECTION 10.10. Section Titles . The Section titles and Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall, collectively and separately, constitute one agreement.

SECTION 10.12. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.13. Confidentiality .

(a) The Borrower agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) issue any news release or make any public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such news release or public announcement is required by law, in which case the Borrower shall consult with the Agent prior to the issuance of any such news release or public announcement. The Borrower may, however, disclose the general terms of this Agreement and the Receivables Funding Documents to trade creditors, suppliers and other similarly situated Persons so long as such disclosure is not in the form of a news release or public announcement.

(b) The Borrower has furnished and will furnish to the Agent and the Lenders certain information concerning the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which the Borrower has advised is non-public, proprietary or confidential in nature (“ Confidential Information ”). The Agent and each Lender confirms to the Borrower, for itself, that it is the policy and practice of the Agent and such Lender to maintain in confidence all Confidential Information which is provided to it under agreements providing for the extension of credit and which is identified to it as such, and that it will protect the confidentiality of Confidential Information submitted to it with respect to the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries under this Agreement, commensurate with its efforts to maintain the confidentiality of its own Confidential Information, provided , however , that (i) nothing contained herein shall prevent the Agent or any Lender from

 

71


disclosing Confidential Information (A) to its Affiliates, to its directors, officers and employees and to any legal counsel, auditors, appraisers, consultants or other persons retained by it or its Affiliates as professional advisors, on the condition that such information not be further disclosed except in compliance with this Section 10.13(b) ; (B) under color of legal authority, including, without limitation, to any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over it or its operations or to or under the authority of any court deemed by it to be of competent jurisdiction; (C) to any actual or potential assignee of or participant in any Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof to the extent such actual or potential assignee or participant has agreed to maintain such information in confidence on the basis set forth in this Section 10.13(b) ; (D) as necessary in connection with the exercise of its rights and remedies under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (E) to any rating agency; and (F) to any provider or potential provider of liquidity or credit support to any Lender in connection herewith or in connection with the Receivables Funding Documents, and any assignee, participant, or potential assignee or participant of any thereof to the extent such actual or potential provider of liquidity or credit support has agreed to maintain such information in confidence on the basis set forth in this Section 10.13(b) ; (ii) the terms of this Section 10.13(b) shall be inapplicable to any information furnished to it which is in its possession prior to the delivery to it of such information by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise has been obtained by it on a non-confidential basis, or which was or becomes available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain (other than as a result of the Agent’s or such Lender’s failure or any prospective participant’s or assignee’s failure to abide hereby), or which was not non-public, proprietary or confidential when the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries delivered it to the Agent or any Lender; and (iii) the determination by the Agent or any Lender as to the application of any of the circumstances described in the foregoing clauses (i)  and (ii)  will be conclusive and binding if made in good faith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower, Agent and any Lender (and each of their employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Borrower, Agent or Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)  above, the Borrower consents to the Agent publishing a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 10.14. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein or therein. The Borrower may not assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents without the prior express written consent of the Agent and all Lenders. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by the Borrower without such prior express written consent shall be void. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be

 

72


no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.15. Amendment and Restatement .

(a) This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Second Amended Credit Agreement and, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Second Amended Credit Agreement shall, subject to Section 10.15(c) , be superseded hereby.

(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Second Amended Credit Agreement by this Agreement, all of the Obligations owing to the Lenders under the Second Amended Credit Agreement which remain outstanding as of the date hereof, shall constitute Obligations owing hereunder. This Agreement is given in substitution for the Second Amended Credit Agreement, and not as payment of the Obligations of the Borrower thereunder, and is in no way intended to constitute a novation of the Second Amended Credit Agreement.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to the Second Amended Credit Agreement in any of the Loan Documents and in each document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement. Except as expressly modified as of the Effective Date, all of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT, AND THE LENDERS HEREBY CONSENT AND AGREE THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED , THAT THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE SUCH JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT, AND THE LENDERS EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH SUCH PERSON MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE

 

73


RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PERSON AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 10.9 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PERSON’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE U.S. MAILS PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF TRIAL JURY . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO, THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

SECTION 10.18. Press Releases and Related Matters . The Borrower agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of Bank of America or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to Bank of America and without the prior written consent of Bank of America unless (and only to the extent that) the Borrower or such Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event, the Borrower or such Affiliate will consult with Bank of America before issuing such press release or other public disclosure. Each of Agent and Lenders agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to the Borrower and without the prior written consent of the Borrower unless (and only to the extent that) Bank of America, such Lender or such Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event, Bank of America, such Lender or such Affiliate will consult with the Borrower before issuing such press release or other public disclosure. The Borrower consents to the publication by Agent or any Lender of advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using the Borrower’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Agent or such Lender shall provide a draft of any advertising material to the Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

74


SECTION 10.19. Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, should the Borrower become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Borrower’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

SECTION 10.20. Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it has discussed this Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 , with its counsel.

SECTION 10.21. No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

75


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Name:   Simon Y. Leung
Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Signature Page

to

BofA/Synnex Third Amended

and Restated Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Agent, Lender and Swing Line Lender
By:  

/s/    Erie R.L. Archer

Name:   Erie R.L. Archer
Title:   Principal

Signature Page

to

BofA/Synnex Third Amended

and Restated Credit Agreement


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION,
as Lender
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page

to

BofA/Synnex Third Amended

and Restated Credit Agreement


ANNEX A

TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

(1) Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have (unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) the following respective meanings:

ACH Transactions ” means any cash management or related services including the automatic clearing house transfer of funds by the Agent or any Lender for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to agreement or overdrafts.

Account Debtor ” means any Person who may become obligated to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles (including a payment intangible).

Accounts ” shall mean all “accounts,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and, in any event, including (a) all accounts receivable, other receivables, book debts and other forms of obligations (other than forms of obligations evidenced by Chattel Paper, or Instruments), (including any such obligations that may be characterized as an account or contract right under the Code), (b) all of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s rights in, to and under all purchase orders or receipts for goods or services, (c) all of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing (including unpaid sellers’ rights of rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit and rights to returned, reclaimed or repossessed goods), (d) all rights to payment due to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof for property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, for a policy of insurance issued or to be issued, for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, for energy provided or to be provided, for the use or hire of a vessel under a charter or other contract, arising out of the use of a credit card or charge card, or for services rendered or to be rendered by the Borrower or Subsidiary or in connection with any other transaction (whether or not yet earned by performance on the part of the Borrower or Subsidiary), (e) all health care insurance receivables and (f) all collateral security of any kind, given by any Account Debtor or any other Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Additional Domestic Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.2(h) .

Advance ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Advance, as the context may require.

Advance Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.19 .

 

ANNEX A-1


Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person, (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or any Affiliate of such Person, or (c) each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint ventures and partners. For the purpose of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that the term “ Affiliate ” shall specifically exclude the Agent and each Lender.

Agent ” shall mean Bank of America in its capacity as Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 or its successor appointed pursuant to Section 9.7 .

Agreement ” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it forms a part, including all Annexes, Schedules, and Exhibits attached or otherwise identified thereto, all restatements, modifications and supplements hereof or hereto, and any appendices, attachments, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , that any reference to the Schedules to this Agreement shall be deemed a reference to the Schedules as in effect as of the Effective Date, unless otherwise provided in a written amendment thereto or in a deemed amendment pursuant to Section 5.8 .

Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement ” shall mean that certain Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997 between SFC and Synnex, as in effect on the Effective Date and without giving effect to any modifications or amendments thereto, pursuant to which Synnex agrees to provide office space and certain administrative and clerical services to SFC and to advance to SFC subordinated loans from time to time in an aggregate not to exceed $500,000 to satisfy SFC’s initial and ongoing administrative and operating expenses.

Applicable Law ” shall mean, with respect to a Person, all laws, rules, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to such Person or its conduct, transaction, agreement or matter in question, including all applicable statutory law, common law and equitable principles, and all provisions of constitutions, treaties, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of Governmental Authorities.

Applicable Margin ” means the per annum interest rate margin from time to time in effect and payable in addition to the Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate, as the case may be, applicable to the Revolving Credit Loan, as determined by reference to Section 1.4(a) .

Application for Letter of Credit ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex J .

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in its ordinary course of activities, and is administered or managed by a Lender, an entity that administers or manages a Lender, or an Affiliate of either.

 

ANNEX A-2


Assignment Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.1(a) .

Bank of America ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A, a national banking association, and its successors.

Bank Product Debt ” shall mean Debt and other obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors relating to Bank Products.

Bank Product Reserve ” shall mean the aggregate amount of reserves established by Agent from time to time in its discretion in respect of Bank Product Debt.

Bank Products ” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by the Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of the Agent or any Lender in reliance on an agreement by the Agent or any Lender to indemnify such Affiliate: (a) credit cards; (b) ACH Transactions; (c) cash management, including controlled disbursement services; (d) Hedge Agreements; and (e) letters of credit and bankers acceptances.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code.

Base Rate ” shall mean for any day, a per annum rate equal to the greater of: (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) the LIBOR Rate for a 1 month interest period as quoted on such day (or if such day is not a LIBOR Business Day, as of the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day) for a LIBOR Period commencing 2 Business Days from such day, plus 1.0%. Each change in any interest rate provided for in the Agreement based upon the Base Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Base Rate.

Base Rate Loan ” shall mean the Swing Line Loan and any portion of the Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest by reference to the Base Rate.

Blocked Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex B .

Blocked Account Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex B .

Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Security Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Borrowing Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (i) the Maximum Amount and (ii) the Borrowing Base, in each case less the Swing Line Loan outstanding at such time.

 

ANNEX A-3


Borrowing Base ” shall mean, as of any date of determination by the Agent, an amount equal to the sum of:

(i) the lesser of (A) the product of (x) 85% and (y) the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory (other than Production Inventory) as of such date based on the most recently conducted appraisal of the Borrower’s inventory and (B) the product of (1) 50% and (2) aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory (other than Production Inventory) as of such date, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis; plus

(ii) the lesser of (A) the product of (x) 15%, and (y) the aggregate amount of Production Inventory as of such date, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, and (B) $5,000,000 ( provided , however , that the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition shall in no event exceed $120,000,000); plus

(iii) the product of (A) the Net Receivables Advance Rate and (B) the Net Receivables Balance; plus

(iv) the product of (A) 70% and (B) the Special Obligor Aggregate Permitted Concentration Amount;

in each case, less any Reserves established by Agent at such time.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall mean a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1(a)(iv) .

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York or the State of California and in reference to LIBOR Loans shall mean any such day that is also a LIBOR Business Day.

Canadian Collateralized Guaranty ” means the Collateralized Guaranty executed by IBM Canada Limited and the Borrower.

Canadian Subsidiary ” means SYNNEX Canada Limited, an Ontario corporation.

Canadian Subsidiary Guaranties ” means, collectively, the Canadian Subsidiary Loan Guaranty and the Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Guaranty.

Canadian Subsidiary Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement dated December 15, 2006 between the Canadian Subsidiary and the Bank of Montreal in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (Canadian dollars).

Canadian Subsidiary Loan Guaranty ” means the unsecured guaranty by the Borrower of up to $20,000,000 (Canadian dollars) of the obligations of the Canadian Subsidiary under the Canadian Subsidiary Loan Agreement.

 

ANNEX A-4


Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Agreement ” means the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2005, between the Canadian Subsidiary, Royal Bank of Canada and the Borrower.

Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Guaranty ” means the unsecured performance guaranty by the Borrower of the obligations of the Canadian Subsidiary under the Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Agreement, which guaranty is set forth in Section 9 of the Canadian Subsidiary Securitization Agreement.

Cap ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1 .

Capital Lease ” shall mean any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by any Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP, either would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person or otherwise be disclosed as such in a note to such balance sheet.

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, as of any date, the amount of the obligation of the lessee under a Capital Lease that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease or otherwise be disclosed as such in a note to such balance sheet.

Cash Collateral Account ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex J .

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean: (a) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; (b) certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits and bankers’ acceptances of any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, in each case with maturities of not more than sixty (60) days from the date acquired; and (d) shares of money market mutual funds having net assets in excess of $500,000,000 the investments of which are limited to one or more of the types of investments described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, provided that such mutual funds have maturities which occur or redemption or withdrawal rights which are exercisable no later than one year from the date of investment.

Cash Management Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Obligations”.

Change of Control ” shall mean any event, transaction or occurrence after the Effective Date as a result of which: (a) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of a greater percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Borrower having the right to vote for the election of directors of the Borrower under ordinary circumstances than owned by the Mitac Group; (b) during

 

ANNEX A-5


any period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months ending after the Effective Date, individuals who at the beginning of such twelve-month period constituted the board of directors of the Borrower (together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors of the Borrower or whose nomination for election by the Stockholders of the Borrower was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office; (c) the Borrower ceases to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital Stock of any of its Domestic Subsidiaries; (d) the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof shall have sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned or otherwise disposed of all or substantially all of its assets; or (e) any fundamental change as described in the Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum.

Charges ” shall mean all Federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to PBGC at the time due and payable), levies, assessments, charges or Liens upon or relating to (a) the Collateral, (b) the Obligations, (c) the employees, payroll, income or gross receipts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, (d) the ownership or use by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof of any of its assets, or (e) any other aspect of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business.

Chattel Paper ” shall mean any “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in the Code, including electronic chattel paper, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

Claim ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.12 .

Closing Date ” shall mean February 12, 2007, the date on which the initial advances were made under the Second Amended Credit Agreement.

Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s or any Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Collateral ” shall mean the property covered by the Collateral Documents and any other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, to secure any or all of the Obligations.

 

ANNEX A-6


Collateral Documents ” shall mean the Security Agreements, the Stock Pledge Agreements, the Trademark Security Agreement, the Control Agreements and all other instruments and agreements now or hereafter securing the whole or any part of the Obligations.

Collection Account ” shall mean that certain account of the Agent, account number 9370014304 in the name of the Agent at Bank of America, N.A., New York, New York, ABA number 026-009-593, Reference SYNNEX Corp., or such other account as may be designated by the Agent.

Commitment Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) February 11, 2011, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 8.2 and (c) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.2 .

Commitments ” shall mean as to all of the Lenders, the aggregate of all of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments, which aggregate commitment shall be $80,000,000, as such amount may be increased to up to $150,000,000 pursuant to Section 1.2(e) , or otherwise adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

ComputerLand ” shall mean ComputerLand Corporation, a California corporation, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.13(b) .

Contracts ” shall mean all the contracts, under-takings, or agreements (other than rights evidenced by Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments) in or under which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof may now or hereafter have any right, title or interest, including any agreement relating to the terms of payment or the terms of performance of any Account.

Control Agreements ” shall mean a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, executed and delivered by the Borrower or the applicable Domestic Subsidiary thereof, the Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a securities account of Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary) or bank (with respect to a deposit account of Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary).

Convertible Senior Noteholders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.14 .

Convertible Senior Notes ” shall mean those certain convertible senior notes issued by Borrower with a final maturity date of not less than ten (10) years from the date of issuance, in an amount not to exceed $150,000,000 with an interest rate up to 5.5% and subject to the terms set forth in the Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum.

Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum ” shall mean that certain draft Offering Memorandum, dated May 5, 2008, together with any immaterial changes (including, without limitation, (x) the months during the year during which semiannual payments are required to be made and (y) the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes, provided that the principal amount, including any exercised or available over-allotments, shall not exceed $150,000,000) made to subsequent versions of, and the final, Offering Memorandum.

 

ANNEX A-7


Copyrights ” shall mean any copyright to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof now or hereafter has title, as well as any application for a copyright hereafter made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

Credit Facility Concentration Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Special Obligor, that percentage, if any, set forth in Schedule II to this Agreement with respect to such Special Obligor, or such other percentage as the Agent (with the consent of the Requisite Lenders) may at any time and from time to time designate in its sole discretion with respect to such Special Obligor in a written notification to the Borrower.

Credit Judgment ” shall mean Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment exercised in good faith, based upon its consideration of any factor that it believes (a) could adversely affect the quantity, quality, mix or value of Collateral (including any Applicable Law that may inhibit collection of an Account), the enforceability or priority of Agent’s Liens, or the amount that Agent and Lenders could receive in liquidation of any Collateral; (b) suggests that any collateral report or financial information delivered by any Credit Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (c) materially increases the likelihood of any Insolvency Proceeding involving an Credit Party; or (d) creates or could result in a Default or Event of Default. In exercising such commercially reasonable judgment, Agent may consider any factors that could increase the credit risk of lending to Borrower on the security of the Collateral.

Credit Party ” shall mean the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Debt ” of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including reimbursement and all other obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances, whether or not matured, but not including non-delinquent obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business), (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreements with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (d) all Capital Lease Obligations, (e) all Guaranteed Debt, (f) all Debt referred to in clause (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, (g) the Obligations, (h) all liabilities under Title IV of ERISA and (i) all liabilities under or with respect to interest rate protection or currency exchange agreements.

Default ” shall mean any event which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

ANNEX A-8


Default Rate ” shall mean (a) with respect to principal owing on Revolving Credit Advances or Swing Line Advances, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) over the rate or rates of interest otherwise in effect hereunder from time to time therefor, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Fee, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) over the Letter of Credit Fee otherwise in effect hereunder from time to time therefor, and (c) with respect to interest or other Obligations (excluding principal on the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and the fee payable on Letter of Credit Obligations), a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus three percent (3.0%).

Deferred Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, the amount of deferred taxes of such Person as shown on the balance sheet of such Person as of such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Deposit Accounts ” means all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the Code, now or hereafter held in the name of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

Disbursement Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex B .

Documents ” shall mean all “documents,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located.

DOL ” shall mean the United States Department of Labor or any successor thereto.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary, if (i) such Domestic Subsidiary has not executed and delivered to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a Guaranty or Security Agreement, or such Guaranty or Security Agreement is not then in effect, or (ii) a Stock Pledge Agreement in respect of all of the then outstanding Stock of such Domestic Subsidiary has not been executed and delivered to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, or is not then in effect.

Domestic Person ” shall mean any Person organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, other than EMJ America, Inc., a North Carolina corporation.

Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which this Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 2.1 .

Eligible Assignee ” shall mean a Person that is (a) a Lender, U.S.-based Affiliate of a Lender or Approved Fund; (b) any other financial institution approved by Agent and Borrower (which approval by Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall be deemed given if no objection is made within five Business Days after notice of the proposed assignment), that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state or district thereof, has total assets in excess of $5 billion, extends

 

ANNEX A-9


asset-based lending facilities in its ordinary course of business and whose becoming an assignee would not constitute a prohibited transaction under Section 4975 of the IRC or any other Applicable Law; and (c) during any Event of Default, any Person acceptable to Agent in its discretion.

Eligible Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.

Eligible Receivable ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Receivables Funding Documents.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all Federal, state and local and foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, orders and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, and in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any applicable judicial or administrative interpretation thereof relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the environment and natural resources (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, land surface or subsurface strata, wildlife, aquatic species and vegetation). Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq .) (“ CERCLA ”); the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq .); the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. Sections 136 et seq .); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq .) (“ RCRA ”); the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq .); the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 740 et seq .); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq .); the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. Sections 651 et seq .) (“ OSHA ”); and the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 300(f) et seq .), and any and all regulations promulgated thereunder, and all analogous state and local and foreign counterparts or equivalents and any transfer of ownership notification or approval statutes.

Environmental Liabilities and Costs ” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, remedial actions, removal costs, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts and consultants and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest incurred as a result of any claim, suit, action or demand by any person or entity, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law (including any thereof arising under any Environmental Law, permit, order or agreement with any Governmental Authority) and which relate to any health or safety condition regulated under any Environmental Law or in connection with any other environmental matter or Release, threatened Release, or the presence of a Hazardous Material.

Equipment ” shall mean all “equipment,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located and, in any event, including all of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ machinery and equipment, including processing equipment, conveyors, machine tools, data processing and computer equipment, including embedded software and peripheral equipment and all engineering, processing and manufacturing equipment, office

 

ANNEX A-10


machinery, furniture, materials handling equipment, tools, attachments, accessories, automotive equipment, trailers, trucks, forklifts, molds, dies, stamps, motor vehicles, rolling stock and other equipment of every kind and nature, trade fixtures and fixtures not forming a part of real property, together with all additions and accessions thereto, replacements therefor, all parts therefor, all substitutes for any of the foregoing, fuel therefor, and all manuals, drawings, instructions, warranties and rights with respect thereto, and all products and proceeds thereof and condemnation awards and insurance proceeds with respect thereto.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or any successor legislation thereto), as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and which, together with the Borrower or such Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC.

ERISA Event ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate, (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Title IV Plan or a Multi-employer Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a) (2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multi-employer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multi-employer Plan by the PBGC; (f) the failure to make required contributions to a Qualified Plan; or (g) any other event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multi-employer Plan or the imposition of any material liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.1 .

Excluded Assets ” means any rights or interest of Borrower arising in connection with (a) the Accounts Receivable Assignment Agreement dated as of February 28, 2006, among Corporativo Lanix, S.A. de C.V., Alef Soluciones Integrales, S.A. de C.V. and Accesorios y Suministros Informáticos, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the “ Lanix Consortium ”), as assignors, Synnex Mexico and Borrower, as assignee, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (b) the Accounts Receivable Assignment Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005, among the Lanix Consortium, as assignors, Synnex Mexico and Borrower, as assignee, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (c) the Multiannual Services Agreement (Contrato Multianual de Prestación de Servicios) number 62.PE.2005-2010, dated October 31, 2005, between the Lanix Consortium, as services providers, and the Ministry of Education (Secretaría de Educación Pública), a Ministry of the Federal Public Administration of México (the “ SEP ”), as the same

 

ANNEX A-11


may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (d) the Multiannual Services Agreement (Contrato Multianual de Prestación de Servicios) number 67.PE.2005-2010, dated October 31, 2005, between the Lanix Consortium, as services providers, and SEP, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (e) any payments, accounts (as such term is defined in the Code) or other amounts payable with respect to any of the foregoing rights or interests, (f) any proceeds thereof, or (g) that certain deposit account number 945912430012 maintained with Bank of America (the “ Mex Bank of America Account ”), except that any amounts deposited in the Mex Bank of America Account not described above shall not constitute “Excluded Assets”.

Federal Funds Rate ” (a) the weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on the applicable Business Day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable day is not a Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the average rate (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/8 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on the applicable day on such transactions, as determined by Agent.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement dated the Effective Date between the Borrower and the Agent.

Fees ” shall mean any and all fees payable to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

Financials ” shall mean the financial statements referred to in paragraph 1 of Schedule 3.4 .

Fiscal Month ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, each calendar month.

Fiscal Quarter ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, each three-month period ending on February 28 (or 29), May 31, August 31, and November 30 in each year.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the twelve-month period ending on November 30 in each year. Subsequent changes of the fiscal year of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall not change the term “Fiscal Year,” unless the Requisite Lenders shall consent in writing to such change.

Fixtures ” shall mean all “fixtures” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

Foreign Person ” shall mean any Person other than a Domestic Person.

 

ANNEX A-12


Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, consistently applied, as such term is further defined in Annex G to the Agreement.

General Intangibles ” shall mean all “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, including all right, title and interest which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof may now or hereafter have in or under any Contract, all payment intangibles, customer lists, Licenses, Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, and all applications therefor and reissues, extensions or renewals thereof, rights in Intellectual Property, interests in partnerships, joint ventures and other business associations, licenses, permits, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), technical information, procedures, designs, knowledge, know-how, software, data bases, data, skill, expertise, experience, processes, models, drawings, materials and records, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark or Trademark License), all rights and claims in or under insurance policies (including insurance for fire, damage, loss and casualty, whether covering personal property, real property, tangible rights or intangible rights, all liability, life, key man and business interruption insurance, and all unearned premiums), uncertificated securities, choses in action, deposit, checking and other bank accounts, rights to receive tax refunds and other payments, rights to receive dividends, distributions, cash, Instruments and other property in respect of or in exchange for pledged Stock and Investment Property, rights of indemnification, all books and records, correspondence, credit files, invoices and other papers, including without limitation all tapes, cards, computer runs and other papers and documents in the possession or under the control of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or any computer bureau or service company from time to time acting for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Goods ” shall mean all “goods” as defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located, including embedded software to the extent included in “goods” as defined in the Code, manufactured homes, standing timber that is cut and removed for sale and unborn young of animals.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the United States of America, any state, local or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions thereof or pertaining thereto.

Guaranteed Debt ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner including any obligation or arrangement of such Person (a) to purchase or repurchase any such primary obligation, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d) to indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss

 

ANNEX A-13


in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranteed Debt at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser at such time of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranteed Debt is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guaranteed Debt; or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof.

Guaranties ” shall mean, collectively, the Subsidiary Guaranty and each other guaranty in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, executed by any Guarantor in favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, in respect of the Obligations.

Guarantors ” shall mean, collectively, ComputerLand Corporation, MiTAC Industrial Corp., License Online, Inc., Concentrix Corporation, Synnex Manufacturing Services, Inc., Synnex Finance Hybrid, Inc., and each other Person, if any, which is requested to execute a guaranty or other similar agreement under this Agreement in favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, in respect of the Obligations.

Hazardous Material ” shall mean a Hazardous Substance and/or a Hazardous Waste.

Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any element, material, compound, mixture, solution, chemical, substance, or pollutant within the definition of “hazardous substance” under Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14); petroleum or any fraction, by-product or distillation product thereof; asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, or any radioactive substances; and any material regulated as a hazardous substance by any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof owns or operates or has owned or operated a facility.

Hazardous Waste ” shall mean any element, pollutant, contaminate or discarded material (including any radioactive material) within the definition of Section 103(6) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6903(6); and any material regulated as a hazardous waste by any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof owns or operates or has owned or operated a facility, or to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof sends material for treatment, storage or disposal as waste.

Hedge Agreement ” means any and all transactions, agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into, which provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction, currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ exposure to fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security or currency valuations or commodity prices.

Holders ” means the Agent, the Lenders, and the L/C Issuer.

IBM Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, SFC, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, in various capacities, IBM Credit LLC, and IBM Canada Limited, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

ANNEX A-14


Incremental Commitment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.2(e) .

Incremental Commitment Agreement ” means an agreement delivered by an Incremental Lender, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and accepted by it and the Borrower, by which such Incremental Lender confirms its new or additional commitment pursuant to Section 1.2(e) and agrees to become bound to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as a “Lender” thereunder.

Incremental Commitment Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.2(e) .

Incremental Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.2(e) .

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.12 .

Independent Accounting Firm ” shall mean any of (i) Deloitte & Touche USA LLP, (ii) Ernst & Young LLP, (iii) KPMG LLP or (iv) Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP or any of their respective successors so long as such successor is one of the four largest United States accounting firms; provided , that such firm is independent with respect to the Borrower within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Insolvency Proceeding ” shall mean any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its real or personal property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Instruments ” shall mean all “instruments,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located, and, in any event, including all certificated securities, all certificates of deposit, and all promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness, other than instruments that constitute, or are a part of a group of writings that constitute, Chattel Paper.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean, collectively, all Trademarks, all Patents, all Copyrights and all Licenses now held or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, together with all franchises, tax refund claims, rights of indemnification, payments under insurance, indemnities, warranties and guarantees payable with respect to the foregoing.

Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean each of (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, SFC, the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and Bank of America (in various capacities), (ii) the IBM Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) each other intercreditor agreement entered

 

ANNEX A-15


into from time to time by the Borrower, SFC, any Subsidiaries of the Borrower, Bank of America in various capacities, and other creditors, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the first Business Day of each month to occur while such Loan is outstanding, (b) as to any LIBOR Loan (other than the Swing Line Loan), the last day of the applicable LIBOR Period, and (c) as to any Swing Line Advance, the maturity date of such Swing Line Advance; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, each of (x) the date upon which all of the Commitments have been terminated and the Advances have been paid in full and (y) the Commitment Termination Date shall be deemed to be an “ Interest Payment Date ” with respect to any interest which is then accrued under the Agreement.

Inventory ” shall mean all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitute raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind, nature or description used or consumed or to be used or consumed in the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.

Investment ” shall mean, for any Person (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition; (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); and (c) the entering into of any Guaranteed Debt of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Debt or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person.

Investment Property ” shall mean all “investment property” as such term is defined in the Code now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located, including (i) all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, including stocks, bonds, interests in limited liability companies, partnership interests, treasuries, certificates of deposit, and mutual fund shares; (ii) all securities entitlements of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, including the rights of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof to any securities account and the financial assets held by a securities intermediary in such securities account and any free credit balance or other money owing by any securities intermediary with respect to that account; (iii) all securities accounts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof; (iv) all commodity contracts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof; and (v) all commodity accounts held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

IRC ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.

 

ANNEX A-16


IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.

L/C Issuer ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex J .

L/C Sublimit ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex J .

Leases ” shall mean all of those leasehold estates in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, as lessee or sublessor.

Lenders ” shall mean Bank of America and the other Lenders, if any, named on the signature pages of the Agreement, and if any such Lender shall decide to assign all or any portion of the Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, such term shall include such assignee.

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued for the account of Borrower by any L/C Issuer, or a bankers’ acceptance issued by Borrower, for which Agent and Lenders have incurred Letter of Credit Obligations. “ Letters of Credit ” is the plural form of “Letter of Credit”.

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex J .

Letter of Credit Obligations ” means all outstanding obligations incurred by Agent and Lenders at the request of Borrower, whether direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, due or not due, in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit by Agent or another L/C Issuer or the purchase of a participation as set forth in Annex J with respect to any Letter of Credit. The amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations shall be the maximum amount that may be payable by Agent or Lenders thereupon or pursuant thereto.

Letter-of-Credit Rights ” means letter-of-credit rights as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, including rights to payment or performance under a letter of credit, whether or not the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as beneficiary, has demanded or is entitled to demand payment or performance.

LIBOR Business Day ” shall mean a Business Day on which banks in the city of London are generally open for interbank or foreign exchange transactions.

LIBOR Loan ” shall mean the Swing Line Loan and any portion of the Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Period ” shall mean, with respect to any portion of the Revolving Credit Loan requested as or converted into a LIBOR Loan, each period commencing on a LIBOR Business Day selected by the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement and ending one, two or three months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Agent as set forth in Section 1.4(d) ; provided that the foregoing provision relating to LIBOR Periods is subject to the following:

(a) if any LIBOR Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business Day, such LIBOR Period shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such LIBOR Period into another calendar month in which event such LIBOR Period shall end on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day;

 

ANNEX A-17


(b) any LIBOR Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date shall end two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to such date;

(c) any LIBOR Period pertaining to a LIBOR Loan that begins on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such LIBOR Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month;

(d) the Borrower shall select LIBOR Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any LIBOR Loan during a LIBOR Period for such Loan; and

(e) The Borrower shall select LIBOR Periods so that there shall be no more than ten (10) separate LIBOR Loans in existence at any one time.

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean for any LIBOR Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan, the per annum rate of interest (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%), determined by Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to commencement of such LIBOR Period, for a term comparable to such LIBOR Period, equal to (a) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source designated by Agent); or (b) if BBA LIBOR is not available for any reason, the interest rate at which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan would be offered by Bank of America’s London branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market. If the Board of Governors imposes a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR Rate deposits, then LIBOR Rate shall be the foregoing rate, divided by 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.

License ” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests now held or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, deed to secure debt or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note, the Guaranties, the Collateral Documents, the Omnibus Amendment, the Intercreditor Agreements and all agreements, instruments, documents and certificates in favor of the Lenders executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, those that are identified in the Schedule of Closing Documents attached as Annex C , and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and other letter of credit

 

ANNEX A-18


agreements and other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor and delivered to the Agent or the Lenders in connection with this Agreement or the financing transactions contemplated hereby.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning specified in Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the Borrower’s ability to pay or perform the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, (iii) the Collateral or the Agent’s Liens, on behalf of the Holders, on the Collateral or the priority of any such Liens, or (iv) the Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Material Contract ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.9 .

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower having assets with an aggregate book value or fair market value equal to or greater than $5,000,000.

Maximum Amount ” shall mean, at any particular time, an amount equal to the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, which aggregate commitment shall be $80,000,000, as such amount may be adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.4(d) .

Maximum Mex Guarantee ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.6(e) .

Mex Agent ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Synnex Mexico Loan Agreement”.

Mex Bank of America Account ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Excluded Assets”.

Mex Lenders ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Synnex Mexico Loan Agreement”.

Mitac Group ” shall mean any or all of Mitac International Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, and Synnex Technology International, a Taiwanese corporation.

Multi-employer Plan ” shall mean a “Multi-employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a) (3) of ERISA, and to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate is making, is obligated to make, or within the last six years has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

Net Borrowing Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) the Borrowing Availability on such date, less (b) the Revolving Credit Loan then outstanding.

 

ANNEX A-19


Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) proceeds received by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof in cash (including cash, equivalents readily convertible into cash, and such proceeds of any notes received as consideration of any other non-cash consideration when the Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary receives payment thereon) from the sale, assignment or other disposition of any assets or property of the Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, net of (i) the costs of sale, assignment or other disposition (which may include only reasonable expenses of the Borrower or such Subsidiary incurred in connection with such transaction), and (ii) any income, franchise, transfer or other tax liability arising from such transaction, and (b) with respect to any Permitted Foreign Investment or any Additional Domestic Investment, the proceeds received in cash by the Borrower from the relevant Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, in respect of any dividend or any repayment of principal on any loan constituting a Permitted Foreign Investment or Additional Domestic Investment, as applicable, net of (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with such dividend or repayment, and (ii) any income, franchise, transfer or other tax liability arising from or in connection with such dividend or repayment.

Net Liquidity Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Net Borrowing Availability on such date plus (ii) the Funding Availability (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents) on such date.

Net Receivables Advance Rate ” shall mean the positive difference, if any, of (i) the lesser of (A) 85% and (B) (x) 100%, minus (y) the product of 2 times the average Dilution Ratio (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents) for the immediately preceding twelve-month period, plus (z) 5%, less (ii) the Dynamic Advance Rate (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents).

Net Receivables Balance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Receivables Funding Documents.

Non-Extension Event ” shall mean any of the following events: (a) SFC shall have failed to send a request for an extension (“ Extension Request ”) at least seventy-five (75) days prior to the then current Final Advance Date (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)) in accordance with the terms of Section 13.03 of the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof); (b) any Committed Lender (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)) shall have refused to give, at least sixty (60) days prior to the then current Final Advance Date (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)), a non-binding indication that it intends to consent to SFC’s Extension Request; (c) at any time following receipt of an Extension Request, any Committed Lender (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)) shall have notified Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that it does not intend to extend the then current Final Advance Date (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)); or (d) at least twenty (20) days prior to the then current Final Advance Date (as defined in the Receivables Funding Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)), Borrower shall have failed to provide evidence to Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, that SFC has obtained a binding commitment for either (i) a renewal of the facility provided under the Receivables Funding Documents, or (ii) a replacement facility on terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions set forth in the Receivables Funding Documents (any such binding commitment, a “ Binding Commitment ”). Notwithstanding the forgoing:

(A) any of the events set forth in clauses (a), (b), or (c) above shall not constitute a Non-Extension Event for so long as either:

(X) Net Borrowing Availability exceeds $60,000,000, or

 

ANNEX A-20


(Y) SFC has an effective Binding Commitment; and

(B) the event set forth in clause (d) above shall not constitute a Non-Extension Event for so long as the Revolving Credit Loan then outstanding equals $0.

Non-Funding Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.9(d) .

Note ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Note or Swing Line Note.

Note Cap ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.14 .

Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.4(d) .

Notice of Revolving Credit Advance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(a)(ii) .

Notice of Swing Line Advance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(b)(i) .

Obligations ” shall mean all loans, advances, liabilities and obligations for the payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such payment is then required or contingent, or amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement, letter of credit agreement or other instrument, arising under any of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Agent and/or any Lender now or hereafter arising from or in connection with Bank Products (the “ Cash Management Obligations ”)). This term includes all principal, interest (including interest which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in Section 8.1(f) or (g) ), all Fees, Charges, Claims, expenses, attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to the Borrower or any Guarantor under any of the Loan Documents.

Omnibus Amendment ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors and Agent; and (ii) the Second Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors and Agent; as each such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance herewith.

 

ANNEX A-21


Other Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.9(d) .

Other Taxes ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.14(b) .

Outstanding Balance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Receivables Funding Documents.

Overadvance ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.1(a)(v) .

Patent License ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence.

Patents ” shall mean all of the following in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof now holds or hereafter acquires any interest: (a) all letters patent of the United States of America or any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States of America or any other country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States of America, any State or Territory thereof, or any other country, and (b) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part or extensions thereof.

Payor ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.19 .

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean an employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multi-employer Plan), which is not an individual account plan, as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, and which the Borrower or, if a Title IV Plan, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1(b) .

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean the following encumbrances: (a) Liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental Charges or levies, either not yet due and payable or to the extent that nonpayment thereof is permitted by the terms of Section 5.2 ; (b) pledges or deposits securing obligations under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, social security or public liability laws or similar legislation; (c) pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (as lessee) made in the ordinary course of business; (d) deposits securing public or statutory obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (e) inchoate and unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business, so long as such liens attach only to Equipment, Fixtures and/or Real Property; (f) carriers’, warehousemen’s or other similar possessory liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing liabilities in an outstanding aggregate amount not in excess of $500,000 at any time, so long as such liens attach only to Inventory; (g) deposits securing, or in lieu of, surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party; (h) any attachment or judgment lien not constituting an Event of Default under

 

ANNEX A-22


Section 8.1(g) ; (i) so long as such lien attaches only to Real Property, zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, or other restrictions on the use of Real Property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) thereto, so long as the same do not materially impair the use, value, or marketability of such Real Property; (j) presently existing or hereafter created Liens in favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Holders; (k) deposits securing, or in lieu of, surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which any Credit Party is a party; (l) customary rights of set off or bankers’ liens under deposit agreements, agreements governing securities entitlements in securities accounts, the Code or common law, of banks or other financial institutions where the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries maintains deposits or Investments permitted by Section 6.2(d) (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business; (m) Liens which arise under Article 4-208 of the Code in any applicable jurisdictions on items in collection in the ordinary course of business and documents and proceeds related thereto; and (n) Liens set forth in Schedule 6.7 existing on the Effective Date, but not any increase in the amount secured by any such Liens or the coverage thereof to other property or assets.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.2(g) .

Permitted Protest ” shall mean the right of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any monetary obligation under any Lease, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, and (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith.

Person ” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or government (whether Federal, state, county, city, municipal or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

Plan ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate, at any time, an employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which the Borrower, Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest announced by Bank of America from time to time as its prime rate. Such rate is set by Bank of America on the basis of various factors, including its costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Prior Permitted Acquisition ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1(b) .

Prior Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.2(g) .

 

ANNEX A-23


Proceeds ” shall mean all “proceeds,” as such term is defined in the Code, including (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Person from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to any Person from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting under color of governmental authority), (c) any claim of any Person against third parties (i) for past, present or future infringement of any Patent or Patent License, or (ii) for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Copyright, Copyright License, Trademark or Trademark License, or for injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark or Trademark License, (d) any recoveries by any Person against third parties with respect to any litigation or dispute concerning any of the Collateral including claims arising out of the loss or nonconformity of, interference with the use of, defects in, or infringement of rights in, or damage to, Collateral, (e) all amounts collected on, or distributed on account of, other Collateral, including dividends, interest, distributions and Instruments with respect to Investment Property and pledged Stock, and (f) any and all other amounts, rights to payment or other property acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Collateral and all rights arising out of Collateral.

Production Inventory ” shall mean all Inventory purchased for the purpose of building information technology systems on a contracted and as needed basis for designated Obligors (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents), but only if such Inventory would constitute Eligible Inventory but for the fact that such Inventory is held for production and not for sale in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business.

Projections ” shall mean the projections referred to in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3.4 and any other projections required to be delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement.

Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.14 .

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to all matters relating to any Lender, (a) the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Credit Commitment of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders, as such percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 9.1 , and (b) on and after the Commitment Termination Date, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan held by that Lender, by (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan and the Swing Line Loan held by all Lenders.

Qualified Plan ” shall mean an employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is intended to be tax-qualified under IRC Section 401(a), and which the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

Real Property ” shall mean all real property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

ANNEX A-24


Receivables Funding Agreement ” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and among SFC, as borrower, the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time as lenders, and Bank of America, as lender, swing line lender and administrative agent, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance herewith.

Receivables Funding Documents ” means, collectively, the Receivables Funding Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement.

Receivables Sale Agreement ” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and among each of the entities party thereto from time to time as originators, SFC, as buyer, and Borrower, as servicer, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance herewith.

Refunded Swing Line Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(b)(iii) .

Regulatory Change ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any change after the date of this Agreement in Federal, state or foreign law or regulations (including Regulation D) or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretation, directive or request applying to a class of lenders including such Lender of or under any Federal, state or foreign law or regulations (whether or not having the force of law and whether or not failure to comply therewith would be unlawful) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

Release ” shall mean, as to any Person, any release or any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migration of a Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment by such Person (or by a person under such Person’s direction or control), including the movement of a Hazardous Material through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water or property; but shall exclude any release, discharge, emission or disposal in material compliance with a then effective permit or order of a Governmental Authority.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events described in Section 4043(c) (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (8) or (9) of ERISA.

Required Payment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.19 .

Requisite Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, (a) Lenders having more than 60% of the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders at such time, or (b) if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, Lenders holding more than 60% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Advances at such time (with the Swing Line Loan being attributed to the Lenders other than the Swing Line Lender to the extent such other Lenders shall have purchased participations in the Swing Line Loan in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iv)) and Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

ANNEX A-25


Reserve Percentage ” shall mean the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the nearest 1/8th of 1%) applicable to member banks under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”).

Reserves ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrowing Base of the Borrower (a) reserves established by the Agent from time to time against Eligible Inventory pursuant to Section 5.10 , (b) a reserve for shrinkage equal to 2.5% of Eligible Inventory, (c) the Bank Product Reserve, and (d) such other reserves against Eligible Receivables, Eligible Inventory or Borrowing Availability of the Borrower which the Agent may, in its Credit Judgment, establish from time to time.

Restricted Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex B .

Restricted Account Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex B .

Restricted Assets ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.3(f) .

Restricted Payment ” shall mean, with respect to any Person: (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the occurrence of any liability to make any other payment or distribution of cash or other property or assets in respect of such Person’s capital stock; (b) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other retirement of such Person’s capital stock, or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire such capital stock, or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly; or (c) any payment, loan, contribution, or other transfer of funds or other property to any stockholder of such Person; provided, however, that a payment, contribution or other transfer of funds or other property made pursuant to the Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum to a Convertible Senior Noteholder not otherwise prohibited hereunder shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

Retiree Welfare Plan ” shall refer to any Welfare Plan providing for continuing coverage or benefits for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after such participant’s termination of employment, other than continuation coverage provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the IRC and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant.

Revolving Credit Advance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(a)(i) .

Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower pursuant to Section 1.1 or to incur Letter of Credit Obligations as set forth in Annex J , in the aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I to this Agreement or specified in any amendment hereto or any assignment hereof pursuant to Section 9.2, as such amount may be reduced, increased or terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ANNEX A-26


Revolving Credit Loan ” means, at any time the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Advances outstanding to Borrower plus (ii) the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations incurred on behalf of Borrower. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loan shall include the outstanding balance of Letter of Credit Obligations.

Revolving Credit Notes ” shall mean the promissory notes provided for by Section 1.1(a)(iii) and all promissory notes delivered in substitution or exchange therefor, in each case as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

Second Amended Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals of the Agreement.

Security Agreements ” shall mean the Borrower Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Security Agreement and each other security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

SFC ” shall mean SIT Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

Software ” means all “software” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, other than software embedded in any category of goods, including all computer programs and all supporting information provided in connection with a transaction related to any program.

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guarantees and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount which can be reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Special Obligor Aggregate Permitted Concentration Amount ” shall mean the sum of all Special Obligor Permitted Concentration Amounts for all Special Obligors.

Special Obligors ” shall mean the Obligors (as such term is defined in the Receivables Funding Documents) set forth on Schedule II to this Agreement.

Special Obligor Permitted Concentration Amount ” shall mean, with respect to each Special Obligor, the positive difference, if any, of (a) the Excess Concentration Amount (as defined in the Receivables Funding Documents) for such Special

 

ANNEX A-27


Obligor, minus (b) the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables owing by such Special Obligor exceeds the Credit Facility Concentration Percentage for such Special Obligor; provided , however , that in the case of a Special Obligor which is an Affiliate of other Special Obligors, the Special Obligor Permitted Concentration Amount for such Special Obligor shall be calculated as if such Special Obligor and such one or more affiliated Special Obligors were one Special Obligor.

Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

Stock Pledge Agreement ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 19, 1997, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), with respect to, or among other things, all of the Stock of ComputerLand, MiTAC Industrial Corp., SYNNEX Manufacturing Services, Inc., Concentrix Corporation, SYNNEX Finance Hybrid, Inc., License Online Inc. and SFC, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, and (b) each other pledge agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, pursuant to which a Lien is granted on the Stock of any of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Stop Event ” means (a) the declaration of all or any portion of the Obligations to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2 , or (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.1(f)(ii) with respect to the Borrower.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person: (a) any corporation of which an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned legally or beneficially by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or with respect to which any such Person has the right to vote or designate the vote of more than 50% of such Stock whether by proxy, agreement, operation of law or otherwise; and (b) any partnership in which such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person shall have an interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50% or of which any such Person is a general partner or may exercise the powers of a general partner. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to Subsidiary shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by License Online, Inc. (f/k/a ECLand.com), (ii) the Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of December 19, 1997, together with all amendments,

 

ANNEX A-28


modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by ComputerLand Corporation, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of December 29, 2000, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by MiTAC Industrial Corp., (iv) the Guaranty, dated as of February 12, 2007, executed by Concentrix Corporation, Synnex Manufacturing Services, Inc. and Synnex Finance Hybrid, Inc., in each case in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, and (v) each other guaranty, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, entered into from time to time by any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower under this Agreement, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Subsidiary Security Agreement ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Amended and Restated Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by ComputerLand Corporation in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, (ii) the Amended and Restated Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by License Online, Inc. (f/k/a ECLand.com) in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, and (iii) the Amended and Restated Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by MiTAC Industrial Corp. in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, and (iv) the Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, executed by Concentrix Corporation, Synnex Manufacturing Services, Inc. and Synnex Finance Hybrid, Inc., in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, and (v) each other security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, from time to time entered into by any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower under this Agreement, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, (a) Lenders having one-hundred percent (100%) of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders at such time, or (b) if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, Lenders holding one-hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Advances at such time (with the Swing Line Loan being attributed to the Lenders other than the Swing Line Lender to the extent such other Lenders shall have purchased participations in the Swing Line Loan in accordance with Section 1.1(b)(iv) ) and Letter of Credit Obligations.

Supporting Obligations ” means all supporting obligations as such term is defined in the Code, including letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, or Investment Property.

Swing Line Advance ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(b)(i) .

Swing Line Availability ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(b)(i) .

 

ANNEX A-29


Swing Line Commitment ” shall mean, as to the Swing Line Lender, $10,000,000, which commitment constitutes a subfacility of the Revolving Credit Commitment of the Swing Line Lender.

Swing Line Lender ” shall mean Bank of America.

Swing Line Loan ” shall mean at any time, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances outstanding to the Borrower.

Swing Line Note ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.1(b)(ii) .

Synnex Canada Real Property Co ” shall mean 2117974 Ontario, Inc., an Ontario corporation.

Synnex Canada RGC Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition by the Canadian Subsidiary of substantially all of the assets of the Redmond Group of Companies.

Synnex Mexico ” shall mean Synnex de Mexico S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anonima organized under the laws of Mexico.

Synnex Mexico Guarantee ” shall mean that certain Loan Guarantee by Borrower, dated as of May 15, 2006, made by Borrower in favor of Deutsche Bank Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, as administrative agent, and each of the other Beneficiaries (as such term is defined in the Synnex Mexico Loan Agreement), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance herewith.

Synnex Mexico Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Term Loan Agreement by and between Synnex Mexico, certain lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Mex Lenders ”) and Deutsche Bank Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, as administrative agent (the “ Mex Agent ”), dated as of May 15, 2006, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified to the extent not prohibited by the terms herein.

Synnex Mexico Loan Documents ” shall mean the Synnex Mexico Loan Agreement and the “Loan Documents” as defined therein, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or modified to the extent not prohibited by the terms herein.

Target ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1(b) .

Taxes ” shall mean taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, Charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding franchise taxes and other taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of any Lender by the United States of America, the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender is organized or the jurisdiction in which such Lender’s applicable lending office is located or, in each case, any political subdivision thereof.

Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which (a) the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated in full, and the Lenders shall have no further obligation to make any credit extensions or financial accommodations hereunder, (b) all outstanding Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in immediately available funds in Dollars, and (c) all Letter of Credit Obligations have been cash collateralized, canceled or backed by standby letters of credit in accordance with Annex J .

 

ANNEX A-30


Title IV Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan, other than a Multi-employer Plan, which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

Trademark License ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration.

Trademarks ” shall mean all of the following in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof now holds or hereafter acquires any interest: (a) all common law and statutory trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States of America, any State or Territory thereof, or any other country or any political subdivision thereof; (b) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof; and (c) all licenses thereunder and together with the goodwill associated with and symbolized by such trademark.

Trademark Security Agreement ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Subsidiary Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of December 19, 1997, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by ComputerLand Corporation in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, (ii) the Subsidiary Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2002, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (including without limitation the Omnibus Amendment), executed by License Online, Inc. (f/k/a ECLand.com) in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, (iii) the Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, (iv) the Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2008, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, (v) the Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, executed by Concentrix Corporation in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Holders, and (vi) each other trademark security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, from time to time entered into by any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower under this Agreement, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Unfunded Pension Liability ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the present value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Title IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions in effect under such Title IV Plan, and (b) for a period of five (5) years following a transaction reasonably likely to be covered by Section 4069 of ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

 

ANNEX A-31


Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction ” means any jurisdiction that had adopted all or substantially all of Article 9 as contained in the 2000 Official Text of the Uniform Commercial Code, as recommended by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and the American Law Institute, together with any subsequent amendments or modifications to the Official Text.

Unused Facility Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Annex D .

Welfare Plans ” shall mean any welfare plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, which is maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the liabilities, if any, pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA, and any increase in contributions pursuant to Section 4243 of ERISA with respect to all Multi-employer Plans.

(2) Certain Matters of Construction . (a) Except as otherwise set forth in Annex G, any accounting term used in the Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided therein, the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP.

(b) All other undefined terms contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the Code as in effect in the State of New York to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

(c) The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” or other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the annexes, exhibits and schedules hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in this Agreement.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the following additional rules of construction shall apply: (i) wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, the feminine and the neuter; (ii) the term “including” shall not be limiting or exclusive, unless specifically indicated to the contrary; (iii) all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations; and (iv) all references to any instruments or agreements, including references to any of the Loan Documents, shall include any and all modifications or amendments thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

 

ANNEX A-32


Annex B

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

CASH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1

The Borrower agrees to establish, and to maintain until the Termination Date, the cash management system described below:

(1) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries shall maintain any deposit, checking, operating or other Deposit Account except for those accounts of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries identified in Schedule 3.20 ; provided, that Schedule 3.20 may be amended from time to time to reflect additional accounts as permitted pursuant to Section 6.17 . So long as any Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Advance is outstanding, no more than $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any time may be maintained in the accounts of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries identified in Schedule 3.20 , other than the Mex Bank of America Account (other than (x) checks in transit and cash in payroll accounts listed on Schedule 3.20 (so long as used solely for payroll), and (y) Investments permitted under Section 6.2(d) ), except any amount in excess thereof that may arise after all Base Rate Loans and Swing Line Advances shall have been repaid, which excess shall be eliminated on the earliest date on which any then current LIBOR Period shall end.

(2) Subject to paragraph 3 of this Annex B , commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the Termination Date, the Borrower shall deposit or, if directed by the Agent, cause to be deposited directly, in either case on the date of receipt thereof, all cash, checks, notes, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any and all other Collateral into a Restricted Account. Within one Business Day after any such deposit, the Borrower shall notify the Agent as to the amount of such deposit.

(3) The Borrower shall establish and maintain the Deposit Account designated as the “Blocked Account” on Attachment I hereto (such account, the “ Blocked Account ”), and shall cause the bank at which such account is maintained to enter into an account control agreement (the “ Blocked Account Agreement ”) with the Agent and the Borrower, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent. Such Blocked Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (a) such bank executing such agreement has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against such Blocked Account, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such account and for reimbursement of returned checks for which credit had been given to such Blocked Account (or such Blocked Account Agreement contains other terms limiting such bank’s setoff or recoupment rights reasonably acceptable to the Agent), and (b) such bank agrees, upon notice from Agent, (i) subject to any right of set-off agreed to by the Agent under clause (a) above, to sweep on a daily basis all amounts received in the Blocked Account to the Collection Account, and (ii) in any event, to take direction in respect of the Blocked Account, including, without limitation, deposits into and

 

 

1

All references to Domestic Subsidiaries in this Annex B shall exclude SFC.

 

B-1


withdrawals from the Blocked Account, solely from the Agent. Commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the Termination Date, the Borrower shall cause SFC to deposit or transfer directly to the Blocked Account all dividends or other distributions for the account of the Borrower and all servicing fees, loans or proceeds from the sale of Accounts by the Borrower to SFC pursuant to the Receivables Funding Documents. In no event shall any collections on Accounts sold by the Borrower to SFC be deposited into the Collection Account or any deposit or securities account of the Borrower, and all such collections shall be collected only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Receivables Funding Documents. Commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the Termination Date, the Borrower shall cause SFC to transfer on a daily basis to the Borrower as a dividend or as an unsecured loan all funds in any bank account maintained by SFC in excess of funds immediately needed by SFC to pay its expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, such transfer to be made to the Blocked Account.

(4) The Borrower shall cause all Deposit Accounts of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof (other than (i) the Mex Bank of America Account, (ii) the Blocked Account, (iii) any Deposit Account which is utilized solely as a disbursement account to pay payroll or as an account for qualified deferred compensation plans; or (iv) any other Deposit Account agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion) (any such account, a “ Restricted Account ”) to be subject to a restricted account agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent (a “ Restricted Account Agreement ”), by and among the bank at which such account is maintained, the Agent, and the Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable. Such Restricted Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (a)   such bank executing such agreement has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against such Restricted Account, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such account and for reimbursement of returned checks for which credit had been given to such Restricted Account (or such Restricted Account Agreement contains other terms limiting such bank’s setoff or recoupment rights reasonably acceptable to the Agent), and (b)   such bank agrees (i)   if requested by the Agent, but subject to any right of set-off agreed to by the Agent under clause (a) above, to sweep on a daily basis all amounts received in the Restricted Account to the Collection Account, and (ii) in any event, upon notice from the Agent, to take direction in respect of the Restricted Account, including, without limitation, deposits into and withdrawals from the Restricted Account, solely from the Agent; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Agent may deliver such a request under the foregoing clause (b) as and when permitted under the Credit Agreement (including without limitation Section 8.2 ) and the Loan Documents.

(5) At any time: (a) Net Liquidity Availability is less than or equal to $25,000,000, or (b) upon Agent’s election, a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Loan shall be reduced through daily sweeps on each Business Day, by wire transfer, of the monies deposited into the Blocked Account as provided in this Annex B . The Borrower acknowledges that it shall have no right to gain access to any of the moneys in the Blocked Account or the Collection Account.

(6) The Borrower hereby designates the Restricted Accounts of Borrower identified as the “Disbursement Accounts” on Attachment I (the “ Disbursement Accounts ”) as the Restricted Accounts into which the Agent shall, from time to time, deposit

 

B-2


proceeds of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 1.1 for use solely in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.3 . All of the Disbursement Accounts as of the Effective Date are listed in Attachment I hereto.

(7) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may, after giving five (5) day’s prior written notice to the Agent, amend Attachment I hereto to add or replace a Restricted Account or Disbursement Account; provided , that within 30 days after the opening of such account, the Borrower or the relevant Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, and such bank shall have executed and delivered to the Agent a Restricted Account Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Attachment I hereto may not be amended at any time Net Liquidity Availability is less than or equal to $25,000,000 unless (a) the Agent shall have consented to such amendment, and (b) at the time of the opening of such account, the Borrower and such bank shall have executed and delivered to the Agent a Restricted Account Agreement. The Borrower shall, or shall cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to, as applicable, close any of its accounts (and establish replacement accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) within 30 days of notice from the Agent that the creditworthiness of the bank holding such accounts is no longer acceptable in the Agent’s sole judgment or, with respect to a bank which is a party to the Blocked Account Agreement or one or more Restricted Account Agreements, such bank has defaulted in its obligations under any such Blocked Account Agreement or Restricted Account Agreement, as applicable. Each of the Blocked Account and the Restricted Accounts shall be a cash collateral account with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such accounts securing payment of the Obligations, and in which the Borrower shall have granted a first priority perfected Lien to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to a Security Agreement.

(8) All amounts deposited in the Collection Account shall be deemed received by the Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 1.8 and shall be applied (and allocated) by the Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 1.8 . In no event shall any amount be so applied unless and until such amount shall have been credited in immediately available funds to the Collection Account.

(9) The Borrower hereby constitutes and irrevocably appoints the Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, to demand, collect, receive and sue for all amounts which may become due or payable under the Blocked Account or any Restricted Account, and to execute all withdrawal receipts or other orders for the Borrower, in its own name or in the Borrower’s name or otherwise, which the Agent deems necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve its right, title and interest in such accounts, in each case consistent with the exercise of its rights and remedies under Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the Power of Attorney executed by Borrower in connection with the Borrower Security Agreement).

(10) Upon the request of the Agent, the Borrower shall forward to the Agent, on a daily basis, evidence of the deposit of all items of payment received by the Borrower into the Blocked Account, any Restricted Account or the Collection Account and copies of all such checks and other items, together with a statement showing the application of those items relating to payments on Collateral and a collection report with regard thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

B-3


(11) Other than any securities accounts utilized solely for qualified deferred compensation plans in accordance with, and subject to the limitations contained in, Section 6.2(d) , the Borrower shall cause, and shall cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to cause, all securities accounts of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof to be subject to a Control Agreement between Agent, the relevant securities intermediary and the Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable.

(12) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and without limiting Section 2 of this Annex B , at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists due to a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Annex G , or an Event of Default exists under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f)(ii) , (a) the Borrower shall cause all remittances, receipts and other sums of any kind payable to the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof (other than the Excluded Assets or any proceeds thereof) to be directed to the Collection Account, (b) any such remittances, receipts or other sums received by any such company shall be held in trust for the account of the Agent and shall be promptly deposited into the Collection Account, and (c) the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries shall have no rights to such funds once deposited into the Collection Account.

 

B-4


ATTACHMENT I TO ANNEX B

LIST OF BLOCKED ACCOUNT, RESTRICTED ACCOUNTS AND DISBURSEMENT

ACCOUNTS

 

1. Restricted Account .

 

2. Disbursement Accounts .

 

2. Blocked Account .

 

B-1


Annex C

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

SCHEDULE OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS

 

C-1


Annex D

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

SCHEDULE OF CERTAIN FEES

(1) Fee Letter . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees described in the Fee Letter.

(2) Unused Facility Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders, an unused facility fee (the “ Unused Facility Fee ”), equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the average unused daily balance of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments, commencing on the Effective Date, payable in arrears (i) for the preceding calendar month, on the first Business Day of the succeeding calendar month, and (ii) on the Commitment Termination Date. All computations of the Unused Facility Fee shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, and for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such fee is payable. For purposes of computing the Unused Facility Fee, the Swing Line Loan shall be considered usage of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments.

(3) Collateral Examination Charge . Borrower shall pay Agent a fee of $850 per day per individual (or the then prevailing rate charged by Agent, whichever is greater) plus all out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with up to two field examinations per year (or more if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing).

 

D-1


Annex E

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, PROJECTIONS AND NOTICES

The following (each to be in form and substance acceptable to the Agent):

(1) Borrowing Base Certificate.

(a) So long as no Default or Event of Default is then continuing, as soon as available, and in any event no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the twelfth Business Day of each Fiscal Month, a Borrowing Base Certificate for the Borrower as of the last day of the previous Fiscal Month.

(b) So long as no Default or Event of Default is then continuing, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on each Tuesday (other than any Tuesday occurring during a week in which a Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered under Section 1 above), a Borrowing Base Certificate for the Borrower, prepared as of the end of business for the prior week, updating only those portions of the most recent monthly Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 1(a) above with respect to those portions of the Borrowing Base described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of such term. In addition, at any time when Net Liquidity Availability is less than the greater of (A) $20,000,000, and (B) 20% of the Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall also update those portions of the Borrowing Base described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of such term.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Annex E, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately following the date on which the daily reporting obligation arose, a Borrowing Base Certificate, prepared by the Borrower as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall be required to update those portions of the Borrowing Base Certificate relating to Inventory Reconciliation, Inventory Turnover, and Accounts Payable Aging only as and when requested by the Agent (and in any event on at least a weekly basis). The Borrower shall be required to deliver a daily Borrowing Base Certificate (and, if requested by the Agent, such reports) under this clause (c) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on each Business Day thereafter (each such certificate relating to the immediately preceding Business Day) unless and until such Default or Event of Default is no longer outstanding, in which case the Borrower shall be required to deliver to the Agent Borrowing Base Certificates as and when required by clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 1.

(2) As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (excluding the period ending on November 30 of each year), financial information regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, consisting of consolidated and consolidating (i) unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such

 

E-1


Fiscal Quarter and the related statement of income for that portion of the fiscal year ending as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter and (ii) unaudited statement of income for such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the prior year and the figures contained in the Projections for such Fiscal Year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and for the period then ended, and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Default or Event of Default in existence as of such time or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Default or Event of Default. In addition, the Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Agent, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, (X) a statement in reasonable detail showing compliance with the negative covenants contained in Article 6 of this Agreement, in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit A , and(Y) a statement in reasonable detail showing the calculations used in determining compliance with each financial covenant set forth in Annex G .

(3) As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the close of each Fiscal Year:

(a) copies of the annual audited consolidated and unaudited consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, consisting of a balance sheet and statement of operations, retained earnings and cash flow, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the budgeted figures for the Fiscal Year just ended, which financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, certified as to the audited financial statements without qualification by an Independent Accounting Firm and reviewed by such Independent Accounting Firm as to the unaudited financial statements, and accompanied by (i) a statement in reasonable detail showing the calculations used in determining the Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Annex G , and (ii) a report from such Independent Accounting Firm to the effect that in connection with their audit examination, they did not become aware of any Default, or Event of Default, or specifying those Defaults or Events of Default, of which they became aware;

(b) a report of the Borrower executed on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer setting forth management’s discussion and analysis of all current income statement, balance sheet and cash flow financial trends;

(c) the annual letter from the Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to such accountants in connection with their audit examination detailing the Borrower’s material contingent liabilities and material litigation, ERISA, labor and environmental matters; and

(d) a certification of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower that all such financial statements are complete and correct and present fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position, the results of

 

E-2


operations and the changes in financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and for the period then ended, and that there was no Default or Event of Default in existence as of such time or specifying those Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she was aware.

(4) Not later than sixty (60) days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year, financial projections for such Fiscal Year, which shall include quarterly financial projections (including a capital expenditures budget) for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries acceptable to the Agent for such Fiscal Year (similar in form and content to the Projections) approved by the Borrower’s board of directors and, in each case, which includes the following:

(a) projected balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, on a quarterly basis:

(b) projected depreciation, amortization, capital expenditures, Debt service payments and any other items reasonably requested by the Agent for such Fiscal Year, on a quarterly basis;

(c) projected statements of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, on a quarterly basis; and

in each case together with a description of major assumptions used in generating such balance sheets, cash flows and income statements, and other appropriate supporting details as requested by the Agent.

(5) As soon as practicable, but in any event within two (2) Business Days after the Borrower becomes aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, or any development or other information that would have a Material Adverse Effect, telephonic or telegraphic notice specifying the nature of such Default or Event of Default or development or information, including the anticipated effect thereof, which notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing within five (5) days.

(6) Upon the Agent’s request, copies of all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, information returns and reports in respect of income, franchise or other taxes on or measured by income filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

(7) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of any final registration statements and the regular, periodic and special reports, if any, which the Borrower shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities exchange and copies of all management letters delivered to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by its accountants.

(8) Promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the Borrower generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed.

(9) As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) days after the Borrower knows or has reason to believe that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed

 

E-3


by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that the Borrower, Subsidiary thereof or ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to PBGC by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):

(a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan, as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event ( provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the IRC);

(b) the filing under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan;

(c) the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

(d) the complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from a Multiemployer Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA; and

(e) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days.

(10) Promptly, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days thereof, notice: (i) of a default by the Borrower in the payment of any rent or other charges under any Lease with the Borrower or of a default by the Borrower in the payment of any warehouse or storage charge, in each instance, beyond thirty (30) days after due date (or if no due date, thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice for such charge) or of an event of default or other event, act or condition that permits a landlord, warehouseman or carrier to terminate a Lease or warehouse or storage arrangement or a landlord, warehouseman or carrier to exercise other default remedies thereunder, or of any termination of such Lease (other than upon the end of the scheduled term thereof) or (ii) of the receipt by the Borrower of a notice from a landlord, warehouseman or carrier of such a payment default or of the termination of such Lease (whether such termination is immediately effective or effective after lapse of time or otherwise).

 

E-4


(11) Such other reports and information respecting the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business, financial condition or prospects as the Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request.

(12) The Borrower, at its own expense, shall deliver to Agent an appraisal of the Inventory of the Borrower, such appraisal to be conducted by an appraiser, and otherwise in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to Agent (i) at least twice during each calendar year, and (ii) upon the request of the Agent at any time after Net Liquidity Availability shall have been less than $10,000,000 for any period of five (5) consecutive days.

(13) As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) days after the Borrower knows of any of the following: (i) any representation proceedings commencing with the National Labor Relations Board or any similar Governmental Authority, (ii) any labor organization or group of employees of the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries making a demand for recognition, and (iii) any material complaints or charges against the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries filed with any federal, state, local or foreign court, governmental agency or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries of any individual.

 

E-5


Annex F

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

(1) Coverage Requirements . The insurance policies maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall provide for, without limitation, the following insurance coverage:

(a) “All Risk” physical damage insurance on all of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ tangible real and personal property and assets, wherever located, including Inventory located at premises not owned or leased by the Borrower and covers, without limitation, fire and extended coverage, boiler and machinery coverage, flood, theft, burglary, explosion, collapse, business interruption, and all other hazards and risks ordinarily insured against by owners or users of such properties in similar businesses. All policies of insurance on such real and personal property constituting Collateral contain an endorsement, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, showing loss payable to the Agent (Form 438 BFU or its equivalent) and extra expense and business interruption endorsements. Such endorsement, or an independent instrument furnished to the Agent, provides that the insurance companies will give the Agent at least thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be materially altered or canceled and that no act or default of the Borrower or any other Person shall affect the right of the Agent to recover under such policy or policies of insurance in case of loss or damage;

(b) Comprehensive general liability insurance on an “occurrence basis” against claims for personal injury, bodily injury and property damage with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate. Such coverage includes, without limitation, premises/operations, broad form contractual liability, underground, explosion and collapse hazard, independent contractors and broad form property coverage. The Agent, on behalf of the Holders, shall be named as an additional insured under such insurance;

(c) Statutory limits of worker’s compensation insurance which includes employee’s occupational disease and employer’s liability in the amount of $1,000,000 for each accident or occurrence;

(d) Automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned or hired automobiles against claims for personal injury, bodily injury and property damage with a minimum combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence;

(e) Umbrella insurance of $25,000,000 per occurrence and $25,000,000 in the aggregate; and

 

F-1


(f) Crime insurance with respect to employee dishonesty in an amount not less than $1,000,000.

All of such policies (i) shall have deductibles acceptable to the Agent; (ii) shall provide that the Agent will be notified by written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to such policy’s cancellation or material modification; (iii) are in full force and effect; (iv) are in form and with insurers recognized as adequate by the Agent (insurers with an A.M. Best rating lower than “A” will not be considered adequate); and (v) provide coverage of such risks and for such amounts as is customarily maintained for businesses of the scope and size of the Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s and as otherwise acceptable to the Agent. Each insurance policy contains a clause which provides that the Agent’s interest under such policy shall not be invalidated by any act or omission to act of, or any breach of warranty by, the insured, or by any change in the title, ownership or possession of the insured property, or by the use of the property for purposes more hazardous than is permitted in such policy. The Borrower has delivered to the Agent a certificate of insurance that evidences the existence of each policy of insurance, payment of all premiums therefor and compliance with all provisions of this Agreement.

 

F-2


Annex G

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

(1) Financial Covenants . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not breach or fail to comply (or permit the breach or failure to comply) with any of the following financial covenants:

(a) Minimum Net Worth . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have a Net Worth, as of the Effective Date and as of the end of the fiscal quarter ending on November 30, 2005, of not less than $300,000,000. Thereafter, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter in each fiscal year ending on or after November 30, 2006, a Net Worth of not less than the sum of (i) the Net Worth required hereunder for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the positive net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such immediately preceding fiscal year plus (iii) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of any equity raised by or capital contributed to the Borrower during such immediately preceding fiscal year.

(b) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrower, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, shall have for each Rolling Period, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be greater than the ratio set forth below at the end of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below.

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending In

   Minimum Ratio

November 2008 and each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

   1.25 to 1.00

(2) Definitions and Rules of Construction.

(a) Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Annex G and not defined in Annex A to this Agreement shall have the following respective meanings:

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Debt) by such Person during any measuring period for any fixed assets or improvements or for replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to be capitalized under GAAP; provided, however, that “Capital Expenditures” shall exclude (A) the purchase price of up to $12,500,000 paid or to be paid by Canadian Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of Synnex Canada Real Property Co.; (B) expenditures made with respect to property to the extent (and only to the extent) such expenditures are made from the proceeds of property insurance used to restore or replace property that has been the subject of a casualty event covered by such insurance; and (C) the aggregate amount of all

 

G-1


expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Debt) for any fixed assets or improvements or for replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to be capitalized under GAAP made by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, with respect to (i) building a distribution facility in Olive Branch, Mississippi in an amount not to exceed $16 million, (ii) acquiring its Fremont, California headquarters in an amount not to exceed $13 million, and (iii) expenditures at its Greenville, South Carolina facility in an amount not to exceed $7 million, provided that (A) such expenditures under clause (i)  are made within 18 months of March 27, 2008, (B) such expenditures under clause (ii)  are made prior to December 31, 2009, (C) such expenditures under clause (iii)  are made prior to December 31, 2008, and (D) such expenditures under clauses (i)  and (ii)  shall be funded by the incurrence of Debt.

EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal period, the amount equal to (a) consolidated net income for such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income (excluding any fee income characterized as interest income in accordance with GAAP and earned under any contracts entered into by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or any reseller customer thereof, with any governmental authority of the United Mexican States), (ii) gain from extraordinary items for such period, (iii) any aggregate net gain (but not any aggregate net loss) during such period arising from the sale, exchange or other disposition of capital assets by such Person (including any fixed assets, whether tangible or intangible, all inventory sold in conjunction with the disposition of fixed assets and all securities), and (iv) any other non-cash gains that have been added in determining consolidated net income (including LIFO adjustments), in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication, plus (c) the sum of (i) any provision for income taxes, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) loss from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) the amount of non-cash charges (including depreciation, amortization and LIFO adjustments) for such period, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, and (vi) the amount of any deduction to consolidated net income as the result of any grant to any members of the management of such Person of any Stock, in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication. For purposes of this definition, the following items shall be excluded in determining consolidated net income of a Person: (A) the income (or deficit) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into, such Person or any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (B) the income (or deficit) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent any such income has actually been received by such Person in the form of cash dividends or distributions; (C) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation or requirement of law applicable to such Subsidiary; (D) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such period; (E) any write-up of any asset; (F) any net gain from the collection of the proceeds of life insurance policies; (G) any net gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Debt, of such Person, (H) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of its assets, any earnings of such successor prior to such

 

G-2


consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, and (I) any deferred credit representing the excess of equity in any Subsidiary of such Person at the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary over the cost to such Person of the investment in such Subsidiary.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending on such date to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of the Borrower, the sum of (a) cash Interest Expense during such period, plus (b) regularly scheduled payments of principal on Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries paid during such period (other than regularly scheduled payments or principal in respect of Debt owing under this Agreement and the Receivables Funding Agreement), plus (c) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, plus (d) income tax expense during such period, plus (e) any dividend, return of capital or any other distribution in connection with its Stock.

Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of the Borrower, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, including amortization of original issue discount on any Debt and of all fees payable in connection with the incurrence of such Debt (to the extent included in interest expense), the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation.

Net Worth ” shall mean, as of any date, the excess of (a) the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries over (b) the consolidated liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Rolling Period ” shall mean, as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, the immediately preceding four (4) Fiscal Quarters, including the Fiscal Quarter then ending.

(b) Rules of Construction . Any accounting term used in this Annex G shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided in this Annex G , the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided in this Annex G , on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing. In the event that any “Accounting Changes” (as defined below) occur and such changes result in a change in the calculation of the financial covenants, standards or terms used in this Annex G or elsewhere in this Agreement then the Borrower and the Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as equitably to reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after giving effect to such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. “ Accounting Changes ” means (i) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified

 

G-3


Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions), and (ii) changes in accounting principles concurred in by the Borrower’s Independent Accounting Firm. In the event that the parties to this Agreement shall have agreed upon any such required amendment, then, after such amendment has been evidenced in writing and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained in this Annex G shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP, consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If the parties to this Agreement cannot agree upon any required amendment within thirty (30) days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then all financial statements delivered in accordance with Annex E to this Agreement (other than audited annual financial statements which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP) and all calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with this Annex G shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying Accounting Change.

 

G-4


Annex H

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

LENDERS’ WIRE TRANSFER INFORMATION

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation :

Bank of America, N.A. :

 

H-1


Annex I

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

NOTICE ADDRESSES

 

(A) If to Agent, at

Bank of America, N.A.

55 S. Lake Avenue, Suite 900

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attn: Rob Dalton or Account Executive

Telecopy: (626) 584-4600

Telephone No.: (626) 584-4509

with copies to:

Mayer Brown LLP

350 South Grand Avenue, 25 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Marshall C. Stoddard, Jr., Esq.

Telecopier No.: (213) 625-0248

Telephone No.: (213) 229-9562

 

(B) If to the Borrower, at

Synnex Corporation

44201 Nobel Drive

Fremont, CA 94538

Attention: Chief Operating Officer

Telecopier No.: (510) 668-3707

Telephone No.: (510) 668-3677

with a copy to

Synnex Corporation

44201 Nobel Drive

Fremont, California 94538

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier No.: (510) 668-3707

Telephone No.: (510) 668-3668

 

I-1


ANNEX J

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

LETTERS OF CREDIT

(a) Issuance . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Agent and Lenders agree to incur, from time to time until 30 days prior to the Commitment Termination Date, upon the request of Borrower and for Borrower’s account, Letter of Credit Obligations by causing Letters of Credit to be issued by Bank of America or an Affiliate of Bank of America (each, an “ L/C Issuer ”) for Borrower’s account and guaranteed by Agent; provided , that if the L/C Issuer is a Lender, then such Letters of Credit shall not be guaranteed by Agent but rather each Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, purchase (or be deemed to have purchased) risk participations in all such Letters of Credit issued with the written consent of Agent, as more fully described in paragraph (b)(ii) below. The aggregate amount of all such Letter of Credit Obligations shall not at any time exceed the least of (i) Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) (the “ L/C Sublimit ”), and (ii) the Maximum Amount less the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Loan, and (iii) the Borrowing Base less the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Loan. No such Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date that is more than one year following the date of issuance thereof, unless otherwise determined by Agent in its sole discretion (including with respect to customary evergreen provisions), and neither Agent nor Lenders shall be under any obligation to incur Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of, or purchase risk participations in, any Letter of Credit having an expiry date that is later than the Commitment Termination Date.

(b) Advances Automatic; Participations . (i) In the event that Agent or any Lender shall make any payment on or pursuant to any Letter of Credit Obligation, such payment shall then be deemed automatically to constitute a Revolving Credit Advance under Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and notwithstanding Borrower’s failure to satisfy the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 of the Agreement, and each Lender shall be obligated to pay its Pro Rata Share thereof in accordance with the Agreement. The failure of any Lender to make available to Agent for Agent’s own account its Pro Rata Share of any such Revolving Credit Advance or payment by Agent under or in respect of a Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to Agent its Pro Rata Share thereof, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make available such other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such payment.

(ii) If it shall be illegal or unlawful for Borrower to incur Revolving Credit Advances as contemplated by paragraph (b)(i) above because of an Event of Default described in Sections 8.1(f)(ii) or (g)  or otherwise or if it shall be illegal or unlawful for any Lender to be deemed to have assumed a ratable share of the reimbursement obligations owed to an L/C Issuer, or if the L/C Issuer is a Lender, then (i) immediately and without further action whatsoever, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and

 

J-1


unconditionally purchased from Agent (or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be) an undivided interest and participation equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (based on the Revolving Credit Commitments) of the Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (ii) thereafter, immediately upon issuance of any Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased from Agent (or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be) an undivided interest and participation in such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (based on the Revolving Credit Commitments) of the Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit on the date of such issuance. Each Lender shall fund its participation in all payments or disbursements made under the Letters of Credit in the same manner as provided in the Agreement with respect to Revolving Credit Advances.

(c) Cash Collateral . (i) If Borrower is required to provide cash collateral for any Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to the Agreement, including Section 8.2 of the Agreement, prior to the Commitment Termination Date, Borrower will pay to Agent for the ratable benefit of itself and Lenders cash or Cash Equivalents acceptable to Agent in an amount equal to 105% of the maximum amount then available to be drawn under each applicable Letter of Credit outstanding. Such funds or Cash Equivalents shall be held by Agent in a cash collateral account (the “ Cash Collateral Account ”) maintained at a bank or financial institution acceptable to Agent. The Cash Collateral Account shall be in the name of Borrower and shall be pledged to, and subject to the control of, Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, in a manner satisfactory to Agent. Borrower hereby pledges and grants to Agent, on behalf of the Holders, a security interest in all such funds and Cash Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time and all proceeds thereof, as security for the payment of all amounts due in respect of the Letter of Credit Obligations and other Obligations, whether or not then due. The Agreement, including this Annex J , shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

(ii) If any Letter of Credit Obligations, whether or not then due and payable, shall for any reason be outstanding on the Commitment Termination Date, Borrower shall either (A) provide cash collateral therefor in the manner described above, or (B) cause all such Letters of Credit and guaranties thereof, if any, to be canceled and returned, or (C) deliver a stand-by letter (or letters) of credit in guarantee of such Letter of Credit Obligations, which stand-by letter (or letters) of credit shall be of like tenor and duration (plus thirty (30) additional days) as, and in an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under, the Letters of Credit to which such outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations relate and shall be issued by a Person, and shall be subject to such terms and conditions, as are be satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

(iii) From time to time after funds are deposited in the Cash Collateral Account by Borrower, whether before or after the Commitment Termination Date, Agent may apply such funds or Cash Equivalents then held in the Cash Collateral Account to the payment of any amounts, and in such order as Agent may elect, as shall be or shall become due and payable by Borrower to Agent and Lenders with respect to such Letter of Credit Obligations of Borrower and, upon the satisfaction in full of all Letter of Credit Obligations of Borrower, to any other Obligations then due and payable.

 

J-2


(iv) Neither Borrower nor any Person claiming on behalf of or through Borrower shall have any right to withdraw any of the funds or Cash Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral Account, except that upon the termination of all Letter of Credit Obligations and the payment of all amounts payable by Borrower to Agent and Lenders in respect thereof, any funds remaining in the Cash Collateral Account shall be applied to other Obligations then due and owing and upon payment in full of such Obligations any remaining amount shall be paid to Borrower or as otherwise required by law. Interest earned on deposits in the Cash Collateral Account shall be held as additional collateral.

(d) Fees and Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay to Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as compensation to such Lenders for Letter of Credit Obligations incurred hereunder, (i) all costs and expenses incurred by Agent or any Lender on account of such Letter of Credit Obligations, and (ii) for each month during which any Letter of Credit Obligation shall remain outstanding, a fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) in an amount equal to a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin multiplied by the maximum amount available from time to time to be drawn under the applicable Letter of Credit. Such fee shall be paid to Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in arrears, on the first day of each month and on the Commitment Termination Date. In addition, Borrower shall pay to any L/C Issuer, on demand, such fees (including all per annum fees), charges and expenses of such L/C Issuer in respect of the issuance, negotiation, acceptance, amendment, transfer and payment of such Letter of Credit or otherwise payable pursuant to the application and related documentation under which such Letter of Credit is issued.

(e) Request for Incurrence of Letter of Credit Obligations . Borrower shall give Agent at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice requesting the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligation. The notice shall be accompanied by the form of the Letter of Credit (which shall be acceptable to the L/C Issuer) and a completed Application for Standby Letter of Credit in form and substance satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (an “ Application for Letter of Credit ”), as well as such other instruments and agreements as the L/C Issuer may customarily require for issuance of a Letter of Credit of similar type and amount. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Letter of Credit applications by Borrower and approvals by Agent and the L/C Issuer may be made and transmitted pursuant to electronic codes and security measures mutually agreed upon and established by and among Borrower, Agent and the L/C Issuer.

(f) Obligation Absolute . The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Agent and Lenders for payments made with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligation shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, without necessity of presentment, demand, protest or other formalities, and the obligations of each Lender to make payments to Agent with respect to Letters of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable. Such obligations of Borrower and Lenders shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or the Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other agreement;

(ii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any Lender may at any time have against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such transferee may be acting), Agent, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with the Agreement, the Letter of Credit, the

 

J-3


transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between Borrower or any of its Affiliates and the beneficiary for which the Letter of Credit was procured);

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) payment by Agent (except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph (g)(ii)(C) below) or any L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or such guaranty;

(v) any other circumstance or event whatsoever, that is similar to any of the foregoing; or

(vi) the fact that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(g) Indemnification; Nature of Lenders’ Duties .

(i) In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save harmless Agent and each Lender from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and allocated costs of internal counsel) that Agent or any Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof, or (B) the failure of Agent or any Lender seeking indemnification or of any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than to the extent as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent or such Lender (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).

(ii) As between Agent and any Lender and Borrower, Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of any Letter of Credit by beneficiaries of any Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law neither Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document issued by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in order to demand payment under such Letter of Credit; provided , that in the case of any payment by Agent under any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof, Agent shall be liable to the extent such payment was made solely as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction) in determining that the demand for payment under such Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof complies on its

 

J-4


face with any applicable requirements for a demand for payment under such Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they may be in cipher; (E) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (F) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a payment under any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof or of the proceeds thereof; (G) the credit of the proceeds of any drawing under any Letter of Credit or guaranty thereof; and (H) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Agent or any Lender. None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of Agent’s or any Lender’s rights or powers hereunder or under the Agreement.

(iii) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit or to expand any waivers, covenants or indemnities made by Borrower in favor of any L/C Issuer in any letter of credit application, reimbursement agreement or similar document, instrument or agreement between Borrower and such L/C Issuer, including any Application for Letter of Credit.

 

J-5


Annex K

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

ANNEX X TO RECEIVABLES FUNDING DOCUMENTS

 

Annex K-1


Schedule I

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Revolving Credit
Commitment
   Pro Rata Share  

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 40,000,000.00    50 %

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   $ 40,000,000.00    50 %

 

Schedule I-1


Schedule II

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

SPECIAL OBLIGORS; CREDIT FACILITY CONCENTRATION PERCENTAGES

Credit Facility Concentration Percentage ” shall mean at any time of determination with respect to Dell or Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“ Sun ”), an amount equal to the applicable percentage listed opposite such Obligor times the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of such time of determination:

 

Class of Obligor

   Applicable
Percentage
 

Dell

   20.0 %

Sun

   15.0 %

 

Schedule II-1


Schedule 3.4

to

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND PROJECTIONS

(1) Financial Statements . All of the following balance sheets and statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, copies of which have been furnished by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders prior to the date of this Agreement, have been, except as noted therein, prepared in conformity with GAAP and present fairly the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at the dates thereof, and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (as to the unaudited interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes):

(i) the unaudited balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at August 31, 2008 and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the nine Fiscal Months then ended; and

(ii) the audited and certified consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of November 30, 2007 and the related statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, with the opinion thereon of an Independent Accounting Firm.

(2) Projections . The projections of consolidated income statements and balance sheets for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the period ending on November 30, 2008 (collectively, the “ Projections ”), copies of which have been delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders, disclose all assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market conditions in formulating such Projections. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no facts exist which would result in any material change in any of such Projections. The Projections are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, all of which are fair in light of current conditions, have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, and reflect the reasonable estimate of the Borrower of the results of operations and other information projected therein (it being acknowledged that actual results may vary, and such variations may be material).

 

Schedule 3.4-1


EXHIBIT 1.1(a)(ii)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF NOTICE OF REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE

Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., as Agent (the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders from time to time signatory thereto (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are so used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby gives irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 1.1(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, of its request for a Revolving Credit Advance to be made in the aggregate amount of $ [          ] to be made on [                      ,          ] as [ a Base Rate Loan ] [ as a LIBOR Loan having LIBOR Period of [              ] month(s) ] .

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that all of the conditions contained in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied on and as of the date hereof, and will continue to be satisfied on and as of the date of the Advance(s) requested hereby, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Notice of Revolving Credit Advance to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 1.1(a)(ii)-1


EXHIBIT 1.1(a)(iii)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$[          ]

   January 23, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SYNNEX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [                      ], (the “ Lender ”), at the offices of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Agent for the Lenders (the “ Agent ”), at its address at 55 S. Lake Avenue, Suite 900, Pasadena, CA 91101, or at such other place as the Agent may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of [                      ] DOLLARS ($[          ]) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by the Lender to the undersigned under the “Credit Agreement” (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement or in Annex A thereto.

This Revolving Credit Note (this “ Note ”) is one of the Revolving Credit Notes issued pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Agent, the Lender and the other Persons signatory thereto from time to time as the Lenders (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents and all of the other Loan Documents referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for a statement of all of the terms and conditions under which the Advances evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. The date and amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower, the rates of interest applicable thereto and each payment made on account of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Agent on its books; provided that the failure of the Agent to make any such recordation shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement or this Note in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower.

The principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement, the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to such calculations, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Upon and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, this Note may, as provided in the Credit Agreement, and without demand, notice or legal process of any kind, be declared, and immediately shall become, due and payable.

 

Exhibit 1.1(a)(iii)-1


Time is of the essence of this Note. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by the Borrower.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 1.1(a)(iii)-2


EXHIBIT 1.1(a)(iv)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Exhibit 1.1(a)(iv)-1


EXHIBIT 1.1(b)(i)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF NOTICE OF SWING LINE ADVANCE

Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among Synnex Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., as Agent (the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders from time to time signatory thereto (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are so used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby gives irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 1.1(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement, of its request for a Swing Line Advance to be made in the aggregate amount of $ [          ] to be made on [                      ,          ] .

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that all of the conditions contained in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied on and as of the date hereof, and will continue to be satisfied on and as of the date of the Advance(s) requested hereby, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Notice of Swing Line Advance to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 1.1(b)(i)-1


EXHIBIT 1.1(b)(ii)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

 

$10,000,000

   January 23, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SYNNEX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (“the Swing Line Lender ”) at the offices of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), at the Agent’s address at 55 S. Lake Avenue, Suite 900, Pasadena, CA 91101, or at such other place as the Agent may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of TEN MILLION DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($10,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid amount of all Swing Line Advances made to the undersigned under the “Credit Agreement” (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement or in Annex A thereto.

This Swing Line Note (this “ Note ”) is issued pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among the Borrower, the Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the other Persons signatory thereto from time to time as Lenders (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents and all of the other Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for a statement of all of the terms and conditions under which the Advances evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. The date and amount of each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower, the rate of interest applicable thereto and each payment made on account of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Agent on its books; provided that the failure of the Agent to make any such recordation shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement or this Note in respect of the Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower.

The principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement, the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to such calculations, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Upon and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, this Note may, as provided in the Credit Agreement, and without demand, notice or legal process of any kind, be declared, and immediately shall become, due and payable.

 

Exhibit 1.1(b)(ii)-1


Time is of the essence of this Note. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by the Borrower.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
 
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 1.1(b)(ii)-2


EXHIBIT 1.4(d)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among Synnex Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., as Agent (“ Agent ”), and the Lenders from time to time signatory thereto (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are so used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby gives irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 1.4(d) of the Credit Agreement, of its request to:

(a) on [ date ] convert $ [          ] of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan, bearing interest at the [ Base ] [ LIBOR ] Rate, into [ a LIBOR Loan, having a LIBOR Period of [              ] month(s) ] [ a Base Rate Loan ] ;

(b) [ on [ date ] continue $ [          ] of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan, bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate, as a LIBOR Loan having a LIBOR Period of [              ] month(s) ] . 2

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that all of the conditions contained in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied on and as of the date hereof, and will continue to be satisfied on and as of the date of the conversion/continuation requested hereby, before and after giving effect thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Notice of Conversion/Continuation be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

 

2

Include clause (a) and/or clause (b) , as appropriate.

 

Exhibit 1.4(d)-1


EXHIBIT 3.4

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

PROJECTIONS

 

Exhibit 3.4-1


EXHIBIT 9.1(a)

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Assignment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                           ,          by and between                                          (the “ Assignor Lender ”) and                      (the “ Assignee Lender ”) and acknowledged and consented to by BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as agent (the “ Agent ”). All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein will have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement as hereinafter defined.

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, Synnex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Agent, the Assignor Lender and the other Persons signatory thereto as Lenders have entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Assignor Lender has agreed to provide certain financial accommodations to the Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Assignor Lender desires to assign to the Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its interest in the Revolving Credit Loan (as described below) and the Collateral and to delegate to the Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its Commitments and other duties with respect to such Revolving Credit Loan and such Collateral;

WHEREAS, the Assignee Lender desires to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement and to accept such assignment and delegation from the Assignor Lender; and

WHEREAS, the Assignee Lender desires to appoint the Agent to serve as agent for the Assignee Lender under the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions, and covenants herein contained, the Assignor Lender and the Assignee Lender agree as follows:

1. ASSIGNMENT, DELEGATION, AND ACCEPTANCE

1.1 Assignment . The Assignor Lender hereby transfers and assigns to the Assignee Lender, without recourse and without representations or warranties of any kind (except as set forth in Section 3.2 ), [all/such percentage] of the Assignor Lender’s right, title, and interest in the Revolving Credit Loan, Loan Documents and Collateral as will result in the Assignee Lender having as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) a Pro Rata Share thereof, as follows:

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-1


     Principal Amount    Pro Rata Share  

Assignee Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan

   $                              %

1.2 Delegation . The Assignor Lender hereby irrevocably assigns and delegates to the Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its Commitments and its other duties and obligations as a Lender under the Loan Documents equivalent to [100%/      %] of the Assignor Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (such percentage representing a commitment of $          ).

1.3 Acceptance by Assignee Lender . By its execution of this Agreement, the Assignee Lender irrevocably purchases, assumes and accepts such assignment and delegation and agrees to be a Lender with respect to the delegated interest under the Loan Documents and to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof. By its execution of this Agreement, the Assignor Lender agrees, to the extent provided herein, to relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations and duties under the Credit Agreement.

1.4 Effective Date . Such assignment and delegation by the Assignor Lender and acceptance by the Assignee Lender will be effective and the Assignee Lender will become a Lender under the Loan Documents as of [the date of this Agreement] (“Effective Date”) and upon payment of the Assigned Amount and the Assignment Fee (as each term is defined below). Interest and Fees accrued prior to the Effective Date are for the account of the Assignor Lender.

2. INITIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY OF NOTES

2.1 Payment of the Assigned Amount . The Assignee Lender will pay to the Assignor Lender, in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) on the Effective Date, an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the then outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan as set forth above in Section 1.1 (the “Assigned Amount”).

2.2 Payment of Assignment Fee . [The Assignor Lender and/or the Assignee Lender] will pay to the Agent, for its own account in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) on the Effective Date, the assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 (the “Assignment Fee”) as required pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of the Credit Agreement.

2.3 Execution and Delivery of Notes . Following payment of the Assigned Amount and the Assignment Fee, the Assignor Lender will deliver to the Agent the Notes previously delivered to the Assignor Lender for redelivery to the Borrower and the Agent will obtain from the Borrower for delivery to [the Assignor Lender and] the Assignee Lender, new executed Notes evidencing the Assignee Lender’s [and the Assignor Lender’s respective] Pro Rata Share[s] in the Revolving Credit Loan after giving effect to the assignment described in Section 1 . Each new Note will be issued in the aggregate maximum principal amount of the [applicable] Commitment of [the Lender to whom such Note is issued] OR [the Assignee Lender].

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-2


3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

3.1 Assignee Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Assignee Lender hereby represents, warrants, and covenants the following to the Assignor Lender and the Agent:

(a) This Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding agreement of the Assignee Lender, enforceable according to its terms;

(b) The execution and performance by the Assignee Lender of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents will not require any registration with, notice to, or consent or approval by any Governmental Authority;

(c) The Assignee Lender is familiar with transactions of the kind and scope reflected in the Loan Documents and in this Agreement;

(d) The Assignee Lender has made its own independent investigation and appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of each Credit Party, has conducted its own evaluation of the Revolving Credit Loan and, the Loan Documents and each Credit Party’s creditworthiness, has made its decision to become a Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement independently and without reliance upon the Assignor Lender or the Agent, and will continue to do so;

(e) The Assignee Lender is entering into this Agreement in the ordinary course of its business, and is acquiring its interest in the Revolving Credit Loan for its own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any subsequent distribution; provided , however , that at all times the disposition of the Assignee Lender’s property shall, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, be and remain within its control;

(f) No future assignment or participation granted by the Assignee Lender pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement will require the Assignor Lender, the Agent, or the Borrower to file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission or to apply to qualify under the blue sky laws of any state;

(g) The Assignee Lender has no loans to, written or oral agreements with, or equity or other ownership interest in any Credit Party;

(h) The Assignee Lender will not enter into any written or oral agreement with, or acquire any equity or other ownership interest in, any Credit Party without the prior written consent of the Agent; and

(i) As of the Effective Date, the Assignee Lender (i) is entitled to receive payments of principal and interest in respect of the Obligations without deduction for or on account of any taxes imposed by the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) is not subject to capital adequacy or similar requirements under Section 1.15(a) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) does not require the payment of any increased costs under Section 1.15(b) of the Credit Agreement, and (iv) is not unable to fund LIBOR Loans under Section 1.15(c) of the Credit Agreement, and the Assignee Lender will indemnify the Agent from and against all

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-3


liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, or expenses that result from the Assignee Lender’s failure to fulfill its obligations under the terms of Section 1.14(c) of the Credit Agreement or from any other inaccuracy in the foregoing.

3.2 Assignor Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Assignor Lender hereby represents, warrants and covenants the following to the Assignee Lender:

(a) The Assignor Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Amount;

(b) This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Assignor Lender, enforceable according to its terms;

(c) The execution and performance by the Assignor Lender of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents will not require any registration with, notice to or consent or approval by any Governmental Authority;

(d) The Assignor Lender has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill the obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

(e) The Assignor Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of the interests being assigned hereby, free and clear of any adverse claim, lien, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on transfer, purchase option, call or similar right of a third party; and

(f) This Assignment by the Assignor Lender to the Assignee Lender complies, in all material respects, with the terms of the Loan Documents.

4. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

Neither the Assignor Lender (except as provided in Section 3.2 ) nor the Agent makes any representations or warranties of any kind, nor assumes any responsibility or liability whatsoever, with regard to (a) the Loan Documents or any other document or instrument furnished pursuant thereto or the Revolving Credit Loan or other Obligations, (b) the creation, validity, genuineness, enforceability, sufficiency, value or collectibility of any of them, (c) the amount, value or existence of the Collateral, (d) the perfection or priority of any Lien upon the Collateral, or (e) the financial condition of any Credit Party or other obligor or the performance or observance by any Credit Party of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Neither the Assignor Lender nor the Agent has or will have any duty, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any investigation, evaluation, appraisal of, or any responsibility or liability with respect to the accuracy or completeness of, any information provided to the Assignee Lender which has been provided to the Assignor Lender or the Agent by any Credit Party. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents shall impose upon the Assignor Lender or the Agent any fiduciary relationship in respect of the Assignee Lender.

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-4


5. FAILURE TO ENFORCE

No failure or delay on the part of the Agent or the Assignor Lender in the exercise of any power, right, or privilege hereunder or under any Loan Document will impair such power, right, or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein. No single or partial exercise of any such power, right, or privilege will preclude further exercise thereof or of any other right, power, or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

6. NOTICES

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given will be in writing and addressed to the respective party as set forth below its signature hereunder, or to such other address as the party may designate in writing to the other.

7. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective without the written concurrence of the Assignor Lender, the Agent and the Assignee Lender.

8. SEVERABILITY

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. In the event any provision of this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of the Agreement. In addition, in the event any provision of or obligation under this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations in any other jurisdictions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. SECTION TITLES

Section and Subsection titles in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose, and have no substantive effect.

10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-5


11. APPLICABLE LAW

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE.

12. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents, or supplements may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

Assignee Lender

    Assignor Lender
 

 

     

 

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Title:     Title:
Notice Address     Notice Address
Account Information     Account Information

 

Acknowledged and Consented to:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
  as Agent
By:  

 

  Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Exhibit 9.1(a)-7


EXHIBIT A

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


EXHIBIT B

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF GUARANTY


EXHIBIT C

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.34

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

RECEIVABLES SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

by and among

EACH OF THE ENTITIES PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

AS ORIGINATORS,

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Buyer,

and

SYNNEX CORPORATION,

as Servicer


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1
   Section 1.01.      Definitions    1
   Section 1.02.      Rules of Construction    1
   Section 1.03.      Amendment and Restatement    2
ARTICLE II TRANSFERS OF RECEIVABLES    2
   Section 2.01.      Agreement to Transfer    2
   Section 2.02.      Grant of Security Interest    4
   Section 2.03.      Originator Support Agreement    4
   Section 2.04.      Originators Remain Liable    4
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    5
   Section 3.01.      Conditions Precedent to Initial Transfer    5
   Section 3.02.      Conditions Precedent to all Transfers    5
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS    6
   Section 4.01.      Representations and Warranties of the Transaction Parties    6
   Section 4.02.      Affirmative Covenants of the Originators    14
   Section 4.03.      Negative Covenants of the Originators    20
   Section 4.04.      Breach of Representations, Warranties or Covenants    23
   Section 4.05.      Supplemental Disclosure    23
ARTICLE V INDEMNIFICATION    23
   Section 5.01.      Indemnities by the Originators    23
   Section 5.02.      Indemnities by the Servicer    25
ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS    26
   Section 6.01.      Notices    26
   Section 6.02.      No Waiver; Remedies    27
   Section 6.03.      Successors and Assigns    27
   Section 6.04.      Termination; Survival of Obligations    28
   Section 6.05.      Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement    28
   Section 6.06.      Amendments and Waivers    28
   Section 6.07.      Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial    29
   Section 6.08.      Counterparts    30
   Section 6.09.      Severability    30
   Section 6.10.      Section Titles    30
   Section 6.11.      No Setoff    30
   Section 6.12.      Confidentiality    30
   Section 6.13.      Further Assurances    32
   Section 6.14.      Fees and Expenses    32
   Section 6.15.      Nonrecourse Obligations    32

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

ARTICLE VII SERVICER PROVISIONS    33
   Section 7.01.      Appointment of the Servicer    33
   Section 7.02.      Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer    33
   Section 7.03.      Collections on Receivables    34
   Section 7.04.      Covenants of the Servicer    35
   Section 7.05.      Reporting Requirements of the Servicer    39
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF SERVICER TERMINATION    39
   Section 8.01.      Events of Servicer Termination    39
ARTICLE IX SUCCESSOR SERVICER PROVISIONS    41
   Section 9.01.      Servicer Not to Resign    41
   Section 9.02.      Appointment of the Successor Servicer    41
   Section 9.03.      Duties of the Servicer    41
   Section 9.04.      Effect of Termination or Resignation    42
   Section 9.05.      Power of Attorney    42
   Section 9.06.      No Proceedings    42

 

ii


EXHIBITS, SCHEDULES AND ANNEXES

 

Exhibit 2.01(a)      Form of Receivables Assignment
Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii)      Form of Subordinated Note
Exhibit 2.03      Form of Originator Support Agreement
Exhibit 9.05      Form of Power of Attorney (Administrative Agent)
Schedule 4.01(b)      Jurisdiction of Organization; Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate, Legal and Other Names; Identification Numbers
Schedule 4.01(d)      Litigation
Schedule 4.01(h)      Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Debt
Schedule 4.01(i)      Tax Matters
Schedule 4.01(j)      Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.01(m)      ERISA
Schedule 4.01(t)      Deposit and Disbursement Accounts
Schedule 4.02(g)      Corporate, Legal and Trade Names
Annex 7.05      Reporting Requirements of the Servicer
Annex X      Definitions
Annex Y      Schedule of Documents
Annex Z      Financial Tests

 

iii


THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), (a) is entered into as of January 23, 2009, by and among each of the persons signatory hereto from time to time as Originators (each an “ Originator ” and, collectively, the “ Originators ”), SYNNEX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), in its capacity as servicer hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”) and SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”) and (b) amends and restates that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, between Parent as “Originator” and “Servicer”, and Buyer (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Transfer Agreement ”).

RECITALS

A. Buyer is a special purpose corporation, the sole shareholder of which is the Parent.

B. Buyer has been formed for the sole purpose of purchasing all Receivables originated by each Originator and to finance such Receivables under the Funding Agreement.

C. Prior to the date hereof, each Originator has sold such Receivables or contributed such Receivables to Buyer pursuant to the Existing Transfer Agreement, and from and after the date hereof each Originator intends to continue to sell, and Buyer intends to continue to purchase, such Receivables, from time to time, as described herein.

D. In addition, the Parent may, from time to time, contribute capital to Buyer in the form of Contributed Receivables or cash.

E. In order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and the Funding Agreement, Buyer has appointed Parent to service, administer and collect the Receivables securing the Advances pursuant to this Agreement and Parent is willing to continue acting in its capacity as Servicer hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

Section 1.02. Rules of Construction . For purposes of this Agreement, the rules of construction set forth in Annex X shall govern. All Appendices hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference and, taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement.

 

1


Section 1.03. Amendment and Restatement . Upon the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth herein, (a) the terms and provisions of the Existing Transfer Agreement shall be amended, superseded and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement and, unless expressly stated to the contrary, each reference to the document, instrument or agreement delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is not intended to and shall not constitute a novation of the Existing Transfer Agreement or the obligations and liabilities existing thereunder, (c) with respect to any date or time period occurring and ending prior to the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties to the Existing Transfer Agreement shall be governed by the Existing Transfer Agreement and the other Related Documents (as defined therein), and (d) with respect to any date or time period occurring and ending on or after the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by this Agreement and the other Related Documents (as defined herein).

ARTICLE II

TRANSFERS OF RECEIVABLES

Section 2.01. Agreement to Transfer .

(a) Receivables Transfers . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Originator agrees to sell (without recourse except to the limited extent specifically provided herein) or, in the case of the Parent, sell or contribute, to Buyer on the Effective Date and on each Business Day thereafter (each such date, a “ Transfer Date ”) all Receivables owned by it on each such Transfer Date other than the Excluded Receivables, and Buyer agrees to purchase or acquire as a capital contribution all such Receivables on each such Transfer Date. All such Transfers by an Originator to Buyer shall collectively be evidenced by a certificate of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(a) (each, a “ Receivables Assignment ,” and collectively, the “ Receivables Assignments ”), and each Originator and Buyer shall have executed and delivered a Receivables Assignment on or before the Effective Date.

(b) Determination of Sold Receivables . On and as of each Transfer Date, (i) all Receivables other than the Excluded Receivables then owned by each Originator (other than the Parent) and not previously acquired by Buyer shall be sold immediately upon its creation, and (ii) to the extent Receivables then owned by the Parent other than the Excluded Receivables have not been contributed to Buyer in accordance with Section 2.01(d) , such Receivables shall be sold to Buyer (each such Receivable sold immediately upon its creation pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, individually, a “ Sold Receivable ” and, collectively, the “ Sold Receivables ”).

(c) Payment of Sale Price . (i) In consideration for each Sale of Sold Receivables hereunder, Buyer shall pay to the Originator thereof on the Transfer Date therefor the applicable Sale Price therefor in Dollars in immediately available funds. All cash payments by Buyer under this Section 2.01(c)(i) shall be effected on the day when due by means of a wire transfer of same day funds to such account or accounts as the Originators may designate from time to time.

(ii) To the extent that the Sale Price of Sold Receivables exceeds the amount of cash then available to Buyer, the applicable Originator hereby agrees to make a subordinated loan (each, a “ Subordinated Loan ”) to Buyer in an amount not to exceed the

 

2


lesser of (A) the amount of such excess in satisfaction of the equivalent portion of the Sale Price not paid in cash and (B) the maximum Subordinated Loan that could be borrowed without rendering Buyer’s Net Worth less than the Required Capital Amount. The Subordinated Loans of an Originator shall be evidenced by a subordinated promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii) hereto (a “ Subordinated Note ”) executed by Buyer and payable to such Originator. The Subordinated Loans shall bear interest and be payable as provided in the Subordinated Note.

(d) Determination of Contributed Receivables . Prior to the delivery of an Election Notice, on each Transfer Date on which Buyer cannot pay the Sale Price therefor in cash or with Subordinated Loans pursuant to clause (c)  above, the Parent shall identify Receivables then owned by it which have not been previously acquired by Buyer other than the Excluded Receivables, and shall, prior to the delivery of an Election Notice, contribute such Receivables as a capital contribution to Buyer (each such contributed Receivable, individually, a “ Contributed Receivable ,” and collectively, the “ Contributed Receivables ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent shall not be obligated to make additional contributions to Buyer at any time. If on any Transfer Date (i) the Parent elects not to contribute Receivables (other than the Excluded Receivables) to Buyer when Buyer cannot pay the Sale Price therefor in cash or through Subordinated Loans, or (ii) any Originator (other than the Parent) does not sell all of its then owned Receivables to Buyer other than the Excluded Receivables, such Originator shall deliver to Buyer not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding such Transfer Date a notice of election thereof (each such notice, an “ Election Notice ”).

(e) Ownership of Transferred Receivables . On and after each Transfer Date and after giving effect to the Transfers to be made on each such date, Buyer shall own the Transferred Receivables and no Originator shall take any action inconsistent with such ownership nor shall any Originator claim any ownership interest in such Transferred Receivables. The Excluded Receivables shall not be transferred hereunder or otherwise constitute “Sold Receivables”, “Contributed Receivables” or “Transferred Receivables” hereunder or under the Related Documents.

(f) Reconstruction of General Trial Balance . If at any time any Originator fails to generate its General Trial Balance, Buyer shall have the right to reconstruct such General Trial Balance so that a determination of the Transferred Receivables can be made pursuant to Section 2.01(b) . Each Originator agrees to cooperate with such reconstruction, including by delivery to Buyer, upon Buyer’s request, of copies of all Records.

(g) Servicing of Receivables . So long as no Event of Servicer Termination shall have occurred and be continuing and no Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.02 , the Servicer shall (i) conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the Transferred Receivables and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such actions as may be necessary or advisable to service, administer and collect the Transferred Receivables, all in accordance with (A) the terms of this Agreement, (B) customary and prudent servicing procedures for trade receivables of a similar type and (C) all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and (ii) hold all Contracts and other documents and incidents relating to the Transferred Receivables in trust for the benefit of Buyer, as the owner thereof, and for the sole purpose of facilitating the servicing of the Transferred Receivables in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Buyer hereby instructs the Servicer, and the Servicer hereby

 

3


acknowledges, that the Servicer shall hold all Contracts and other documents relating to such Transferred Receivables in trust for the benefit of Buyer and the Servicer’s retention and possession of such Contracts and documents shall at all times be solely in a custodial capacity for the benefit of Buyer and its assigns and pledgees.

Section 2.02. Grant of Security Interest . The parties hereto intend that each Transfer shall be absolute and shall constitute a purchase and sale or capital contribution, as applicable, and not a loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to and not in derogation of any rights now or hereafter acquired by Buyer under Section 2.01 hereof, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law and if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any transaction provided for herein constitutes a loan and not a sale or capital contribution, as applicable, that each Originator shall be deemed to have granted, and each Originator does hereby grant, to Buyer a continuing security interest in all of such Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Originator to secure the obligations of such Originator to Buyer hereunder (including, if and to the extent that any Transfer is recharacterized as a transfer for security under applicable law, the repayment of a loan deemed to have been made by Buyer to the applicable Originator in the amount of the Sale Price with respect thereto, including interest thereon at the Base Rate). Each Originator hereto reconfirms its grant of a security interest to Buyer of a first priority Lien in and to all of such Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under the “Transferred Receivables” under, and as defined in, the Existing Transfer Agreement.

Section 2.03. Originator Support Agreement . The Parent hereby agrees that in the event that any of its Affiliates become parties to this Agreement as Originators, the Parent shall undertake and agree, to and for the benefit of Buyer, to cause the due and punctual performance and observance by each such Originator of all of the terms, conditions, agreements and undertakings on the part of such Originator to be performed or observed by it hereunder or under any other Related Document and, in connection therewith, shall execute and deliver to Buyer an Originator Support Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.03 , to more fully evidence such undertaking.

Section 2.04. Originators Remain Liable . It is expressly agreed by the Originators that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Originator shall remain liable to the Obligor (and any other party to the related Contract) under any and all of the Transferred Receivables originated by it and under the Contracts therefor to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder. Buyer shall not have any obligation or liability to the Obligor or any other party to the related Contract under any such Transferred Receivables or Contracts by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the granting herein of a Lien thereon or the receipt by Buyer of any payment relating thereto pursuant hereto. The exercise by Buyer of any of its rights under this Agreement shall not release any Originator from any of its respective duties or obligations under any such Transferred Receivables or Contracts. Buyer shall not be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Originator under or pursuant to any such Transferred Receivable or Contract, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under

 

4


any such Transferred Receivable or Contract, or to present or file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Transfer . The initial Transfer hereunder shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Sale Agreement; Other Documents . This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, each Originator, the Servicer and Buyer, and Buyer shall have received such information, documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Buyer shall request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all those identified in the Schedule of Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer.

(b) Governmental Approvals . Buyer shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Originators and the Servicer have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons, including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from each Originator and the Servicer in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

(c) Compliance with Laws . Each Originator shall be in compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations, including, without limitation, those specifically referenced in Section 4.02(f) .

(d) Funding Agreement Conditions . Each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01 of the Funding Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in writing as provided therein.

Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to all Transfers . Each Transfer hereunder (including the initial Transfer) shall be subject to satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent as of the Transfer Date therefor:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of each Originator contained herein or in any other Related Document shall be true and correct as of such Transfer Date, both before and after giving effect to such Transfer and to the application of the Sale Price therefor, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(b) No Facility Termination Date . (i) The Administrative Agent shall not have declared the Facility Termination Date to have occurred following the occurrence of a Termination Event, and (ii) the Facility Termination Date shall not have automatically occurred, in either event, in accordance with Section 9.01 of the Funding Agreement;

 

5


(c) Compliance with Covenants . Each Originator shall be in compliance with each of its covenants and other agreements set forth herein or in any other Related Document;

(d) Funding Agreement Conditions . Each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.02 of the Funding Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in writing as provided therein; and

(e) Other Actions . Each Originator shall have taken such other action, including delivery of approvals, consents, opinions, documents and instruments to Buyer as Buyer may reasonably request.

The acceptance by any Originator of the Sale Price for any Sold Receivables and the contribution to Buyer by the Parent of any Contributed Receivables on any Transfer Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Transfer Date, a representation and warranty by such Originator that the conditions precedent set forth in this Article III have been satisfied. Upon any such acceptance or contribution, title to the Transferred Receivables sold or contributed on such Transfer Date shall be vested absolutely in Buyer, whether or not such conditions were in fact so satisfied.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Transaction Parties . To induce Buyer to purchase the Sold Receivables and to acquire the Contributed Receivables, each Transaction Party, as applicable, makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer as of the Closing Date and, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided below, as of each Transfer Date, each of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

(a) Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Transaction Party (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified (except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (ii) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage, operate and convey all of its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now or proposed to be conducted, and to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Documents to which it is a party and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; (iii) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct (except where the failure to have such licenses, permits, consents or approvals or make such filings or give such notices would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (iv) is in compliance with its articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws and other organizational documents; and (v) is in compliance with all applicable provisions of law (except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect).

(b) Jurisdiction of Organization; Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN . As of the Closing Date, each Originator is a registered organization of the type and is organized under the laws of the state set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) (which is its only jurisdiction of organization) and each such Originator’s organizational identification number (if any), the current

 

6


location of such Originator’s executive office, principal place of business, other offices, the warehouses and premises within which any records relating to the Receivables is stored or located are set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) and, except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) , such locations have not changed during the preceding twelve months. In addition, Schedule 4.01(b) lists the federal employer identification number of each Originator.

(c) Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance by each Transaction Party of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party and the creation and perfection of all Transfers and Liens provided for herein and therein, the exercise by Buyer or its assigns of any of its rights and remedies under any Related Document to which it is a party: (i) are within such Transaction Party’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action; (iii) do not contravene any provision of such Transaction Party’s articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws; (iv) do not violate any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority except to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (v) do not contravene, or cause such Transaction Party to be in default under, any contractual restriction contained in any indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note (other than, in the case of the Parent, the Convertible Senior Notes) or other agreement or instrument binding on or affecting such Transaction Party or its property; (vi) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the property of such Transaction Party; and (vii) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those referred to in Section 3.01(b) , all of which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Effective Date. At or prior to the Effective Date, each of the Related Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Transaction Party intended to be party thereto and on the Closing Date each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Transaction Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to (A) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and (B) general equitable principles, whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity.

(d) No Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(d), no Litigation is now pending or, to the knowledge of any Transaction Party, threatened against any Transaction Party or any other Subsidiary of the Parent before any Governmental Authority which (i) challenges such Transaction Party’s right, power or competence to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or any action taken thereunder, (ii) seeks to prevent the Transfer or pledge of any Receivable (other than Excluded Receivables) or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the other Related Documents or (iii) is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of such Transaction Party, there does not exist a state of facts which is reasonably likely to give rise to such proceedings. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(d), such Transaction Party is not a party to any consent decree.

 

7


(e) Solvency . After giving effect to (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, each Transaction Party is and will be Solvent. After giving effect to the sale and contribution of Transferred Receivables and other payments and transactions contemplated on such Transfer Date, each Transaction Party is and will be Solvent.

(f) Material Adverse Effect . Since November 30, 2008, no event has occurred that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Ownership of Receivables; Liens . Each Originator owns and has good and marketable title to each Receivable (other than Excluded Receivables) originated or acquired by it free and clear of any Adverse Claim and, from and after each Transfer Date, Buyer will acquire valid and properly perfected title to, and the sole record and beneficial ownership interest in, each Transferred Receivable purchased or otherwise acquired on such date, free and clear of any Adverse Claim or restrictions on transferability. Each Originator has received all assignments, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Originator’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) originated or acquired by it and its other properties and assets. Each Originator has rights in and full power to transfer its Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) hereunder. No effective financing statements or other similar instruments are of record in any filing office listing any Originator as debtor and purporting to cover the Transferred Receivables.

(h) Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Debt . On the Effective Date, no Originator has any Subsidiaries other than those Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 4.01(h) and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(h) , no Originator nor any Subsidiary of such Originator is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person or has any equity interest in any other Person. On the Effective Date, all of the issued and outstanding Stock of each Originator (other than Parent) is directly or indirectly owned by the Parent. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(h ) and except for stock options issued after the Effective Date pursuant to Parent’s stock option plans set forth on Schedule 4.01(m) , there are no outstanding rights to purchase stock, options, warrants or similar rights, agreements or plans pursuant to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to issue, sell or purchase any Stock or other equity security. Schedule 4.01(h) lists all Debt of each Originator as of the Effective Date, other than any such Debt consisting of any letters of credit issued for the account of such Originator.

(i) Taxes . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.01(i) , all material tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns (Form 1120-S), required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by any Transaction Party have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges and other impositions shown thereon to be due and payable (other than Charges or other impositions which such Transaction Party is diligently contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, in respect of which no final unappealable order has been made against such Transaction Party, and with respect to which such Transaction Party is maintaining adequate reserves under GAAP) have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof, or any such fine, penalty,

 

8


interest, late charge or loss has been paid. Each Transaction Party has paid when due and payable all material Charges required to be paid by it. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by each Transaction Party from its employees (as applicable) for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local and foreign law and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Schedule 4.01(i) sets forth those taxable years for which any of the tax returns of each Transaction Party are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority; and any assessments or threatened assessments in connection with such audit or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described in Schedule 4.01(i) , no Transaction Party has executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. No Transaction Party has agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC Section 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) Intellectual Property . Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.01(j) , on the Effective Date, and thereafter, as of the end of each first and third fiscal quarter of each of its fiscal years, each Originator owns all licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trademark applications and trade names which are necessary to continue to conduct its business as heretofore conducted by it, now conducted by it and proposed to be conducted by it, each of which is listed, together with United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office application or registration numbers (or similar information for foreign registration or applications), where applicable, in Schedule 4.01(j) , and will be updated by such Originator to reflect any change therein at the end of each first and third fiscal quarter of each of its fiscal years. Each Originator conducts business without infringement or claim of infringement of any license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right of others, except where such infringement or claim of infringement, individually or in the aggregate, could not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(j) , to each Originator’s knowledge, there is no infringement or claim of infringement by others of any material license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property right of such Originator, except where such infringement or claim of infringement, individually or in the aggregate, could not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Full Disclosure . No information contained in this Agreement, any of the other Related Documents or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of any Transaction Party to Buyer, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent relating to this Agreement, the Sold Receivables or any of the other Related Documents, in each case, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. All business plans and other forecasts and projections (including the Projections) furnished by or on behalf of any Transaction Party and made available to Buyer, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent relating to the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of such Transaction Party thereof were prepared in good faith on the basis of the facts and assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, such Transaction Party’s reasonable estimate of its plans, forecasts or projections, as applicable, based on the information available at the time (it being acknowledged that actual results may vary, and such variations may be material).

 

9


(l) Notices to Obligors . Each Transaction Party has directed all Obligors of Transferred Receivables originated by it to remit all payments with respect to such Receivables for deposit in a Lockbox or the Concentration Account.

(m) ERISA .

(i) Schedule 4.01(m) lists all Plans and separately identifies all Pension Plans, including all Title IV Plans, Multiemployer Plans, ESOPs and Welfare Plans, including all Retiree Welfare Plans. The IRS has issued an opinion letter regarding the prototype plan document that has been adopted by Buyer with respect to its Qualified Plan, and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(m) , to the knowledge of the Transaction Parties, nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of the tax-qualified status of the Qualified Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule 4.01(m) , to the knowledge of the Transaction Parties, (x) each Plan is in material compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC, including the timely filing of all reports required under the IRC or ERISA, (y) no Transaction Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has failed to make any contribution or pay any amount due as required by either Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any Plan, subject to such sections, and (z) no Transaction Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has engaged in a “prohibited transaction,” as defined in Section 4975 of the IRC, in connection with any Plan that could reasonably be expected to subject any Transaction Party to a material tax on prohibited transactions imposed by Section 4975 of the IRC.

(ii) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(m) : (A) no Title IV Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (B) no ERISA Event or event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title IV Plan has occurred within the past three years or is reasonably expected to occur; (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Transaction Party, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Plan; (D) no Transaction Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan; (E) within the last five years no Title IV Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities has been transferred outside of the “controlled group” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of any Transaction Party or their respective ERISA Affiliates; (F) Stock of all Transaction Parties and their respective ERISA Affiliates makes up, in the aggregate, no more than 10% of the assets of any Plan subject to Title I of ERISA, measured on the basis of fair market value as of the last valuation date of any Plan; and (G) no liability under any Title IV Plan has been satisfied with the purchase of a contract from an insurance company that is not rated AAA by S&P or an equivalent rating by another nationally recognized rating agency.

 

10


(n) Brokers . No broker or finder acting on behalf of any Transaction Party was employed or utilized in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and no Transaction Party has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection herewith or therewith.

(o) Margin Regulations . No Transaction Party is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin security” as such terms are defined in Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). No Transaction Party owns any Margin Stock, and no portion of the proceeds of the Sale Price from any Sale will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Debt that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any portion of such proceeds to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. No Transaction Party will take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Related Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

(p) Nonapplicability of Bulk Sales Laws . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(q) Investment Company Act Exemptions . Each purchase of Transferred Receivables under this Agreement constitutes a purchase or other acquisition of notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable or other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance or services within the meaning of Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act.

(r) Government Regulation . No Transaction Party is (i) an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act or (ii) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or limits its ability to incur Debt or to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Related Document. The purchase or acquisition of the Transferred Receivables by Buyer hereunder, the application of the Sale Price therefor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents will not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(s) Books and Records; Minutes . The by-laws or the certificate or articles of incorporation of each Originator require it to maintain (i) books and records of account and (ii) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its Stockholders and board of directors (or an analogous governing body).

(t) Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 4.01(t) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which any Originator or the Servicer maintains deposit accounts established for the receipt of collections on accounts receivable, including the Concentration Account, and such schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

 

11


(u) Representations and Warranties in Other Related Documents . Each of the representations and warranties of each Transaction Party contained in the Related Documents (other than this Agreement) is true and correct and such Transaction Party hereby makes each such representation and warranty to, and for the benefit of, Buyer as if the same were set forth in full herein. Each Transaction Party consents to the assignment of Buyer’s rights with respect to all such representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties (and their respective successors and assigns) pursuant to the Funding Agreement as more fully described in Section 6.03 below.

(v) Receivables . With respect to each Transferred Receivable acquired by Buyer hereunder:

(i) each such Receivable included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Receivable, as of the applicable Transfer Date therefor, satisfied the criteria for an Eligible Receivable;

(ii) immediately prior to its transfer to Buyer, such Receivable was owned by the Originator thereof free and clear of any Adverse Claim, and such Originator had the full right, power and authority to sell, contribute, assign, transfer and pledge its interest therein as contemplated under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and, upon such Transfer, Buyer will acquire valid and properly perfected title to and the sole record and beneficial ownership interest in such Receivable, free and clear of any Adverse Claim and, following such Transfer, such Receivable will not be subject to any Adverse Claim as a result of any action or inaction on the part of such Originator;

(iii) the Transfer of each such Receivable pursuant to this Agreement and the Receivables Assignment executed by the Originator thereof constitutes, as applicable, a valid sale, contribution, transfer, assignment, setover and conveyance to Buyer of all right, title and interest of such Originator in and to such Receivable; and

(iv) the Originator of such Receivable has no knowledge of any fact (including Dilution Factors) (including any defaults by the Obligor thereunder on any other Receivable) that would cause it or should have caused it to expect that any payments on such Receivable will not be paid in full when due or to expect any other Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Receivable.

(w) Fair Value . With respect to each Transferred Receivable acquired by Buyer hereunder, (i) the consideration received from Buyer in respect of such Transferred Receivable represents adequate consideration and fair and reasonably equivalent value for such Transferred Receivable as of the applicable Transfer Date and (ii) such consideration is not less than the fair market value of such Transferred Receivables, in each case, as of the applicable Transfer Date and taking into account any increase in the outstanding balance of the Subordinated Note.

 

12


(x) Supplementary Representations .

(i) Receivables; Accounts .

(A) Each Receivable (other than Excluded Receivables) constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(B) Each Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(ii) Creation of Security Interest . Prior to the Transfer thereof, the Originators own and have good and marketable title to the Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables), the Accounts and the Lockboxes, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. The Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Transferred Receivables, the Accounts, the Lockboxes and the Collections in favor of Buyer, which security interest is prior to all other Adverse Claims and is enforceable as such as against any creditors of and purchasers from the Originators.

(iii) Perfection . Within 10 days of the Effective Date, the Originators have caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law and entered into the Account Agreements in order to perfect the Transfer of the Transferred Receivables from the Originators to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

(iv) Priority .

(A) Other than the Transfer of the Transferred Receivables by the Originators to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, no Originator has pledged, assigned, sold, conveyed, or otherwise granted a security interest in any of the Transferred Receivables, the Accounts, the Lockboxes to any other Person.

(B) No Originator has authorized, or is aware of, any filing of any financing statement against itself or any other Originator that includes a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables or any other assets transferred to Buyer hereunder, other than any financing statement filed pursuant to this Agreement and the Funding Agreement or financing statements that have been validly terminated on or prior to the date hereof.

(C) No Originator is aware of any judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against itself or any other Originator.

(D) None of the Accounts or any of the Lockboxes are in the name of any Person other than the Borrower or the Administrative Agent. No Originator has consented to any Bank complying with instructions of any person other than the Administrative Agent.

 

13


(v) Survival of Supplemental Representations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Related Document, the representations contained in this Section 4.01(x) shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

The representations and warranties described in this Section 4.01 shall survive the Transfer of the Transferred Receivables to Buyer, any subsequent assignment of the Transferred Receivables by Buyer, and the termination of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and shall continue until the indefeasible payment in full of all Transferred Receivables.

Section 4.02. Affirmative Covenants of the Originators . Each Originator covenants and agrees that, unless otherwise consented to by Buyer, from and after the Effective Date and until the Termination Date:

(a) Offices and Records . Each Originator shall maintain its organizational form, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, principal place of business and chief executive office and the office at which it keeps its Records at the respective locations specified in Schedule 4.01(b) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Buyer and the Administrative Agent, at such other location in a jurisdiction where all action requested by Buyer, any Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.13 shall have been taken with respect to the Transferred Receivables. Each Originator shall at its own cost and expense, for not less than three years from the date on which each Transferred Receivable was originated, or for such longer period as may be required by law, maintain adequate Records with respect to such Transferred Receivable, including records of all payments received, credits granted and merchandise returned with respect thereto. Upon the request of Buyer, each Originator shall (i) mark each Contract (other than invoices) evidencing each Transferred Receivable with a legend, acceptable to Buyer, evidencing that Buyer has purchased such Transferred Receivable and that the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has a security interest in and lien thereon, and (ii) mark its master data processing records evidencing such Transferred Receivables with such a legend.

(b) Access . Each Originator shall, at its own expense, during normal business hours, from time to time upon one Business Day’s prior notice and as frequently as Buyer or the Servicer determines to be appropriate: (i) provide Buyer, the Servicer and any of their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives access to its properties (including properties of such Originator utilized in connection with the collection, processing or servicing of the Transferred Receivables), facilities, advisors and employees (including officers) of each Originator, (ii) permit Buyer and the Servicer and any of their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives to inspect, audit and make extracts from such Originator’s books and records, including all Records maintained by such Originator, (iii) permit Buyer, the Servicer and their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives, to inspect, review and evaluate the Transferred Receivables of such Originator, and (iv) permit Buyer, the Servicer and their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives to discuss matters relating to the Transferred Receivables or such Originator’s performance under this Agreement or the affairs, finances and accounts of such Originator with any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (in each case, with those Persons having knowledge of such matters) and with its independent certified public accountants; provided that any access described in clauses (i)  – (iv)  above shall be reasonably related to the transactions

 

14


contemplated by the Transaction Documents and to the Transferred Receivables. If an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, or Buyer, in good faith, notifies any Originator that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event may have occurred, is imminent or deems its rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables insecure, each such Originator shall provide such access at all times and without advance notice and shall provide Buyer and the Servicer with access to its suppliers and customers. Each Originator shall make available to Buyer and the Servicer and their respective counsel, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books and records, including Records maintained by such Originator, as Buyer or the Servicer may request. Each Originator shall deliver any document or instrument necessary for Buyer or the Servicer, as they may from time to time request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for such Originator, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by such Originator.

(c) Communication with Accountants . Each Originator authorizes Buyer the Servicer and their designated representatives to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, and authorizes and, if requested by Buyer or Servicer, shall instruct those accountants to disclose and make available to Buyer, the Servicer and their designated representatives, any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to such Originator (including copies of any issued management letters) with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of such Originator. Each Originator agrees to render to Buyer and the Servicer at such Originator’s own cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard to the foregoing, it being understood that the Originator shall be required to comply with a request under this Section 4.02(c) only to the extent such request is reasonably related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and to the Transferred Receivables. If any Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, each Originator shall, promptly upon request therefor, deliver to Buyer or its designee all Records reflecting activity through the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such request.

(d) Compliance With Credit and Collection Policies . Each Originator shall comply with the Credit and Collection Policies applicable to each Transferred Receivable and the Contracts therefor, and with the terms of such Transferred Receivables and Contracts.

(e) Assignment . Each Originator agrees that Buyer may collaterally assign (and has collaterally assigned) all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables and this Agreement to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) under the Funding Agreement, including its right to exercise the remedies set forth in Section 4.04 . Each Originator agrees that, prior to the Termination Date under the Funding Agreement, the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) may enforce directly, without joinder of Buyer, all of Buyer’s rights hereunder and all of the obligations of such Originator hereunder, including any obligations of such Originator set forth in Sections 4.04 , 5.01 and 6.14 , and that the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties shall be third party beneficiaries of Buyer’s rights hereunder.

 

15


(f) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . Each Originator shall perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and comply with all federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations applicable to it and the Receivables, including those relating to truth in lending, retail installment sales, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, privacy, licensing, securities laws, margin regulations, taxation, ERISA and labor matters and environmental laws and environmental permits, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Originator shall pay all Charges, including any stamp duties, which may be imposed as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents, except to the extent such Charges are being contested in accordance with Section 4.02(k) .

(g) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . Each Originator shall: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its rights and franchises; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder; (iii) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties which are necessary in the conduct of its business, including all licenses, permits, charters and registrations, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and (iv) transact business only in such corporate, legal and trade names as are set forth in Schedule 4.02(g) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Buyer, in such other corporate, legal or trade names with respect to which all action requested by Buyer pursuant to Section 6.13 shall have been taken with respect to the Transferred Receivables.

(h) Notice of Material Event . Each Originator shall promptly inform Buyer and the Administrative Agent in writing of the occurrence of any of the following, in each case setting forth the details thereof, any notices or other correspondence relating thereto, and what action, if any, such Originator proposes to take with respect thereto:

(i) any Litigation commenced or threatened against the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent or with respect to or in connection with all or any portion of the Transferred Receivables that (A) is reasonably likely to involve an amount in excess of $10 , 000,000 individually or in the aggregate with any related Litigation, (B) seeks injunctive relief, (C) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries (in their capacity as a fiduciary of any such Plan) or its assets or against the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Plan, (D) alleges criminal misconduct by the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent, or (E) if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) the commencement of a case or proceeding by or against the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent seeking a decree or order in respect of the Parent, any Originator or such Subsidiary (A) under the Bankruptcy Code or

 

16


any other applicable federal, state, provincial or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for the Parent, any Originator or such Subsidiary or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (C) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent;

(iii) the receipt of notice that (A) the Parent, such Originator, or any other Subsidiary of the Parent is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any material license, permit, charter, registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Parent’s, such Originator’s or any other Subsidiary of the Parent’s business is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Parent, such Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by the Parent, such Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent in the conduct of its business if such cessation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv)(A) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Transferred Receivables of which it becomes aware or (B) any determination that a Transferred Receivable was not an Eligible Receivable at the time of its Transfer to Buyer or has ceased to be an Eligible Receivable on account of any matter giving rise to indemnification under Section 5.01 ;

(v) the establishment of any Title IV Plan or undertaking to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, ESOP or Retiree Welfare Plan not listed on Schedule 4.01(m) ; or

(vi) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Separate Identity .

(i) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, maintain records and books of account separate from those of Buyer.

(ii) The financial statements of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall disclose the effects of each Originator’s transactions in accordance with GAAP and, in addition, disclose that (A) Buyer’s sole business consists of the purchase or acceptance through capital contribution (in the case of the Parent) of the Transferred Receivables from the Originators and the subsequent financing of such Receivables pursuant to the Funding Agreement, (B) Buyer is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of Buyer’s assets prior to any value in Buyer becoming available to Buyer’s Stockholders and (C) the assets of Buyer are not available to pay creditors of any Originator or any other Affiliate of such Originator.

(iii) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments underlying the transactions described in this Agreement shall be continuously maintained by each Originator as official records.

 

17


(iv) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, maintain an arm’s-length relationship with Buyer and shall not hold itself out as being liable for the Debts of Buyer.

(v) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, keep its assets and its liabilities wholly separate from those of Buyer.

(vi) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, conduct its business solely in its own name or the name of the Parent or through its duly Authorized Officers or agents and in a manner designed not to mislead third parties as to the separate identity of Buyer.

(vii) No Originator shall (and each Originator shall cause each other member of the Parent Group not to) mislead third parties by conducting or appearing to conduct business on behalf of Buyer or expressly or impliedly representing or suggesting that such Originator or any other member of the Parent Group is liable or responsible for the Debts of Buyer or that the assets of such Originator or any other member of the Parent Group are available to pay the creditors of Buyer.

(viii) The operating expenses and liabilities of Buyer shall be paid from Buyer’s own funds and not from any funds of any Originator or other member of the Parent Group.

(ix) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, at all times have stationery and other business forms and a mailing address and telephone number separate from those of Buyer.

(x) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, at all times limit its transactions with Buyer only to those expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Related Document.

(xi) Each Originator shall, and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to, comply with (and cause to be true and correct) each of the facts and assumptions contained in the opinions of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP delivered pursuant to the Schedule of Documents.

(j) ERISA and Environmental Notices . Each Originator shall give Buyer prompt written notice of (i) any event that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA, (ii) any event that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by any Originator of any liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (other than premium payments arising in the ordinary course of business), and (iii) any environmental claims against the Parent, any Originator or any other Subsidiary of the Parent which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to exceed $250,000.

 

18


(k) Payment, Performance and Discharge of Obligations .

(i) Subject to Section 4.02(k)(ii) , each Originator shall (and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group to) pay, perform and discharge or cause to be paid, performed and discharged all of its obligations and liabilities, including all Charges upon its income and properties and all lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services, promptly when due.

(ii) Each Originator and each other member of the Parent Group may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any Charges or claims described in Section 4.02(k)(i) ; provided that (A) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of such Originator or such member, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, (B) such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, (C) none of the Transferred Receivables may become subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest, (D) no Lien may be imposed to secure payment of such Charges or claims other than inchoate tax liens and (E) the Administrative Agent has advised such Originator in writing that it reasonably believes that nonpayment or nondischarge thereof could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(l) Deposit of Collections . Each Originator shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates to) (i) instruct all Obligors to remit all payments with respect to any Transferred Receivables directly into the Concentration Account, and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into the Concentration Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive in respect of Transferred Receivables (and until so deposited, all such Collections shall be held in trust for the benefit of Buyer and its assigns (including the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties)). No Originator shall make or permit to be made deposits into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account other than in accordance with this Agreement and the other Related Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Originator shall ensure that no Collections or other proceeds with respect to a Receivable reconveyed to it pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof are paid or deposited into any Lockbox or the Concentration Account.

(m) Accounting Changes . If any Accounting Changes occur and such changes result in a change in the standards or terms used herein, then the parties hereto agree to enter into good faith negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of such Persons and their Subsidiaries shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. If the parties hereto agree upon the required amendments to this Agreement, then after appropriate amendments have been executed and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained herein shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If such parties cannot agree upon the required amendments within 30 days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then all financial statements delivered and all standards and terms used herein shall be prepared, delivered and used without regard to the underlying Accounting Change.

(n) Originators to Maintain Perfection and Priority . In order to evidence the interests of Buyer under this Agreement, each Originator shall, from time to time take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments (other than filing financing statements) as may be necessary or advisable (including, such actions as are requested by Buyer) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority

 

19


interest, Buyer’s ownership and security interest in the Transferred Receivables and all other assets sold to Buyer pursuant hereto. Each Originator shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to Buyer for Buyer’s authorization and approval all financing statements, amendments, continuations or initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement in the, or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect Buyer’s ownership and security interest in the Transferred Receivables and all other assets sold to Buyer pursuant hereto as a first-priority interest. Buyer’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Originators to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of Buyer where allowed by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Related Documents to the contrary, neither the Servicer nor any Originator shall have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral as specified on any such financing statements, without the prior written consent of Buyer. Each Originator agrees to maintain perfection and priority of the security interest in the Transferred Receivables in accordance with Section 6.13 .

Section 4.03. Negative Covenants of the Originators . Each Originator covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of Buyer, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date:

(a) Sale of Receivables and Related Assets . No Originator shall sell, transfer, convey, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or assign any right to receive income in respect of, any of its Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) or Contracts therefor, or any of its rights with respect to any Lockbox or the Concentration Account, except for the sales, transfers, conveyances, assignments or dispositions expressly contemplated hereunder.

(b) Liens . No Originator shall create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for Permitted Encumbrances that do not attach to Transferred Receivables. Neither the Parent nor any of its domestic Subsidiaries shall create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or receivables whether now owned or hereafter acquired, [except for (i) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) Liens created pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any credit facility effecting a refinancing of the Debt incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement; provided that any such credit facility expressly excludes all Transferred Receivables from any such Lien and the terms and conditions of any such credit facility are not otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other Related Document (but in any event which terms and conditions are consistent with the provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents)

(c) Modifications of Receivables or Contracts . No Originator shall extend, amend, forgive, discharge, compromise, cancel or otherwise modify the terms of any Transferred Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract therefor.

 

20


(d) Sale Characterization . No Originator shall (and each Originator shall cause each other member of the Parent Group not to) make statements or disclosures or prepare any financial statements for any purpose, including for federal income tax, reporting or accounting purposes, that shall account for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any manner other than with respect to the Sale of each Sold Receivable originated or acquired by it, as a true sale or absolute assignment of its full right, title and ownership interest in such Transferred Receivable to Buyer and with respect to the Transfer of each Contributed Receivable originated or acquired by it, as a contribution to the capital of Buyer.

(e) Capital Structure and Business . Except as permitted in Section 4.02(g) , Originator shall not (and shall not suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to):

(i) make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect,

(ii) make any material change in its capital structure as described on Schedule 4.01(h) (including the issuance or recapitalization of any shares of Stock or other securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock), except that changes in Originator’s capital structure shall be permitted so long as such changes, individually and in the aggregate, do not constitute a Change of Control;

(iii) amend its certificate or articles of incorporation, charter, bylaws, or other organizational documents in any manner which may adversely affect the Secured Parties; or

(iv) engage in any business other than manufacturing, operational, logistics, distribution and related services in the computer and technology industry or other than the businesses engaged in by it on the Effective Date and those incidental thereto.

(f) Actions Affecting Rights . No Originator shall (i) take any action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take action may interfere with the enforcement of any rights hereunder or under the other Related Documents, including rights with respect to the Transferred Receivables; or (ii) fail to pay any Charge, fee or other obligation of such Originator with respect to the Transferred Receivables, or fail to defend any action, if such failure to pay or defend may adversely affect the priority or enforceability of the perfected title of Buyer to and the sole record and beneficial ownership interest of Buyer in the Transferred Receivables or, prior to their Transfer hereunder, such Originator’s right, title or interest therein.

(g) ERISA . No Originator shall, or shall cause or permit any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur an event that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA or cause or permit to occur an ERISA Event.

(h) Change to Credit and Collection Policies . No Originator shall fail to comply in any material respect with, and no change, amendment, modification or waiver shall be made to, the Credit and Collection Policies without the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

21


(i) Adverse Tax Consequences . No Originator shall take or permit to be taken any action (other than with respect to actions taken or to be taken solely by a Governmental Authority), or fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any of its obligations hereunder or under the other Related Documents, that would have the effect directly or indirectly of subjecting any payment to Buyer, or to any assignee who is a resident of the United States of America, to withholding taxation.

(j) No Proceedings . From and after the Effective Date and until the date one year plus one day following the Termination Date, no Originator shall, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Buyer any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 8.01(d) and 8.01(e) of the Funding Agreement.

(k) Mergers, Acquisitions, Sales, etc . Other than as permitted pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement, neither the Parent nor any of its domestic Subsidiaries shall (i) be a party to any merger or consolidation, or directly or indirectly purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or any stock of any class of, or any partnership or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or otherwise create or acquire a Subsidiary, or (ii) directly or indirectly sell, transfer, assign, convey or lease whether in one or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets other than pursuant hereto, or permit any Subsidiary to do any of the foregoing, except for any such merger or consolidation, sale, transfer, conveyance, lease or assignment of or by any majority-owned Subsidiary into such Person or into, with or to any other majority-owned Subsidiary and any such purchase or other acquisition by such Person or any majority-owned Subsidiary of the assets or stock of any majority-owned Subsidiary. In connection with any merger or consolidation that is permitted pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Originator will (i) provide written notice thereof to Buyer, and (ii) take all such actions and deliver, or cause to be delivered, such opinion letters of counsel, certificates and other agreements that Buyer or the Administrative Agent deems reasonably necessary or desirable under the UCC to maintain the perfection and priority of Buyer’s ownership interest in the Transferred Receivables.

(l) Modification to the Credit Agreement . The Parent covenants and agrees to provide the Administrative Agent copies of each material amendment, modification or waiver to any provision of the Credit Agreement promptly after the execution thereof. If any such amendment amends the financial tests set forth in Annex Z hereto or increases the thresholds for events of the type described in Section 8.01(b) or (f) , then the Transaction Parties hereby agree to amend this Agreement to conform to such amendments at the request of the Administrative Agent.

(m) Commingling . No Originator shall (and each Originator shall cause each other member of the Parent Group not to) deposit or permit the deposit of any funds that do not constitute Collections of Transferred Receivables into any Lockbox or the Concentration Account; provided that after the Facility Termination Date, so long as any Transferred Receivables of an Obligor remain unpaid, no Originator shall instruct such Obligor to remit Collections of any Transferred Receivables to any Person or account other than to a Lockbox or the Concentration Account. If any funds not constituting collections of Transferred Receivables are nonetheless deposited into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account and such Originator so notifies Buyer, Buyer shall notify the Servicer to promptly remit any such amounts to the applicable Originator.

 

22


Section 4.04. Breach of Representations, Warranties or Covenants . Upon discovery by any Originator or Buyer of any breach of representation, warranty or covenant described in Sections 4.01(g) , 4.01(l) , 4.01(v) , 4.01(w) , 4.01(x) , 4.02(l) , 4.03(a) , 4.03(b) , 4.03(c) , 4.03(d) and 4.03(m) with respect to any Transferred Receivable, the party discovering the same shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the other parties hereto. The Originator that breached such representation, warranty or covenant shall, if requested by notice from Buyer or the Administrative Agent, on the first Business Day following receipt of such notice, either (a) repurchase the affected Transferred Receivable from Buyer for cash remitted to the Concentration Account, (b) transfer ownership of a new Eligible Receivable or new Eligible Receivables to Buyer on such Business Day, or (c) in the case of the Parent, make a capital contribution in cash to Buyer by remitting the amount of such capital contribution to the Concentration Account, in each case, in an amount, or having a Billed Amount (the “ Rejected Amount ”) equal to the Outstanding Balance thereof. Each Originator shall ensure that no Collections or other proceeds with respect to a Transferred Receivable so reconveyed to it are paid or deposited into the Concentration Account. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, to the extent an Originator makes a determination that the most efficient method of collecting a Receivable would be to offset amounts owed by such Originator to such Obligor against amounts owed by such Obligor under such Receivable, such Originator may request Buyer to sell such Receivable to Originator for a price equal to the Outstanding Balance thereof. Any such sale shall be in Buyer’s sole discretion and shall only be effective once the purchase price has been deposited into the Concentration Account.

Section 4.05. Supplemental Disclosure . On the request of Buyer (in the event that such information is not otherwise delivered by a Transaction Party to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement), such Transaction Party will (or may, as it shall elect) supplement (or cause to be supplemented) each Schedule hereto, or representation herein or in any other Related Document with respect to any matter hereafter arising which, if existing or occurring at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Schedule or as an exception to such representation or which is necessary to correct any information in such Schedule or representation which has been rendered inaccurate thereby; provided that such supplement to any such Schedule or representation shall not be deemed an amendment thereof except if and to the extent that the information disclosed in such supplement updates (A)  Schedule 4.01(b) , (B)  Schedule 4.01(j) , (C)  Schedule 4.01(m) to include any new Plans maintained or contributed to in accordance with this Agreement, but includes no additional exceptions or other changes to said schedule or (D)  Schedule 4.01(t) to include any accounts.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01. Indemnities by the Originators . Without limiting any other rights that Buyer or any of its Stockholders, any of its assignees (including the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent), or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or representatives and transferees, successors and assigns (each, a “ Buyer Indemnified Person ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, each Originator hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Buyer Indemnified Person from and

 

23


against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such Buyer Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or under any other Related Document and any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all associated reasonable legal costs and expenses, or in respect of any Transferred Receivable or any Contract therefor or the use by such Originator of the Sale Price therefor; provided that no Originator shall be liable for any indemnification to a Buyer Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amounts (a) result from such Buyer Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (b) constitute recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Transferred Receivables due to the failure (without cause or justification) or inability on the part of the related Obligor to perform its obligations thereunder or the occurrence of any event of bankruptcy with respect to such Obligor. Subject to clauses (a)  and (b)  of the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, but otherwise without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Originator shall pay on demand to each Buyer Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

(i) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by such Originator (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality) or on any other information delivered by such Originator pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or delivered;

(ii) the failure by such Originator to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality), any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

(iii) the failure to vest and maintain vested in Buyer, or to Transfer to Buyer, valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership of the Receivables that constitute Transferred Receivables, together with all Collections in respect thereof, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

(iv) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of any Obligor (other than its discharge in bankruptcy) to the payment of any Receivable that is the subject of a Transfer hereunder (including (x) a defense based on such Receivable or the Contract therefor not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (other than as a result of a discharge in bankruptcy), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or services giving rise to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by any Originator or any Affiliate thereof acting as the Servicer or a Sub-Servicer) and (y) resulting from or in connection with any Dilution Factors);

 

24


(v) any products liability claim or other claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that is the subject of any Contract;

(vi) the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by any Originator at any time with its other funds or the funds of any other Person;

(vii) any failure by such Originator to cause the filing of, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or any other applicable laws with respect to any Transferred Receivable that is the subject of a Transfer hereunder to the extent that such filing is necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of Buyer in such Receivable, whether at the time of any such Transfer or at any subsequent time;

(viii) any investigation, Litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or the use of the Sale Price obtained in connection with any Sale or the ownership of Transferred Receivables or Collections with respect thereto or in respect of any Transferred Receivable or Contract therefor;

(ix) any claim brought by any Person other than a Buyer Indemnified Person arising from any activity by such Originator or any of its Affiliates in servicing, administering or collecting any Transferred Receivables;

(x) any failure of (w) a Lockbox Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Lockbox Agreement, (x) the Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Collection Account Agreement, (y) the Concentration Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Concentration Account Agreement or (z) the Borrower Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Borrower Account Agreement; and

(xi) any withholding, deduction or Charge imposed upon any payments with respect to any Transferred Receivable, any Borrower Assigned Agreement or any other Borrower Collateral.

Section 5.02. Indemnities by the Servicer .

(a) Without limiting any other rights that a Buyer Indemnified Person may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Buyer Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such Buyer Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of the collection activities of the Servicer hereunder or out of any breach by the Servicer of its obligations hereunder or under any other Related Document; provided that the Servicer shall not be liable for any indemnification to a Buyer Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amount (x) results from such Buyer Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, in each case as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Transferred

 

25


Receivables as a result of the insolvency, bankruptcy or the failure (without cause or justification) or inability on the part of the related Obligor to perform its obligations thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer shall pay on demand to each Buyer Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

(i) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality) or on any other information delivered by the Servicer pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or delivered;

(ii) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality), any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

(iii) the imposition of any Adverse Claim with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Borrower Collateral as a result of any action taken by the Servicer; or

(iv) the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by the Servicer at any time with its other funds or the funds of any other Person.

(b) Any Indemnified Amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 5.02 shall be paid by the Servicer to the Buyer Indemnified Person entitled thereto within five Business Days following demand therefor.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by email of the signed notice in PDF form or facsimile transmission (with such email or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 6.01 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth in Schedule 6.01 attached hereto or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. Without limiting the generality of the

 

26


foregoing, all notices to be provided to Buyer hereunder shall be delivered to both Buyer and the Administrative Agent under the Funding Agreement, and shall be effective only upon such delivery to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the Funding Agreement. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Buyer) designated in any written communication provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 6.02. No Waiver; Remedies . Buyer’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Originators of any provision of this Agreement or any Receivables Assignment shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Buyer thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of any Originator contained in this Agreement or any Receivables Assignment, and no breach or default by any Originator hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Buyer unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of Buyer and directed to such Originator specifying such suspension or waiver. Buyer shall not waive any of the provisions set forth in Section 4.01(x) or Section 4.02(n) if such waiver would adversely affect the Ratings. Buyer’s rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that Buyer may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Transferred Receivables shall not be required.

Section 6.03. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each Originator, Servicer and Buyer and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise provided herein. No Originator nor the Servicer may assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior express written consent of Buyer. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by any Originator or the Servicer without the prior express written consent of Buyer shall be void. Each Originator and the Servicer acknowledges that Buyer may collaterally assign (and has collaterally assigned) all of its rights granted hereunder to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) under the Funding Agreement, including the benefit of any indemnities under Article V , and the Administrative Agent shall have all rights of Buyer hereunder and, to the extent permitted under the Funding Agreement, may in turn assign such rights. Each Originator and the Servicer acknowledges and agrees that until the Termination Date under the Funding Agreement, (i) no consent or approval by Buyer hereunder nor any delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice hereunder shall be effective without the written consent and approval of the Administrative Agent, (ii) each determination specified to be made by Buyer

 

27


hereunder may be made by the Administrative Agent, and (iii) the Administrative Agent may enforce directly, without joinder of Buyer, all of Buyer’s rights set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 4.02(b) , 4.02(c) , 4.04 , 6.13 , 7.03(f) , 7.03(h) , 7.03(i) , 7.03(j) , 7.03(k) , 8.01 and 9.02 . All such assignees, including parties to the Funding Agreement in the case of any assignment to such parties, shall be third party beneficiaries of, and shall be entitled to enforce Buyer’s rights and remedies under, this Agreement to the same extent as Buyer or any of its designated representatives may do. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of each Originator, the Servicer and Buyer with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and, except for the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent, no Person shall be a third party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.04. Termination; Survival of Obligations .

(a) This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by Buyer under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of any Originator or the rights of Buyer relating to any unpaid portion of any and all recourse and indemnity obligations of such Originator to Buyer, including those set forth in Sections 4.04 , 5.01 , 6.12 , 6.14 and 6.15 , whether due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Facility Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon each Originator, and all rights of Buyer hereunder, all as contained in the Related Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided that the rights and remedies set forth in Section 4.04 , the indemnification and payment provisions of Article V , and the provisions of Sections 4.03(j) , 6.03 , 6.12 and 6.14 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.05. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement and the other Related Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 6.06 .

Section 6.06. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, or any consent to any departure by any Originator therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto; provided that prior to the Termination Date, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, or any consent to any departure by any Originator therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent. No consent or demand in any case shall, in itself, entitle any party to any other consent or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

28


Section 6.07. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH RELATED DOCUMENT (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY RELATED DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY) AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF BUYER IN THE RECEIVABLES OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED DOCUMENT; PROVIDED THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE BUYER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE RECEIVABLES OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ORIGINATORS ARISING HEREUNDER, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF BUYER. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.01 HEREOF AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER

 

29


OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(c) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 6.08. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

Section 6.09. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.10. Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for ease of reference only and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

Section 6.11. No Setoff . Each Originator’s obligations under this Agreement shall not be affected by any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right such Originator might have against Buyer, all of which rights are hereby expressly waived by such Originator.

Section 6.12. Confidentiality .

(a) Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, as required to be filed publicly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or unless each Affected Party shall otherwise consent in writing, each Originator, the Servicer and Buyer agree to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement (and all drafts hereof and documents ancillary hereto) in its communications with third parties other than any Affected Party or any Buyer Indemnified Person and otherwise not to disclose, deliver or otherwise make available to any third party (other than its directors, officers, employees, accountants or counsel) the original or any copy of all or any part of this Agreement (or any draft hereof and documents ancillary hereto) except to an Affected Party or a Buyer Indemnified Person.

 

30


(b) Each Originator and the Servicer agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to) issue any news release or make any public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents without the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such news release or public announcement is required by law, in which case such Originator or the Servicer shall consult with Buyer prior to the issuance of such news release or public announcement. Any Originator or the Servicer may, however, disclose the general terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents to trade creditors, suppliers and other similarly-situated Persons so long as such disclosure is not in the form of a news release or public announcement.

(c) Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceedings, as required to be filed publicly with the Securities Exchange Commission, or unless the Originators and the Servicer otherwise consent in writing, Buyer agrees (i) to maintain the confidentiality of (A) this Agreement (and all drafts hereof and documents ancillary hereto) and (B) all other confidential proprietary information with respect to the Originators, the Servicer and their respective Affiliates and each of their respective businesses obtained by Buyer in connection with the structuring, negotiation and execution of the transactions contemplated herein and in the other documents ancillary hereto, in each case, in its communications with third parties other than any Originator or the Servicer, and (ii) not to disclose, deliver, or otherwise make available to any third party (other than its directors, officers, employees, accountants or counsel) the original or any copy of all or any part of this Agreement (or any draft hereof and documents ancillary hereto) except to any Originator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be permitted to disclose copies of this Agreement and the confidential proprietary information described above to (1) each Affected Party and each Affected Party’s and their respective Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and to not disclose or use such Information in violation of Regulation FD (17 C.F.R. § 243.100-243.103)); (2) any regulatory authority, (3) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (4) any other party to the Funding Agreement, (5) to the extent required in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Related Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (6) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee or pledgee of (or participant in), or any prospective assignee or pledgee of (or participant in), any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (7) with the consent of the applicable Originator or Servicer, (8) any nationally recognized statistical rating organization rating a Conduit Lender’s Commercial Paper, any dealer or placement agent of or depositary for the Conduit Lender’s Commercial Paper, any Administrator, any Program Support Provider, any credit/financing provider to any Conduit Lender or any of such Person’s counsel or accountants in relation to this Agreement or any other Related Document if they agree to hold the information confidential or (9) to the extent such Agreement or other information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to Buyer or Affected Party on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Parent or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

31


Section 6.13. Further Assurances .

(a) Each Originator shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of Buyer, promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take such further actions that may be necessary or desirable or that Buyer may request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Related Document or to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) using its best efforts to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the assignment to or for the benefit of Buyer of any Transferred Receivable held by such Originator or in which such Originator has any rights not heretofore assigned, and (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC with respect to the ownership interests or Liens granted hereunder or under any other Related Document. Each Originator hereby authorizes Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statements without the signature of such Originator to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Receivables or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Transferred Receivables is or shall become evidenced by any instrument, such instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to Buyer immediately upon such Originator’s receipt thereof and promptly delivered to Buyer.

(b) If any Originator fails to perform any agreement or obligation under this Section 6.13 , Buyer may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the reasonable expenses of Buyer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Originator upon demand of Buyer.

Section 6.14. Fees and Expenses . In addition to its indemnification obligations pursuant to Article V , each Originator agrees, jointly and severally, to pay on demand all Rating Agency fees and all costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Related Documents, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer, (including any such amounts owed by Buyer in connection with its financing of the Transfers hereunder), for counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors retained in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and advice in connection therewith, and each Originator agrees, jointly and severally, to pay all costs and expenses, if any (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses but excluding any costs of enforcement or collection of the Transferred Receivables), in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Related Documents.

Section 6.15. Nonrecourse Obligations . Notwithstanding any provision in any other Section of this Agreement to the contrary, any obligation of Buyer to pay any amounts payable to the Originators pursuant to this Agreement shall be without recourse to Buyer except to the extent that funds from Advances or Collections are available to Buyer pursuant to the terms of the Funding Agreement for such payment (collectively, the “ Buyer Available Amounts ”). In the event that amounts payable to the Originators pursuant to this

 

32


Agreement exceed Buyer Available Amounts, the excess of the amounts due hereunder (and subject to this Section 6.15 ) over the Buyer Available Amounts paid shall not constitute a “claim” under Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code against Buyer until such time as Buyer has Buyer Available Amounts.

ARTICLE VII

SERVICER PROVISIONS

Section 7.01. Appointment of the Servicer . Buyer hereby appoints the Servicer as its agent to service the Transferred Receivables and, in accordance with the Related Documents, to enforce Buyer’s rights and interests in and under each Transferred Receivable and Contract therefor and to serve in such capacity until the termination of its responsibilities pursuant to Sections 8.01 or 9.01 . In connection therewith, the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations set forth herein. The Servicer may, with the prior written consent of Buyer, subcontract with a Sub-Servicer for the collection, servicing or administration of the Transferred Receivables; provided that (a) the Servicer shall remain liable for the performance of the duties and obligations of such Sub-Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (b) any Sub-Servicing Agreement that may be entered into and any other transactions or services relating to the Transferred Receivables involving a Sub-Servicer shall be deemed to be between the Sub-Servicer and the Servicer alone, and Buyer shall not be deemed a party thereto and shall have no obligations, duties or liabilities with respect to the Sub-Servicer and (c) each Sub-Servicing Agreement shall expressly provide that it shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 7.02. Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Servicer shall conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the Transferred Receivables and shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions that (i) may be necessary or advisable to service, administer and collect each Transferred Receivable from time to time, (ii) the Servicer would take if the Transferred Receivables were owned by the Servicer, and (iii) are consistent with the Credit and Collection Policies and industry practice for the servicing of accounts receivable similar to such Transferred Receivables.

(b) In addition to the foregoing, in order to ensure that Buyer has adequate funding for the purchase of Receivables hereunder, the Servicer shall be responsible for the following:

(i) preparation and delivery on behalf of Buyer of all Borrowing Requests, Repayment Notices, Borrowing Base Certificates, Monthly Reports, Weekly Reports and Daily Reports required to be delivered under the Funding Agreement;

(ii) calculation and monitoring of the Borrowing Base and the components thereof, and determination of whether the Receivables included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Balance are in fact Eligible Receivables; and

(iii) establishment, maintenance and administration of the Lockboxes, the Concentration Account and the Borrower Account in accordance with Article VI of the Funding Agreement.

 

33


Section 7.03. Collections on Receivables .

(a) In the event that the Servicer is unable to determine the specific Transferred Receivables on which Collections have been received from the Obligor thereunder, the parties agree that such Collections shall be deemed to have been received on such Receivables in the order in which they were originated with respect to such Obligor. In the event that the Servicer is unable to determine the specific Transferred Receivables on which discounts, offsets or other non-cash reductions have been granted or made with respect to the Obligor thereunder, the parties agree for purposes of this Agreement only that such reductions shall be deemed to have been granted or made (i) prior to a Termination Event, on such Receivables as determined by the Servicer, and (ii) from and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, in the reverse order in which they were originated with respect to such Obligor.

(b) If the Servicer determines that amounts unrelated to the Transferred Receivables (the “ Unrelated Amounts ”) have been deposited in any Account, then the Servicer shall provide written evidence thereof to Buyer no later than the first Business Day following the day on which the Servicer had actual knowledge thereof, which evidence shall be provided in writing and shall be otherwise satisfactory to Buyer.

(c) Authorization of the Servicer . Buyer hereby authorizes the Servicer to take any and all reasonable steps in its name and on its behalf necessary or desirable and not inconsistent with the rights of Buyer hereunder, in the determination of the Servicer, to (a) collect all amounts due under any Transferred Receivable, including endorsing the applicable name on checks and other instruments representing Collections on such Receivable, and execute and deliver any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to any such Receivable and (b) after any Transferred Receivable becomes a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of payment of any such Receivable and the Contract therefor and adjust, settle or compromise any payments due thereunder, in each case to the same extent as the applicable Originator could have done if it had continued to own such Receivable. Buyer shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer shall have the absolute and unlimited right to direct the Servicer (at the Servicer’s expense) (i) to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Transferred Receivable or (ii) to foreclose upon, repossess or take any other action that Buyer deems necessary or advisable with respect thereto. In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to make Buyer or any Affected Party a party to any Litigation without such Affected Party’s express prior written consent.

(d) Servicing Fees . As compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement for its reasonable expenses in connection therewith, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Servicing Fees monthly on each Settlement Date. Such Servicing Fees shall be payable from available funds in accordance with Section 2.07 and 2.08 of the Funding Agreement. The Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to accountants, counsel or any other Person) and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fees.

 

34


Section 7.04. Covenants of the Servicer . The Servicer covenants and agrees that from and after the Effective Date and until the Termination Date:

(a) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . The Servicer shall perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Related Documents. The Servicer shall comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it and the Transferred Receivables, including those relating to truth in lending, retail installment sales, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, privacy, licensing, taxation, ERISA and labor matters and environmental laws and environmental permits, except, in each case, where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Servicer shall: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and franchises; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder and in accordance with the terms of its certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws; and (iii) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, including all licenses, permits, charters and registrations, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices, except to the extent that the failure to comply with this clause (iii)  could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Deposit of Collections . The Servicer shall deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into the Concentration Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive with respect to any Transferred Receivable.

(d) ERISA . The Servicer shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any event that (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by Servicer of any liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (other than premium payments arising in the ordinary course of business).

(e) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policies . The Servicer shall comply with the Credit and Collection Policies with respect to each Transferred Receivable and the Contract therefor. The Servicer shall not extend, amend, forgive, discharge, compromise, waive, cancel or otherwise modify the terms of any Transferred Receivable or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto, except that the Servicer may (i) reduce the Outstanding Balance of a Transferred Receivable as required to reflect any Dilution Factors and (ii) take such actions, to the extent permitted by the Credit and Collection Policies, as the Servicer may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to maximize Collections with respect to any past-due Receivable so long as, after giving effect to any such action, no Transferred Receivables which constituted Eligible Receivables prior to such action would no longer constitute Eligible Receivables as a result of such action. The Servicer shall not without the prior written consent of Buyer amend, modify or waive any term or provision of the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

35


(f) Ownership of Transferred Receivables; Servicing Records . The Servicer shall (i) identify the Transferred Receivables clearly and unambiguously in its Servicing Records to reflect that such Transferred Receivables are the property of Buyer and that a Lien on such Transferred Receivables has been granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (ii) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing such Transferred Receivables in the event of the destruction of any originals thereof) as are necessary or advisable in accordance with industry practice (1) to reflect promptly (a) all payments received and all credits and extensions granted with respect to such Transferred Receivables, (b) the return, rejection, repossessions, or stoppage in transit of any merchandise the sale of which has given rise to any such Transferred Receivable and (c) any other reductions in the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivables on account of Dilution Factors; and (2) to determine no less frequently than the date each Daily Report, Weekly Report or Monthly Report is due, whether each Transferred Receivable then outstanding qualifies as an Eligible Receivable; (iii) by no later than the Effective Date, mark conspicuously with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, its books and records (including computer records) and credit files pertaining to the Borrower Collateral, and its file cabinets or other storage facilities where it maintains information pertaining thereto, to evidence the assignment of the Transferred Receivables under this Agreement and the assignment and Liens granted pursuant to the Funding Agreement. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event, the Servicer shall deliver and turn over such books and records to Buyer or its representatives at any time on demand. The Servicer shall permit any representative of Buyer to inspect such books and records and shall provide photocopies thereof to Buyer as more specifically set forth in Section 7.04(i).

(g) Payment and Performance of Charges and other Obligations .

(i) Subject to Section 7.04(g)(ii) , the Servicer shall pay, perform and discharge or cause to be paid, performed and discharged promptly all charges and claims payable by it, including (A) Charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed) and all Charges with respect to tax, social security and unemployment withholding with respect to its employees, and (B) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise before any amount thereof shall become past due.

(ii) The Servicer may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any charges or claims described in Section 7.04(g)(i) ; provided that (A) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of the Servicer, in accordance with GAAP, (B) such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, (C) none of the Borrower Collateral becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest, (D) no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such charges or claims other than inchoate tax liens and (E) the Administrative Agent has not advised the Servicer in writing that it reasonably believes that failure to pay or to discharge such claims or charges could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

36


(h) Access . The Servicer agrees to provide Buyer and Buyer’s employees, directors, agents and representatives with all access that the Originators have covenanted and agreed to provide to Buyer in Section 4.02(b) .

(i) Communication with Accountants . The Servicer authorizes Buyer to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, and authorizes and, shall upon Buyer’s request, instruct those accountants to disclose and make available to Buyer, its officers, employees, agents and representatives any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to the Servicer (including copies of any issued management letters) with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of the Servicer. The Servicer agrees to render to Buyer, at the Servicer’s own cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard to the foregoing, it being understood that the Servicer shall be required to comply with a request under this Section 7.03(i) only to the extent such request is reasonably related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and to the Transferred Receivables.

(j) Collection of Transferred Receivables . In connection with the collection of amounts due or to become due under the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Assigned Agreements and any other Borrower Collateral, the Servicer shall take such action as it, and from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event, Buyer may deem necessary or desirable to enforce collection of the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Assigned Agreements and the other Borrower Collateral; provided that the applicable Originator may, rather than commencing any such action or taking any other enforcement action, at its option, elect to pay to Buyer, for deposit into the Agent Account, an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of any such Transferred Receivable. If (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) Buyer in good faith believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent, then Buyer may, without prior notice to any Originator or the Servicer, (x) exercise its right to take exclusive ownership and control of (1) the Collections and the Concentration Account in accordance with the terms of the applicable Concentration Account Agreement and (2) the Borrower Account in accordance with the Borrower Account Agreement (in which case the Servicer shall be required to deposit any Collections it then has in its possession or at any time thereafter receives, immediately in the Collection Account) and (y) notify any Obligor under any Transferred Receivable or obligors under the Borrower Assigned Agreements of the sale to Buyer of such Transferred Receivables and of the pledge of such Transferred Receivables or Borrower Assigned Agreements, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent and direct that payments of all amounts due or to become due to Buyer thereunder be made directly to Buyer or any servicer, collection agent or Lockbox or other account designated by Buyer and Buyer may enforce collection of any such Transferred Receivable or the Borrower Assigned Agreements and adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof. Buyer shall provide prompt notice to the Servicer of any such notification of assignment, pledge or direction of payment to the Obligors under any Transferred Receivables.

(k) Performance of Borrower Assigned Agreements . The Servicer shall (i) perform and observe all the terms and provisions of the Borrower Assigned Agreements to be performed or observed by it, maintain the Borrower Assigned Agreements in full force and effect, enforce the Borrower Assigned Agreements in accordance with their terms and take all action as may from time to time be

 

37


requested by Buyer in order to accomplish the foregoing, and (ii) upon the request of and as directed by Buyer, make such demands and requests to any other party to the Borrower Assigned Agreements as are permitted to be made by the Servicer thereunder.

(l) License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property . Unless expressly prohibited by the licensor thereof or any provision of applicable law, if any, the Servicer hereby grants to Buyer (and to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as assignee of Buyer) a limited license to use, without charge, the Servicer’s computer programs, software, printouts and other computer materials, technical knowledge or processes, data bases, materials, trademarks, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks, service mark applications, patents, patent applications, trade names, rights of use of any name, labels, fictitious names, inventions, designs, trade secrets, goodwill, registrations, copyrights, copyright applications, permits, licenses, franchises, customer lists, credit files, correspondence, and advertising materials or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Transferred Receivables and the other Borrower Collateral, or any rights to any of the foregoing, only as reasonably required in connection with the collection of the Transferred Receivables and the advertising for sale, and selling any of the Borrower Collateral, or exercising of any other remedies with respect thereto, and the Servicer agrees that its rights under all licenses and franchise agreements shall inure to Buyer (and to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as assignee of Buyer) for purposes of the license granted herein. Except upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Termination Event, Buyer agrees not to use (and shall cause the Administrative Agent to covenant not to use) any such license without giving the Servicer prior written notice.

(m) Deposit of Collections . The Servicer shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates to) (i) instruct all Obligors to remit all payments with respect to any Transferred Receivables directly into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account, and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive in respect of Transferred Receivables (and until so deposited, all such Collections shall be held in trust for the benefit of Buyer and its assigns (including the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties). The Servicer shall not make or permit to be made deposits into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account other than in accordance with this Agreement and the other Related Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer shall ensure that no Collections or other proceeds with respect to a Receivable reconveyed to any Originator pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof are paid or deposited into any Lockbox or the Concentration Account.

(n) Commingling . The Servicer shall not (and shall cause each other member of the Parent Group not to) deposit or permit the deposit of any funds that do not constitute Collections of Transferred Receivables into any Lockbox or the Concentration Account except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.03(m) hereof. If any funds not constituting Collections of Transferred Receivables are nonetheless deposited into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account and the Servicer so notifies Buyer, Buyer shall promptly remit any such amounts to the applicable Originator. So long as any Transferred Receivables of an Obligor remain unpaid, the Servicer shall not instruct such Obligor to remit Collections of any Receivables other than Excluded Receivables to any Person or account other than to a Lockbox or the Concentration Account.

 

38


(o) Separate Identity . The Servicer shall comply with Section 4.02(i) to the same extent as if it were an Originator.

Section 7.05. Reporting Requirements of the Servicer . The Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the Effective Date and until the Termination Date, it shall prepare and deliver or cause to be prepared and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents the financial statements, notices, reports, and other information at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex 7.05 .

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF SERVICER TERMINATION

Section 8.01. Events of Servicer Termination . If any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Servicer Termination ”) shall occur (regardless of the reason therefor):

(a) the Servicer shall (i) fail to make any payment or deposit hereunder when due and payable and the same shall remain unremedied for one (1) Business Day or more; (ii) fail to deliver when due any of the reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.05 or any other report related to the Transferred Receivables as required by the other Related Documents and the same shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days or more; or (iii) fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any other provision of this Agreement or the other Related Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 8.01 ) and the same shall remain unremedied for five (5) days or more following the earlier to occur of an Authorized Officer of the Servicer becoming aware of such breach and the Servicer’s receipt of notice thereof; or

(b)(i) the Servicer shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of its Debts which is in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000 when due, and the same shall remain unremedied for any applicable grace period with respect thereto; or (ii) a default or breach shall occur and be continuing under any agreement, document or instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer or its property is bound (other than a Related Document), and such default or breach shall remain unremedied after any applicable grace period with respect thereto and which involves a Debt which is in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000; or

(c) a case or proceeding shall have been commenced against the Servicer or any Affiliate which acts as a Sub-Servicer seeking a decree or order in respect of any such Person (i) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (iii) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of any such Person, and such case or proceeding continues for 60 days unless dismissed or discharged; provided that such 60-day period shall be deemed terminated immediately if (x) a decree or order is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to a case or proceeding described in this subsection (c) , or (y) any of the events described in Section 8.01(d) shall have occurred; or

 

39


(d) the Servicer or any Affiliate which acts as a Sub-Servicer shall (i) file a petition seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) consent or fail to object in a timely and appropriate manner to the institution of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or similar law or to the filing of any petition thereunder or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(e) the Servicer or any Affiliate which acts as a Sub-Servicer generally does not pay its debts as such debts become due or admits in writing its inability to, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(f) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate (net of insurance proceeds) at any time outstanding shall be rendered against the Servicer or any other Subsidiary of the Parent which acts as a Sub-Servicer and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced upon any such judgment or (ii) the same shall not, within 30 days after the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay; or

(g)(i) any information contained in any Borrowing Base Certificate, Monthly Report, Weekly Report or Daily Report is untrue or incorrect in any respect or (ii) any representation or warranty of the Servicer herein or in any other Related Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate (other than a Borrowing Base Certificate) made or delivered by the Servicer to any Affected Party hereto or thereto is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made and such representation and warranty, if relating to any Transferred Receivable, has not been cured by the repurchase of any such Transferred Receivable pursuant to Section 4.04 ; or

(h) Buyer shall have determined that any event or condition that materially adversely affects the ability of the Servicer to collect the Transferred Receivables or to otherwise perform hereunder has occurred; or

(i) a Termination Event shall have occurred or this Agreement shall have been terminated; or

(j) a deterioration has taken place in the quality of servicing of Transferred Receivables or other Receivables, other than the Mexico Receivables, serviced by the Servicer that Buyer or the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, determines to be material, and such material deterioration has not been eliminated within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Servicer; or

(k) the Servicer shall assign or purport to assign any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Buyer; or

(l) a Change of Control shall have occurred; or

 

40


(m) a default or breach of any of the tests set forth in Annex Z shall have occurred;

then, and in any such event, Buyer may, by delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice to the Servicer, terminate the servicing responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Servicer. Upon the delivery of any such notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Successor Servicer acting pursuant to Section 9.02 ; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Servicer agrees to continue to follow the procedures set forth in Section 7.02 with respect to Collections on the Transferred Receivables until a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 9.02 .

ARTICLE IX

SUCCESSOR SERVICER PROVISIONS

Section 9.01. Servicer Not to Resign . The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon a determination that (a) the performance of its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law or regulation and (b) there is no reasonable action that the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder become permissible under applicable law. Any such determination shall (i) with respect to clause (a)  above, be evidenced by an opinion of counsel to such effect and (ii) with respect to clause (b)  above, be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to such effect, in each case delivered to the Administrative Agent. No such resignation shall become effective until a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 9.02 .

Section 9.02. Appointment of the Successor Servicer . In connection with the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities or the resignation by the Servicer under this Agreement pursuant to Sections 8.01 or 9.01 , Buyer may at any time appoint a successor servicer to the Servicer that shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall succeed to all rights and assume all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under this Agreement (the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, or such successor servicer being referred to as the “ Successor Servicer ”); provided that the Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility for any actions of the Servicer prior to the date of its appointment or assumption of duties as Successor Servicer. In selecting a Successor Servicer, Buyer may (but shall not be required to) obtain bids from any potential Successor Servicer and may agree to any bid it deems appropriate. The Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by executing, acknowledging and delivering to Buyer an instrument in form and substance acceptable to Buyer and the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.03. Duties of the Servicer . The Servicer covenants and agrees that, following the appointment of, or assumption of duties by, a Successor Servicer:

(a) The Servicer shall terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that facilitates the transfer of servicing duties to the Successor Servicer and is otherwise acceptable to Buyer and the Administrative Agent and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall, at its own expense, timely deliver (i) any funds to the Administrative Agent that were required to be remitted to the Administrative Agent for deposit in the Agent Account under the Funding Agreement and (ii) copies of all Servicing Records and

 

41


other information with respect to the Transferred Receivables to the Successor Servicer at a place selected by the Successor Servicer. The Servicer shall cooperate with the Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the predecessor Servicer under this Agreement and shall account for all funds and shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may be required to vest and confirm in the Successor Servicer all rights, powers, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of the Servicer. All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with transferring all files and other documents in respect of the Transferred Receivables to the Successor Servicer shall be for the account of the predecessor Servicer.

(b) The Servicer shall terminate each existing Sub-Servicing Agreement and the Successor Servicer shall not be deemed to have assumed any of the Servicer’s interests therein or to have replaced the Servicer as a party thereto.

(c) In the event that the Servicer is terminated as Servicer hereunder but no Successor Servicer has been appointed, the Servicer shall timely deliver to the Administrative Agent or its designee, at a place designated by the Administrative Agent or such designee, all Servicing Records and other information with respect to the Transferred Receivables which otherwise would be required to be delivered to the Successor Servicer under Section 9.03(a) above, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with transferring such files and other documents to the Administrative Agent shall be for the account of the predecessor Servicer.

Section 9.04. Effect of Termination or Resignation . Any termination of or resignation by the Servicer hereunder shall not affect any claims that Buyer or its assigns may have against the Servicer for events or actions taken or not taken by the Servicer arising prior to any such termination or resignation.

Section 9.05. Power of Attorney . On the Closing Date, the Servicer shall execute and deliver a power of attorney in substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.05 (a “ Power of Attorney ”). The Power of Attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement has terminated in accordance with its terms and all of the Transferred Receivables have been indefeasibly paid or otherwise written off as uncollectible. The powers conferred under the Power of Attorney are solely to protect the interests of Buyer and its assigns (including the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties) in the Transferred Receivables and the ability of the Successor Servicer to assume the servicing rights, powers and responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or the Successor Servicer to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent covenants and agrees not to use the Power of Attorney except following a Termination Event and prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date.

Section 9.06. No Proceedings . Each Originator and Servicer agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the date one year plus one day following the Termination Date, it will not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Buyer any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 8.01(d) and 8.01(e) of the Funding Agreement. This Section 9.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

42


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives, as of the date first above written.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION,
individually and as an Originator
By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Name:   Simon Y. Leung
Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,
as Buyer
By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Name:   Simon Y. Leung
Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

SYNNEX CORPORATION,

as Servicer

By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Name:   Simon Y. Leung
Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

   S-1   

Third Amended and Restated

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


EXHIBIT 2.01(a)

Form of

RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT

THIS RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT (the “ Receivables Assignment ”) is entered into as of [DATE], by and between [Name of Originator] (the “ Originator ”) and SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (“ Buyer ”).

1. We refer to that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Sale Agreement ”) of even date herewith among the Originator, the other Originators party thereto, Synnex Corporation and Buyer. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sale Agreement are hereby made a part of this Receivables Assignment and are deemed incorporated herein in full. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms or matters of construction defined or established in the Sale Agreement shall be applied herein as defined or established therein.

2. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Originator hereby sells, or, in the event the Originator is a shareholder of Buyer, sells or contributes, to Buyer, without recourse, except as provided in Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement, all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of its Receivables other than Excluded Receivables (including all Collections, Records and proceeds with respect to such included Receivables) existing as of the Closing Date and thereafter created or arising at any time until the Facility Termination Date.

3. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sale Agreement, the Originator hereby covenants and agrees to assign, sell or contribute, as applicable, execute and deliver, or cause to be assigned, sold or contributed, executed and delivered, and to do or make, or cause to be done or made, upon request of Buyer and at the Originator’s expense, any and all agreements, instruments, papers, deeds, acts or things, supplemental, confirmatory or otherwise, as may be reasonably required by Buyer for the purpose of or in connection with acquiring or more effectively vesting in Buyer or evidencing the vesting in Buyer of the property, rights, title and interests of the Originator sold or contributed hereunder or intended to be sold or contributed hereunder.

4. Wherever possible, each provision of this Receivables Assignment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Receivables Assignment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Receivables Assignment.

5. THIS RECEIVABLES ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES), AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Assignment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF ORIGINATOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, as Buyer
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

Exhibit 2.01(a)-2


EXHIBIT 2.01(c)(ii)

Form of

SUBORDINATED NOTE

 

$[          ]   [               ,          ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of [                                      ], a (the “ Subordinated Lender ”), or its assigns, at [ADDRESS], or at such other place as the holder of this Subordinated Note (“ Note ”) may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of [          ] DOLLARS [$          ], or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Subordinated Loans (as defined in the Sale Agreement referred to below) made to the Borrower, upon the earlier to occur of (i) Final Advance Date and (ii) the Termination Date (in each case, as defined in Annex X to the Sale Agreement referred to below), together with interest thereon from time to time from the Effective Date (as defined in the Sale Agreement referred to below) at the rate shown in The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” on such date (the “ Interest Rate ”) on the unpaid principal amount of each Subordinated Loan for the period commencing on and including the date of such Subordinated Loan to but excluding the date such Subordinated Loan is paid in full.

The date, amount and interest rate of each Subordinated Loan made by the Subordinated Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Subordinated Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note, endorsed by the Subordinated Lender on the schedule attached hereto or any continuation thereof. The books of the Subordinated Lender and such schedule shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing to the Subordinated Lender by the Borrower; provided that any failure of the Subordinated Lender to record a notation in its books or on the schedule to this Note as aforesaid or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay Subordinated Loans in accordance with their respective terms set forth herein.

All capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be subsequently amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “ Sale Agreement ”) by and among the Borrower, the Subordinated Lender, the other Originators thereunder and Synnex Corporation. This Note is issued pursuant to the Sale Agreement and is one of the Subordinated Notes referred to therein. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sale Agreement and all other instruments evidencing the indebtedness hereunder, including the other Related Documents, are hereby made a part of this Note and are deemed incorporated herein in full.

The Borrower may at any time and from time to time voluntarily repay, in whole or in part, all Subordinated Loans made hereunder. Any amount so repaid may, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, be reborrowed hereunder; provided that all repayments of Subordinated Loans or any portion thereof shall be made together with payment of all interest accrued on the amount repaid to (but excluding) the date of such repayment.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


Interest shall be payable on the outstanding principal amount of this Note from time to time in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar month. All computations of interest shall be made by the Subordinated Lender on the basis of a 365 day year, in each case for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. The Interest Rate shall be determined (i) on the first Business Day immediately prior to the Effective Date for calculation of the Interest Rate for the period from the Effective Date through the end of the first calendar month following the Effective Date, and (ii) as of the last Business Day of each month for use in calculating the interest that is payable for the following calendar month, and the Interest Rate so determined shall be utilized for such calendar month. Each determination by the Subordinated Lender of an interest rate hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Borrower (absent manifest error). The Borrower shall pay interest at the applicable Interest Rate on unpaid interest on any Subordinated Loan or any installment thereof, and on any other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder (to the extent permitted by law) that shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for the period commencing on the due date thereof to (but excluding) the date the same is indefeasibly paid in full.

If any payment or prepayment on this Note becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the Interest Rate during such extension.

As set forth below, the indebtedness evidenced by this Subordinated Note is subordinate in right of payment to all Borrower Obligations and all renewals, extensions, refinancings or refundings of any such obligations (whether for principal, interest (including but not limited to interest accruing after the filing of a petition initiating any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding (each, an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”) whether or not such interest is allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding), fees, indemnities, repurchase price, expenses or otherwise) (collectively, the “ Senior Obligations ”). The subordination provisions contained herein are for the direct benefit of, and may be enforced by, any holder of a Senior Obligation, and may not be terminated, amended or otherwise revoked until the Senior Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Related Documents terminated in accordance with their respective terms. This Subordinated Note shall not be subject to any defense or any rights of set-off, including on account of any past or present debt. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event, the Subordinated Lender shall not demand, accelerate, sue for, take, receive or accept from the Borrower, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or any other manner (including, without limitation, from or by way of collateral) any payment of or security for all or any part of the indebtedness under this Subordinated Note or exercise any remedies or take any action or proceeding to enforce the same. The Subordinated Lender hereby agrees that prior to the date that is one year and one day after all of the Senior Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Related Documents terminated in accordance with their respective terms, the Subordinated Lender will not take any action to institute any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Borrower or which would be reasonably likely to cause the Borrower to be subject to, or seek the protection of, any such Insolvency Proceeding.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii)-2


If the Borrower becomes subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, then the holders of the Senior Obligations shall receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or with respect to the Senior Obligations before the Subordinated Lender shall be entitled to receive any payment on account of this Subordinated Note. Accordingly, any payment or distribution of assets of the Borrower of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, in any applicable Insolvency Proceeding, that would otherwise be payable to or deliverable upon or with respect to any or all indebtedness under this Subordinated Note, is hereby assigned to and shall be paid or delivered by the person making such payment or delivery (whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver, custodian or liquidating trustee or otherwise) directly to the Administrative Agent for application to, or as collateral for the payment of, the Senior Obligations until such Senior Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

In no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Subordinated Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of money advanced hereunder exceed the highest rate of interest permissible under law (the “ Maximum Lawful Rate ”). In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that Subordinated Lender has charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall be equal to the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided that if at any time thereafter the amount of interest payable to Subordinated Lender hereunder is less than the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate, the Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by Subordinated Lender from the making of Subordinated Loans hereunder is equal to the total interest that Subordinated Lender would have received had the amount of interest payable to Subordinated Lender hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the amount of interest payable from the Effective Date. Thereafter, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall be the amount determined in accordance with the terms hereof unless and until the amount so calculated again exceeds the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate, in which event this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by Subordinated Lender pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount that Lender could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. In the event the amount payable under the Maximum Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction, notwithstanding the provisions of this Note, shall make a final determination that Subordinated Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, Subordinated Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess first to any interest due and not yet paid hereunder, then to the outstanding principal amount of the Subordinated Loans, then to fees and any other unpaid charges, and thereafter shall refund any excess to the Borrower or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order.

Wherever possible each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of this Note.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii)-3


Time is of the essence of this Note. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower expressly waives presentment, demand, diligence, protest and all notices of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Note.

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE BORROWER HERETO WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS NOTE, THE SALE AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES), AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii)-4


SCHEDULE OF LOANS TO SUBORDINATED NOTE

 

Date

  

Amount of

Subordinated Loan

  

Amount of

Principal Paid

  

Unpaid

Principal Balance

  

Notation

made by

           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

Exhibit 2.01(c)(ii)-5


EXHIBIT 2.03

Form of

ORIGINATOR SUPPORT AGREEMENT

THIS ORIGINATOR SUPPORT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [               ,          ], by SYNNEX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), in favor of SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ SPE ”).

RECITALS

A. SIT Funding Corporation, as purchaser, has entered into a Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Sale Agreement ”), with Synnex Corporation, and the persons party thereto as “Originators.” Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms or matters of construction defined or established Annex X to the Sale Agreement shall be applied herein as defined or established therein.

B. It is a condition precedent to [              ] becoming a party to the Sale Agreement as an “Originator” that Parent, as owner, directly or indirectly, of at least 100% of the outstanding Stock having ordinary voting power to elect the board of directors of [              ] and each other Originator, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce SPE to make purchases under the Sale Agreement, Parent hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Unconditional Undertaking . Parent hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes and agrees with and for the benefit of SPE and the Administrative Agent (for itself and for the benefit of the Secured Parties) to cause the due and punctual performance and observance by the Servicer and each other Originator and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Synnex Entities ”) of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, agreements and undertakings on the part of such Synnex Entity to be performed or observed under the Sale Agreement or any document delivered by such Synnex Entity in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement and the Related Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, including the punctual payment when due of all obligations of such Synnex Entity now or hereafter existing under the Sale Agreement whether for indemnification payments, fees, expenses or otherwise (such terms, covenants, conditions, agreements, undertakings and other obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable and documented expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of attorneys, auditors and accountants) incurred by SPE, the Administrative Agent and their respective assigns in enforcing any rights under this Agreement; provided that the foregoing unconditional undertaking of Parent is not intended

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


to, and shall not, constitute a guarantee of the collectibility or payment of the Transferred Receivables. Parent agrees that each of its Subsidiaries that becomes an “Originator” under the Sale Agreement shall be deemed to be an “Originator” for purposes of this Agreement. In the event that any Synnex Entity shall fail in any manner whatsoever to perform or observe any of its Guaranteed Obligations when the same shall be required to be performed or observed under the Sale Agreement or any such other Related Document, then Parent will itself duly and punctually perform or observe, or cause to be duly and punctually performed or observed, such Guaranteed Obligations, and it shall not be a condition to the accrual of the obligation of Parent hereunder to perform or observe any Guaranteed Obligation (or to cause the same to be performed or observed) that SPE or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall have first made any request of or demand upon or given any notice to Parent or to any Synnex Entity or their respective successors or assigns, or have instituted any action or proceeding against Parent or any Synnex Entity or their respective successors or assigns in respect thereof.

Section 2. Obligation Absolute . Parent undertakes that the Guaranteed Obligations will be performed or paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Sale Agreement or any other Related Document delivered by an Synnex Entity in connection with the Sale Agreement regardless of any law, regulation or order applicable to SPE or the Administrative Agent now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of SPE or the Administrative Agent with respect thereto. The obligations of Parent under this Agreement are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Parent to enforce this Agreement, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Synnex Entity or whether any Synnex Entity is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of Parent under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Sale Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from the Sale Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from additional purchases or contributions of Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other assets of any Synnex Entity or any of its subsidiaries;

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Exhibit 2.03-2


(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Synnex Entity or any of its subsidiaries; or

(f) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Synnex Entity or a guarantor.

This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by SPE upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Synnex Entity or otherwise, all as though payment had not been made.

Section 3. Waivers . Parent hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and, except to the extent required under the Sale Agreement, any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Agreement and any requirement that SPE or the Administrative Agent protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Synnex Entity or any other person or entity or any collateral.

Section 4. Subrogation . Parent agrees not to exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation against any Synnex Entity and its property or any rights of indemnification, contribution and reimbursement from any Synnex Entity and its property, in each case in connection with this Agreement and any payments made hereunder, until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid and performed in full and the Termination Date has occurred.

Section 5. Separate Identity from Buyer . Parent shall itself, and shall ensure that each of its Affiliates, at all times comply with the covenants and agreements of the Originators set forth in Section 4.02(i) of the Sale Agreement as if Parent and each of its Affiliates were identified therein. Parent is party to no agreements with SPE or the Administrative Agent other than pursuant to the Related Documents.

Section 6. No Proceedings . From and after the Closing Date and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which all Borrower Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, Parent shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against SPE any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 8.01(c) or 8.01(d) of the Sale Agreement.

Section 7. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by Parent herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by SPE and the Administrative Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Exhibit 2.03-3


Section 8. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be sent in the manner provided in Section 6.01 of the Sale Agreement, which provisions are incorporated herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein.

Section 9. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of SPE or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 10. Continuing Agreement; Assignments under Sale Agreement . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date has occurred and the payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and the payment of all other amounts payable under this Agreement, (b) be binding upon Parent, its successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, SPE, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c) , if SPE assigns all or any of the Transferred Receivables, or any interest therein, the assignees shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to SPE and the Administrative Agent herein or otherwise, including the rights to receive any notices hereunder, to consent to any waivers, amendments or other modifications of this Agreement, and/or to be reimbursed for any expenses in enforcing any rights hereunder.

Section 11. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 12. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE ORIGINATOR OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

SYNNEX CORPORATION, as Parent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Exhibit 2.03-4


EXHIBIT 9.05

Form of

POWER OF ATTORNEY

IN FAVOR OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

This Power of Attorney is executed and delivered by SYNNEX CORPORATION, as Servicer (“ Grantor ”) in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “ Administrative Agent ”) or such successor entity as the Administrative Agent may designate herein (the Administrative Agent or such successor entity, the “ Attorney ”) pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplement or otherwise modified, the “ Sale Agreement ”), by and among Grantor, as Servicer, the persons party thereto as “Originators”, and SIT Funding Corporation, as Buyer. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Sale Agreement. No person to whom this Power of Attorney is presented, as authority for Attorney to take any action or actions contemplated hereby, shall be required to inquire into or seek confirmation from Grantor as to the authority of Attorney to take any action described below, or as to the existence of or fulfillment of any condition to this Power of Attorney, which is intended to grant to Attorney unconditionally the authority to take and perform the actions contemplated herein, and Grantor irrevocably waives any right to commence any suit or action, in law or equity, against any person or entity that acts in reliance upon or acknowledges the authority granted under this Power of Attorney. The power of attorney granted hereby is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked or cancelled by Grantor until all Transferred Receivables under the Sale Agreement have been indefeasibly paid in full and/or written-off as uncollectible and Attorney has provided its written consent thereto.

Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney (and all officers, employees or agents designated by Attorney), with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in its place and stead and in its name or in Attorney’s own name, from time to time in Attorney’s discretion, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of the Sale Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby grants to Attorney the power and right, on its behalf, without notice to or assent by it, to do the following: (a) open mail for it, and ask, demand, collect, give acquittances and receipts for, take possession of, or endorse and receive payment of, any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances, or other instruments for the payment of moneys due in respect of Transferred Receivables, and sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, and notices in connection with any Transferred Receivable or other Borrower Collateral; (b) pay or discharge any taxes, Liens, or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against any Borrower Collateral; (c) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against it or any Borrower Collateral if the Grantor does not defend such suit, action, or proceeding or if Attorney believes that it is not pursuing such defense in a manner that will maximize the recovery to the Attorney, and settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action, or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Attorney may deem appropriate; (d) file or prosecute any claim, Litigation, suit or

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction or before any arbitrator, or take any other action otherwise deemed appropriate by Attorney for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Transferred Receivable or other Borrower Collateral or otherwise with respect to the Related Documents whenever payable and to enforce any other right in respect of its property; (e) sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal with, any Transferred Receivables or other Borrower Collateral, and execute, in connection with such sale or action, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer in connection therewith; and (g) cause the certified public accountants then engaged by it to prepare and deliver to Attorney at any time and from time to time, promptly upon Attorney’s request, any and all financial statements or other reports required to be delivered by or on behalf of Grantor under the Related Documents, all as though Attorney were the absolute owner of its property for all purposes, and to do, at Attorney’s option and its expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and other things that Attorney reasonably deems necessary to perfect, preserve, or realize upon the Transferred Receivables and the Administrative Agent’s interests therein, all as fully and effectively as it might do. Grantor hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney is executed by Grantor, and Grantor has caused its seal to be affixed pursuant to the authority of its board of directors this      day of [          ], 20[      ].

 

Grantor         
ATTEST:   

 

     
By:   

 

      (SEAL)
Title:   

 

     
[Notarization in appropriate form for the state of execution is required.]   

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Exhibit 9.05(b)-2


SCHEDULES

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


ANNEX 7.05

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE SERVICER

The Servicer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Buyer (with copies to each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent):

(a) Annual Audited Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of (1) the audited consolidated financial statements for such year for each of the Servicer and its Subsidiaries, certified, as to the audited financial statements, without qualification in a manner satisfactory to Buyer and the Administrative Agent by any of (i) Deloitte & Touche USA LLP, (ii) Ernst & Young LLP, (iii) KPMG LLP or (iv) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (or any of their respective successors) or other nationally recognized independent public accountants acceptable to Buyer and the Administrative Agent, with such financial statements being prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the period involved (except as approved by such accountants and disclosed therein) and (2) the unaudited consolidating financial statements for the Servicer and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Quarterly Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last quarter of such fiscal year), financial information regarding the Servicer and its Subsidiaries, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Servicer, consisting of consolidated unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the related statements of income and cash flows for that portion of the fiscal year ending as of the close of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Servicer that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Servicer and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such quarter and for the period then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event. In addition, the Servicer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, (1) a statement in reasonable detail (each, a “ Compliance Certificate ”) showing the calculations used in determining compliance with each financial test described in Annex Z of this Agreement and (2) a management discussion and analysis that includes a comparison of performance for the fiscal year to date as of the end of that fiscal quarter to the corresponding period in the prior year, as set forth in the quarterly filings made by the Servicer with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(c) Intentionally Omitted .

(d) Operating Plan . As soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual operating plan for such fiscal year for the Servicer, which will (i) include a statement of the material assumptions on which such plan is based,

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


(ii) include quarterly balance sheets and quarterly projections for such year and (iii) integrate sales, gross profits, operating expenses, operating profit, cash flow projections and Borrowing Base projections, all prepared on the same basis and in similar detail as that on which operating results are reported (and in the case of cash flow projections, representing management’s good faith estimates of future financial performance based on historical performance), and including plans for personnel, capital expenditures and facilities.

(e) Management Letters . Within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof by the Servicer, copies of all management letters, exception reports or similar letters or reports received by the Borrower from its independent certified public accountants.

(f) Default Notices . As soon as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after an Authorized Officer of the Servicer has actual knowledge of the existence thereof, telephonic or telecopied notice of each of the following events, in each case specifying the nature and anticipated effect thereof and what action, if any, the Servicer proposes to take with respect thereto, which notice, if given telephonically, shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day:

(i) any Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event;

(ii) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Transferred Receivables of which it becomes aware;

(iii) the occurrence of any event that would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Transferred Receivables or on the assignments and Liens granted by the Originators pursuant to this Agreement;

(iv) the occurrence of any event of the type described in Sections 4.02(h)(i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of this Agreement involving any Obligor obligated under Transferred Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance at such time of $2,000,000 or more;

(v) the commencement of a case or proceeding by or against Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor seeking a decree or order in respect of Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor (A) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor or for any substantial part of its respective assets, or (C) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor;

(vi) the receipt of notice that (A) Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any material license, permit, charter, registration or

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Annex 7.05-2


approval necessary for the conduct of the business of Buyer, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Servicer or any Obligor is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by it in the conduct of its business if such cessation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(vii) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) SEC Filings and Press Releases . Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of any final registration statements and the regular, periodic and special reports, if any, which the Parent shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities exchange and copies of all management letters delivered to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by its accountants.

(h) ERISA Notices . Promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all material reports and notices that Buyer, any Originator, the Servicer or any of its other Subsidiaries files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Services or the PBGC or the U.S. Department of Labor or that Buyer, any Originator, the Servicer or any of its other Subsidiaries receives from any of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which Buyer, any Originator, the Servicer or any of its other Subsidiaries is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of any accumulated funding deficiency under ERISA, any “Reportable Event” under ERISA, or any assessment of withdrawal liability under ERISA or ay other event or condition which could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of liability on Buyer, any Originator, the Servicer or any of its other Subsidiaries in excess of $1,500,000.

(i) Litigation . Promptly upon learning thereof, written notice of any Litigation affecting Buyer, the Transferred Receivables or the Borrower Collateral, whether or not fully covered by insurance, and regardless of the subject matter thereof that (i) seeks damages in excess of $100,000, (ii) seeks injunctive relief, (iii) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries (in their capacity as a fiduciary of any such Plan) or its assets or against Buyer or any ERISA Affiliate of Buyer in connection with any Plan, (iv) alleges criminal misconduct by the Servicer or (v) would, if determined adversely, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) Other Documents . Such other financial and other information respecting the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of Buyer, any Originator, the Servicer or any of its other Subsidiaries as any Managing Agent or Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(k) Miscellaneous Certifications . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a bringdown certificate by Servicer, and if requested, an opinion or opinions of counsel, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent, reaffirming as of the date of such opinion the opinions of counsel with respect to the Servicer delivered to Buyer, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date.

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Annex 7.05-3


ANNEX X

DEFINITIONS

[Attached]


ANNEX X

to

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES SALE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

and

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES FUNDING AND ADMINISTRATION

AGREEMENT

dated as of

January 23, 2009

Definitions and Interpretation

 

   Annex X


SECTION 1. Definitions and Conventions . Capitalized terms used in the Sale Agreement (as defined below) and the Funding Agreement (as defined below) shall have (unless otherwise provided elsewhere therein) the following respective meanings:

Account ” shall mean any of the Concentration Account, the Collection Account or the Borrower Account.

Account Agreement ” shall mean any of the Borrower Account Agreement, the Collection Account Agreement or the Concentration Account Agreement.

Accounting Based Consolidation Event ” shall mean the consolidation, for financial and/or regulatory accounting purposes, of all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of any Conduit Lender that are the subject of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document with all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of the Managing Agent or any Committed Lender in such Conduit Lender’s Lender Group or any of their affiliates as the result of the occurrence of any change after the Closing Date in accounting standards or the issuance of any pronouncement, interpretation or release, by any accounting body or any other governmental body charged with the promulgation or administration of accounting standards, including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the International Accounting Standards Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Accounting Changes ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion of the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto or any agency with similar functions); (b) changes in accounting principles concurred with by such Person’s certified public accountants; (c) purchase accounting adjustments under A.P.B. 16 or 17 and EITF 88-16, and the application of the accounting principles set forth in FASB 109, including the establishment of reserves pursuant thereto and any subsequent reversal (in whole or in part) of such reserves; and (d) the reversal of any reserves established as a result of purchase accounting adjustments.

Additional Amounts ” shall mean any amounts payable to any Affected Party under Sections 2.09 or 2.10 of the Funding Agreement.

Additional Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.09(b) of the Funding Agreement.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of the Funding Agreement.

Administrative Services Agreement ” shall mean that certain Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement dated as of December 10, 1997, between the Borrower and the Parent.

Administrators ” shall mean the YC SUSI Administrator, the MAFC Administrator and any other Person that becomes a party to this Agreement as an “Administrator”.


Advance ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Advance, as the context may require.

Advance Date ” shall mean each day on which any Advance is made.

Adverse Claim ” shall mean any claim of ownership or any Lien, other than any ownership interest or Lien created under the Sale Agreement or the Funding Agreement.

Affected Party ” shall mean each of the following Persons: each Lender, the Administrative Agent, each Managing Agent, each Administrator, each Program Support Provider, each Affiliate of the foregoing Persons, and any participant with the rights of a Lender under Section 12.02(c) of the Funding Agreement and their respective successors, transferees and permitted assigns.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to (a) Borrower, or Parent or any of their Subsidiaries, or any Obligor, each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary ten percent (10%) or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person, or (b) with respect to each Person, including those Persons to which clause (a)  is applicable, (i) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (ii) each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers and partners. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agent Account ” shall mean account number 12334-52548, Reference: SIT Funding Corporation, established at the Agent Bank in the name of the Administrative Agent.

Agent Bank ” means Bank of America.

Agent-Related Persons ” means, with respect to any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent, such Person together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and their respective Affiliates.

Aggregate Commitment ” means, at any time, the aggregate commitment of all Lenders to make Advances, which aggregate commitment shall be Three Hundred Fifty Seven Million Dollars ($357,000,000) on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Funding Agreement.

Agreed-Upon Procedures ” means the procedures set forth in Schedule B to the Funding Agreement.

Alternate Rate ” means, for any Interest Period for any Portion of Advances, an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin above the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period; provided that in the case of:

 

  (a) any Interest Period which commences on a date prior to the Administrative Agent receiving at least three (3) Business Days’ notice thereof, or

 

2    Annex X


  (b) any Interest Period relating to a Portion of Advances which is less than $1,000,000,

the “ Alternate Rate ” for each day in such Interest Period shall be an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect on such day.

Appendices ” shall mean, with respect to any Related Document, all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, or expressly identified thereto.

Applicable Margin ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letters.

Assignment Agreement ” shall mean an assignment agreement in the form of Exhibit 12.02 attached to the Funding Agreement.

Assignment Amount ” means, with respect to a Committed Lender at the time of any assignment pursuant to Section 13.01 , an amount equal to the least of (a) such Committed Lender’s pro rata share of the Advances requested by the Discretionary Lender in its Lender Group to be assigned at such time; (b) such Committed Lender’s unused Commitment (minus the unrecovered principal amount of such Committed Lender’s fundings pursuant to the Program Support Agreement to which it is a party) and (c) in the case of an assignment on or after the applicable Conduit Investment Termination Date, an amount equal to the sum of such Committed Lender’s pro rata share of the Lender Group Percentage of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables (other than Defaulted Receivables), plus (ii) all Collections received by the Servicer but not yet remitted by the Servicer to the Agent, plus (iii) any amounts required to be paid to the Borrower by the Originators at such time under the Sale Agreement.

Assignment and Acceptance Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals of the Funding Agreement.

Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any corporation or limited liability company, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the General Counsel, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer, any manager or managing member and each other officer of such corporation or limited liability company specifically authorized to sign agreements, instruments or other documents on behalf of such corporation or limited liability company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement and the other Related Documents.

Available Amounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.15 of the Funding Agreement.

Bank ” shall mean any of the Concentration Account Bank, the Collection Account Bank or the Borrower Account Bank.

 

3    Annex X


Bank of America Committed Lender ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A. and each other Lender party hereto from time to time as a “Bank of America Committed Lender”.

Bank of America Discretionary Lender ” shall mean YC SUSI and each Conduit Assignee thereof.

Bank of America Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated the Closing Date, between the Parent, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and Banc of America Securities, LLC.

Bank of America Lender Group ” shall mean the YC SUSI Administrator, Bank of America, N.A., as Managing Agent, Bank of America Committed Lenders and Bank of America Discretionary Lenders.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the provisions of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § § 101 et seq .

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the applicable Managing Agent as its “prime rate”. The “prime rate” is a rate set by the applicable Managing Agent based upon various factors including such Managing Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in the prime rate announced by a Managing Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Advance ” shall mean an Advance or portion thereof bearing interest by reference to the Base Rate.

Billed Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the amount billed on the Billing Date to the Obligor thereunder.

Billing Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the date on which the invoice with respect thereto was generated.

BK Obligor ” means an Obligor that is (i) unable to make payment of its obligations when due, (ii) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (iii) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency proceeding, unless, in the case of a bankruptcy proceeding in clause (ii) or (iii), the applicable Originator has been designated as a “critical vendor” and the Obligor thereunder has obtained (x) in the case of any Receivable originated pre-petition, a final court order approving the payment of the pre-petition claims of such Originator on an administrative priority basis or (y) in the case of any Receivable originated post-petition, (A) a final court order approving the payment of the post-petition claims of such Originator on an administrative priority basis and (B) a debtor-in-possession financing facility and management of the applicable Originator reasonably believes that such financing will be available to pay the Receivables owing by such Obligor, and, in any such case, such Obligor has agreed post-petition to pay the Receivables owing by such Obligor on a current basis in accordance with its terms.

 

4    Annex X


Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to the Funding Agreement.

Borrower Account ” shall mean that certain deposit account identified as the “Borrower Account” on Schedule 4.01(q) to the Funding Agreement, maintained by the Borrower at the Borrower Account Bank, which account shall be subject to a Borrower Account Agreement.

Borrower Account Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower Account Bank with respect to the Borrower Account that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in the Borrower Account are held by the Borrower Account Bank as custodian for the Administrative Agent, (b) the Borrower Account Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the Borrower Account, as the case may be, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of the Borrower Account and for returned checks or other items of payment and (c) after notice from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Account Bank, the Borrower Account Bank agrees to forward all Collections received in the Borrower Account to the Collection Account within one Business Day of receipt, and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Borrower Account Bank ” shall mean the bank or other financial institution at which the Borrower Account is maintained, which shall initially be Bank of America, N.A.

Borrower Account Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.01(c) of the Funding Agreement.

“Borrower Assigned Agreements ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.01(b) of the Funding Agreement.

Borrower Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.01 of the Funding Agreement.

Borrower Obligations ” shall mean all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, indemnities and obligations for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by the Borrower to any Affected Party under the Funding Agreement, any other Related Document and any document or instrument delivered pursuant thereto, and all amendments, extensions or renewals thereof, and all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement or other instrument, arising thereunder, including the Outstanding Principal Amount, interest, fees, amounts payable in respect of Funding Excess, Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses, Additional Amounts, Additional Costs, Indemnified Amounts, and including the “Borrower Obligations” under, and as defined in, the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement. This term includes all principal, interest (including all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against the Borrower

 

5    Annex X


in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to the Borrower under any of the foregoing, whether now existing or hereafter arising, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not jointly owed with others, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations that are paid to the extent all or any portion of such payment is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from any Secured Party or any assignee of any Secured Party as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise.

Borrowing ” shall mean (i) the Revolving Credit Advances of the Lenders (other than the Swing Line Lender), and (ii) each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender.

Borrowing Base ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of:

 

  (a) the Maximum Advances Outstanding,

and

 

  (b) an amount equal to the positive difference, if any, of:

 

  (i) the product of (1) the Dynamic Advance Rate multiplied by (2) the Net Receivables Balance,

minus

 

  (ii) the sum of (W) the Interest Reserve, (X) the Servicing Fee Reserve, and (Y) such other reserves as the Administrative Agent may determine from time to time based upon its reasonable credit judgment;

in each case as disclosed in the most recently submitted Borrowing Base Certificate or Borrowing Request or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent based on Borrower Collateral information available to it, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Borrower Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Funding Agreement (absent manifest error).

Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.02(b) of the Funding Agreement.

Borrowing Request ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(a) of the Funding Agreement.

Breakage Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.10 of the Funding Agreement.

 

6    Annex X


Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in Charlotte, North Carolina, the State of New York or, with respect to any remittances to be made by the Concentration Account Bank to the Concentration Account, in the jurisdiction in which the Account maintained by such Bank is located.

Buyer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to the Sale Agreement.

Buyer Available Amounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.15 of the Sale Agreement.

Buyer Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01 of the Sale Agreement.

Canadian Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning set forth in Annex A to the Credit Agreement.

Capital Lease ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person.

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Capital Lease of any Person, the amount of the obligation of the lessee thereunder that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease.

Change of Control ” shall mean any event, transaction or occurrence after the Closing Date as a result of which (a) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of a greater percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Parent having the right to vote for the election of directors of the Parent under ordinary circumstances than indirectly owned by the Mitac Group; (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months ending after the Closing Date, individuals who at the beginning of such twelve-month period constituted the board of directors of the Parent (together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors of the Parent or whose nomination for election by the Stockholders of the Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds the directors then in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office; (c) the Parent ceases to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding Stock, directly or indirectly, of any Originator (other than Parent) or the Borrower; or (d) any Transaction Party has sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned or otherwise disposed of all or substantially all of its assets (other than such a sale of assets from one Originator to another Originator).

 

7    Annex X


Charge-Off ’ shall mean the extent to which any Transferred Receivable is subject to any Dilution Factor described in clause (a)  of the definition thereof.

Charges ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, provincial, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to the PBGC at the time due and payable); (ii) all levies, assessments, charges, or claims of any governmental entity or any claims of statutory lienholders, the nonpayment of which could give rise by operation of law to a Lien on Borrower Collateral or any other property of the Borrower or any Originator and (iii) any such taxes, levies, assessment, charges or claims which constitute a lien or encumbrance on any property of the Borrower or any Originator.

Class ” means, with respect to an Obligor, at any time of determination the classification of such Obligor as a “Class A Obligor”, “Class B Obligor”, “Class C Obligor” or “Class D Obligor”.

Class A Obligor ”, “ Class B Obligor ”, “ Class C Obligor ” and “ Class D Obligor ”, respectively, shall mean, as of any date of determination, an Obligor having a short-term rating or unsecured long-term debt rating or both a short-term rating and an unsecured long-term rating from either of Moody’s or S&P as determined in the following manner:

 

Class of Obligor

  

Short-Term

Rating

    

Long-Term
Rating of Obligor

Class A Obligor

   A-1/P-1      A/A2 or higher

Class B Obligor

   A-2/P-2      A- or BBB+/A3 or Baa1 (but lower than A/A2)

Class C Obligor

   A-3/P-3      BBB or BBB-/Baa2 or Baa3 (but lower than BBB+/Baa1)

Class D Obligor

   Lower than A-3/P-3 or Not Rated      Lower than BBB-/Baa3 or Not Rated

Class of Obligor ” for any Obligor shall be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: (i) the short term rating issued by S&P for such Obligor shall be used to determine the “Class of Obligor”; provided that if such short-term rating is unavailable, the long-term unsecured rating issued by S&P for the Obligor shall be used, (ii) concomitantly with (i), the short-term rating issued by Moody’s for such Obligor shall be used to determine the “Class of Obligor”; provided that if such short-term rating is unavailable, the long-term unsecured rating issued by Moody’s for the Obligor shall be used, and (iii) only if there is a difference between the “Class of Obligor” indicated in (i) and (ii), determined concomitantly, then the Obligor shall be deemed a member of the lower of the determined “Class of Obligor”.

Closing Date ” shall mean January 23, 2009.

Collection Account ” shall mean that certain account established by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Funding Agreement and maintained by the Borrower at the Collection Account Bank, which account shall be subject to a Collection Account Agreement.

 

8    Annex X


Collection Account Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Collection Account Bank with respect to the Collection Account that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in the Collection Account are held by the Collection Account Bank as custodian for the Administrative Agent and (b) the Collection Account Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the Borrower Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of the Borrower Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Collection Account Bank ” shall mean the bank or other financial institution at which the Collection Account is maintained.

Collections ” shall mean, with respect to any Transferred Receivable, all cash collections and other proceeds of such Receivable (including late charges, fees and interest arising thereon, and all recoveries with respect to any Transferred Receivable which has been written off as uncollectible).

Commercial Paper ” means the promissory notes issued or to be issued by a Conduit Lender (or its related commercial paper issuer if such Conduit Lender does not itself issue commercial paper) in the commercial paper market.

Commitment ” shall mean as to any Committed Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender), the aggregate commitment of such Committed Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances as set forth in the signature page to the Funding Agreement or in the most recent Assignment Agreement executed by such Lender, as such amount may be adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Funding Agreement.

Committed Lenders ” shall mean, (a) for the Bank of America Lender Group, the Bank of America Committed Lender, (b) for the SMBC Lender Group, the SMBC Committed Lender, (c) any other Person that shall become a party to the Funding Agreement in the capacity as a “Committed Lender”, and, in each case, successors and permitted assigns.

Concentration Account ” shall mean that certain account established by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of the Funding Agreement and maintained by the Borrower at the Concentration Account Bank, which account shall be subject to a Concentration Account Agreement.

Concentration Account Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Concentration Account Bank with respect to one or more Lockboxes and the Concentration Account that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in such Lockboxes and Concentration Account are held by the Concentration Account Bank as custodian for the Administrative Agent and (b) the Concentration Account Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the Concentration Account, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of the Concentration Account and for returned checks or other items of payment and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

9    Annex X


Concentration Account Bank ” shall mean the bank or other financial institution at which the Concentration Account is maintained.

Concentration Percentage ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Obligors comprising each Class of Obligor specified in the table below, on an individual basis, a percentage not to exceed the corresponding “Individual Obligor Percentage”, subject to adjustment for any Special Obligors as approved by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Requisite Lenders.

 

Class of Obligor

   Individual Obligor
Percentage

Class A

   15.00%

Class B

   7.50%*

Class C

   5.00%

Class D

   4.50%

 

* provided that one Class B Obligor may have an Individual Obligor Percentage of up to 10.0%.

Conduit Assignee ” means, with respect to any Conduit Lender, any special purpose entity that finances its activities directly or indirectly through asset backed commercial paper and is administered by the same Administrator as such Conduit Lender (or an Affiliate of such Administrator consented to by the Borrower) and designated by such Administrator from time to time to accept an assignment from such Conduit Lender of all or a portion of its interest under the Funding Agreement.

Conduit Investment Termination Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Conduit Lender, the date of the delivery by such Conduit Lender to the Borrower of written notice that such Conduit Lender elects, in its sole discretion, to permanently cease to fund Advances hereunder.

Conduit Lender ” shall mean YC SUSI, Manhattan Asset Funding Company, any other Person that shall become a party to this Agreement in the capacity as a “Conduit Lender” and any Conduit Assignee of any of the foregoing.

Contract ” shall mean any agreement or invoice pursuant to, or under which, an Obligor shall be obligated to make payments with respect to any Receivable.

Contributed Receivables ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of the Sale Agreement.

Convertible Senior Notes ” shall mean those certain convertible senior notes issued by the Parent with a final maturity date of not less than ten (10) years from the date of issuance, in an amount not to exceed $150,000,000 with an interest rate up to 5.5% and subject to the terms set forth in the Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum.

 

10    Annex X


Convertible Senior Notes Offering Memorandum ” shall mean that certain draft Offering Memorandum, dated May 5, 2008, together with any immaterial changes (including, without limitation, (x) the months during the year during which semiannual payments are required to be made and (y) the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes, provided that the principal amount, including any exercised or available over-allotments, shall not exceed $150,000,000) made to subsequent versions of, and the final, Offering Memorandum.

CP Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period for any Portion of Advances funded by a particular Conduit Lender, the per annum rate equivalent to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the weighted average cost (as determined by the related Administrator and including incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Conduit Lender, other borrowings by such Conduit Lender (other than under any Program Support Agreement) and any other costs associated with the issuance of Commercial Paper, including dealer fees and placement agent commissions) of or related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that are allocated, in whole or in part, by such Conduit Lender or its Administrator to fund or maintain such Portion of Advances (and which may be also allocated in part to the funding of other assets of such Conduit Lender); provided that if any component of such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “ CP Rate ” for such Portion of Advances for such Interest Period, such Conduit Lender shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum .

Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, among Parent, Bank of America, National Association, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders and as in effect on Closing Date together with all amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereto that are in effect on the Closing Date or adopted from time to time thereafter to the extent not prohibited under the Related Documents, and any refinancings, replacements or refundings thereof that (a) are agreed to by the Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders or (b) (i) have terms and conditions no less favorable (as determined by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment) to the Administrative Agent or any Lender than the terms and conditions of the existing Credit Agreement and (ii) with respect to which an intercreditor agreement having terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is in full force and effect.

Credit and Collection Policies ” shall mean the written credit, collection, customer relations and service policies of the Originators in effect on the Closing Date and attached as Exhibit A to the Funding Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified with the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders.

Daily Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a)  of Annex 5.02(a) to the Funding Agreement.

Debt ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services payment for which is deferred more than 90 days, but excluding obligations to trade

 

11    Annex X


creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by more than 90 days unless being contested in good faith, (b) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and surety bonds, whether or not matured, (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations, (f) all obligations of such Person under commodity purchase or option agreements or other commodity price hedging arrangements, in each case whether contingent or matured, (g) all obligations of such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from fluctuations in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether contingent or matured, (h) all liabilities of such Person under Title IV of ERISA, (i) all Guaranteed Indebtedness of such Person, (j) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a)  through (i)  above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property or other assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, (k) all “Indebtedness” as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement, (1) all “Loans” and other obligations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement (which shall only be Debt of the Parent, its Subsidiaries and any Person who guarantees such Debt), and (m) the Borrower Obligations.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, or similar laws affecting the rights, remedies, or recourse of creditors generally, including the Bankruptcy Code and all amendments thereto, as are in effect from time to time.

Default Rate ” means, for any period, the applicable Base Rate for such period plus the Applicable Margin.

Default Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(a) the sum of (without duplication) (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables during the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date and (ii) with respect to any Obligor that, during the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date, became (A) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (B) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency proceeding, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables owing by such Obligor that were owing by such Obligor before such Obligor became (x) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (y) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency,

to

(b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables originated during the Settlement Period which ended three (3) months prior to the last day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

12    Annex X


Default Trigger Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Defaulted Receivables as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date;

to

(b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables originated during the fourth, fifth and sixth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

Defaulted Receivable ” shall mean any Transferred Receivable (a) with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid from 91 to 120 days after its Billing Date, (b) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder is a BK Obligor or (c) that otherwise has been or should be written off in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid from 61 to 90 days after its Billing Date

to

(b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables originated during the Settlement Period which ended two (2) months prior to the last day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

Delinquency Trigger Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(c) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the three (3) Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid from 61 to 90 days after its Billing Date

to

(d) the aggregate Billed Amount for all Transferred Receivables originated during the second, third and fourth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

Dilution Factors ” shall mean, with respect to any Transferred Receivable, any portion of which (a) was reduced, canceled or written-off as a result of (i) any credits, rebates, freight charges, cash discounts, volume discounts, cooperative advertising

 

13    Annex X


expenses, royalty payments, warranties, cost of parts required to be maintained by agreement (either express or implied), allowances for early payment, warehouse and other allowances, defective, rejected, returned or repossessed merchandise or services, or any failure by any Originator to deliver any merchandise or services or otherwise perform under the underlying Contract or invoice, (ii) any change in or cancellation of any of the terms of the underlying Contract or invoice or any cash discount, rebate, retroactive price adjustment or any other adjustment by the applicable Originator which reduces the amount payable by the Obligor on the related Receivable, or (iii) any setoff in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction) or (b) is subject to any specific dispute, offset, counterclaim or defense whatsoever (except discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor thereof); provided that the Dilution Factors shall not be deemed to include any write-offs of Defaulted Receivables.

Dilution Horizon Factor ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Transferred Receivables originated during the two most recent Settlement Periods preceding such date divided by (y) the Net Receivables Balance as of the end of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

Dilution Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(a) the aggregate Dilution Factors for all Transferred Receivables during the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date

to

(b) the aggregate Billed Amount of all Transferred Receivables originated during the second Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

Dilution Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

DRR = (2.25 × ADR ) + [( HDR ADR ) × ( HDR ÷ ADR )] × DHF

where

 

  DRR =   the Dilution Reserve Ratio;
  ADR =   the average of the Dilution Ratios occurring during the twelve most recent calendar Settlement Periods preceding such date;
  HDR =   the highest Dilution Ratio occurring during the twelve most recent Settlement Periods preceding such date; and
  DHF =   the Dilution Horizon Factor.

 

14    Annex X


Dilution Trigger Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

(a) the aggregate Dilution Factors for all Transferred Receivables for the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date

to

(b) the aggregate Billed Amount for all Transferred Receivables originated during the second, third and fourth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

Discretionary Lenders ” shall mean the SMBC Discretionary Lender, the Bank of America Discretionary Lender and each other Person that shall become a party to the Funding Agreement in the capacity as a “Discretionary Lender”, and, in each case, successors and permitted assigns.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

Dynamic Advance Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a percentage equal to 100% minus the greater of (i) the Minimum Reserve Ratio and (ii) the sum of the Loss Reserve Ratio and the Dilution Reserve Ratio as of such date.

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.01 of the Funding Agreement.

Election Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of the Sale Agreement.

Eligible Receivable ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Transferred Receivable:

(a) (i) that is due and payable within 120 days after its Billing Date and (ii) with respect to which no payment or part thereof remains unpaid for more than 90 days after its Billing Date; provided further , for purposes of clarification, that any Transferred Receivable shall be deemed an Eligible Receivable within the first 90 days after its Billing Date subject to the remaining qualifications hereunder;

(b) that is not a liability of an Excluded Obligor or an Obligor with respect to which more than 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables owing by such Obligor are more than 90 days after its Billing Date;

(c) that is not a liability of an Obligor organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia but otherwise excluding its territories and possessions);

(d) that is denominated and payable in Dollars in the United States of America and is not represented by a note or other negotiable instrument or by chattel paper;

(e) that is not subject to any right of rescission, dispute, offset (including as a result of customer promotional allowances, discounts, rebates, or claims for damages), hold back defense, adverse claim or other claim (with only the portion of any such

 

15    Annex X


Receivable subject to any such right of rescission, dispute, offset (including as a result of customer promotional allowances, discounts, rebates, or claims for damages), hold back defense, adverse claim or other claim being considered an Ineligible Receivable by virtue of this clause (e) ), whether arising out of transactions concerning the Contract therefor or otherwise;

(f) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder is not a BK Obligor;

(g) that is not an Unapproved Receivable;

(h) that does not represent “billed but not yet shipped” goods or merchandise, partially performed or unperformed services, consigned goods or “sale or return” goods and does not arise from a transaction for which any additional performance by the Originator thereof, or acceptance by or other act of the Obligor thereunder, including any required submission of documentation, remains to be performed as a condition to any payments on such Receivable or the enforceability of such Receivable under applicable law;

(i) as to which the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.01(v)(ii) through (iv)  of the Sale Agreement are true and correct in all respects as of the Transfer Date therefor;

(j) that is not the liability of an Obligor that has any claim of a material nature against or affecting the Originator thereof or the property of such Originator which gives rise to a right of set-off against such Receivable (with only that portion of Receivables owing by such Obligor equal to the amount of such claim being an Ineligible Receivable); provided that claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and are properly reflected in contra accounts on the books and records of the Originators, the Borrower and the Servicer shall not cause an otherwise Eligible Receivable to become ineligible under this clause (j)  but shall instead cause a reduction in the Outstanding Balance of such Eligible Receivables for all computational purposes under the Related Documents;

(k) that was originated in accordance with and satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policies;

(l) that represents the genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms (and which, for the avoidance of doubt, is not in any way a limited obligation of the related Obligor (e.g., limited to collections received by such Obligor from its own accounts receivable));

(m) that is entitled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Contract therefor and has not been paid in full or been compromised, adjusted, extended, reduced, satisfied, subordinated, rescinded or modified (except for adjustments to the Outstanding Balance thereof to reflect Dilution Factors made in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies);

(n) that does not contravene in any material respect any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, consumer protection, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no party to the Contract therefor is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation that, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the collectibility, value or payment terms of such Receivable;

 

16    Annex X


(o) with respect to which no proceedings or investigations are pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of such Receivable or the Contract therefor, (ii) asserting the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Obligor thereunder; unless, in the case of a bankruptcy proceeding, the applicable Originator has been designated as a “critical vendor” and the Obligor thereunder has obtained (A) in the case of any Receivable originated pre-petition, a final court order approving the payment of the pre-petition claims of such Originator on an administrative priority basis or (B) in the case of any Receivable originated post-petition, (1) a final court order approving the payment of the post-petition claims of such Originator on an administrative priority basis and (2) a debtor-in-possession financing facility and management of the applicable Originator reasonably believes that such financing will be available to pay the Receivables owing by such Obligor, and, in any such case, such Obligor has agreed post-petition to pay the Receivables owing by such Obligor on a current basis in accordance with its terms, (iii) seeking payment of such Receivable or payment and performance of such Contract or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of such Receivable or such Contract;

(p) (i) that is an “account” within the meaning of the UCC (or any other applicable legislation) of the jurisdictions in which the each of the Originators, the Parent and the Borrower are organized and in which chief executive offices of each of the Originators, the Parent and the Borrower are located and (ii) under the terms of the related Contract, the right to payment thereof may be freely assigned, including as a result of compliance with applicable law (or with respect to which, the prohibition on the assignment of rights to payment are made fully ineffective under applicable law);

(q) that is payable solely and directly to an Originator and not to any other Person (including any shipper of the merchandise or goods that gave rise to such Receivable), except to the extent that payment thereof may be made to a Lockbox or otherwise as directed pursuant to Article VI of the Funding Agreement;

(r) with respect to which all material consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the creation or assignment of such Receivable or the Contract therefor have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect (including approvals by the United States Government of the assignment of the Originator’s government contracts; provided that up to 5% of the Net Receivables Balance may be government contracts for which the Originator has not obtained the approvals of the United States Government);

(s) that is created through the provision of merchandise, goods or services by the Originator thereof in the ordinary course of its business;

 

17    Annex X


(t) that is not the liability of an Obligor that, under the terms of the Credit and Collection Policies, is receiving or should receive merchandise, goods or services on a “cash on delivery” basis;

(u) that does not constitute a rebilled amount arising from a deduction taken by an Obligor with respect to a previously arising Receivable;

(v) as to which the Borrower has a first priority perfected ownership interest and in which the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected security interest, in each case not subject to any Lien, right, claim, security interest or other interest of any other Person (other than, in the case of the Borrower, the Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties);

(w) to the extent such Transferred Receivable represents sales tax or a vendor pass-through payment, such portion of such Receivable shall not be an Eligible Receivable;

(x) that does not represent the balance owed by an Obligor on a Receivable in respect of which the Obligor has made partial payment;

(y) with respect to which no check, draft or other item of payment was previously received that was returned unpaid or otherwise;

(z) with respect to which, if such Receivable is a Financing Receivable, the Obligor under such Financing Receivable has entered into an intercreditor agreement with Bank of America, N.A., Synnex and Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the agent under the Credit Agreement;

(aa) that is not a Receivable of an Obligor with respect to which the Parent (or any Affiliate thereof) performs servicing duties as agent for such Obligor with respect to such Obligor’s own accounts receivable, if any portion of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable causes the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables in the Borrower Collateral to exceed 5% of the Net Receivables Balance;

(bb) that is not a Receivable the Obligor of which is Apptis Inc., except as expressly permitted in writing by the Requisite Lenders;

(cc) that do not arise under partially performed or unperformed Contracts for services or the delivery of goods or merchandise; and

(dd) that complies with such other criteria and requirements as the Administrative Agent in its reasonable credit judgment may from time to time specify to the Borrower or the Originator thereof upon not less than ten Business Days prior written notice.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

18    Annex X


ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Originator, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Originator, are treated as a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC.

ERISA Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Originator or any ERISA Affiliate, the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) any event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan unless the 30-day requirement with respect thereto has been waived pursuant to the regulations under Section 4043 of ERISA; (b) the withdrawal of any Originator or ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Originator or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (f) the failure by any Originator or ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions to a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within 30 days; (g) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of liability under Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (h) the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4241 of ERISA; or (i) the loss of a Qualified Plan’s qualification or tax exempt status.

ESOP ” means a Plan that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 4975(e)(7) of the IRC.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”). The LIBOR Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

Event of Bankruptcy ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) that such Person becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; (b) that any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; (c) that such Person institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or (d) that any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or (e) that any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding.

 

19    Annex X


Event of Servicer Termination ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01 of the Sale Agreement.

Excess Concentration Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor or on an aggregate basis by the Largest Obligor(s), as applicable, of one or more Transferred Receivables, as of any date of determination after giving effect to all Eligible Receivables transferred on such date, the amount by which (a) the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables owing by such Obligor or on an aggregate basis by the Largest Obligor(s), as applicable, exceeds (b)(i) the Concentration Percentage for such Obligor or the Largest Obligor(s), as applicable, on such date, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of such time of determination; provided that, in the case of Obligors which are Affiliates (including Affiliates of one or more Largest Obligors), the Excess Concentration Amount for such Obligor shall be calculated as if such Obligor and its Affiliates which are Obligors were one Obligor.

Excluded Obligor ” shall mean any Obligor (a) that is an Affiliate of any Originator, the Parent or the Borrower, or (b) that is designated as an Excluded Obligor by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Lenders, the Servicer and the Parent.

Excluded Receivable ” shall mean a Mexico Receivable or any Receivable originated or acquired by an Originator on or after the Effective Date and not transferred to Buyer prior to the Effective Date.

Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble of the Funding Agreement.

Existing Transfer Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble of the Sale Agreement.

Facility Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letters.

Facility Limit ” means at any time $357,000,000, as such amount may be adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Funding Agreement.

Facility Limit Reduction Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(a) of the Funding Agreement.

Facility Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) the date so designated pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Funding Agreement, (b) the Final Advance Date, and (c) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitment specified in a Facility Termination Notice.

Facility Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(b) of the Funding Agreement.

 

20    Annex X


Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the applicable Managing Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by it.

Federal Reserve Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Fee Letters ” shall mean (i) the Bank of America Fee Letter and (ii) the SMBC Fee Letter.

Fees ” shall mean any and all fees payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to the Funding Agreement or any other Related Document, including the Facility Fee.

Final Advance Date ” shall mean January 22, 2010, as such date may be extended with the consent of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

Financing Receivable ” shall mean a Receivable which evidences the obligation of an Obligor to pay the purchase price of merchandise, goods or services which are neither purchased nor deemed purchased by such Obligor but which were financed by such Obligor pursuant to a floorplan financing arrangement.

Funding Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, the Lenders, the Managing Agents, the Administrators, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent.

Funding Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Outstanding Principal Amount, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

Funding Excess ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the extent to which the Outstanding Principal Amount exceeds the Borrowing Base, in each case as disclosed in the most recently submitted Borrowing Base Certificate or Borrowing Request or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent based on Borrower Collateral information available to it, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Borrower Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Funding Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

21    Annex X


GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, consistently applied as such term is further defined in Section 2(a) of this Annex X .

General Trial Balance ” shall mean, with respect to any Originator and as of any date of determination, such Originator’s accounts receivable trial balance (whether in the form of a computer printout, magnetic tape or diskette) as of such date, listing Obligors and the Receivables owing by such Obligors as of such date together with the aged Outstanding Balances of such Receivables, in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Guaranteed Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation (“ primary obligation ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, including any obligation or arrangement of such Person to (a) purchase or repurchase any such primary obligation, (b) advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d) indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranteed Indebtedness at any time shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the lesser at such time of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranteed Indebtedness is incurred and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guaranteed Indebtedness; or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof.

Incipient Servicer Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Servicer Termination.

Incipient Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become a Termination Event.

Indemnified Amounts ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal).

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.01(a) of the Funding Agreement.

 

22    Annex X


Indemnified Taxes ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.08(h) of the Funding Agreement.

Ineligible Receivable ” shall mean any Receivable (or portion thereof) which fails to satisfy all of the requirements of an “Eligible Receivable” set forth in the definition thereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean each of (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009, entered into by and among Parent, the Originators from time to time party thereto, Borrower and Bank of America, in various capacities, (ii) that certain Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of February 12, 2007, entered into by Parent, the Originators from time to time party thereto, Borrower, General Electric Capital Corporation, in various capacities, IBM Canada Limited and IBM Credit LLC, and (iii) each other intercreditor agreement entered into from time to time by Parent, Borrower, Bank of America in various capacities, and other creditors.

Interest Component ” means, at any time of determination for any Conduit Lender, the aggregate Yield accrued and to accrue through the end of the current Interest Period for the Portion of Advances accruing Yield calculated by reference to the CP Rate at such time (determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by its Administrator).

Interest Period ” means (a) with respect to any Portion of Advances funded by the issuance of Commercial Paper, (i) initially the period commencing on (and including) the date of the initial funding of such Portion of Advances and ending on (and including) the last day of the current calendar month, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on (and including) the first day after the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for such Portion of Advances and ending on (and including) the last day of the current calendar month; (b) with respect to any Portion of Advances not funded by the issuance of Commercial Paper, (i) initially the period commencing on (and including) the date of the initial funding of such Portion of Advances and ending on (but excluding) the next following Settlement Date, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on (and including) a Settlement Date and ending on (but excluding) the next following Settlement Date; and (c) with respect to any Swing Line Advance, the period commencing on (and including) the date of the initial funding of such Swing Line Advance and ending on (but excluding) the day on which such Swing Line Advance is reimbursed or otherwise repaid in full; provided that:

 

  (a) any Interest Period with respect to any Portion of Advances (other than any Portion of Advances accruing Yield at the CP Rate) that would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if Yield in respect of such Interest Period is computed by reference to the LIBOR Rate, and such Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, and there is no subsequent Business Day in the same calendar month as such day, such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

23    Annex X


  (b) in the case of any Interest Period for any portion of Advance that commences before the Facility Termination Date and would otherwise end on a date occurring after the Facility Termination Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Facility Termination Date and the duration of each Interest Period which commences on or after the Facility Termination Date shall be of such duration as shall be selected by such Managing Agent; and

 

  (c) any Interest Period in respect of which Yield is computed by reference to the CP Rate may be terminated at the election of the applicable Managing Agent any time, in which case the Portion of Advances allocated to such terminated Interest Period shall be allocated to a new Interest Period commencing on (and including) the date of such termination and ending on (but excluding) the next following Settlement Date, and shall accrue Yield at the Alternate Rate.

Interest Reserve ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (i) 1.5, (ii) the Base Rate, (iii) the Outstanding Principal Amount and (iv) a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of (a) 30 and (b) the Receivables Collection Turnover as of the end of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date multiplied by 2, and the denominator of which is 360.

Investment Company Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. § § 80a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Borrower Account Collateral, the certificates, instruments, investment property or other investments in which amounts constituting such collateral are invested from time to time.

IRC ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

Largest Obligor(s) ” shall mean, for each Class of Obligor, the Obligor or Obligors with the largest aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of such time of determination (which may include one or more Special Obligors, as applicable), and the number of Largest Obligors for a particular Class of Obligor shall not exceed the number set forth in the “Number of Largest Obligors” column in the definition of “Concentration Percentage”.

Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble of the Funding Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swing Line Lender.

Lender Group ” shall mean each of the following groups:

 

  (a) the Bank of America Lender Group;

 

  (b) the SMBC Lender Group; and

 

24    Annex X


(c) for each additional Lender Group party to the Funding Agreement after the Closing Date, the applicable Conduit Lender, its Administrator, the applicable Managing Agent and the related Committed Lenders from time to time party hereto.

Lender Group Percentage ” means, for any Lender Group, the percentage equivalent (carried out to five decimal places) of a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Committed Lenders in that Lender Group and the denominator of which is the sum of such numerators for each of the Lender Groups.

LIBOR Business Day ” shall mean a Business Day on which banks in the city of London are generally open for interbank or foreign exchange transactions.

LIBOR Rate ” means, for any Interest Period, a rate per annum determined by the applicable Managing Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

 

LIBOR  Rate

 

=

               LIBOR Base Rate                            
      

1.00 – Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

  

Where,

LIBOR Base Rate ” means, for such Interest Period:

(i) the rate per annum (carried out to the fifth decimal place) equal to the rate determined by the applicable Managing Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Telerate Screen that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate (such page currently being page number 3750) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(ii) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding subsection (i)  does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall cease to be available, the rate per annum (carried to the fifth decimal place) equal to the rate determined by the applicable Managing Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(iii) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding subsections (i)  and (ii)  are not available, the rate per annum determined by the applicable Managing Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) in same day funds in the approximate amount of the applicable Portion of Advances to be funded by reference to the LIBOR Rate and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by its London Branch to major banks in the offshore dollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and

 

25    Annex X


LIBOR Rate Advance ” shall mean an Advance or portion thereof bearing interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

Litigation ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened against such Person before any court, board, commission, agency or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign government or of any agency or subdivision thereof or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators.

Lockbox ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(a)(ii) of the Funding Agreement, and references to any Lockbox shall be understood to be references to any lockbox accounts associated therewith and governed by the same Lockbox Agreement.

Lockbox Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among an Originator, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and a Lockbox Bank with respect to a Lockbox that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in such Lockbox are held by such Lockbox Bank as custodian for the Administrative Agent, (b) such Lockbox Bank has no right of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against such Lockbox, other than for payment of its services fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Lockbox and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (c) such Lockbox Bank agrees to forward all Collections received in such Lockbox to the Concentration Account within one Business Day of receipt and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Lockbox Bank ” shall mean any bank or other financial institution at which one or more Lockboxes are maintained.

Loss Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

LRR = LHF × ARR × 2.25

where

 

LRR =

  the Loss Reserve Ratio;

LHF =

  a Loss Horizon Factor equal to (x) the aggregate principal amount of Transferred Receivables originated during the three (3) most recent Settlement Periods preceding such date divided by (z) the Net Receivables Balance as of the end of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date; and

 

26    Annex X


ARR =

  the highest three-month rolling average of the Default Ratios occurring during the twelve most recent Settlement Periods.

MAFC Administrator ” shall mean Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation or an Affiliate thereof, as administrator for Manhattan Asset Funding Company.

Managing Agent ” means, with respect to any Lender Group, the Person acting as Managing Agent for such Lender Group and designated as such on the signature pages hereto or in any Assignment Agreement under the Funding Agreement, and each of its successors and assigns.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, or financial or other condition of (i) any Originator or the Originators considered as a whole, (ii) the Borrower, (iii) the Servicer or (iv) the Parent and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, (b) the ability of any Originator, the Borrower, the Parent or the Servicer to perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or the rights and remedies of the Borrower, the Managing Agents, the Lenders, SMBC-SI or the Administrative Agent under any Related Document, (d) the federal income tax attributes of the sale, contribution or pledge of the Transferred Receivables pursuant to any Related Document or (e) the Transferred Receivables (or collectibility thereof), the Contracts therefor, the Borrower Collateral (in each case, taken as a whole) or the ownership interests or Liens of the Borrower or the Lenders or the Administrative Agent thereon or the priority of such interests or Liens.

Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the due date for payment therefor specified in the Contract therefor, or, if no date is so specified, 30 days from the Billing Date.

Maximum Advances Outstanding ” means an amount equal to the Facility Limit divided by 1.02.

Mexico Receivables ” shall mean Receivables arising out of any of the following: (a) the Accounts Receivable Assignment Agreement dated as of February 28, 2006, among Corporative Lanix, S.A. de C.V., Alef Soluciones Integrales, S.A. de C.V. and Accesorios y Suministros Informáticos, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the “ Lanix Consortium ”), as assignors, Synnex Mexico and the Originator, as assignee, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (b) the Accounts Receivables Assignment Agreement dated as of December 5, 2005, among the Lanix Consortium, as assignors, Synnex Mexico and the Originator as assignee, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (c) the Multiannual Services Agreement (Contracto Multianual de Prestación de Servicios) number 62.PE.2005-2010, dated October 31, 2005, between the Lanix Consortium, as service providers, and the Ministry of Education (Secretaría de Educación Pública), a Ministry of the Federal Public Administration of México (the “ SEP ”), as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and (d) the Multiannual Services Agreement (Contracto Multianual de Prestación de Servicios) number 62.PE.2005-2010, dated October 31, 2005, between the Lanix Consortium, as service providers, and SEP, as the same may be amended, extended, replaced, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

27    Annex X


Minimum Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

MRR = ADR × DHF + CF

where

 

MRR =

  the Minimum Reserve Ratio;

ADR =

  the average of the Dilution Ratios occurring during the twelve most recent calendar Settlement Periods preceding such date;

DHF =

  the Dilution Horizon Factor; and

CF =

  a concentration factor equal to 22.5%.

Mitac Group ” shall mean any or all of Mitac International Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, Union Petrochemical Corp., a Taiwanese corporation and Synnex Technology International, a Taiwanese corporation.

Monthly Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a)  of Annex 5.02(a) to the Funding Agreement.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which any Originator or ERISA Affiliate is making, is obligated to make, or has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

Net Receivables Balance ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to:

 

  (a) the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables,

minus

 

  (b) the Excess Concentration Amount;

in each case as disclosed in the most recently submitted Borrowing Base Certificate or Borrowing Request or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent based on Borrower Collateral information available to it, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Borrower Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Funding Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

28    Annex X


Net Worth ” means as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Transferred Receivables at such time, over (b) the sum of (i) the Outstanding Principal Amount at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Subordinated Loans (including any Subordinated Loan proposed to be made on the date of determination).

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.07(c) of the Funding Agreement.

Non-Funding Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(e) of the Funding Agreement.

Notes ” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Notes and the Swing Line Note.

Obligor ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the Person primarily obligated to make payments in respect thereof.

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of such Person.

Official Body ” means any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not a part of government) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

Originator ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to the Sale Agreement.

Originator Support Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03 to the Sale Agreement made by Parent in favor of the Borrower.

Other Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(e) of the Funding Agreement.

Outstanding Balance ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, as of any date of determination, the amount (which amount shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the Billed Amount thereof, minus (b) all Collections received from the Obligor thereunder, minus (c) all discounts to, or any other modifications by, the Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer that reduce such Billed Amount; provided that if the Administrative Agent or the Servicer makes a good faith determination that all payments by such Obligor with respect to such Billed Amount have been made, the Outstanding Balance shall be zero.

Outstanding Principal Amount ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a) the aggregate Advances made by the Lenders under the Funding Agreement on or before such date, minus (b) the aggregate amounts disbursed to any Lender in reduction of the principal of such Advances pursuant to the Funding Agreement on or before such date and not

 

29    Annex X


required to be returned as preference payments or otherwise; provided that references to the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Lender shall mean an amount equal to (x) the aggregate Advances made by such Lender pursuant to the Funding Agreement on or before such date, minus (y) the aggregate amounts disbursed to such Lender in reduction of the principal of such Advances pursuant to the Funding Agreement on or before such date and not required to be returned as preference payments or otherwise.

Parent ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to the Sale Agreement.

Parent Group ” shall mean the Parent and each of its Affiliates other than the Borrower.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” shall mean a Plan described in Section 3(2) of ERISA.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean the following encumbrances: (a) Liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable; (b) pledges or deposits securing obligations under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security or public liability laws or similar legislation; (c) pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, government contracts, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or leases to which any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer is a party as lessee made in the ordinary course of business; (d) deposits securing statutory obligations of any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer; (e) inchoate and unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; (f) carriers’, warehousemen’s or other similar possessory Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; (g) deposits securing, or in lieu of, surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer is a party; (h) any judgment Lien not constituting a Termination Event under Section 8.01(g) of the Funding Agreement; (i) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 5.03(b) of the Funding Agreement; and (j) presently existing or hereinafter created Liens in favor of the Buyer, the Borrower, the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Funding Agreement and the Related Documents.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean any of the following:

(a) obligations of, or guaranteed as to the full and timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or obligations of any agency or instrumentality thereof if such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date acquired;

(b) repurchase agreements on obligations of the type specified in clause (a)  of this definition; provided that the short-term debt obligations of the party agreeing to repurchase are rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent by S&P and “P-1” or the equivalent by Moody’s;

(c) federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state, in each case with original maturities of not more

 

30    Annex X


than 90 days or, in the case of bankers’ acceptances, original maturities of not more than 365 days; provided that the short-term obligations of such depository institution or trust company are rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent by S&P and “P-1” or the equivalent by Moody’s;

(d) commercial paper of any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof with original maturities of not more than 180 days that on the date of acquisition are rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent by S&P and “P-1” or the equivalent by Moody’s; and

(e) securities of money market funds rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent by S&P and “P-1” or the equivalent by Moody’s.

Person ” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, trust, association, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ” shall mean, at any time during the preceding five years, an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, that any Originator or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any Originator or ERISA Affiliate.

Portion of Advances ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.06 of the Funding Agreement.

Power of Attorney ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.05 of the Sale Agreement or Section 9.03 of the Funding Agreement, as applicable.

Program Support Agreement ” means and includes, with respect to any Conduit Lender, any agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of the Conduit Lender (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Conduit Lender), the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which the Conduit Lender (or such related issuer) is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by the Conduit Lender (or such related issuer) to any Program Support Provider of the Borrower Obligation outstanding to such Conduit Lender (or portions thereof or participations therein) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to the Conduit Lender (or such related issuer) in connection with its commercial paper program, together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder.

Program Support Provider ” means and includes, with respect to any Conduit Lender, any Person now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, the Conduit Lender (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Conduit Lender) or issuing a letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with the Conduit Lender’s (or such related issuer’s) commercial paper program.

 

31    Annex X


Projections ” shall mean the Parent’s forecasted consolidated: (a) balance sheets; (b) profit and loss statements; and (c) cash flow statements consistent with the historical financial statements of the Parent, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Proposed Change ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.07(c) of the Funding Agreement.

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean with respect to all matters relating to any Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender), the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Commitment of that Lender by (ii) the Aggregate Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Funding Agreement; provided that if all of the Commitments are terminated pursuant to the terms of the Funding Agreement, then “Pro Rata Share” shall mean with respect to all matters relating to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the sum of (A) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Advances, plus (B) such Lender’s share of the obligations to purchase participations in Swing Line Loans and refinance Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(iii) and (iv)  of the Funding Agreement, by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount.

Qualified Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC.

Rate Type ” means the LIBOR Rate, the Base Rate or the CP Rate.

Rating Agency ” shall mean Moody’s or S&P.

Ratings ” means for any Discretionary Lender or any other Lender which requires such a “Rating” in connection with the Funding Agreement, the ratings by the Rating Agencies of such Person of the indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person.

Ratios ” shall mean, collectively, the Default Ratio, the Default Trigger Ratio, the Delinquency Ratio, the Dilution Ratio, the Dilution Reserve Ratio, the Dilution Trigger Ratio and the Receivables Collection Turnover.

Receivable ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor:

(a) indebtedness of such Obligor (whether constituting an account, chattel paper, document, instrument or general intangible (under which the Obligor’s principal obligation is a monetary obligation) and whether or not earned by performance) arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by an Originator, or other Person approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their sole discretion, to such Obligor (or in the case of a Financing Receivable, to a third party), including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto;

(b) all Liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, securing or purporting to secure any such indebtedness of such Obligor, whether pursuant to the related Contract or otherwise, together with all financing statements and other filings authorized by such Obligor relating thereto;

 

32    Annex X


(c) all guaranties, indemnities and warranties, insurance policies, financing statements, supporting obligations and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any such indebtedness, whether pursuant to the related Contract or otherwise;

(d) any Returned Goods and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods relating to any sale giving rise to such Receivable;

(e) all Collections with respect to any of the foregoing;

(f) all Records with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(g) all proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.

Receivables Assignment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) of the Sale Agreement.

Receivables Collection Turnover ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount (expressed in days) equal to:

(a) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to aggregate Collections received during such Settlement Period with respect to all Transferred Receivables,

multiplied by

(b) the number of days per period contained in such Settlement Period.

Receivables Collection Turnover Trigger ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount (expressed in days) equal to:

(a) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the three (3) Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to aggregate Collections received during such three (3) Settlement Periods with respect to all Transferred Receivables,

multiplied by

(b) the average number of days per period contained in such three (3) Settlement Periods.

Records ” shall mean all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including customer lists, credit files, computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by any Originator, the Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or the Borrower with respect to the Receivables and the Obligors thereunder and the Borrower Collateral.

 

33    Annex X


Refunded Swing Line Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b)(iii) of the Funding Agreement.

Regulatory Change ” shall mean any change after the Closing Date in any federal, state or foreign law, regulation (including Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board), pronouncement by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretation, directive or request under any federal, state or foreign law or regulation (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or any central bank or comparable agency, charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, including an Accounting Based Consolidation Event, that, in each case, is applicable to any Affected Party.

Rejected Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement.

Related Committed Lenders ” shall mean, with respect to any Discretionary Lender, the Committed Lenders in such Discretionary Lender’s Lender Group.

Related Documents ” shall mean each Account Agreement, each Lockbox Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement, the Revolving Notes, the Swing Line Note, each Receivables Assignment, the Subordinated Notes, each Originator Support Agreement, the Fee Letters and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in the Schedule of Documents and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Person, or any employee of any Person, and delivered in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby. Any reference in the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement or any other Related Document to a Related Document shall include all Appendices thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to such Related Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

Repayment Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(h) of the Funding Agreement.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA.

Required Capital Amount ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Loss Reserve Ratio times 1.25 times the Net Receivables Balance plus (b) the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables (other than Charge-Offs) on which any amount is unpaid more than 90 days past its Maturity Date plus (c) the sum of the Excess Concentration Amounts for the three Obligors with the largest aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables.

Requisite Lenders ” shall mean (a) two or more Lenders having in the aggregate more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the Aggregate Commitment, or (b) if the Commitments have been terminated, two or more Lenders having in the aggregate more than fifty-one percent (51%) aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount; provided that if at any time there is only one Lender party to the Funding Agreement, “Requisite Lenders” shall mean such Lender.

 

34    Annex X


Retiree Welfare Plan ” shall mean, at any time, a Welfare Plan that provides for continuing coverage or benefits for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after such participant’s termination of employment, other than continuation coverage provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the IRC and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant.

Returned Goods ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, all right, title and interest of any Originator, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as applicable, in and to returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods and/or merchandise, the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable.

Revolving Credit Advance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) of the Funding Agreement.

Revolving Note ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b) of the Funding Agreement.

Revolving Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the day immediately preceding the Facility Termination Date.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Sale ” shall mean, with respect to a sale of receivables under the Sale Agreement, a sale of Receivables by an Originator to the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Sale Agreement.

Sale Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among each Originator, the Servicer and the Borrower, as the Buyer thereunder.

Sale Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale of any Sold Receivable, a price calculated by the Borrower and approved from time to time by the Administrative Agent equal to:

(a) the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivable, minus

(b) a discount reflecting the expected costs to be incurred by the Borrower in financing the purchase of the Sold Receivables until the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivables is paid in full, minus

(c) a discount reflecting the portion of the Sold Receivables that is reasonably expected by such Originator on the Transfer Date to become Defaulted Receivables by reason of clause (b)  of the definition thereof, minus

 

35    Annex X


(d) a discount reflecting the portion of the Sold Receivables that is reasonably expected by such Originator on the Transfer Date to be reduced on account of Dilution Factors, minus

(e) amounts expected to be paid to the Servicer with respect to the servicing, administration and collection of the Sold Receivables;

provided that such calculations shall be determined based on the historical experience of (y) such Originator, with respect to the calculations required in each of clauses (c)  and (d)  above, and (z) the Borrower, with respect to the calculations required in clauses (b)  and (e)  above.

Schedule of Documents ” shall mean the schedule, including all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, listing certain documents and information to be delivered in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Funding Agreement and the other Related Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, substantially in the form attached as Annex Y to the Funding Agreement and the Sale Agreement.

Secured Parties ” means the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, each Managing Agent, each Administrator and each of the Program Support Providers; provided that a Program Support Provider shall only be a Secured Party hereunder if such Program Support Provider is both a Lender hereunder and a regulated banking institution.

Securities Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. Sections 77a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Securities Exchange Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. Sections 78a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Servicer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to the Sale Agreement.

Servicer Termination Notice ” shall mean any notice by the Administrative Agent to the Servicer that (a) an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and (b) the Servicer’s appointment under the Funding Agreement has been terminated.

Servicing Fee ” shall mean, for any day within a Settlement Period, the amount equal to (a) (i) the Servicing Fee Rate divided by (ii) 360, multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables on such day.

Servicing Fee Rate ” shall mean 1.00%.

Servicing Fee Reserve ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Servicing Fee Rate, (ii) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of (a) 30 and (b) the Receivables Collection Turnover as of the end of the Settlement Period immediately preceding such date multiplied by 2, and the denominator of which is 360.

 

36    Annex X


Servicing Officer ” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Transferred Receivables and whose name appears on any Officer’s Certificate listing servicing officers furnished to the Administrative Agent by the Servicer, as such certificate may be amended from time to time.

Servicing Records ” shall mean all Records prepared and maintained by the Servicer with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Obligors thereunder.

Settlement Date ” shall mean (i) the twelfth day of each calendar month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day), and (ii) from and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, any other day designated as such by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

Settlement Period ” shall mean (a) solely for purposes of determining the Ratios, (i) with respect to all Settlement Periods other than the final Settlement Period, each calendar month, whether occurring before or after the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Termination Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs, and (b) for all other purposes, (i) with respect to the initial Settlement Period, the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs, (ii) with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Termination Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs, and (iii) with respect to all other Settlement Periods, each calendar month.

SMBC Committed Lender ” shall mean Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and each other Lender party hereto from time to time as an “SMBC Committed Lender”.

SMBC Discretionary Lender ” shall mean Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and any Conduit Assignee thereof.

SMBC Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated the Closing Date, between the Parent, the Borrower, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and SMBC-SI.

SMBC Lender Group ” shall mean the MAFC Administrator, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Managing Agent, the SMBC Committed Lenders and the SMBC Discretionary Lenders.

SMBC-SI ” shall mean SMBC Securities, Inc., as representative on behalf of the SMBC Lender Group.

Sold Receivable ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b) of the Sale Agreement.

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its Debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Debts or

 

37    Annex X


liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such Debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as Litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Special Obligor ” shall mean one or more Class A Obligors, Class B Obligors, Class C Obligors or Class D Obligors whose “Individual Obligor Percentage” of Eligible Receivables (as specified in the definition of “Concentration Percentage”) is adjusted as permitted under the Funding Agreement to a percentage greater than such “Individual Obligor Percentage” of Eligible Receivables, which adjustment has been approved in writing as a Special Obligor by notice substantially in the form of Annex Z to the Funding Agreement, following a request by Synnex to the Administrative Agent. Any Lender may revoke Special Obligor status at any time. For the avoidance of doubt, Sun Microsystems constitutes a Special Obligor with an “Individual Obligor Percentage” of 7.5% and the status of which as a Special Obligor (i) shall be automatically revoked if Sun Microsystems’ rating falls below “BB” or “Ba2” by S&P or Moody’s, as applicable, and (ii) may be revoked by any Lender in its sole discretion upon written notice to the Servicer.

Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, member interests, general or limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act).

Stockholder ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, each holder of Stock of such Person.

Subordinated Loan ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.01(c) of the Sale Agreement.

Subordinated Note ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.01(c) of the Sale Agreement.

Sub-Servicer ” shall mean any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a Sub-Servicing Agreement.

Sub-Servicing Agreement ” shall mean any written contract entered into between the Servicer and any Sub-Servicer pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Sale Agreement relating to the servicing, administration or collection of the Transferred Receivables.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or (b) that is directly or indirectly controlled by such Person within the meaning of control under Section 15 of the Securities Act.

 

38    Annex X


Successor Servicer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.02 of the Sale Agreement.

Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses ” shall mean the fees and expenses payable to the Successor Servicer as agreed to by the Borrower, the Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent.

Swing Line Advance ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b)(i) of the Funding Agreement.

Swing Line Advance Margin ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Bank of America Fee Letter.

Swing Line Commitment ” shall mean, as to the Swing Line Lender, the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Advances pursuant to the terms of the Funding Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Swing Line Commitment is $7,500,000.

Swing Line Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of the Funding Agreement.

Swing Line Loan ” shall mean at any time, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances outstanding to the Borrower.

Swing Line Note ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b)(ii) of the Funding Agreement.

Synnex Canada Real Property Co. ” shall have the meaning set forth in Annex A to the Credit Agreement.

Synnex Mexico ” shall mean Synnex de Mexico S.A. de C.V., a Subsidiary of the Originator.

Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which (a) the Outstanding Principal Amount has been permanently reduced to zero, (b) all other Borrower Obligations under the Funding Agreement and the other Related Documents have been indefeasibly repaid in full and completely discharged and (c) the Facility Limit has been irrevocably reduced to zero in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(b) of the Funding Agreement.

Termination Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01 of the Funding Agreement.

Title IV Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and that any Originator or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

 

39    Annex X


Transaction Parties ” means the Originators, the Servicer and, if the Parent is not the Servicer, the Parent.

Transfer ” shall mean any Sale or contribution (or purported Sale or contribution) of Transferred Receivables by any Originator to the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Sale Agreement.

Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) of the Sale Agreement.

Transferred Receivable ” shall mean any Sold Receivable or Contributed Receivable; provided that any Receivable repurchased by an Originator thereof pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement shall not be deemed to be a Transferred Receivable from and after the date of such repurchase unless such Receivable has subsequently been repurchased by or contributed to the Borrower.

UCC ” shall mean, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in such jurisdiction.

Unapproved Receivable ” shall mean any receivable (a)(i) with respect to which the Originator’s customer relationship with the Obligor thereof arises as a result of the acquisition by such Originator of another Person, or (ii) that was originated in accordance with standards established by another Person acquired by an Originator, in each case, solely with respect to any such acquisitions that have not been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and then only for the period prior to any such approval, or (b) that constitutes a Mexico Receivable.

Underfunded Plan ” shall mean any Plan that has an Underfunding.

Underfunding ” shall mean, with respect to any Title IV Plan, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of all benefits under the Title IV Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund the Title IV Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the IRC) as of the most recent valuation date over (b) the fair market value of the assets of such Title IV Plan as of such valuation date.

Unfunded Pension Liability ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the present value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Title IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions for funding purposes in effect under such Title IV Plan, and (b) for a period of five years following a transaction that might reasonably be expected to be covered by Section 4069 of ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by any Originator or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

Unrelated Amounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.03 of the Sale Agreement.

 

40    Annex X


Weekly Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a) of Annex 5.02(a) to the Funding Agreement.

Welfare Plan ” means a Plan described in Section 3(i) of ERISA.

YC SUSI Administrator ” shall mean Bank of America or an Affiliate thereof, as administrative trustee for YC SUSI.

“Yield” means:

(i) for any Portion of Advances during any Interest Period to the extent a Conduit Lender funds such Portion of Advances through the issuance of Commercial Paper (directly or indirectly through a related commercial paper issuer),

 

CPR × I ×     D  
  360

(ii) for any Portion of Advances funded by a Committed Lender and for any Portion of Advances to the extent a Conduit Lender will not be funding such Portion of Advances through the issuance of Commercial Paper (directly or indirectly through a related commercial paper issuer),

 

AR × I ×     D  
  360

(iii) for any Swing Line Advance funded by a Swing Line Lender,

 

SLR × I ×     D  
  360

where

 

AR

  =    the Alternate Rate for such Portion of Advances for such Interest Period,

CPR

  =    the CP Rate for such Conduit Lender for such Portion of Advances for such Interest Period (as determined by the applicable Administrator on or prior to the fifth (5th) Business Day of the calendar month next following such Interest Period),

SLR

  =    the rate applicable to a Swing Line Advance equal to the sum of (i) the LIBOR Base Rate with a term equivalent to one month plus (ii) the Swing Line Advance Margin, determined as of the date such Swing Line Advance is made,

D

  =    the actual number of days during the applicable Interest Period, and

I

  =    the weighted average of such Portion of Advances or Swing Line Advance outstanding during such Interest Period;

 

41    Annex X


provided that no provision of this Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Yield in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law; provided further that at all times after the declaration or automatic occurrence of any Termination Event, Yield for all Portion of Advances shall be payable at the Default Rate; provided further that notwithstanding the forgoing, all computations of Yield based on the Base Rate shall be based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable; and provided further that the minimum Yield payable to the Swing Line Lender for each Swing Line Advance for any Interest Period shall be $1,000.

SECTION 2. Other Terms and Rules of Construction .

(a) Accounting Terms . Unless otherwise specifically provided therein, any accounting term used in any Related Document shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations thereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing.

(b) Other Terms . All other undefined terms contained in any of the Related Documents shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the UCC as in effect in the State of New York to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

(c) Rules of Construction . Unless otherwise specified, references in any Related Document or any of the Appendices thereto to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or clause as contained in such Related Document. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import used in any Related Document refer to such Related Document as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in such Related Document or any such annex, exhibit or schedule. Any reference to any amount on any date of determination means such amount as of the close of business on such date of determination. Any reference to or definition of any document, instrument or agreement shall, unless expressly noted otherwise, include the same as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Related Documents) or, in the case of Governmental Authorities, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations.

 

42    Annex X


(d) Rules of Construction for Determination of Ratios . The Ratios as of the last day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Closing Date shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and the underlying calculations for periods immediately preceding the Closing Date to be used in future calculations of the Ratios shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the form of Monthly Report. For purposes of calculating the Ratios, (i) averages shall be computed by rounding to the second decimal place and (ii) the Settlement Period in which the date of determination thereof occurs shall not be included in the computation thereof and the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date of determination shall be deemed to be the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Settlement Period in which such date of determination occurs.

 

43    Annex X


ANNEX Y

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


ANNEX Z

FINANCIAL TESTS

(a) Minimum Net Worth . Servicer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have a Net Worth, as of the Closing Date and as of the end of the fiscal quarter ending on November 30, 2005, of not less than $300,000,000. Thereafter, Servicer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have, as of the end of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year ending on and after November 30, 2006, a Net Worth at least equal to the sum of (i) the Net Worth required hereunder for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the positive net income of Servicer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such immediately preceding fiscal year plus (iii) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of any equity raised by or capital contributed to Servicer during such immediately preceding fiscal year.

(b) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Servicer, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, shall have for each Rolling Period from and after the Rolling Period ending in November 2008, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

Capitalized terms used in this Annex Z and not otherwise defined below shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Debt) by such Person during any measuring period for any fixed assets or improvements or for replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to be capitalized under GAAP; provided that “Capital Expenditures” shall exclude (A) the purchase price of up to $12,500,000 paid or to be paid by Canadian Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of Synnex Canada Real Property Co. ; (B) expenditures made with respect to property to the extent (and only to the extent) such expenditures are made from the proceeds of property insurance used to restore or replace property that has been the subject of a casualty event covered by such insurance; and (C) the aggregate amount of all expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Debt) for any fixed assets or improvements or for replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to be capitalized under GAAP made by Servicer and its Subsidiaries, with respect to (i) building a distribution facility in Olive Branch, Mississippi in an amount not to exceed $16 million, (ii) acquiring its Fremont, California headquarters in an amount not to exceed $13 million, and (iii) expenditures at its Greenville, South Carolina facility in an amount not to exceed $7 million; provided that (A) such expenditures under clause (i)  are made within 18 months of March 27, 2008, (B) such expenditures under clause (ii)  are made prior to December 31, 2009, (C) such expenditures under clause (iii)  are made prior to December 31, 2008, and (D) such expenditures under clauses (i)  and (ii)  shall be funded by the incurrence of Debt.

 

   Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement


EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal period, the amount equal to (a) consolidated net income of such Person for such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income (excluding any fee income characterized as interest income in accordance with GAAP and earned under any contracts entered into by the such Person or any such Subsidiary, or any reseller customer thereof, with any governmental authority of the United Mexican States), (ii) gain from extraordinary items for such period, (iii) any aggregate net gain (but not any aggregate net loss) during such period arising from the sale, exchange or other disposition of capital assets by such Person (including any fixed assets, whether tangible or intangible, all inventory sold in conjunction with the disposition of fixed assets and all securities), and (iv) any other non-cash gains that have been added in determining consolidated net income (including LIFO adjustments), in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication, plus (c) the sum of (i) any provision for income taxes, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) loss from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) the amount of non-cash charges (including depreciation, amortization and LIFO adjustments) for such period, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, and (vi) the amount of any deduction to consolidated net income as the result of any grant to any members of the management of such Person of any Stock, in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication. For purposes of this definition, the following items shall be excluded in determining consolidated net income of a Person: (A) the income (or deficit) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into, such Person or any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (B) the income (or deficit) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent any such income has actually been received by such Person in the form of cash dividends or distributions; (C) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation or requirement of law applicable to such Subsidiary; (D) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such period; (E) any write-up of any asset; (F) any net gain from the collection of the proceeds of life insurance policies; (G) any net gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Debt, of such Person, (H) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of its assets, any earnings of such successor prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, and (I) any deferred credit representing the excess of equity in any Subsidiary of such Person at the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary over the cost to such Person of the investment in such Subsidiary.

 

   Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Annex Z-2


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending on such date to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of Servicer, the sum of (a) cash Interest Expense during such period, plus (b) regularly scheduled payments of principal on Debt of Servicer and its Subsidiaries paid during such period (other than regularly scheduled payments or principal in respect of (i) Debt owing under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement), plus (c) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Servicer and its Subsidiaries during such period, plus (d) income tax expense during such period, plus (e) any dividend, return of capital or any other distribution in connection with its Stock.

Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of Servicer, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) of Servicer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, including amortization of original issue discount on any Debt and of all fees payable in connection with the incurrence of such Debt (to the extent included in interest expense), the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation.

Net Worth ” shall mean, as of any date, the excess of (a) the consolidated assets of Servicer and its Subsidiaries over (b) the consolidated liabilities of Servicer and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Rolling Period ” shall mean, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of Servicer, the immediately preceding four (4) fiscal quarters, including the fiscal quarter then ending.

(b) Rules of Construction . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Annex Z shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations thereunder shall be computed on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing. If any “Accounting Changes” (as defined below) occur and such changes result in a change in the calculation of the financial, standards or terms used in this Annex Z or elsewhere in the Related Documents, then the parties thereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of such Persons and their Subsidiaries shall be the same after giving effect to such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. “ Accounting Changes ” means (i) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions), and (ii) changes in accounting principles concurred in by the Borrower’s Independent

 

   Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Annex Z-3


Accounting Firm. In the event that the parties to this Agreement shall have agreed upon any such required amendment, then, after such amendment has been evidenced in writing and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained in this Annex Z shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If such parties cannot agree upon the required amendments within thirty (30) days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then all financial statements delivered and all calculations of financial tests and other standards and terms in accordance with the Related Documents shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying Accounting Change.

 

   Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

Annex Z-4

Exhibit 10.35

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

RECEIVABLES FUNDING AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 23, 2009

by and among

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Borrower,

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SIGNATORY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

as Lenders,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender, as Swing Line Lender and as Administrative Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
ARTICLE I.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    2

Section 1.01.

     Definitions    2

Section 1.02.

     Rules of Construction    2

Section 1.03.

     Amendment and Restatement    2
ARTICLE II.     AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF ADVANCES    2

Section 2.01.

     Advances    2

Section 2.02.

     Optional Changes in Facility Limit    5

Section 2.03.

     Procedures for Making Advances    6

Section 2.04.

     Pledge and Release of Transferred Receivables    8

Section 2.05.

     Facility Termination Date    9

Section 2.06.

     Interest, Charges    9

Section 2.07.

     Fees    9

Section 2.08.

     Application of Collections; Time and Method of Payments    10

Section 2.09.

     Capital Requirements; Additional Costs    13

Section 2.10.

     Breakage Costs    15
ARTICLE III.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    16

Section 3.01.

     Conditions to Effectiveness of Agreement    16

Section 3.02.

     Conditions Precedent to All Advances    17
ARTICLE IV.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    18

Section 4.01.

     Representations and Warranties of the Borrower    18
ARTICLE V.     GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER    28

Section 5.01.

     Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower    28

Section 5.02.

     Reporting Requirements of the Borrower    30

Section 5.03.

     Negative Covenants of the Borrower    31

Section 5.04.

     Supplemental Disclosure    33
ARTICLE VI.     ACCOUNTS    34

Section 6.01.

     Establishment of Accounts    34
ARTICLE VII.     GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS    37

Section 7.01.

     Borrower’s Grant of Security Interest    37

Section 7.02.

     Borrower’s Agreements    38

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page

Section 7.03.

     Delivery of Collateral    39

Section 7.04.

     Borrower Remains Liable    39

Section 7.05.

     Covenants of the Borrower Regarding the Borrower Collateral    39
ARTICLE VIII.     TERMINATION EVENTS    42

Section 8.01.

     Termination Events    42
ARTICLE IX.     REMEDIES    46

Section 9.01.

     Actions Upon Termination Event    46

Section 9.02.

     Exercise of Remedies    47

Section 9.03.

     Power of Attorney    47

Section 9.04.

     Continuing Security Interest    48
ARTICLE X.     INDEMNIFICATION    48

Section 10.01.

     Indemnities by the Borrower    48
ARTICLE XI.     ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    50

Section 11.01.

     Appointment and Authorization    50

Section 11.02.

     Delegation of Duties    50

Section 11.03.

     Liability of Administrative Agent and Managing Agents    50

Section 11.04.

     Reliance by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents    51

Section 11.05.

     Notice of Termination Event, Incipient Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer Termination Event    51

Section 11.06.

     Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information    52

Section 11.07.

     Indemnification    52

Section 11.08.

     Individual Capacity    53

Section 11.09.

     Resignation    53

Section 11.10.

     Payments by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents    54

Section 11.11.

     Setoff and Sharing of Payments    54
ARTICLE XII.     MISCELLANEOUS    55

Section 12.01.

     Notices    55

Section 12.02.

     Binding Effect; Assignability    55

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page

Section 12.03.

     Termination; Survival of Borrower Obligations Upon Facility Termination Date    59

Section 12.04.

     Costs, Expenses and Taxes    59

Section 12.05.

     Confidentiality    61

Section 12.06.

     Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement    62

Section 12.07.

     Amendments and Waivers    62

Section 12.08.

     No Waiver; Remedies    64

Section 12.09.

     GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    65

Section 12.10.

     Counterparts    66

Section 12.11.

     Severability    66

Section 12.12.

     Section Titles    66

Section 12.13.

     Further Assurances    67

Section 12.14.

     No Proceedings    67

Section 12.15.

     Limitation on Payments    67

Section 12.16.

     Limited Recourse    68

Section 12.17.

     Agreement Not to Petition    68
ARTICLE XIII.         68

Section 13.01.

     Assignment to Committed Lenders    68

Section 13.02.

     Downgrade of Committed Lender    70

Section 13.03.

     Extension of Final Advance Date; Non-Renewing Committed Lenders    72

Section 13.04.

     Replacement of Lender    72

 

-iii-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 2.01(a)(ii)    Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit 2.01(b)(ii)    Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit 2.02(a)    Form of Facility Limit Reduction Notice
Exhibit 2.02(b)    Form of Facility Termination Notice
Exhibit 2.03(a)    Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit 2.03(h)    Form of Repayment Notice
Exhibit 5.02(b)    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit 9.03    Form of Power of Attorney
Exhibit 12.02(b)    Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit A    Credit and Collection Policy
Schedule 4.01(b)    Jurisdiction of Organization/Organizational Number; Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names
Schedule 4.01(i)    Tax Matters/Borrower
Schedule 4.01(q)    Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Borrower
Schedule 5.01(b)    Trade Names/Borrower
Schedule 5.03(b)    Existing Liens
Schedule 6.01(a)    Agreed-Upon Procedures
Schedule 12.01    Notice Information
Annex 5.02(a)    Reporting Requirements of the Borrower (including Forms of Monthly Report, Weekly Report and Daily Report)
Annex W    Administrative Agent’s Account/Lenders’ Accounts
Annex X    Definitions and Interpretations
Annex Y    Schedule of Documents
Annex Z    Special Obligor Approval Notice


THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES FUNDING AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) (a) is entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, as a Committed Lender, MANHATTAN ASSET FUNDING COMPANY LLC and YC SUSI TRUST, as Discretionary Lenders, SMBC SECURITIES, INC., as Administrator for Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and as Managing Agent for the SMBC Lender Group, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (“ Bank of America ”), as a Committed Lender, as swing line lender (in such capacity, the “ Swing Line Lender ”), as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), as Administrator for YC SUSI Trust and as Managing Agent for the Bank of America Lender Group, and the financial institutions signatory hereto from time to time as lenders (together with the Committed Lenders and the Discretionary Lenders, the “ Lenders ”), and (b) amends and restates that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated February 12, 2007, among SIT Funding Corporation, as borrower, the financial institutions signatory thereto as lenders, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a lender, as swing line lender and as administrative agent (as heretofore amended, restated, supplemented and modified, the “ Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement ”).

RECITALS

A. The Borrower is a special purpose corporation, the sole shareholder of which is Parent.

B. The Borrower has been formed for the purpose of purchasing, or otherwise acquiring by capital contribution, Receivables of the Originators party to the Sale Agreement.

C. The Borrower intends to fund its purchases of the Receivables, in part, by borrowing Advances and pledging all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables as security therefor, and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders intend to make such Advances from time to time, as described herein.

D. General Electric Capital Corporation and Bank of America, N.A. have entered into that certain Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (the “ Assignment and Acceptance Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which General Electric Capital Corporation has assigned to Bank of America its rights as Lender, Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent under the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement and other Related Documents (as defined in the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement).

E. The Administrative Agent has been requested and is willing to act as administrative agent on behalf of each of the Lenders in connection with the making and financing of such Advances.


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

Section 1.02. Rules of Construction . For purposes of this Agreement, the rules of construction set forth in Annex X shall govern. All Appendices hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference and, taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement.

Section 1.03. Amendment and Restatement . Upon the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth herein, (a) the terms and provisions of the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement shall be amended, superseded and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement and, unless expressly stated to the contrary, each reference to the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement in any of the Related Documents or any other document, instrument or agreement delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is not intended to and shall not constitute a novation of the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement or the obligations and liabilities existing thereunder, (c) the commitment of each “Committed Purchaser” (as defined in the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement) that is a party to the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement shall, on the Effective Date, automatically be deemed restated or terminated and the only Commitments shall be those hereunder, (d) with respect to any date or time period occurring and ending prior to the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties to the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement shall be governed by the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents (as defined therein), and (e) with respect to any date or time period occurring and ending on or after the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by this Agreement and the other Related Documents (as defined herein).

ARTICLE II.

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF ADVANCES

Section 2.01. Advances .

(a) Revolving Credit Advances . (i) From and after the Effective Date and until the Facility Termination Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender and the Discretionary Lenders) severally agrees to make its Pro Rata Share of advances (each such advance hereunder, a “ Revolving Credit Advance ”) to the Borrower from time to time, subject to Section 2.01(c) . The Outstanding Principal Amount of all Revolving Credit Advances shall not at any time exceed the

 

2


Maximum Advances Outstanding and the Outstanding Principal Amount of Revolving Credit Advances made by each Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Maximum Advances Outstanding. The Outstanding Principal Amount of Revolving Credit Advances made by each Lender Group shall not exceed the aggregate Pro Rata Share (of the Committed Lenders in such Lender Group) of the Maximum Advances Outstanding. Except to the extent provided in Section 2.06(c) , no Lender shall make any Revolving Credit Advances if, after giving effect thereto, a Funding Excess would exist. The Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Advances hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(ii) The Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender) that makes a request therefor, a note to evidence the Revolving Credit Advances which may be made hereunder from time to time by such Lender. Each such note shall be (x) in the principal amount of the Pro Rata Share of the Maximum Advances Outstanding of the applicable Lender (or, in the case of a Discretionary Lender, in the principal amount of the aggregate Pro Rata Share (of the Committed Lenders in such Discretionary Lender’s Lender Group) of the Maximum Advances Outstanding, (y) dated as of the date of issuance thereof, and (z) substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(a)(ii) (each, a “ Revolving Note ”). Each Revolving Note shall represent the obligation of the Borrower to pay the amount of the applicable Lender’s portion of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount made to the Borrower, together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 2.06 . The Outstanding Principal Amount of Revolving Credit Advances and all other accrued and unpaid Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Facility Termination Date.

(b) Swing Line Advances . (i) From and after the Effective Date and until the second Business Day preceding the Facility Termination Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make advances (each such advance hereunder, a “ Swing Line Advance ”) to the Borrower from time to time; provided that no more than three (3) Swing Line Advances may be made in any single calendar month. The aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loan shall not at any time exceed the Swing Line Commitment. Under no circumstances shall the Borrower request the Swing Line Lender to make a Swing Line Advance if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loan would exceed the Swing Line Commitment. The Borrower shall not request the Swing Line Lender to make any Swing Line Advance, if after giving effect thereto, a Funding Excess would exist. The Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow Swing Line Advances hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received at least one Business Day’s prior written notice from the Lenders instructing it not to make a Swing Line Advance as a result of the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.01 or 3.02 , the Swing Line Lender shall, notwithstanding the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.01 or 3.02 , be entitled to fund such Swing Line Advance, and to have the Lenders make Revolving Credit Advances in accordance with Section 2.01(b)(iii) . The Borrower shall repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loan in full in immediately available funds on the Facility Termination Date.

 

3


(ii) The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Swing Line Lender a note to evidence the Swing Line Loan. Such note shall be in the principal amount of the Swing Line Commitment, dated the Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.01(b)(ii) (the “ Swing Line Note ”). The Swing Line Note shall represent the obligation of the Borrower to pay the Swing Line Loan, together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 2.06 . The Swing Line Loan and all other accrued and unpaid Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Facility Termination Date.

(iii) Each Committed Lender hereby agrees that if the Swing Line Lender funds any Swing Line Advance such Committed Lender shall reimburse (if the Discretionary Lender in such Committed Lender’s Lender Group does not otherwise reimburse) the Swing Line Lender such Committed Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan (the “ Refunded Swing Line Loan ”) and any such reimbursement of the Swing Line Lender shall constitute a Revolving Credit Advance hereunder. Regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied, each Committed Lender (or its applicable Discretionary Lender in accordance with Section 2.01(c) ) shall disburse directly to the Administrative Agent, its Pro Rata Share of a Revolving Credit Advance on behalf of the Swing Line Lender, prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time), in immediately available funds on the Business Day next succeeding the date on which the applicable Swing Line Loan was made (as set forth in the related Borrowing Request for such Swing Line Loan); provided that (i) no Lender shall be required to make such a Revolving Credit Advance if, after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender’s Lender Group would exceed the aggregate Pro Rata Share (of the Committed Lenders in such Lender Group) of the Maximum Advances Outstanding, (ii) no Lender shall be required to make such a Revolving Credit Advance if, after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender would exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Maximum Advances Outstanding and (iii) no Lender shall be required to make such a Revolving Credit Advance after the Final Advance Date. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately paid to the Swing Line Lender and applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loan.

(iv) Each Committed Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances in accordance with Section 2.01(b)(iii) shall, except to the extent described in the proviso set forth in the second to last sentence of Section 2.01(b)(iii) , be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event; (C) any inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement at any time; or (D) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Committed Lender does not make available to the Administrative Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount required pursuant to

 

4


Section 2.01(b)(iii) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Committed Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full at the Federal Funds Rate for the first two Business Days and at the Base Rate thereafter.

(c) Discretionary Lenders . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Related Document to the contrary, no Discretionary Lender shall have any commitment hereunder and may fund Advances and refinance Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(iii) of this Agreement hereunder solely in its own discretion. If a Discretionary Lender does not elect to fund an Advance, the related Committed Lenders in such Discretionary Lender’s Lender Group shall fund in its stead subject to the conditions set forth herein. While it is the intent of each Discretionary Lender to fund each requested Advance through the issuance of Commercial Paper, the parties acknowledge that if any such Discretionary Lender is unable, or determines that it is undesirable, to issue Commercial Paper to fund all or any portion of the Advances, or is unable to repay such Commercial Paper upon the maturity thereof such Discretionary Lender may put all or any portion of its Advances to its Program Support Providers at any time pursuant to the Program Support Agreement or to its Committed Lenders pursuant to Article XIII .

Section 2.02. Optional Changes in Facility Limit .

(a) Partial Reduction of Facility Limit . So long as no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, not more than twice during each calendar year, permanently reduce in part the Facility Limit; provided that (i) the Borrower shall give ten Business Days’ prior written notice of any such reduction to the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02(a) (each such notice, a “ Facility Limit Reduction Notice ”), (ii) any such partial reduction of the Facility Limit shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and (iii) no such partial reduction shall reduce the Facility Limit below the greater of (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount at such time and (y) $204,000,000. Any such partial reduction in the Facility Limit shall result in (i) a concurrent reduction in the Maximum Advances Outstanding and (ii) a reduction in each Committed Lender’s Commitment in an amount equal to such Committed Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which the Aggregate Commitment is being reduced.

(b) Facility Termination . The Borrower may, at any time, on at least 30 days’ prior written notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent, terminate the facility provided in this Article II by irrevocably reducing the Facility Limit to zero; provided that (i) such notice of termination shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02(b) (the “ Facility Termination Notice ”), (ii) the Borrower shall reduce the aggregate outstanding amount of Advances to zero, and make all payments required by Section 2.03(h) at the time and in the manner specified therein and (iii) the Borrower shall pay any amounts owed under Section 2.02(d) in connection therewith. Upon such termination, the Borrower’s right to request that (1) any Lender make Revolving Credit Advances or (2) the Swing Line Lender make Swing Line Advances hereunder shall in each case simultaneously terminate and the Facility Termination Date shall automatically occur.

 

5


(c) Notices . Each Facility Termination Notice and Facility Limit Reduction Notice shall be irrevocable and shall be effective (i) on the day of receipt if received by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day and (ii) on the immediately succeeding Business Day if received by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents after such time on such Business Day or if any such notice is received on a day other than a Business Day (regardless of the time of day such notice is received). Each Facility Termination Notice or Facility Limit Reduction Notice shall specify, respectively, the amount of, or the amount of the proposed reduction in, the Facility Limit.

Section 2.03. Procedures for Making Advances .

(a) Borrowing Requests . Except as provided in Section 2.06(c) , each Borrowing shall be made upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Managing Agent) in the manner provided herein. Any such notice must be in writing and (i) in the case of a Revolving Credit Advance, received no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day preceding the Business Day of the Proposed Advance Date set forth therein and (ii) in the case of a Swing Line Advance, received no later than 12:00 noon (New York time) on the Business Day of the proposed Advance Date set forth therein. Each such notice (a “ Borrowing Request ”) shall (i) be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03(a) , (ii) be irrevocable and (iii) specify the amount of the requested Borrowing (which shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess of $1,000,000) and the proposed Advance Date (which shall be a Business Day), and shall include such other information as may be required by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower, and the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense incurred by such Lender, either directly or indirectly (including, in the case of any Conduit Lender, through a Program Support Agreement) as a result of any failure by the Borrower to complete such borrowing, including any loss (including loss of profit) or expense incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender, either directly or indirectly (including, in the case of any Conduit Lender, pursuant to a Program Support Agreement) by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds acquired by such Lender (or the applicable Program Support Provider(s)) (including funds obtained by issuing commercial paper or promissory notes or obtaining deposits or loans from third parties) in order to fund such borrowing.

(b) Advances; Payments . The Administrative Agent shall, promptly after receipt of a Borrowing Request and in any event prior to (I) 4:00 p.m. (New York time), in the case of a Revolving Credit Advance and (II) 2:00 p.m. (New York time) in the case of a Swing Line Advance, in each case on the date such Borrowing Request is deemed received, by telecopy, telephone or other similar form of communication notify each Managing Agent and the Swing Line Lender of its receipt of such Borrowing Request, and the applicable Lenders shall make the amount of such applicable Advance available to the Administrative Agent in same day funds by wire transfer to the Agent Account not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the requested Advance Date. After receipt of such wire transfers (or, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , before receipt of such wire transfers), subject to the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall make available to the Borrower by deposit into the Borrower Account on the Advance Date therefor, the amount of the requested Borrowing.

 

6


(c) Availability of Lenders’ Advances . The Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender) will make its Pro Rata Share of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Advances available to the Administrative Agent on each Advance Date. If the Administrative Agent has made available to the Borrower such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such Borrowing but such Pro Rata Share is not, in fact, paid to the Administrative Agent by such Lender when due, the Administrative Agent will be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Pro Rata Share forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately repay such amount to the Administrative Agent. Nothing in this Section 2.03(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Related Documents shall be deemed to require the Administrative Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment hereunder or to take any action that would prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. To the extent that the Administrative Agent advances funds to the Borrower on behalf of any Lender and is not reimbursed therefor on the same Business Day as such Revolving Credit Advance is made, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to retain for its account all interest accrued on such Revolving Credit Advance from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance to the date such Revolving Credit Advance is reimbursed by the applicable Lender.

(d) Return of Payments . (i) If the Administrative Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower and such related payment is not received by the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

(ii) If at any time any amount received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement must be returned to the Borrower or paid to any other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Related Document, the Administrative Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to the Administrative Agent on demand any portion of such amount that the Administrative Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as the Administrative Agent is required to pay to the Borrower or such other Person, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

(e) Non-Funding Lenders . The failure of any Lender (each such Lender, a “ Non-Funding Lender ”) to make any Revolving Credit Advance required to be made by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Lender, an “ Other Lender ”) of its obligations to make the Revolving Credit Advance required to be made by it, but neither any Other Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Revolving Credit Advance to be

 

7


made by such Non-Funding Lender. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Related Document or constitute a “ Lender ” (or be included in the calculation of “ Requisite Lenders ” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Related Document unless and until such Non-Funding Lender shall have cured in full its failures to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) [Reserved].

(h) Principal Repayments . (i) The Borrower may repay outstanding Advances hereunder in part on any Settlement Date or in full at any time; provided that (i) the Borrower shall give not less than one Business Day’s prior written notice of any such repayment to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Managing Agent) substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03(h) (each such notice, a “ Repayment Notice ”), (ii) each such notice shall be irrevocable, (iii) each such notice shall specify the amount of the requested repayment and the proposed date of such repayment (which shall be a Business Day), (iv) any such repayment shall be applied first to the Swing Line Loan until the Outstanding Principal Amount thereof has been reduced to zero, and second to the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, (v) each such repayment shall be deposited in the Agent Account and (vi) any such repayment must be accompanied by payment of (A) all interest accrued and unpaid on the portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Advances to be repaid through but excluding the date of such repayment and (B) the amounts required to be paid in accordance with Section 2.10 , if any. Any such notice of repayment must be received by the Administrative Agent no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the proposed repayment; provided further that the foregoing requirements shall not apply to repayment of the outstanding principal amount of Advances as a result of the application of Collections pursuant to Section 2.08 .

Section 2.04. Pledge and Release of Transferred Receivables .

(a) Pledge . The Borrower shall indicate in its Records that the Transferred Receivables have been pledged hereunder and that the Administrative Agent has a lien on and security interest in all such Transferred Receivables for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, hold all Contracts and other documents relating to such Transferred Receivables in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with their interests hereunder. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that its retention and possession of such Contracts and documents shall at all times be at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and in a custodial capacity for the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Secured Parties) benefit only.

(b) Repurchases of Transferred Receivables . If an Originator is required (or permitted) to repurchase Transferred Receivables from the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement, upon payment by such Originator to the Concentration Account of the applicable repurchase price thereof (which repurchase price shall not be less than an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivable, the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall release their liens on and security interests in the Transferred Receivables being so repurchased.

 

8


Section 2.05. Facility Termination Date . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Lender shall have any obligation to make any Advances from and after the Facility Termination Date.

Section 2.06. Interest, Charges .

(a) From time to time, for purposes of determining the Interest Periods applicable to the different portions of the Outstanding Principal Amount funded by its Lender Group and of calculating Yield with respect thereto, each Managing Agent shall allocate the Outstanding Principal Amount allocable to its Lender Group to one or more tranches (each a “ Portion of Advances ”). At any time, each Portion of Advances shall have only one Interest Period and one Rate Type.

(b) All outstanding Borrower Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of any Termination Event until such Termination Event is waived.

(c) The Administrative Agent is authorized to, and at its sole election may, charge to the Borrower as Revolving Credit Advances and cause to be paid all Fees, Rating Agency fees, expenses, charges, costs, interest and principal, other than principal of the Advances, owing by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents if and to the extent the Borrower fails to pay any such amounts as and when due, and any charges so made shall constitute part of the Outstanding Principal Amount hereunder even if such charges would cause the aggregate balance of the Outstanding Principal Amount to exceed the Borrowing Base.

Section 2.07. Fees .

(a) On the Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent Account, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as applicable, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter that are payable on the Effective Date.

(b) From and after the Closing Date, as additional compensation for the Lenders, the Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of such Lenders, monthly in arrears, on each Settlement Date, the Facility Fee by depositing such Facility Fee in the Agent Account. All computations of per annum fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed.

(c) On each Settlement Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Servicer or to the Successor Servicer, as applicable, the Servicing Fee or the Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses, respectively, in each case to the extent of available funds therefor pursuant to Section 2.08 .

 

9


Section 2.08. Application of Collections; Time and Method of Payments .

(a) Each Advance shall mature, and be payable, on the earlier of (i) the date funds are allocated to such Advance pursuant to clause (iv)  or (v)  of subsection (c)  below (and in such case only to the extent of the funds so allocated), and (ii) the Facility Termination Date (in which case such Advance shall be payable in full).

(b) On each Business Day, the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall allocate amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account on such day and not previously allocated under this subsection (b)  as follows, in the following order of priority:

(i) first , to be retained in the Concentration Account and paid in accordance with clause (i)  of the following subsection (c) , an amount equal to the aggregate Fees accrued and unpaid through such date and all unreimbursed expenses of the Administrative Agent which are reimbursable pursuant to the terms hereof;

(ii) second , to be retained in the Concentration Account and paid in accordance with clause (ii)  of the following subsection (c) , an amount equal to the aggregate Yield (which, in the case of Yield computed by reference to the CP Rate, shall be determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the applicable Administrator) with respect to all outstanding Advances then accrued and unpaid; provided that, at its option, the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) may elect to retain the aggregate Yield anticipated to accrue through the following Settlement Date (and not previously set aside) and, once so set aside, no additional funds need be set aside pursuant to this clause (ii)  unless in the interim any applicable Administrator provides an updated higher CP Rate;

(iii) third , if the Servicer has been replaced as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Servicer Termination and such Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Parent, to be deposited into the Concentration Account and paid in accordance with clause (iii)  of the following subsection (c) , an amount equal to the aggregate accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees through such date payable to such replacement Servicer;

(iv) fourth , to be retained in the Concentration Account and paid, pro rata , to the Persons entitled thereto, an amount equal to all outstanding Advances which are then due and payable;

(v) fifth , if any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.02 shall not be satisfied, all such remaining amounts not to exceed the Outstanding Principal Amount to be retained in the Concentration Account until paid in accordance with the following subsection (c)  or all such conditions are satisfied;

(vi) sixth , to be retained in the Concentration Account and paid in accordance with the applicable provisions of the following subsection (c) , an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all other accrued and unpaid Borrower Obligations which are then required to be paid according to such subsection, including the expenses of the Lenders reimbursable under Section 12.04 ; and

 

10


(vii) seventh , unless a Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any remaining amounts to be paid to the Borrower Account; provided that if a Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, such amounts shall remain in the Concentration Account.

(c) On each Settlement Date the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall withdraw amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account and pay such amounts as follows in the following order of priority:

(i) first , to the Agent Account, to the extent then due and payable, pro rata , to the payment of all Fees accrued and unpaid through such date and all unreimbursed expenses of the Administrative Agent which are reimbursable pursuant to the terms hereof;

(ii) second , to the Agent Account, to the payment of accrued and unpaid Yield which is then due and payable in respect of the applicable Advances, pro rata based upon amounts due;

(iii) third , if the Servicer has been replaced as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Servicer Termination and such Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Parent, to the payment of the aggregate accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees through such date payable to such replacement Servicer;

(iv) fourth , to the Agent Account, to the payment of any outstanding Advances then due and payable, pro rata ; provided that principal on Advances shall be applied in the following order, to the payment of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Advances, first , in respect of Swing Line Advances, and second , in respect of Revolving Credit Advances, pro rata ;

(v) fifth , if any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.02 shall not be satisfied, to the Agent Account, to the payment of the Outstanding Principal Amount of all other Advances, first , in respect of Swing Line Advances, and second , in respect of Revolving Credit Advances, together with amounts payable with respect thereto under Section 2.10 , if any, pro rata ;

(vi) sixth , to the extent then due and payable, pro rata , to the payment of all other obligations of the Borrower accrued and unpaid hereunder, including the expenses of the Lenders reimbursable under Section 12.04 ; and

(vii) seventh , to be paid to the Borrower Account.

(d) If and to the extent a Funding Excess exists on any Business Day, the Borrower shall retain an amount equal to the amount of such Funding Excess in the Concentration Account by no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day, which amount shall be applied by the Administrative Agent, first , in immediate repayment of the outstanding amount of Swing Line Advances, and second , if no Swing Line Advances are outstanding, in immediate repayment of the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Advances (together with amounts payable with respect thereto under Section 2.10 ).

 

11


(e) The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments received from or on behalf of the Borrower, and the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that any and all such payments shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Section 2.08 .

(f) All payments of principal of the Advances and all payments of interest, Fees and other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds. Any such payment becoming due on a day other than a Business Day shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day. Payments received at or prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on such Business Day. Payments received after 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day.

(g) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made in accordance with this Section 2.08 without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, Charges or withholdings, excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income, gross receipts or franchise taxes of any Affected Party by the jurisdictions under the laws of which such Affected Party is organized or by any political subdivisions thereof (such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, Charges and withholdings being “ Indemnified Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as much as shall be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.08 ) the Affected Party entitled to receive any such payment receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing or other authority in accordance with applicable law. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Indemnified Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify any Affected Party from and against, and, within ten days of demand therefor, pay any Affected Party for, the full amount of Indemnified Taxes (together with any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.08 ) paid by such Affected Party and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.

(h) Upon receipt of a notice in accordance with Section 7.03 of the Sale Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall, if such amounts have not been applied to the Borrower Obligations, segregate the Unrelated Amounts and the same shall not be deemed to constitute Collections on Transferred Receivables.

 

12


Section 2.09. Capital Requirements; Additional Costs .

(a) Capital Requirements . If any Affected Party shall have determined that, after the date hereof, the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi governmental) rule, regulation, guideline or order regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements or compliance by such Affected Party with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Official Body increases or would have the effect of increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be maintained by such Affected Party against commitments made by it under this Agreement or any other Related Document or Program Support Agreement and thereby reducing the rate of return on such Affected Party’s capital as a consequence of its commitments hereunder or thereunder, then the Borrower shall from time to time upon demand by the Administrative Agent pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Affected Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Party for such reduction together with interest thereon from the date of any such demand until payment in full at the applicable Base Rate. A certificate as to the amount of that reduction and showing the basis of the computation thereof submitted by the Affected Party to the Borrower shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto (absent manifest error) for all purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, any interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (including Interpretation No. 46: Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (or any future statement or interpretation issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto)) shall constitute an adoption, change, request or directive, and any implementation thereof shall be, subject to this Section 2.09(a) .

(b) Additional Costs . If, due to any Regulatory Change, there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Party of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any commitment hereunder or under any other Related Document or Program Support Agreement, including with respect to any Advances, or other Outstanding Principal Amount, or any reduction in any amount receivable by such Affected Party hereunder or thereunder, including with respect to any Advances, or other Outstanding Principal Amount (any such increase in cost or reduction in amounts receivable are hereinafter referred to as “ Additional Costs ”), then the Borrower shall, from time to time upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Affected Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Party for such Additional Costs together with interest thereon from the date demanded until payment in full thereof at the applicable Base Rate. Each Affected Party agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it becomes aware of any circumstance referred to above that would result in any such Additional Costs, it shall, to the extent not inconsistent with its internal policies of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs and expenses incurred by it and payable to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.09(b) .

(c) Determination Binding . Determinations by any Affected Party for purposes of this Section 2.09 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making, funding or maintaining any commitments hereunder or under any other Related Documents or on amounts payable to it hereunder or thereunder or of the additional amounts required to compensate such Affected Party in respect of any Additional Costs shall be set forth in a written notice to the Borrower in reasonable detail and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Borrower (absent manifest error) for all purposes.

 

13


(d) LIBOR Rate Protection; Illegality . (i) If any Managing Agent is unable to obtain on a timely basis the information necessary to determine the LIBOR Rate for any proposed Interest Period, then

(A) such Managing Agent shall forthwith notify its Conduit Lender or Committed Lenders, as applicable, and the Borrower that the LIBOR Rate cannot be determined for such Interest Period, and

(B) while such circumstances exist, none of such Conduit Lender, such Committed Lenders or such Managing Agent shall allocate any Portion of Advances with respect to Advances made during such period or reallocate any Portion of Advances allocated to any then existing Interest Period ending during such period, to an Interest Period with respect to which Yield is calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

(ii) If, with respect to any outstanding Interest Period, a Conduit Lender or any Committed Lender on behalf of which a Managing Agent holds any Portion of Advances notifies such Managing Agent that it is unable to obtain matching deposits in the London interbank market to fund its purchase or maintenance of such Portion of Advances or that the LIBOR Rate applicable to such Portion of Advances will not adequately reflect the cost to the Person of funding or maintaining such Portion of Advances for such Interest Period, then (A) such Managing Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and (B) upon such notice and thereafter while such circumstances exist none of such Managing Agent, such Conduit Lender or such Committed Lender, as applicable, shall allocate any other Portion of Advances with respect to Investments made during such period or reallocate any Portion of Advances allocated to any Interest Period ending during such period, to an Interest Period with respect to which Yield is calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Conduit Lender or any of the Committed Lenders, as applicable, shall notify their respective Managing Agent that such Person has determined (or has been notified by any Program Support Provider) that the introduction after the Closing Date of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law makes it unlawful (either for such Conduit Lender, such Committed Lender or such Program Support Provider, as applicable), or any central bank or other Official Body asserts that it is unlawful for such Conduit Lender, such Committed Lender or such Program Support Provider, as applicable, to fund the purchases or maintenance of any Portion of Advances accruing Yield calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate, then (A) as of the effective date of such notice from such Person to its Managing Agent, the obligation or ability of such Conduit Lender or such Committed Lender, as applicable, to fund the making or maintenance of any Portion of Advances accruing Yield calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended until such Person notifies its Managing Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and (B) each Portion of Advances made or

 

14


maintained by such Person shall either (1) if such Person may lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Advances accruing Yield calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate until the last day of the applicable Interest Period, be reallocated on the last day of such Interest Period to another Interest Period and shall accrue Yield calculated by reference to the Base Rate or (2) if such Person shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Advances accruing Yield calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate until the end of the applicable Interest Period, such Person’s share of such Portion of Advances allocated to such Interest Period shall be deemed to accrue Yield at the Base Rate from the effective date of such notice until the end of such Interest Period.

(e) Replacement of the Lenders . Upon any Lender’s making a claim for compensation under Section 2.09 , the Borrowers may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 13.04 .

Section 2.10. Breakage Costs . (a) If (i) any LIBOR Rate Advances are, except by reason of the requirements in Section 2.03(c) , repaid in whole or in part on any date other than a Settlement Date (whether that repayment is made pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement or any other Related Document or is the result of acceleration, by operation of law or otherwise); (ii) the Borrower shall default in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any LIBOR Rate Advance; (iii) the Borrower shall default in making any borrowing of LIBOR Rate Advances after the Borrower has given notice requesting the same in accordance herewith (including any failure to satisfy conditions precedent to the making of any LIBOR Rate Advances); or (iv) the Borrower shall fail to make any prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Advance after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance herewith, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each applicable Lender or Program Support Provider from and against all losses, costs and expenses resulting from or arising from any of the foregoing (any such loss, cost or expense, “ Breakage Costs ”). Such indemnification shall include any loss (including loss of margin) or expense arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it or from fees payable to terminate deposits from which such funds were obtained (if any). For the purpose of calculating amounts payable under this subsection, each Lender shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant LIBOR Rate Advance through the purchase of a deposit bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that LIBOR Rate Advance; provided that each such Lender may fund each of its LIBOR Rate Advances in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the calculation of amounts payable under this subsection. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Revolving Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder. The determination by any Lender of the amount of any such loss or expense shall be set forth in a written notice to the Borrower in reasonable detail and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Borrower (absent manifest error) for all purposes.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay the Managing Agents for the account of the Conduit Lenders, as applicable, on demand, such amount or amounts as shall compensate the Conduit Lenders for any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Conduit Lenders (as reasonably determined by its Managing Agent) as a result of any reduction of any Advance other than on the maturity date of the Commercial Paper (or other financing source) funding such Advance, such compensation to be (i) limited to an amount equal to any loss or expense suffered by the Conduit Lenders (other than any loss of margin above the applicable cost of funds)

 

15


during the period from the date of receipt of such repayment to (but excluding) the maturity date of such Commercial Paper (or other financing source) and (ii) net of the income, if any, received by the recipient of such reductions from investing the proceeds of such reductions of such Advance. The determination by any Managing Agent of the amount of any such loss or expense shall be set forth in a written notice to the Borrower in reasonable detail and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

ARTICLE III.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.01. Conditions to Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall not be effective until the date on which each of the following conditions have been satisfied, in the sole discretion of, or waived in writing by, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent (such date, the “ Effective Date ”):

(a) Funding Agreement; Other Related Documents . This Agreement, the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Related Documents shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, the parties thereto and the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent shall request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all those listed in the Schedule of Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent.

(b) Governmental Approvals . The Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Borrower, the Servicer and the Originators have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons, including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from each of the Borrower and the Servicer in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

(c) Compliance with Laws . The Borrower and the Transaction Parties shall be in compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those specifically referenced in Section 5.01(a) , except to the extent noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Payment of Fees . The Borrower shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it on the Effective Date, including all fees required hereunder and under the Fee Letter, and shall have reimbursed the Administrative Agent, the Bank of America Lender Group and SMBC Lender Group for (i) all Rating Agency fees and (ii) all other reasonable fees, costs and expenses of closing the transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Related Documents, including the Administrative Agent’s, Bank of America Lender Group’s and SMBC Lender Group’s legal and audit expenses, and other document preparation costs.

 

16


(e) Representations and Warranties . Each representation and warranty by the Borrower and each Transaction Party contained herein and in each other Related Document shall be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

(f) No Termination Event . No Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event hereunder or any “Event of Default” or “Default” (each as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result after giving effect to any of the transactions contemplated on the Closing Date.

(g) Audit . The Administrative Agent shall have completed a prefunding audit of the Receivables as of the Closing Date, the scope and results of which are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent in its sole discretion.

(h) Material Adverse Change . There will have been (i) no material adverse change individually or in the aggregate, (x) in the business, the industry in which the Parent or any Originator operates, the financial or other condition of the Parent, the Servicer, or any Originator, or (y) in the Transferred Receivables or Related Property, taken as a whole, (ii) no litigation commenced which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined, and if so determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Parent, the Borrower, the Servicer, the Originators, their business, or which would challenge the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, the Sale Agreement and the other Related Documents, and (iii) since the Parent’s last audited financial statements and except as otherwise disclosed in the financial projections provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Effective Date, no material increase in the liabilities, liquidated or contingent, of the Parent, the Servicer or the Originators, or material decrease in the assets of the Parent, the Servicer or the Originators.

(i) Waiver of Set-Off Rights . Each Originator shall have waived its rights of set-off with respect to the Transferred Receivables.

(j) Rating Agency Confirmations . The Administrative Agent shall have received such confirmations or assurances from the Rating Agencies deemed necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent, the Bank of America Lender Group and the SMBC Lender Group.

(k) Due Diligence . Representatives of the Managing Agents shall have successfully completed an on-site due diligence visit of the Parent as set forth in Section 5.01(h) .

(l) Agreed Upon Procedures . Representatives of Bank of America shall have successfully completed a third-party, agreed upon procedures audit conducted in accordance with the Agreed-Upon Procedures.

Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to All Advances . No Lender shall be obligated to make any Advances hereunder (including the initial Advances but excluding Advances made pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(iii) or Section 2.06(c) ) on any date if, as of the date thereof:

 

17


(a) any representation or warranty of the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator contained herein or in any of the other Related Documents shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of such date, either before or after giving effect to the Advances to be made on such date and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(b) any event shall have occurred, or would result from the making of such Advances or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes an Incipient Termination Event, a Termination Event, an Incipient Servicer Termination Event or an Event of Servicer Termination;

(c) the Facility Termination Date shall have occurred;

(d) either before or after giving effect to such Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, a Funding Excess would exist;

(e) any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer shall fail to have taken such other action, including delivery of approvals, consents, opinions, documents and instruments to the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent, as any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, either Rating Agency, may reasonably request;

(f) on or prior to such date, the Borrower or the Servicer shall have failed to deliver any Monthly Report, Weekly Report, Daily Report or Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered in accordance with Section 5.02 hereof or the Sale Agreement and such failure shall be continuing; or

(g) the Administrative Agent shall have determined that any event or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have or result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

The delivery by the Borrower of a Borrowing Request and the acceptance by the Borrower of the funds from the related Borrowing on any Advance Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Advance Date, a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions in this Section 3.02 have been satisfied.

ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . To induce each Lender to make Advances from time to time and the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent to take any action required to be performed by it hereunder, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to each Lender, each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent on the Effective Date and each Advance Date, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

18


(a) Existence; Compliance with Law . The Borrower (i) is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, is a “registered organization” as defined in the UCC of such jurisdiction and is not organized under the laws of any other jurisdiction; (ii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified (except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (iii) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage, operate and convey all of its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now or proposed to be conducted, and to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Documents to which it is a party and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; (iv) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct, (except where the failure to have such licenses, permits, consents or approvals or make such filings or give such notices would not have a Material Adverse Effect); (v) is in compliance with its certificate of incorporation and bylaws and other organizational documents; and (vi) is in compliance with all applicable provisions of law (except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect).

(b) Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN . The state of organization and the organization identification number of the Borrower and current location of the Borrower’s executive office, principal place of business, other offices, the premises within which any Borrower Collateral is stored or located are set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) and except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) , such locations have not changed during the preceding twelve months. In addition, Schedule 4.01(b) lists the federal employer identification number of the Borrower.

(c) Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party, and the creation and perfection of all Liens and ownership interests provided for herein and therein: (i) are within the Borrower’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other actions; (iii) do not contravene any provision of the Borrower’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) do not violate any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority; (v) do not contravene, or cause Borrower or Originator to be in default under, any contractual restriction contained in any indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note or other agreement or instrument binding on or affecting Borrower or Originator or its property; (vi) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the property of the Borrower or any Originator; and (vii) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those which have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Effective Date as provided in Section 3.01(b) . The exercise by each of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent of any of its rights and remedies under any Related Document to which it is a party do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date as provided in Section 3.01(b) . At or prior to the Effective Date, each of the Related Documents to which the Borrower is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by

 

19


the Borrower and each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to (A) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and (B) general equitable principles, whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity.

(d) No Litigation . No Litigation is now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower before any Governmental Authority which (i) challenges the Borrower’s right, power or competence to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or any action taken thereunder, (ii) seeks to prevent the transfer, sale, pledge or contribution of any Receivable or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the other Related Documents, or (iii) is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, would result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of Borrower, there does not exist a state of facts which is reasonably likely to give rise to such proceedings. Borrower is not a party to any consent decree.

(e) Solvency . After giving effect to the sale or contribution of Receivables and the Advances on such date and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Borrower is and will be Solvent.

(f) Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of the Borrower’s organization, no event has occurred with respect to the Borrower that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Ownership of Property; Liens . None of the properties and assets (including the Transferred Receivables) of the Borrower are subject to any Adverse Claims other than Permitted Encumbrances not attaching to Transferred Receivables, and there are no facts, circumstances or conditions known to the Borrower that may result in (i) with respect to the Transferred Receivables, any Adverse Claims (including Adverse Claims arising under environmental laws) and (ii) with respect to its other properties and assets, any Adverse Claims (including Adverse Claims arising under environmental laws) other than Permitted Encumbrances. The Borrower has received all assignments, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Receivables and its other properties and assets. No effective financing statement or other similar instrument are of record in any filing office listing the Borrower or any Originator as debtor and covering any of the Transferred Receivables or the other Borrower Collateral, and the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.01 are and will be at all times fully perfected first priority Liens in and to the Borrower Collateral.

(h) Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness . The Borrower has no Subsidiaries, and is not engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person or has any equity interest in any other Person. The Borrower has no Investments in any Person other than Permitted Investments. The Parent is the only shareholder of the Borrower. There are no outstanding rights to purchase stock, options, warrants or similar rights, agreements or plans pursuant to which the Borrower may be required to issue, sell, or purchase any Stock or other equity security. Other than the Subordinated Loans, the Borrower has no outstanding Debt.

 

20


(i) Taxes . All tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns (Form 1120-S), required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by the Borrower and all material tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns, required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by any Affiliate of the Borrower, have in each case been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges and other impositions shown thereon to be due and payable (other than Charges or other impositions which Borrower is diligently contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, in respect of which no final unappealable order has been made against Borrower, and with respect to which Borrower is maintaining adequate reserves under GAAP) have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof, or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid. Borrower has paid when due and payable all material Charges required to be paid by it. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Borrower or such Affiliate from its employees (as applicable) for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local and foreign law and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Schedule 4.01(i) sets forth those taxable years for which the Borrower’s or such Affiliates’ are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority and any assessments or threatened assessments in connection with any such audit or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described in Schedule 4.01(i) , neither the Borrower nor any such Affiliate has executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. Neither as of nor following the Effective Date have the Borrower or any of its Affiliates included in the Parent Group agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) Full Disclosure . No information contained in this Agreement, any Borrowing Base Certificate or any of the other Related Documents, or any other written statement or information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent relating to this Agreement, the Transferred Receivables or any of the other Related Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. All business plans and other forecasts and projections (including the Projections) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower and made available to any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent relating to the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of Borrower were prepared in good faith on the basis of the facts and assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, Borrower’s reasonable estimate of its plans, forecasts or projections, as applicable, based on the information available at the time (it being acknowledged that actual results may vary, and such variations may be material).

(k) ERISA . During the twelve-consecutive-month period prior to the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, no steps have been taken to terminate any Pension Plan, and no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan

 

21


sufficient to give rise to a lien under section 303(k) of ERISA. No condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan which could result in the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any material liability, fine or penalty.

(l) Brokers . No broker or finder acting on behalf of the Borrower was employed or utilized in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and the Borrower has no obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

(m) Margin Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin security,” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). The Borrower owns no Margin Stock, and no portion of the proceeds of the Advances made hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Debt that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any portion of such proceeds to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. The Borrower will not take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Related Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

(n) Nonapplicability of Bulk Sales Laws . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(o) Government Regulation . The Borrower is not (i) an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act or (ii) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or limits its ability to incur Debt or to perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Related Document. The making of Advances by the Lenders hereunder, the application of the proceeds thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents will not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(p) Nonconsolidation . The Borrower is operated in such a manner that the separate corporate existence of the Borrower, on the one hand, and any member of the Parent Group, on the other hand, would not be disregarded in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of any member of the Parent Group and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) the Borrower is a limited purpose corporation whose activities are restricted in its certificate of incorporation to those activities expressly permitted hereunder and under the other Related Documents and the Borrower has not engaged, and does not presently engage, in any business or other activity other than those activities expressly permitted hereunder and under the other Related Documents, nor has the Borrower entered into any agreement other than this Agreement, the other Related

 

22


Documents to which it is a party and, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, any other agreement necessary to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof or thereof;

(ii) the Borrower has duly appointed a board of directors and its business is managed solely by its own officers and directors, each of whom when acting for the Borrower shall be acting solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Borrower and not as an officer, director, employee or agent of any member of the Parent Group;

(iii)(A) Borrower shall compensate all consultants and agents directly or indirectly through reimbursement of the Parent, from its own funds, for services provided to the Borrower by such consultants and agents and, to the extent any consultant or agent of the Borrower is also an employee, consultant or agent of such member of the Parent Group on a basis which reflects the respective services rendered to the Borrower and such member of the Parent Group and in accordance with the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement and (B) Borrower shall not have any employees;

(iv) Borrower shall pay its own incidental administrative costs and expenses not covered under the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement from its own funds, and shall allocate all other shared overhead expenses (including telephone and other utility charges, the services of shared consultants and agents, and reasonable legal and auditing expenses) which are not reflected in the Servicing Fee, and other items of cost and expense shared between the Borrower and the Parent, pursuant to the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement, on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual use or the value of services rendered; except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, under the other Related Documents and under the Borrower’s organizational documents, no member of the Parent Group (A) pays the Borrower’s expenses, (B) guarantees the Borrower’s obligations, or (C) advances funds to the Borrower for the payment of expenses or otherwise;

(v) other than the purchase and acceptance through capital contribution of Transferred Receivables pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the acceptance of Subordinated Loans pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the payment of distributions and the return of capital to the Parent, the payment of Servicing Fees to the Servicer under the Sale Agreement and the transactions contemplated under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Borrower engages and has engaged in no intercorporate transactions with any member of the Parent Group;

(vi) the Borrower maintains records and books of account separate from that of each member of the Parent Group, holds regular meetings of its board of directors and otherwise observes corporate formalities;

(vii) (A) the financial statements (other than consolidated financial statements) and books and records of the Borrower and each member of the Parent Group reflect the separate existence of the Borrower and (B) the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Group shall contain disclosure to the effect that the Borrower’s assets are not available to the creditors of any member of the Parent Group;

 

23


(viii) (A) the Borrower maintains its assets separately from the assets of each member of the Parent Group (including through the maintenance of separate bank accounts and except for any Records to the extent necessary to assist the Servicer in connection with the servicing of the Transferred Receivables), (B) except as contemplated by the Administrative Services Agreement, the Borrower’s funds (including all money, checks and other cash proceeds) and assets, and records relating thereto, have not been and are not commingled with those of any member of the Parent Group and (C) the separate creditors of the Borrower will be entitled, on the winding-up of the Borrower, to be satisfied out of the Borrower’s assets prior to any value in the Borrower becoming available to the Parent;

(ix) all business correspondence and other communications of the Borrower are conducted in the Borrower’s own name, on its own stationery and through a separately-listed telephone number;

(x) the Borrower has and shall maintain separate office space from the offices of any member of the Parent Group and identify such office by a sign in its own name;

(xi) the Borrower shall respond to any inquiries with respect to ownership of a Transferred Receivable by stating that it is the owner of such Transferred Receivable, and that such Transferred Receivable is pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders;

(xii) the Borrower does not act as agent for any member of the Parent Group, but instead presents itself to the public as a legal entity separate from each such member and independently engaged in the business of purchasing and financing Receivables;

(xiii) the Borrower maintains at least two independent directors each of whom (A) is not a Stockholder, director, officer, employee or associate, or any relative of the foregoing, of any member of the Parent Group (other than the Borrower), all as provided in its certificate of incorporation, (B) has (1) prior experience as an independent director for an entity whose organizational documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (2) at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management, independent director services or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities, and (C) is otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and the retention arrangement with such independent directors requires them to consider the interests of Borrower;

 

24


(xiv) the bylaws or certificate of incorporation of the Borrower require the affirmative vote of each independent director before a voluntary petition under Section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code may be filed by the Borrower;

(xv) Borrower shall maintain (1) correct and complete books and records of account and (2) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its shareholders and board of directors;

(xvi) Borrower shall not hold out credit as being available to satisfy obligations of others;

(xvii) Borrower shall not acquire obligations or Stock of any member of the Parent Group;

(xviii) Borrower shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

(xix) Borrower shall maintain adequate capital; and

(xx) Borrower shall comply with each of the assumptions set forth in that certain legal opinion delivered by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP with respect to true sale and non-substantive consolidation matters.

(q) Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 4.01(q) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which the Borrower maintains deposit or other bank accounts as of the Closing Date, including any Account, and such schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor. Each Account constitutes a deposit account within the meaning of the applicable UCC. The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) has delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed agreement pursuant to which each of the Borrower Account Bank (with respect to the Borrower Account), the Concentration Account Bank (with respect to the Concentration Account) and the Collection Account Bank (with respect to the Collection Account) has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Administrative Agent directing the disposition of funds in the Accounts without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator. No Account is in the name of any person other than the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower has not consented to any Bank following the instructions of any Person other than the Administrative Agent. Accordingly, the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected security interest in each Account, and all funds on deposit therein.

(r) Transferred Receivables .

(i) Transfers . Each Transferred Receivable was purchased by or contributed to the Borrower on the relevant Transfer Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

(ii) Eligibility . Each Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in each Borrowing Base Certificate,

 

25


Monthly Report, Weekly Report or Daily Report, as the case may be, constitutes an Eligible Receivable as of the date specified in such Borrowing Base Certificate, Monthly Report, Weekly Report or Daily Report, as applicable.

(iii) No Material Adverse Effect . The Borrower has no actual knowledge of any fact (including any defaults by the Obligor thereunder on any other Receivable) that would cause it or should have caused it to expect that any payments on any Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in any Borrowing Base Certificate, Monthly Report, Weekly Report or Daily Report, as applicable, will not be paid in full when due or that has caused it to expect any material adverse effect on any such Transferred Receivable.

(iv) Nonavoidability of Transfers . The Borrower shall (A) have received each Contributed Receivable as a contribution to the capital of the Borrower by the Parent as a stockholder of the Borrower and (B) (1) have purchased each Sold Receivable from the applicable Originator for cash consideration or with the proceeds of a Subordinated Loan and (2) have accepted assignment of any Eligible Receivables transferred pursuant to clause (b)  of Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement, in each case in an amount that constitutes fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value therefor. No Sale has been made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by any Originator to the Borrower and no such Sale is or may be avoidable or subject to avoidance under any bankruptcy laws, rules or regulations.

(s) Assignment of Interest in Related Documents . The Borrower’s interests in, to and under the Sale Agreement and each Originator Support Agreement, if any, have been assigned by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of itself and the Lenders) as security for the Borrower Obligations.

(t) Notices to Obligors . Each Obligor of Transferred Receivables has been directed to remit all payments with respect to such Receivables for deposit in a Lockbox or the Concentration Account.

(u) Representations and Warranties in Other Related Documents . Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Related Documents (other than this Agreement) is true and correct in all respects and the Borrower hereby makes each such representation and warranty to, and for the benefit of, the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent as if the same were set forth in full herein.

(v) Supplementary Representations .

(i) Receivables; Lock-Box Accounts . (A) Each Transferred Receivable constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” within the meaning of the applicable UCC, and (B) each Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(ii) Creation of Security Interest . The Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to the Transferred Receivables, Accounts and Lockboxes, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. The Agreement creates a valid and continuing

 

26


security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Transferred Receivables, Accounts and Lockboxes in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), which security interest is prior to all other Adverse Claims and is enforceable as such as against any creditors of and purchasers from the Borrower.

(iii) Perfection . Within ten days of the Effective Date: (A) the Borrower has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law and entered into Account Agreements in order to perfect the sale of the Transferred Receivables from the Originators to the Borrower pursuant to the Sale Agreement and the security interest granted by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) in the Transferred Receivables hereunder; (B) with respect to the Borrower Account, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and the Lenders), a fully executed Borrower Account Agreement pursuant to which the Borrower Account Bank has agreed, following the occurrence and continuation of a Termination Event, to comply with all instructions given by the Administrative Agent with respect to all funds on deposit in the Borrower Account, without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator; (C) with respect to the Concentration Account, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and the Lenders), a fully executed Concentration Account Agreement pursuant to which the Concentration Account Bank has agreed to comply with all instructions given by the Administrative Agent with respect to all funds on deposit in the Concentration Account, without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator; (D) with respect to the Collection Account, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and the Lenders), a fully executed Collection Account Agreement pursuant to which the Collection Account Bank has agreed to comply with all instructions given by the Administrative Agent with respect to all funds on deposit in the Collection Account, without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator; and (E) with respect to each Lockbox Account, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and the Lenders), a fully executed Lockbox Agreement pursuant to which the applicable Lockbox Bank has agreed to comply with all instructions given by the Administrative Agent with respect to all funds on deposit in the applicable Lockbox (and any related accounts), without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator.

(iv) Priority . (A) Other than the transfer of the Transferred Receivables by the Originators to the Borrower pursuant to the Sale Agreement and the grant of security interest by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) in the Transferred Receivables, the Accounts and the Lockboxes hereunder, neither the Borrower nor any Originator has pledged, assigned, sold, conveyed, or otherwise granted a security interest in any of the Transferred Receivables, the Accounts and the Lockboxes to any other Person. (B) Neither the Borrower nor any Originator has authorized, or is aware of, any filing of any financing statement against the Borrower or any Originator that include a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables or all other collateral pledged to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Related Documents, other than any financing statement filed pursuant to the Sale Agreement and this Agreement or financing statements

 

27


that have been validly terminated prior to the date hereof. (C) The Borrower is not aware of any judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against either the Borrower or any Originator. (D) None of the Accounts or Lockboxes is in the name of any Person other than the Borrower or the Administrative Agent. Neither the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator has consented to any Bank complying with instructions of any person other than the Administrative Agent.

(v) Survival of Supplemental Representations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Related Document, the representations contained in this Section 4.01(v) and Section 5.01(g) shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

Section 5.01. Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower . The Borrower covenants and agrees that from and after the Effective Date and until the Termination Date:

(a) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . The Borrower shall (i) perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it and the Transferred Receivables, including those relating to truth in lending, retail installment sales, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, privacy, licensing, taxation, ERISA and labor matters and environmental laws and environmental permits except, solely with respect to this clause (ii) , where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Borrower shall: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its rights and franchises; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder and in accordance with (1)  Section 4.01(p) and (2) the assumptions set forth in each opinion letter of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP or other outside counsel to the Borrower from time to time delivered pursuant to Section 3.02(d) of the Sale Agreement with respect to issues of substantive consolidation and true sale and absolute transfer; (iii) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, including all licenses, permits, charters and registrations, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and (iv) transact business only in the name of SIT Funding Corporation or such trade names as are set forth in Schedule 5.01(b) .

(c) Deposit of Collections . The Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into the Concentration Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive with respect to any Transferred Receivable.

 

28


(d) Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall utilize the proceeds of the Advances made hereunder solely for (i) the repayment of Advances made and the payment of any fees due hereunder, (ii) the purchase of Transferred Receivables from the Originators pursuant to the Sale Agreement, (iii) the payment of distributions to the Parent, (iv) the repayment of Subordinated Loans, and (v) the payment of administrative fees or Servicing Fees or expenses to the Servicer or routine administrative or operating expenses, in each case only as expressly permitted by and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Related Documents.

(e) Payment and Performance of Charges and other Obligations .

(i) Subject to Section 5.01(e)(ii) , the Borrower shall pay, perform and discharge or cause to be paid, performed and discharged promptly all charges and claims payable by it, including (A) Charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed) and all Charges with respect to tax, social security and unemployment withholding with respect to its employees, and (B) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise before any thereof shall become past due.

(ii) The Borrower may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any charges or claims described in Section 5.01(e)(i) ; provided that (A) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of the Borrower, in accordance with GAAP, (B) such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, (C) none of the Borrower Collateral becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest, (D) no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such charges or claims other than inchoate tax liens and (E) the Administrative Agent has not advised the Borrower in writing that it reasonably believes that failure to pay or to discharge such claims or charges could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) ERISA . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any event that (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien on any Borrower Collateral under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by Borrower of any liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (other than premium payments arising in the ordinary course of business).

(g) Borrower to Maintain Perfection and Priority . In order to evidence the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement, the Borrower shall, from time to time take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments (other than filing financing statements) as may be necessary or advisable (including, such actions as are requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority interest, the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Secured Parties) security interest in the Transferred Receivables and all other collateral pledged to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Related Documents. The Borrower shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and

 

29


present to the Administrative Agent upon request for the Administrative Agent’s authorization and approval, and file or cause to be filed in the appropriate jurisdictions all financing statements, amendments, continuations or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Secured Parties) security interest in the Transferred Receivables and all other collateral pledged to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Related Documents as a first-priority interest. The Administrative Agent’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Borrower to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of the Borrower, any Originator or the Administrative Agent where allowed by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Related Documents to the contrary, neither the Borrower, the Servicer, nor any Originator shall have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral of any such financing statements, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

(h) Due Diligence . Representatives of the Managing Agents shall, upon reasonable notice, be permitted at any time and from time to time during regular business hours, (i) to examine and make copies of and take abstracts from all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) relating to the Receivables, including the related Contracts and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the SPV, any Originator, the Servicer or the Parent for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) , and to discuss matters relating to the Receivables or the SPV’s, each Originator’s or the Servicer’s performance hereunder, under the Contracts and under the other Related Documents to which such Person is a party with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of the Borrower, any Originator or the Parent, as applicable, having knowledge of such matters; provided that unless a Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the expenses of more than one (1) such visit in the aggregate among the Borrower and the Parent per calendar year.

Section 5.02. Reporting Requirements of the Borrower . The Borrower hereby agrees that from and after the Effective Date until the Termination Date, it shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent, the Managing Agents and the Lenders:

(a) The financial statements, notices, reports and other information at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex 5.02(a) .

(b) At the same time each Monthly Report, Weekly Report or Daily Report, as applicable, is required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of clause (a)  of Annex 5.02(a) , a completed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.02(b) (each, a “ Borrowing Base Certificate ”), provided that if (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Administrative Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems the Lenders’ rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables or the Borrower Collateral insecure, then such Borrowing Base Certificates shall be delivered daily; and each Borrowing Base Certificate shall be prepared by the Borrower or the Servicer as of the last day of the previous month or week, in the event Borrowing Base Certificates are required to be delivered on a monthly or weekly basis, and as of the close of business on the previous Business Day, in the event Borrowing Base Certificates are required to be delivered on each Business Day.

 

30


(c) Such other reports, statements and reconciliations with respect to the Borrowing Base or Borrower Collateral as any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent shall from time to time request in its reasonable discretion.

Section 5.03. Negative Covenants of the Borrower . The Borrower covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders, from and after the Effective Date until the Termination Date:

(a) Sale of Stock and Assets . The Borrower shall not sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or assign any right to receive income in respect of, any of its properties or other assets or any of its Stock (whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise), any Transferred Receivable or Contract therefor or any of its rights with respect to any Lockbox, the Concentration Account, the Collection Account, the Borrower Account or any other deposit account in which any Collections of any Transferred Receivable are deposited except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents.

(b) Liens . The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist (i) any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its Transferred Receivables or (ii) any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its other properties or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for the Liens set forth in Schedule 5.03(b) and other Permitted Encumbrances. In addition, the Borrower shall not become a party to any agreement, note, indenture or instrument or take any other action that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on any of its properties or other assets in favor of the Lenders as additional collateral for the Borrower Obligations, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents.

(c) Modifications of Receivables, Contracts or Credit and Collection Policies . The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (i) extend, amend, forgive, discharge, compromise, waive, cancel or otherwise modify the terms of any Transferred Receivable or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto, provided that the Borrower may authorize the Servicer to take such actions as are expressly permitted by the terms of any Related Document or the Credit and Collection Policies so long as, after giving effect to any such action, no Receivables which constituted Eligible Receivables prior to such action would no longer constitute Eligible Receivables as a result of such action, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any term or provision of the Credit and Collection Policies.

(d) Changes in Instructions to Obligors . The Borrower shall not make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding the deposit of Collections with respect to the Transferred Receivables, except to the extent the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders direct the Borrower to change such instructions to Obligors or the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders consent in writing to such change.

(e) Capital Structure and Business . The Borrower shall not (i) make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) make any material change in its capital structure (including the issuance or recapitalization of any shares of Stock or other securities convertible into Stock or any

 

31


revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock, except that changes in Borrower’s capital structure shall be permitted so long as such changes, individually and in the aggregate, do not constitute a Change of Control, (iii) amend its certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents in any manner which may adversely affect the Secured Parties, or (iv) engage in any business other than manufacturing, operational, logistics, distribution and related services in the computer and technology industry or other than the businesses engaged in by it on the Effective Date and those incidental thereto.

(f) Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc . The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, (i) form or acquire any Subsidiary, or (ii) merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or capital Stock of, or otherwise combine with or acquire, any Person.

(g) Sale Characterization; Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement . The Borrower shall not make statements or disclosures, prepare any financial statements or in any other respect account for or treat the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement (including for accounting, tax and reporting purposes) in any manner other than (i) with respect to each Sale of each Sold Receivable effected pursuant to the Sale Agreement, as a true sale and absolute assignment of the title to and sole record and beneficial ownership interest of the Transferred Receivables by the Originators to the Borrower or (ii) with respect to each contribution of Contributed Receivables thereunder, as an increase in the stated capital of the Borrower.

(h) Restricted Payments . The Borrower shall not enter into any lending transaction with any other Person. The Borrower shall not at any time (i) advance credit to any Person or (ii) declare any distributions, repurchase any Stock, return any capital, or make any other payment or distribution of cash or other property or assets in respect of the Borrower’s Stock or make a repayment with respect to any Subordinated Loans if, after giving effect to any such advance or distribution, a Funding Excess, Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event would exist or otherwise result therefrom.

(i) Indebtedness . The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt, except (i) Debt of the Borrower to any Affected Party, Indemnified Person, the Servicer or any other Person expressly permitted by this Agreement or any other Related Document, (ii) Subordinated Loans pursuant to the Subordinated Notes, (iii) deferred taxes, (iv) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, and (v) endorser liability in connection with the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

(j) Prohibited Transactions . The Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with any Person except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Related Document.

(k) Investments . Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder or under the other Related Documents, the Borrower shall not make any investment in, or make or accrue loans or advances of money to, any Person, including the Parent, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower, the Parent or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries, through the direct or indirect lending of money, holding of securities or otherwise, except with respect to Transferred Receivables and Permitted Investments.

 

32


(l) Commingling . The Borrower shall not deposit or permit the deposit of any funds that do not constitute Collections of Transferred Receivables into any Lockbox or the Concentration Account, except as otherwise contemplated under Section 4.02(1) of the Sale Agreement. If funds that are not Collections are deposited into the Concentration Account, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly upon discovery thereof, and, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit (or direct the Concentration Account Bank to remit) any such amounts that are not Collections to the applicable Originator or other Person designated in such notice.

(m) ERISA . The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to, cause or permit to occur an event that (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien on any Borrower Collateral under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by Borrower of any liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (other than (x) premium payments arising in the ordinary course of business and (y) liabilities arising under Section 4041(b) of ERISA).

(n) Related Documents . The Borrower shall not amend, modify or waive any term or provision of any Related Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(o) Board Policies . The Borrower shall not modify the terms of any policy or resolutions of its board of directors if such modification could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Additional Stockholders of Borrower . The Borrower shall not issue shares of Stock to any Person other than Parent without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

Section 5.04. Supplemental Disclosure . On the request of the Administrative Agent (in the event that such information is not otherwise delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement), the Borrower will supplement (or cause to be supplemented) each Schedule hereto, or representation herein or in any other Related Document with respect to any matter hereafter arising which, if existing or occurring at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Schedule or as an exception to such representation or which is necessary to correct any information in such Schedule or representation which has been rendered inaccurate thereby; provided that such supplement to any such Schedule or representation shall not be deemed an amendment thereof except if and to the extent that the information disclosed in such supplement updates (A)  Schedule 4.01(b) or (B)  Schedule 4.01(q) to include any accounts.

 

33


ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTS

Section 6.01. Establishment of Accounts .

(a) Concentration Account; Lockboxes .

(i) The Borrower has established with the Concentration Account Bank the Concentration Account subject to a fully executed Concentration Account Agreement. The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of the Concentration Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees that until such time as it exercises its right to take exclusive dominion and control of the Concentration Account under Section 7.05(d) , the Concentration Account Bank shall be entitled to follow the instructions of the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Borrower, with respect to the withdrawal, transfer or payment of funds on deposit in the Concentration Account.

(ii) The Borrower (or the Servicer on Borrower’s behalf) has instructed all existing Obligors of Transferred Receivables, and shall instruct all future Obligors of such Receivables, to make payments in respect thereof only (A) by check or money order mailed to one or more lockboxes or post office boxes under the control of the Administrative Agent (each a “ Lockbox ” and collectively the “ Lockboxes ”) or (B) by wire transfer or moneygram directly to the Concentration Account. Schedule 4.01(q) lists all Lockboxes, Lockbox Banks, the Concentration Account and the Concentration Account Bank at which the Borrower maintains the Concentration Account as of the Effective Date, and such schedule correctly identifies (1) with respect to each such Lockbox Bank and the Account Bank, the name, address and telephone number thereof, (2) with respect to the Concentration Account, the name in which such account is held and the complete account number therefor, and (3) with respect to each Lockbox, the lockbox number and address thereof. The Borrower (or the Servicer on Borrower’s behalf) shall endorse, to the extent necessary, all checks or other instruments received in any Lockbox so that the same can be deposited in the Concentration Account, in the form so received (with all necessary endorsements), on the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof. In addition, the Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited into the Concentration Account all cash, checks, money orders or other proceeds of Transferred Receivables or Borrower Collateral received by it other than in a Lockbox or the Concentration Account, in the form so received (with all necessary endorsements), not later than the close of business on the first Business Day following the date of receipt thereof, and until so deposited all such items or other proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall not make and shall not permit the Servicer to make any deposits into a Lockbox or the Concentration Account except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Related Document. The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of each Lockbox and all instruments and other property from time to time received therein.

 

34


(iii) If, for any reason, the Concentration Account Agreement terminates or the Concentration Account Bank fails to comply with its obligations under the Concentration Account Agreement, then the Borrower shall promptly notify all Obligors of Transferred Receivables who had previously been instructed to make wire payments to the Concentration Account maintained at any the Concentration Account Bank to make all future payments to a new Concentration Account in accordance with this Section 6.01(a)(iii) . The Borrower shall not close the Concentration Account unless it shall have (A) received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (B) established a new account with the same Concentration Account Bank or with a new depositary institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (C) entered into an agreement covering such new account with such Concentration Account Bank or with such new depositary institution substantially in the form of the predecessor Concentration Account Agreement or that is satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders (whereupon, for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Related Documents, such new account shall become the Concentration Account, such new agreement shall become the Concentration Account Agreement and such new depositary institution shall become the Concentration Account Bank), and (D) taken all such action as the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders shall reasonably require to grant and perfect a first priority Lien in such new Concentration Account to the Administrative Agent under Section 7.01 of this Agreement. Except as permitted by this Section 6.01(a) , the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer to, open any new Lockbox or Concentration Account without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(b) Collection Account .

(i) The Borrower has established with the Collection Account Bank the Collection Account subject to a fully executed Collection Account Agreement, The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of the Collection Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein. Neither the Borrower nor the Servicer on the Borrower’s behalf shall make or cause to be made, or have any ability to make or cause to be made, any withdrawals from the Collection Account, except as provided in the Collection Account Agreement. Subject to the conditions described in Section 7.05(d) , the Servicer shall be required, pursuant to the Sale Agreement, to deposit any Collections it then has in its possession or at any time thereafter receives, immediately in the Collection Account.

(ii) During any time after which the Collection Account is established pursuant to clause (b)(i) above, if, for any reason, the Collection Account Agreement relating to the Collection Account terminates or the Collection Account Bank fails to comply with its obligations under such Collection Account Agreement, then the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and the Borrower, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall instruct the Collection Account Bank to make all future wire payments to a new Collection Account in accordance with this Section 6.01(b)(ii) . The Borrower shall not close the Collection Account unless it shall have (A) received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (B) established a new account with the same Collection Account Bank or with

 

35


a new depositary institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (C) entered into an agreement covering such new account with such Collection Account Bank or with such new depositary institution substantially in the form of the Collection Account Agreement or that is satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders (whereupon, for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Related Documents, such new account shall become the Collection Account, such new agreement shall become a Collection Account Agreement and any new depositary institution shall become the Collection Account Bank), and (D) taken all such action as the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders shall reasonably require to grant and perfect a first priority Lien in such new Collection Account to the Administrative Agent under Section 7.01 of this Agreement. Except as permitted by this Section 6.01(b) , the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer to open a new Collection Account without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(c) Agent Account .

(i) The Administrative Agent has established and shall maintain the Agent Account with the Agent Bank. The Agent Account shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, have exclusive dominion and control thereof and of all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein.

(ii) All payments of any outstanding Advances, Yield, fees and expenses and any other amounts by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder shall be paid to the Agent Account. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent may deposit into the Agent Account from time to time all monies, instruments and other property received by any of them as proceeds of the Transferred Receivables.

(iii) If, for any reason, the Agent Bank wishes to resign as depositary of the Agent Account or fails to carry out the instructions of the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders. Neither the Lenders nor the Administrative Agent shall close the Agent Account unless (A) a new deposit account has been established with a new depositary institution, (B) the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have entered into an agreement covering such new account with such new depositary institution satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent (whereupon such new account shall become the Agent Account and such new depositary institution shall become the Agent Bank for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Related Documents), and (C) the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have taken all such action as the Administrative Agent shall require to grant and perfect a first priority Lien in such new Agent Account to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

 

36


(d) Borrower Account .

(i) The Borrower has established the Borrower Account subject to a fully executed Borrower Account Agreement and agrees that, subject to clause (ii)  below, the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of such Borrower Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein.

(ii) The Administrative Agent hereby agrees that until such time as it exercises its right to take exclusive dominion and control of the Borrower Account under Section 7.05(d) , the Borrower Account Bank shall be entitled to follow the instructions of the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Borrower, with respect to the withdrawal, transfer or payment of funds on deposit in the Borrower Account.

ARTICLE VII.

GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS

Section 7.01. Borrower’s Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby reconfirms its grant of a Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the “Borrower Collateral” under, and as defined in, the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement, and confirms that such Lien has been granted to secure the Borrower Obligations, which include the “Borrower Obligations” under, and as defined in, the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement. Furthermore, to secure the prompt and complete payment, performance and observance of all Borrower Obligations, and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and perform the obligations required to be performed by them hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower hereby grants, assigns, conveys, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties a Lien upon and security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under, but none of its obligations arising from, the following property, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of, the Borrower (including under any trade names, styles or derivations of the Borrower), and regardless of where located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Borrower Collateral ”):

(a) all Receivables;

(b) the Sale Agreement, the Concentration Account Agreement, the Collection Account Agreement and all other Related Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to the purchase, servicing, processing or collection of Receivables (collectively, the “ Borrower Assigned Agreements ”), including (i) all rights of the Borrower to receive moneys due and to become due thereunder or pursuant thereto, (ii) all rights of the Borrower to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect thereto, (iii) all claims of the Borrower for damages or breach with respect thereto or for default thereunder and (iv) the right of the Borrower to amend, waive or terminate the same and to perform and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;

 

37


(c) all of the following (collectively, the “ Borrower Account Collateral ”):

(i) the Concentration Account, the Lockboxes, and all funds on deposit therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Concentration Account, the Lockboxes or such funds,

(ii) the Collection Account and all funds on deposit therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Collection Account or such funds,

(iii) the Borrower Account and all funds on deposit therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Borrower Account or such funds,

(iv) all notes, certificates of deposit and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent, any Lender or any assignee or agent on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender in substitution for or in addition to any of the then existing Borrower Account Collateral, and

(v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments, investment property and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed with respect to or in exchange for any and all of the then existing Borrower Account Collateral;

(d) all other property relating to the Receivables that may from time to time hereafter be granted and pledged by the Borrower or by any Person on its behalf whether under this Agreement or otherwise, including any deposit with any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent of additional funds by the Borrower;

(e) all other personal property of the Borrower of every kind and nature not described above, including all goods (including inventory, equipment and any accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory notes), documents, accounts, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, supporting obligations, any other contract rights or rights to the payment of money, insurance claims and proceeds, and all general intangibles (including all payment intangibles);

(f) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds and products of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and profits of, each of the foregoing Borrower Collateral (including proceeds that constitute property of the types described in Sections 7.01(a) through (e) ); and

(g) to the extent not otherwise included, all “Borrower Collateral” under, and as defined in, the Existing Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Section 7.02. Borrower’s Agreements . The Borrower hereby (a) assigns, transfer and conveys the benefits of the representations, warranties and covenants of each Originator made to the Borrower under the Sale Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder; (b) acknowledges and agrees that the rights of the Borrower to require

 

38


payment of a Rejected Amount from an Originator under the Sale Agreement may be enforced by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and (c) certifies that the Sale Agreement provides that the representations, warranties and covenants described in Sections 4.01 , 4.02 and 4.03 thereof, the indemnification and payment provisions of Article V thereof and the provisions of Sections 4.03(j) , 6.12 , 6.14 and 6.15 thereof shall survive the sale of the Transferred Receivables (and undivided percentage ownership interests therein) and the termination of the Sale Agreement and this Agreement.

Section 7.03. Delivery of Collateral . All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing all or any portion of the Borrower Collateral shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have the right (a) at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Borrower Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations and (b) at any time in its discretion following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Termination Event and without notice to the Borrower, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee any or all of the Borrower Collateral.

Section 7.04. Borrower Remains Liable . It is expressly agreed by the Borrower that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall (a) remain liable under any and all of the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor, the Borrower Assigned Agreements and any other agreements constituting the Borrower Collateral to which it is a party, and (b) observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder. The Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent shall not have any obligation or liability under any such Receivables, Contracts or agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the granting herein or therein of a Lien thereon or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Managing Agents or the Lenders of any payment relating thereto pursuant hereto or thereto. The exercise by any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent of any of its respective rights under this Agreement shall not release any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer from any of their respective duties or obligations under any such Receivables, Contracts or agreements. None of the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent shall be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer under or pursuant to any such Receivable, Contract or agreement, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any such Receivable, Contract or agreement, or to present or file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

Section 7.05. Covenants of the Borrower Regarding the Borrower Collateral .

(a) Offices and Records . The Borrower shall maintain its organizational form, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, principal place of business and chief executive office and the office at which it stores its Records at the respective locations specified in Schedule 4.01(b) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at such other location in a jurisdiction where all action requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.13 shall have been taken

 

39


with respect to the Borrower Collateral. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to at its own cost and expense, maintain adequate and complete records of the Transferred Receivables and the Borrower Collateral, including records of any and all payments received, credits granted and merchandise returned with respect thereto and all other dealings therewith. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, by no later than the Effective Date, mark conspicuously with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, its books and records (including computer records) and credit files pertaining to the Borrower Collateral, and its file cabinets or other storage facilities where it maintains information pertaining thereto, to evidence this Agreement and the assignment and Liens granted pursuant to this Article VII . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event, the Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, deliver and turn over such books and records to the Administrative Agent or its representatives at any time on demand of the Administrative Agent. Prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event and upon notice from the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent, the Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, permit any representative of the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent to inspect such books and records and shall provide photocopies thereof to the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent as more specifically set forth in Section 7.05(b) .

(b) Access . The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, at its or the Servicer’s own expense, during normal business hours, from time to time upon two Business Days’ prior notice as frequently as the Administrative Agent determines to be appropriate: (i) provide the Lenders, the Managing Agents, the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents access to its properties (including properties utilized in connection with the collection, processing or servicing of the Transferred Receivables), facilities, advisors and employees (including officers) and to the Borrower Collateral, (ii) permit the Lenders, the Managing Agents, the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents to inspect, audit and make extracts from its books and records, including all Records, (iii) permit each of the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents to inspect, review and evaluate the Transferred Receivables and the Borrower Collateral and (iv) permit each of the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents to discuss matters relating to the Transferred Receivables or its performance under this Agreement or the other Related Documents or its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (in each case, with those persons having knowledge of such matters) and with its independent certified public accountants. If (i) the Administrative Agent in good faith deems any Lender’s rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Assigned Agreements or any other Borrower Collateral insecure or the Administrative Agent in good faith believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or (ii) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, at its own expense, provide such access at all times without prior notice from the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent and provide the Administrative Agent and any Managing Agent with access to the suppliers and customers of the Borrower and the Servicer. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, make available to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books and records, including Records, that the Administrative Agent may request. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, and the Servicer shall deliver any document or instrument necessary for the

 

40


Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for the Borrower or the Servicer, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by the Borrower or the Servicer.

(c) Communication with Accountants . The Borrower hereby authorizes (and shall cause the Servicer to authorize) the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants and advisors to disclose and make available to the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to the Borrower or the Servicer (including copies of any issued management letters) and to discuss matters with respect to its business, financial condition and other affairs.

(d) Collection of Transferred Receivables . In connection with the collection of amounts due or to become due to the Borrower under the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Assigned Agreements and any other Borrower Collateral pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, take such action as it, and from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event, the Administrative Agent, may deem reasonably necessary or desirable to enforce collection of the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Assigned Agreements and the other Borrower Collateral; provided that the Borrower may, rather than commencing any such action or taking any other enforcement action, at its option, elect to pay to the Administrative Agent, for deposit into the Agent Account, an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of any such Transferred Receivable; provided further that if (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Administrative Agent, in good faith believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent, then the Administrative Agent may, without prior notice to the Borrower, any Originator or the Servicer, (x) exercise its right to take exclusive ownership and control of (1) the Concentration Account in accordance with the terms of the Concentration Account Agreement and (2) the Borrower Account in accordance with the Borrower Account Agreement (in which case the Servicer shall be required, pursuant to the Sale Agreement, to deposit any Collections it then has in its possession or at any time thereafter receives, immediately in the Collection Account) and (y) notify any Obligor under any Transferred Receivable or obligors under the Borrower Assigned Agreements of the pledge of such Transferred Receivables or Borrower Assigned Agreements, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties hereunder and direct that payments of all amounts due or to become due to the Borrower thereunder be made directly to the Administrative Agent or any servicer, collection agent or lockbox or other account designated by the Administrative Agent and, upon such notification and at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may enforce collection of any such Transferred Receivable or the Borrower Assigned Agreements and adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof. The Administrative Agent shall provide prompt notice to the Borrower and the Servicer of any such notification of pledge or direction of payment to the Obligors under any Transferred Receivables.

 

41


(e) Performance of Borrower Assigned Agreements . The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, (i) perform and observe all the terms and provisions of the Borrower Assigned Agreements to be performed or observed by it, maintain the Borrower Assigned Agreements in full force and effect, enforce the Borrower Assigned Agreements in accordance with their terms and take all action as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to accomplish the foregoing, and (ii) upon the reasonable request of and as directed by the Administrative Agent, make such demands and requests to any other party to the Borrower Assigned Agreements as are permitted to be made by the Borrower or the Servicer thereunder.

(f) License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property . Unless expressly prohibited by the licensor thereof or any provision of applicable law, if any, the Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties a limited license to use, without charge, the Borrower’s and the Servicer’s computer programs, software, printouts and other computer materials, technical knowledge or processes, data bases, materials, trademarks, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks, service mark applications, patents, patent applications, trade names, rights of use of any name, labels, fictitious names, inventions, designs, trade secrets, goodwill, registrations, copyrights, copyright applications, permits, licenses, franchises, customer lists, credit files, correspondence, and advertising materials or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Borrower Collateral, or any rights to any of the foregoing, only as reasonably required in connection with the collection of the Transferred Receivables and the advertising for sale, and selling any of the Borrower Collateral, or exercising of any other remedies hereto, and the Borrower agrees that its rights under all licenses and franchise agreements shall inure to the Administrative Agent’s benefit (on behalf of the Secured Parties) for purposes of the license granted herein. Except upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Termination Event, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree not to use any such license without giving the Borrower prior written notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 8.01. Termination Events . If any of the following events (each, a “ Termination Event ”) shall occur (regardless of the reason therefor):

(a) the Borrower shall fail to make any payment of any monetary Borrower Obligation when due and payable and the same shall remain unremedied for one (1) Business Day or more; or

(b)(i) the Borrower shall fail to deliver a Daily Report, Weekly Report, Monthly Report or Borrowing Base Certificate as and when required hereunder and such failure shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days or more, (ii) any Originator shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any covenant or provision of Section 4.04 of the Sale Agreement or Article V of the Sale Agreement, (iii) the Borrower, any Originator or the Servicer shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any covenant or other provision of this Agreement or the other Related Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other clause

 

42


of this Section 8.01 ) and the same shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days or more following the earlier to occur of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower becoming aware of such breach and the Borrower’s receipt of notice thereof; or

(c)(i) an Originator, the Borrower, the Parent or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of its Debts which, except with respect to the Borrower, is in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000 (other than Borrower Obligations) when due, and the same shall remain unremedied after any applicable grace period with respect thereto; or (ii) a default or breach or other occurrence shall occur and be continuing under any agreement, document or instrument to which an Originator, the Borrower, the Parent or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or its property is bound (other than a Related Document) which relates to a Debt which, except with respect to the Borrower, is in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000, which event shall remain unremedied within the applicable grace period with respect thereto, and the effect of such default, breach or occurrence is to cause or to permit the holder or holders then to cause such Debt to become or be declared due prior to their stated maturity; or

(d) a case or proceeding shall have been commenced against the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries seeking a decree or order in respect of any such Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (i) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (ii) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of any such Person, and, so long as the Borrower is not a debtor in any such case or proceedings, such case or proceeding continues for 60 days unless dismissed or discharged; provided that such 60-day period shall be deemed terminated immediately if (x) a decree or order is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to a case or proceeding described in this subsection (d) or (y) any of the events described in Section 8.01(e) shall have occurred; or

(e) the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries shall (i) file a petition seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) consent or fail to object in a timely and appropriate manner to the institution of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or similar law or to the filing of any petition thereunder or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(f) any Originator, the Borrower, Parent, or the Servicer (i) generally does not pay its debts as such debts become due or admits in writing its inability to, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due or (ii) is not Solvent; or

(g) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate (net of insurance proceeds) at any time outstanding shall be rendered against any Originator, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower) and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced upon any such judgment or (ii) the same shall not,

 

43


within 30 days after the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay; or

(h) a judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $2,500 shall be rendered against the Borrower; or

(i)(i) any information contained in any Borrowing Base Certificate or any Borrowing Request is untrue or incorrect in any respect, or (ii) any representation or warranty of any Originator or the Borrower herein or in any other Related Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate (other than a Borrowing Base Certificate or any Borrowing Request) made or delivered by or on behalf of such Originator or the Borrower to any Affected Party hereto or thereto is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made; or

(j) any Governmental Authority (including the IRS or the PBGC) shall file notice of a Lien with regard to any assets of any Originator, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (other than a Lien (i) limited by its terms to assets other than Transferred Receivables and (ii) not materially adversely affecting the financial condition of such Originator, the Parent or any such ERISA Affiliate or the ability of the Servicer to perform its duties hereunder or under the Related Documents); or

(k) any Governmental Authority (including the IRS or the PBGC) shall file notice of a Lien with regard to any of the assets of the Borrower, or a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under section 303(k) of ERISA; or

(l)(1) there shall have occurred any event which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, materially and adversely impairs (i) the ability of any Originator to originate Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) of a credit quality which are at least of the credit quality of the Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables) as of the Effective Date, (ii) the financial condition or operations of any Originator, the Borrower or the Parent, or (iii) the collectibility of Receivables (other than Excluded Receivables), or (2) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (and so notified the Borrower) that any event or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred; or

(m)(i) a default or breach shall occur under any provision of the Sale Agreement and after the passing of any applicable grace period the same shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days or more following the earlier to occur of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower becoming aware of such breach and the Borrower’s receipt of notice thereof, or (ii) the Sale Agreement shall for any reason cease to evidence the transfer to the Borrower of the legal and equitable title to, and ownership of, the Transferred Receivables; or

(n) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any Lockbox Agreement, the Concentration Account Agreement, the Borrower Account Agreement or the Sale Agreement shall have been modified, amended or terminated without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders; or

 

44


(o) an Event of Servicer Termination shall have occurred; or

(p)(A) the Borrower shall cease to hold valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership in the Transferred Receivables and the other Borrower Collateral or (B) the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) shall cease to hold a first priority, perfected Lien in the Transferred Receivables or any of the Borrower Collateral; or

(q) a Change of Control shall have occurred; or

(r) the Borrower shall amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws without the express prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or

(s) the Borrower shall have received an Election Notice pursuant to Section 2.01(d) of the Sale Agreement; or

(t)(i) the Default Trigger Ratio shall exceed 2.75%; (ii) the Delinquency Trigger Ratio shall exceed 7.5%; and (iii) the Dilution Trigger Ratio shall exceed 4.0%; or (iv) the Receivables Collection Turnover Trigger shall exceed 45 days; or

(u) the Administrative Agent shall have received a “Receivables Termination Notice” or an “Enforcement Notice” in each case, under (and as defined in) the Intercreditor Agreement;

(v) any material provision of any Related Document shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Originator or the Borrower shall challenge the enforceability of any Related Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Related Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms); or

(w) institution of any steps by the Borrower or any other Person to terminate a Pension Plan if as a result of such termination the Borrower could be required to make a contribution to such Pension Plan, or could incur a liability or obligation to such Pension Plan, in excess of $1,500,000; or

(x) a Funding Excess exists at any time and the Borrower has not repaid the amount of such Funding Excess within one (1) Business Day in accordance with Section 2.08 hereof;

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent, may, with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, and shall, at the request of the Requisite Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Facility Termination Date to have occurred without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that the Facility Termination Date shall automatically occur upon the occurrence of any of the Termination Events described in Section 8.01(d) or (e) , in each case without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, all Borrower Obligations shall automatically be and become due and payable in full, without any action to be taken on the part of any Person. In addition, if any Event of Servicer Termination shall have occurred, then the

 

45


Administrative Agent may, and shall, at the request of the Requisite Lenders, by delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice to Buyer and the Servicer, terminate the servicing responsibilities of the Servicer under the Sale Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

ARTICLE IX.

REMEDIES

Section 9.01. Actions Upon Termination Event . If any Termination Event shall have occurred and the Administrative Agent shall have declared the Facility Termination Date to have occurred or the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred pursuant to Section 8.01 , then the Administrative Agent may exercise in respect of the Borrower Collateral, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies granted to it hereunder, under any other Related Document or under any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Borrower Obligations or otherwise available to it, all of the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (such rights and remedies to be cumulative and nonexclusive), and, in addition, may take the following actions:

(a) The Administrative Agent may, without notice to the Borrower except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, (i) charge, offset or otherwise apply amounts payable to the Borrower from the Agent Account, the Borrower Account, the Collection Account or the Concentration Account against all or any part of the Borrower Obligations and (ii) without limiting the terms of Section 7.05(d) , notify any Obligor under any Transferred Receivable or obligors under the Borrower Assigned Agreements of the transfer of the Transferred Receivables to the Borrower and the pledge of such Transferred Receivables or Borrower Assigned Agreements, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and direct that payments of all amounts due or to become due to the Borrower thereunder be made directly to the Administrative Agent or any servicer, collection agent or lockbox or other account designated by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent may, without notice except as specified below, solicit and accept bids for and sell the Borrower Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or any of the Lenders’ or Managing Agents’ offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to conduct such sales on the Borrower’s premises or elsewhere and shall have the right to use any of the Borrower’s premises without charge for such sales at such time or times as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable. The Borrower agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, ten days’ notice to the Borrower of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Borrower Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for such sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Every such sale shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever of the Borrower in and to the Borrower Collateral so sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against each Originator,

 

46


the Borrower, any Person claiming any right in the Borrower Collateral sold through any Originator or the Borrower, and their respective successors or assigns. The Administrative Agent shall deposit the net proceeds of any such sale in the Agent Account and such proceeds shall be applied against all or any part of the Borrower Obligations.

(c) Upon the completion of any sale under Section 9.01(b) , the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale on the date thereof, or within a reasonable time thereafter if it shall be impracticable to make immediate delivery, all of the Borrower Collateral sold on such date, but in any event full title and right of possession to such property shall vest in such purchaser or purchasers upon the completion of such sale. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Administrative Agent or by any such purchaser, the Borrower shall confirm any such sale or transfer by executing and delivering to such purchaser all proper instruments of conveyance and transfer and releases as may be designated in any such request.

(d) At any sale under Section 9.01(b) , any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent may bid for and purchase the property offered for sale and, upon compliance with the terms of sale, may hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability therefor.

(e) The Administrative Agent may (but in no event shall be obligated to) exercise, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower, any and all rights and remedies of the Borrower under or in connection with the Borrower Assigned Agreements or the other Borrower Collateral, including any and all rights of the Borrower to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provisions of, the Borrower Assigned Agreements. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the occurrence of any Event of Servicer Termination, have the right to name any Successor Servicer (including itself) pursuant to Article VIII of the Sale Agreement.

Section 9.02. Exercise of Remedies . No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement and no course of dealing between any Originator, the Borrower or the Servicer, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender, on the other hand, shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender would otherwise have at law or in equity. No notice to or demand on any party hereto shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances, or constitute a waiver of the right of the party providing such notice or making such demand to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

Section 9.03. Power of Attorney . On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall execute and deliver a power of attorney substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.03 (a “ Power of Attorney ”). The Power of Attorney is a power coupled with an

 

47


interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement has terminated in accordance with its terms and all of the Borrower Obligations are indefeasibly paid or otherwise satisfied in full. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent under each Power of Attorney are solely to protect the Liens of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) upon and interests in the Borrower Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent shall not be accountable for any amount other than amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and none of the Administrative Agent’s officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be responsible to the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer or any other Person for any act or failure to act, except to the extent of damages attributable to their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent covenants and agrees not to use the Power of Attorney except following a Termination Event and prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date.

Section 9.04. Continuing Security Interest . This Agreement shall create a continuing Lien in the Borrower Collateral until the date such security interest is released by the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE X.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01. Indemnities by the Borrower .

(a) Without limiting any other rights that the Affected Parties or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents, representatives, transferees, successors or assigns (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or under any other Related Document or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all Rating Agency costs and any and all legal costs and expenses; provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for any indemnification to an Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amount (x) results from such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, in each case as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Transferred Receivables as a result of the insolvency, bankruptcy or the failure (without cause or justification) or inability on the part of the related Obligor to perform its obligations thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall pay on demand to each Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

(i) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality) or on any other information delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

48


(ii) the failure by the Borrower to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith (without regard to any qualifications concerning the occurrence or non-occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or similar concepts of materiality), any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

(iii)(1) the failure to vest and maintain vested in the Borrower valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership of the Receivables that constitute Transferred Receivables, together with all Collections in respect thereof and all other Borrower Collateral, free and clear of any Adverse Claim and (2) the failure to maintain or transfer to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority, perfected Lien in any portion of the Borrower Collateral;

(iv) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of any Obligor (other than its discharge in bankruptcy) to the payment of any Transferred Receivable (including a defense based on such Receivable or the Contract therefor not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or services giving rise to such Receivable or the furnishing of or failure to furnish such merchandise or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by any of its Affiliates acting as Servicer);

(v) any products liability claim or other claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that is the subject of any Contract with respect to any Transferred Receivable;

(vi) the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by the Borrower at any time with its other funds or the funds of any other Person;

(vii) any failure by the Borrower to cause the filing of, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or any other applicable laws with respect to any Transferred Receivable hereunder or any other Borrower Collateral, whether at the time of the Borrower’s acquisition thereof or any Advance made hereunder or at any subsequent time;

(viii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or the ownership of Transferred Receivables or Collections with respect thereto;

 

49


(ix) any failure of (w) a Lockbox Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Lockbox Agreement, (x) the Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Collection Account Agreement, (y) the Concentration Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Concentration Account Agreement, or (z) the Borrower Account Bank to comply with the terms of the Borrower Account Agreement; or

(x) any withholding, deduction or Charge imposed upon any payments with respect to any Transferred Receivable, any Borrower Assigned Agreement or any other Borrower Collateral.

(b) Any Indemnified Amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 10.01 not paid in accordance with Section 2.08 shall be paid by the Borrower to the Indemnified Person entitled thereto within five Business Days following demand therefor.

ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 11.01. Appointment and Authorization . Each Secured Party hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent and its applicable Managing Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Related Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Administrative Agent or Managing Agent, as applicable, by the terms of this Agreement and any other Related Document, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Related Document, no Administrative Agent or Managing Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Related Document or otherwise exist against any Administrative Agent or Managing Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to any Administrative Agent or Managing Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

Section 11.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Related Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.

Section 11.03. Liability of Administrative Agent and Managing Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document or

 

50


the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Secured Party for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent or the Servicer, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Related Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent or such Managing Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Related Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Related Document, or for any failure of the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent, the Servicer or any other party to any Related Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Secured Party to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Related Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent, the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 11.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents . (a) The Agent and each Managing Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent and the Servicer), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or such Managing Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Related Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Managing Agents or the Lenders in its Lender Group, as applicable, as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Related Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Managing Agents or the Lenders in its Lender Group, as applicable, or, if required hereunder, all Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Article III on the Closing Date, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent by the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.

Section 11.05. Notice of Termination Event, Incipient Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer Termination Event . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of an Incipient Termination Event, Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer

 

51


Termination Event, unless it has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Incipient Termination Event, Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer Termination Event and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Termination Event or Incipient Termination Event” or “Notice of Incipient Servicer Termination Event or Event of Servicer Termination,” as applicable. Each Managing Agent will notify the Lenders in its Lender Group of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent shall (subject to Section 11.04 ) take such action with respect to such event as may be requested by the Managing Agents (or its Lenders in its Lender Group); provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received any such request, the Administrative Agent (or Managing Agent) may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such event as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Secured Parties or Lenders, as applicable.

Section 11.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information . Each Secured Party acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent hereinafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, the Originators or any of their respective Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Secured Party as to any matter, including whether the Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Secured Party, including any Lender by assignment, represents to the Administrative Agent and its Managing Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, each Originator or their respective Affiliates, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Secured Party also represents that it shall, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Related Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer or the Originators. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Security Parties by the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent herein, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Managing Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator or their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

Section 11.07. Indemnification . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Committed Lenders (or the Committed Lenders in the applicable Lender Group) shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts incurred by it; provided that no

 

52


Committed Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Amounts resulting from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken by Administrative Agent (or any Managing Agent) in accordance with the directions of the Managing Agents (or the Lenders in its Lender Group) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse its Managing Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Letter of Credit Issuer upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Related Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or such Managing Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive payment on the Termination Date and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or such Managing Agent.

Section 11.08. Individual Capacity . The Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent (and any successor thereto in such capacity) and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with any of the Borrower, the Parent, the Originators, the Servicer, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates as though it were not the Administrative Agent, a Managing Agent or a Lender hereunder, as applicable, and without notice to or consent of the Secured Parties. The Secured Parties acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any such Person or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrower, the Parent, the Originators, the Servicer or their respective Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Person) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Commitment, the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent (and any successor thereto in such capacity) in its capacity as a Committed Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Committed Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, a Managing Agent or a Committed Lender, as applicable, and the term “Committed Lender” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent and each Managing Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 11.09. Resignation . The Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent may resign upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the applicable Lenders. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Requisite Lenders shall appoint from among the Committed Lenders a successor agent for the Secured Parties. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders, a successor agent from among the Committed Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent and the Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 11.09 and

 

53


Sections 11.03 and 11.07 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Committed Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. If a Managing Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Lenders in such Lender Group shall appoint a successor agent.

Section 11.10. Payments by the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents . Unless specifically allocated to a Committed Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, all amounts received by the Administrative Agent or a Managing Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall be paid to the applicable Managing Agent or Lenders pro rata in accordance with amounts then due on the Business Day received, unless such amounts are received after 12:00 noon on such Business Day, in which case the applicable agent shall use its reasonable efforts to pay such amounts on such Business Day, but, in any event, shall pay such amounts not later than the following Business Day.

Section 11.11. Setoff and Sharing of Payments . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Event, each Lender and each holder of any Note is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived (but subject to Section 2.03(b)(i) ), to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any of its offices for the account of the Borrower (regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Borrower) and any other properties or assets any time held or owing by that Lender or that holder to or for the credit or for the account of the Borrower against and on account of any of the Borrower Obligations which are not paid when due. Any Lender or holder of any Note exercising a right to set off or otherwise receiving any payment on account of the Borrower Obligations in excess of its Pro Rata Share thereof shall purchase for cash (and the other Lenders or holders shall sell) such participations in each such other Lender’s or holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrower Obligations as would be necessary to cause such Lender to share the amount so set off or otherwise received with each other Lender or holder in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. Each Lender’s obligation pursuant to this Section 11.11 is in addition to and not in limitation of its obligations to purchase a participation equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(b) . The Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (a) any Lender or holder may exercise its right to set off with respect to amounts in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the Borrower Obligations and may sell participations in such amount so set off to other Lenders and holders and (b) any Lender or holders so purchasing a participation in the Advances made or other Borrower Obligations held by other Lenders or holders may exercise all rights of set off, bankers’ lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender or holder were a direct holder of the Advances, and the other Borrower Obligations in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the set-off amount or payment otherwise received is thereafter recovered from the Lender that has exercised the right of set-off, the purchase of participations by that Lender shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored without interest.

 

54


ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by email of the signed notice in PDF form or facsimile (with such email or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 12.01) , (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth below or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than any Lender, any Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent) designated in any written notice provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day. The SMBC Lender Group hereby notifies the parties hereto that all notices to any member of the SMBC Lender Group shall be sent to SMBC-SI as their representative, as set forth on Schedule 12.01 attached hereto.

Section 12.02. Binding Effect; Assignability .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Lender, each Managing Agent, each Administrator and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Borrower may not assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights or obligations hereunder or interests herein without the express prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by the Borrower without the prior express written consent of the Requisite Lenders shall be void. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, to the extent the terms and provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or the Sale Agreement, the terms and provisions of such Intercreditor Agreement shall control. Each of the Lenders, Managing Agents, Administrators and the Administrative Agent agrees not to transfer any interest it may have in the Related

 

55


Documents unless the applicable transferee has been notified of the existence of each Intercreditor Agreement and has agreed to be bound thereby.

(b) The Borrower hereby consents to any Lender’s assignment or pledge of, and/or sale of participations in, at any time or times after the Effective Date of the Related Documents, Advances, and any Commitment or of any portion thereof or interest therein, including any Lender’s rights, title, interests, remedies, powers or duties thereunder (including an assignment by the Swing Line Lender of all or any portion of its Swing Line Commitment), whether evidenced by a writing or not, made in accordance with this Section 12.02(b) . Any assignment by a Lender shall (i) require the execution of an assignment agreement (an “ Assignment Agreement ”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 12.02(b) or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and the consent of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and may be withheld if the short-term unsecured debt rating of the proposed Lender is not at least “A-1” or the equivalent by S&P and “P-1” or the equivalent by Moody’s at the time of such assignment); (ii) if a partial assignment, be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000 and, after giving effect to any such partial assignment, the assigning Committed Lender shall have retained Commitments in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000; (iii) require the delivery to the Administration Agent by the assignee or participant, as the case may be, of any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States tax withholding matters, and (iv) other than in the case of an assignment by a Lender to one of its Affiliates or by a Discretionary Lender to a Committed Lender or to a Program Support Provider, include a payment to the Administrative Agent by the assignor or assignee Lender of an assignment fee of $3,500. In the case of an assignment by a Lender under this Section 12.02 , the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were a Lender hereunder. The assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments or assigned portion thereof from and after the date of such assignment. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any assignment made in accordance with this Section 12.02(b) will give rise to a direct obligation of the Borrower to the assignee and that the assignee shall thereupon be a “Lender” for all purposes. In all instances, each Committed Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to such Committed Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the applicable Commitment. In the event any Lender assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of a Revolving Note or the Swing Line Note, such Lender shall so notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall, upon the request of such Lender, execute new Revolving Notes or Swing Line Notes in exchange for the Revolving Notes or Swing Line Notes, as the case may be, being assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.02(b) , any Lender may at any time pledge or assign all or any portion of such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Related Documents to any Federal Reserve Bank or to any holder or trustee of such Lender’s securities; provided that no such pledge or assignment to any Federal Reserve Bank, holder or trustee shall release such Lender from such Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any other Related Document and no such holder or trustee shall be entitled to enforce any rights of such Lender hereunder unless such holder or trustee becomes a Lender hereunder through execution of an Assignment Agreement as set forth above.

 

56


(c) In addition to the foregoing right, without notice to or consent from the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, (x) any Lender may assign to any of its Affiliates and any Discretionary Lender may assign to a Committed Lender or to a Program Support Provider all or a portion of its rights (but not its obligations) under the Related Documents, including a sale of any Advances or other Borrower Obligations hereunder and such Lender’s right to receive payment with respect to any such Borrower Obligation and (y) sell participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the Related Documents (including all its rights and obligations with respect to the Advances); provided that (x) no such participant shall have a commitment, or be deemed to have made an offer to commit, to make Advances hereunder, and none shall be liable to any Person for any obligations of such Lender hereunder (it being understood that nothing in this Section 12.02(c) shall limit any rights the Lender may have as against such participant under the terms of the applicable option, sale or participation agreement between or among such parties); and (y) no holder of any such participation shall be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except actions directly affecting (i) any reduction in the principal amount of, or interest rate or Fees payable with respect to, any Advance in which such holder participates, (ii) any extension of any scheduled payment of the principal amount of any Advance in which such holder participates or the final maturity date thereof, and (iii) any release of all or substantially all of the Borrower Collateral (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Related Documents). Solely for purposes of Sections 2.08 , 2.09 , 2.10 , and 9.01 , Borrower acknowledges and agrees that each such sale or participation shall give rise to a direct obligation of the Borrower to the participant and each such participant shall be considered to be a “Lender” for purposes of such sections. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, such Lender’s rights and obligations, and the rights and obligations of the other Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent towards such Lender under any Related Document shall remain unchanged and none of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent or any Lender (other than the Lender selling a participation) shall have any duty to any participant and may continue to deal solely with the assigning or selling Lender as if no such assignment or sale had occurred.

(d) Without limiting the foregoing, a Conduit Lender may, from time to time, with prior or concurrent notice to the Borrower, in one transaction or a series of transactions, assign all or a portion of its interest in the Advances and its rights and obligations under this Agreement and any other Related Documents to which it is a party to a Conduit Assignee; provided that (i) if the ratings of the Commercial Paper of such Conduit Assignee are not at least equal to the ratings of such Conduit Lender, then Borrower consent shall be required, and (ii) such assignment complies with Section 12.02(b) (other than not requiring the consent of the Borrower). Upon and to the extent of such assignment by a Conduit Lender to a Conduit Assignee, (i) such Conduit Assignee shall be the owner of the assigned portion of such interest, (ii) the related Administrator for such Conduit Assignee will act as the Administrator for such Conduit Assignee hereunder, with all corresponding rights and powers, express or implied, granted to the Administrator hereunder or under the other Related Documents, (iii) such Conduit Assignee (and any related commercial paper issuer, if such Conduit Assignee does not itself issue commercial paper) and their respective liquidity support provider(s) and credit support provider(s) and other related parties shall have the benefit of all the rights and protections provided to the Conduit Lender and its Program Support Provider(s) herein and in the other Related Documents (including any limitation on recourse against such Conduit Assignee or related parties, any agreement not to file or join in the filing of a petition to commence an insolvency proceeding

 

57


against such Conduit Assignee, and the right to assign to another Conduit Assignee as provided in this paragraph), (iv) such Conduit Assignee shall assume all (or the assigned or assumed portion) of the Conduit Lender’s obligations, if any, hereunder or any other Related Document, and the Conduit Lender shall be released from such obligations, in each case to the extent of such assignment, and the obligations of the Conduit Lender and such Conduit Assignee shall be several and not joint, (v) all distributions in respect of such interest in the Advances shall be made to the applicable Managing Agent or the related Administrator, as applicable, on behalf of the Conduit Lender and such Conduit Assignee on a pro rata basis according to their respective interests, (vi) the definition of the term “CP Rate” with respect to the portion of the Advances funded with commercial paper issued by the Conduit Lender from time to time shall be determined in the manner set forth in the definition of “CP Rate” applicable to the Conduit Lender on the basis of the interest rate or discount applicable to commercial paper issued by such Conduit Assignee (or the related commercial paper issuer, if such Conduit Assignee does not itself issue commercial paper) rather than the Conduit Lender, (vii) the defined terms and other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Related Documents shall be interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, (viii) the Conduit Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender already, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Servicer, all applicable tax documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Servicer and (ix) if requested by the related Managing Agent or the related Administrator with respect to the Conduit Assignee, the parties will execute and deliver such further agreements and documents and take such other actions as the related Managing Agent or such Administrator may reasonably request to evidence and give effect to the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, no assignment by a Conduit Lender to a Conduit Assignee of all or any portion of its interest in the Advances shall in any way diminish the related Committed Lenders’ obligations under Section 2.03 to fund any Advances not funded by the related Conduit Lender or such Conduit Assignee or to acquire from the Conduit Lender or such Conduit Assignee all or any portion of their interest in the Advances pursuant to Section 13.01 .

(e) In the event that a Conduit Lender makes an assignment to a Conduit Assignee in accordance with clause (d)  above, the Related Committed Lenders: (i) if requested by the related Administrator, shall terminate their participation in the applicable Program Support Agreement to the extent of such assignment, (ii) if requested by the related Administrator, shall execute (either directly or through a participation agreement, as determined by such Administrator) the program support agreement related to such Conduit Assignee, to the extent of such assignment, the terms of which shall be substantially similar to those of the participation or other agreement entered into by such Committed Lender with respect to the applicable Program Support Agreement (or which shall be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator and the Related Committed Lenders), (iii) if requested by the related Conduit Lender, shall enter into such agreements as requested by such Conduit Lender pursuant to which they shall be obligated to provide funding to the Conduit Assignee on substantially the same terms and conditions as is provided for in this Agreement in respect of such Conduit Lender (or which agreements shall be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to such Conduit Lender and the Committed Lenders), and (iv) shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection therewith.

 

58


(f) Except as expressly provided in this Section 12.02 , no Lender shall, as between the Borrower and that Lender, or between the Administrative Agent and that Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting of a participation in, all or any part of the Advances, the Revolving Notes, the Swing Line Note or other Borrower Obligations owed to such Lender.

(g) The Borrower shall assist any Lender permitted to sell assignments or participations under this Section 12.02 as reasonably required to enable the assigning or selling Lender to effect any such assignment or participation, including the execution and delivery of any and all agreements, notes and other documents and instruments as shall be reasonably requested and the participation of management in meetings with potential assignees or participants.

(h) A Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and/or the Receivables in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants). Each Lender shall obtain from all prospective and actual assignees or participants confidentiality covenants substantially equivalent to those contained in Section 12.05 .

Section 12.03. Termination; Survival of Borrower Obligations Upon Facility Termination Date .

(a) This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by any Affected Party under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of the Borrower or the rights of any Affected Party relating to any unpaid portion of the Borrower Obligations, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event the performance of which is required after the Facility Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Borrower and all rights of any Affected Party hereunder, all as contained in the Related Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided that the rights and remedies provided for herein with respect to any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.01(a) , (c) , (e) , (j) , (p) , (r)  and (v) , Article IV , the indemnification and payment provisions of Article X and Sections 11.05 , 12.05 , 12.14 and 12.15 shall be continuing and shall survive the Termination Date.

Section 12.04. Costs, Expenses and Taxes . (a) The Borrower (failing whom, the Originators) shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Managing Agent and each Lender for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other Related Documents (including the reasonable fees and expenses of

 

59


all of its special counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors retained in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby and advice in connection therewith). The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender, each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent for all fees, costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors (including environmental and management consultants and appraisers) for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection with:

(i) the forwarding to the Borrower or any other Person on behalf of the Borrower by any Lender of any proceeds of Advances made by such Lender hereunder;

(ii) any amendment, modification or waiver of, consent with respect to, or termination of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents or advice in connection with the administration hereof or thereof or their respective rights hereunder or thereunder;

(iii) any Litigation, contest or dispute (whether instituted by the Borrower, any Lender, any Managing Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Person as a party, witness, or otherwise) in any way relating to the Borrower Collateral, any of the Related Documents or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including any Litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any appeal or review thereof, in connection with a case commenced by or against the Borrower, the Servicer or any other Person that may be obligated to any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent by virtue of the Related Documents, including any such Litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action arising in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iv) any attempt to enforce any remedies of a Lender, a Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent against the Borrower, the Servicer or any other Person that may be obligated to them by virtue of any of the Related Documents, including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(v) any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(vi) efforts to (A) monitor the Advances or any of the Borrower Obligations, (B) evaluate, observe or assess the Originators, the Parent, the Borrower, or the Servicer or their respective affairs, and (C) verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Borrower Collateral;

including all reasonable attorneys’ and other professional and service providers’ fees arising from such services, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings, and all reasonable expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and others in connection with or relating to any of the events or actions described in this Section 12.04 , all of which shall be payable, on demand, by the Borrower (failing whom, the Originators) to the applicable Lender, the applicable Managing Agent or the

 

60


Administrative Agent, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: reasonable fees, costs and expenses of accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, investment bankers, management and other consultants and paralegals; court costs and expenses; photocopying and duplication expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram or facsimile charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal or other advisory services.

(b) In addition, the Borrower (failing whom, the Originators) shall pay on demand any and all stamp, sales, excise and other taxes, gross receipts or franchise taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement or any other Related Document excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income, gross receipts or franchise taxes of any Affected Party by the jurisdictions under the laws of which such Affected Party is organized or by any political subdivisions thereof, and the Borrower (failing whom, each Originator) agrees to indemnify and save each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or failure to pay such taxes and fees.

Section 12.05. Confidentiality .

(a) Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law or as required to be filed publicly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower agrees to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement (and all drafts hereof and documents ancillary hereto), in its communications with third parties other than any Affected Party or any Indemnified Person or any financial institution party to the Credit Agreement and otherwise not to disclose, deliver or otherwise make available to any third party (other than its directors, officers, employees, accountants or counsel) the original or any copy of all or any part of this Agreement (or any draft hereof and documents ancillary hereto) except to an Affected Party or an Indemnified Person or any financial institution party to the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Borrower agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to) issue any news release or make any public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents without the prior written consent of the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such news release or public announcement is required by law, in which case the Borrower shall consult with the Administrative Agent and any Managing Agents specifically referenced therein prior to the issuance of such news release or public announcement. The Borrower may, however, disclose the general terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents to trade creditors, suppliers and other similarly-situated Persons so long as such disclosure is not in the form of a news release or public announcement.

(c) The Administrative Agent, each Managing Agent, each Administrator and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), and will not use such confidential Information for any purpose or in any matter

 

61


except in connection with this Agreement, except that Information may be disclosed (1) to (i) each Affected Party (ii) its and each Affected Party’s and their respective Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and to not disclose or use such Information in violation of Regulation FD (17 C.F.R. § 243.100-243.103)) and (iii) industry trade organizations for inclusion in league table measurements, (2) to any regulatory authority, (3) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (4) to any other party to this Agreement, (5) to the extent required in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Related Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (6) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of (or participant in), or any prospective assignee of (or participant in), any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (7) with the consent of the Borrower (8) to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization rating a Conduit Lender’s Commercial Paper, any dealer or placement agent of or depositary for the Conduit Lender’s Commercial Paper, any Administrator, any Program Support Provider, any credit/financing provider to any Conduit Lender or any of such Person’s counsel or accountants in relation to this Agreement or any other Related Document if they agree to hold the Information confidential or (9) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or any other confidentiality agreement to which it is party with the Borrower or the Parent or any subsidiary thereof or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent, any Administrator or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Parent or any subsidiary thereof. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower and Servicer relating to the Borrower, the Servicer, the Parent or any subsidiary thereof or their businesses, or any Obligor, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent, any Administrator or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or Servicer; provided that in the case of information received from the Borrower or Servicer after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Section 12.06. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement and the other Related Documents constitute the complete agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 12.07 .

Section 12.07. Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Except for actions expressly permitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrower and by the Requisite Lenders or, to the

 

62


extent required under clause (b)  below, by all affected Lenders and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, and, to the extent required under clause (b)  or clause (c)  below, by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Managing Agents. Except as set forth in clause (b)  below, all amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of any Lenders without specifying the required percentage of Lenders shall require the written consent of the Requisite Lenders.

(b)(i) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender directly affected thereby, do any of the following: (1) increase the principal amount of any Lender’s Commitment; (2) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or Fees payable with respect to any Advance made by any affected Lender; (3) extend any scheduled payment date or final maturity date of the principal amount of any Advance of any affected Lender; (4) waive, forgive, defer, extend or postpone any payment of interest or Fees as to any affected Lender; (5) change the percentage of the Aggregate Commitments or of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount which shall be required for Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; (6) release all or substantially all of the Borrower Collateral; or (7) amend or waive this Section 12.07 or the definition of the term “Requisite Lenders” insofar as such definition affects the substance of this Section 12.07 . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by each Requisite Lender and, if the SMBC Lender Group and Bank of America Lender Group have not made any assignment of their rights hereunder and are not included in determining Lenders that constitute Requisite Lenders, by the Managing Agent of the SMBC Lender Group and the Bank of America Lender Group, do any of the following: (x) modify or waive Section 5.03(a) , (b) , (e)  through (l) , (o)  or (p) , (y) modify or waive Section 8.01(v) , or (z) modify any of the following definitions or component definitions thereof in a manner which would increase availability to the Borrower for Advances hereunder: “Borrowing Base,” “Dynamic Advance Rate,” “Interest Reserve,” “Servicing Fee Reserve,” or “Net Receivables Balance.” Furthermore, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective to the extent that it (x) affects the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or any Managing Agent under this Agreement or any other Related Document unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or such Managing Agent, as applicable, or (y) affects the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement or modifies or amends any other provision of this Agreement or any other Related Document relating the Swing Line Loan, Swing Line Advances or the Swing Line Lender unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender.

(i) Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be required for the Administrative Agent to take additional Borrower Collateral pursuant to any Related Document. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be effective without the written concurrence of the holder of such Note. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 12.07 shall be binding upon each holder of a Note at the time outstanding and each future holder of a Note.

 

63


(ii) Neither the Administrative Agent, any Managing Agent nor any Lender shall waive any of the provisions set forth in Section 4.01(v) or Section 5.01(g) if such waiver would adversely affect the Ratings.

(c) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”):

(i) requiring the consent of all affected Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described this clause (i) or in clause (ii)  below being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), or

(ii) requiring the consent of all Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of all Lenders is not obtained,

then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, at the Borrower’s request the Administrative Agent, or a Person acceptable to the Administrative Agent, shall have the right with the Administrative Agent’s consent and in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to the Administrative Agent or such Person, all of the Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Advances held by the Non-Consenting Lender and all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement.

(d) Upon indefeasible payment in full in cash and performance of all of the Borrower Obligations (other than indemnification obligations under Section 10.01 ), termination of the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders and a release of all claims against the Secured Parties, and so long as no suits, actions, proceedings or claims are pending or threatened against any Indemnified Person asserting any damages, losses or liabilities that are Indemnified Liabilities, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower termination statements and other documents necessary or appropriate to evidence the termination of the Liens securing payment of the Borrower Obligations.

Section 12.08. No Waiver; Remedies . The failure by any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Borrower or the Servicer of any provision of this Agreement, any Receivables Assignment or any other Related Document shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of the Borrower or the Servicer contained in this Agreement, any Receivables Assignment or any other Related Document, and no breach or default by the Borrower or the Servicer hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by any Lender, any Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by

 

64


an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of each applicable Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent and directed to the Borrower or the Servicer, as applicable, specifying such suspension or waiver. The rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Related Documents shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that the Lenders, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent may have hereunder, thereunder, under any other agreement, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Borrower Collateral shall not be required.

Section 12.09. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY RELATED DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY) AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN THE BORROWER COLLATERAL OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT; PROVIDED THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE ANY LENDER, ANY MANAGING AGENT OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE BORROWER COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE BORROWER OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE LENDERS, THE MANAGING AGENTS OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE

 

65


BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 12.01 HEREOF AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(c) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 12.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

Section 12.11. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 12.12. Section Titles . The section, titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

66


Section 12.13. Further Assurances .

(a) The Borrower shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of any of the Lenders or the Managing Agents, promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take such further action that may be necessary or desirable or that any of the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent may request to (i) perfect, protect, preserve, continue and maintain fully the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Agreement, (ii) enable the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents or (iii) otherwise carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Related Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, upon request of any of the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent, (A) execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, and such other instruments or notices that may be necessary or desirable or that any of the Lenders, the Managing Agents or the Administrative Agent may request to perfect, protect and preserve the Liens granted pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of all Adverse Claims, (B) mark, or cause the Servicer to mark, each Contract evidencing each Transferred Receivable with a legend, acceptable to each Lender, the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent evidencing that the Borrower has purchased such Transferred Receivables and that the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has a security interest in and lien thereon, (C) mark, or cause the Servicer to mark, its master data processing records evidencing such Transferred Receivables with such a legend and (D) notify or cause the Servicer to notify Obligors of the Liens on the Transferred Receivables granted hereunder.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and each of the Lenders hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, to file one or more financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, relating to all or any part of the Transferred Receivables, including Collections with respect thereto, or the Borrower Collateral without the signature of the Borrower or, as applicable, the Lenders, as applicable, to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Receivables, the Borrower Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law.

Section 12.14. No Proceedings . Each of Administrative Agent, each Managing Agent, each Administrator and each Lender agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the date one year plus one day following the Termination Date, it will not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against the Borrower any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 8.01(d) and 8.01(e) . This Section 12.14 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 12.15. Limitation on Payments . Notwithstanding any provision in any other section of this Agreement to the contrary, the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts payable to Lender or any other Affected Party pursuant to Sections 2.09 , 2.10 and 10.01 of this Agreement shall be without recourse to the Borrower except as to any Collections and other amounts and/or

 

67


proceeds of the Transferred Receivables (collectively, the “ Available Amounts ”) required to be distributed to the Lenders, to the extent that such amounts are available for distribution. In the event that amounts payable to a Lender or any other Affected Party pursuant to this Agreement exceed the Available Amounts, the excess of the amounts due hereunder over the Available Amounts paid shall not constitute a “claim” under Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code against the Borrower until such time as the Borrower has Available Amounts. The foregoing shall not operate to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Affected Party to enforce any claims of Borrower or its assigns against the Originators under the Sale Agreement or any other Related Document.

Section 12.16. Limited Recourse . The obligations of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and all Related Documents are solely the corporate obligations of each such Secured Party. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of Advances or for the payment of any fee hereunder or any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other Related Document against any Stockholder, employee, officer, director, agent or incorporator of such Secured Party. No Conduit Lender shall, nor shall be obligated to, pay any amount pursuant to the Related Documents unless such Conduit Lender has received funds which may be used to make such payment pursuant to such Conduit Lender’s commercial paper program documents. Any amount which such Conduit Lender does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) against or an obligation of such Conduit Lender for any insufficiency unless and until such Conduit Lender satisfies the provisions of such preceding sentence. This Section 12.16 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 12.17. Agreement Not to Petition . Each party hereto agrees, for the benefit of the holders of the privately or publicly placed indebtedness for borrowed money for any of the Discretionary Lenders, not, prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day after the payment in full of all such indebtedness, to acquiesce, petition or otherwise, directly or indirectly, invoke, or cause such Discretionary Lender to invoke, the process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of (a) commencing or sustaining a case against the such Discretionary Lender under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (including the Bankruptcy Code), (b) appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official for such Discretionary Lender, or any substantial part of its property, or (c) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of such Discretionary Lender. The provisions of this Section 12.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XIII.

Section 13.01. Assignment to Committed Lenders .

(a) Assignment Amounts . At any time on or prior to the Facility Termination Date for the applicable Conduit Lender, if the related Administrator on behalf of such Conduit Lender in such Lender Group so elects, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower hereby irrevocably requests and directs that such Conduit Lender assign, and such Conduit Lender does hereby assign effective on the Assignment Date referred to below all or such portions as may be elected by the Conduit Lender of its interest in the Advances at such time to the Committed Lenders in its Lender Group pursuant to this Section 13.01 and the Borrower hereby

 

68


agrees to pay the amounts described in Section 13.01(b) ; provided that unless such assignment is an assignment of all of such Conduit Lender’s interest in the Advances in whole on or after such Conduit Lender’s Conduit Investment Termination Date, no such assignment shall take place pursuant to this Section 13.01 if a Termination Event described in Section 8.01(x) shall then exist; and provided further that no such assignment shall take place pursuant to this Section 13.01 at a time when an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to such Conduit Lender exists. No further documentation or action on the part of such Conduit Lender or the Borrower shall be required to exercise the rights set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, other than the giving of the notice by the related Administrator on behalf of such Conduit Lender referred to in such sentence and the delivery by the related Administrator of a copy of such notice to each Committed Lender in its Lender Group (the date of the receipt by such Administrator of any such notice being the “ Assignment Date ”). Each Committed Lender in the applicable Conduit Lender’s Lender Group hereby agrees, unconditionally and irrevocably and under all circumstances, without setoff, counterclaim or defense of any kind, to pay the full amount of its Assignment Amount on such Assignment Date to the applicable Conduit Lender in immediately available funds to an account designated by the related Administrator. Upon payment of its Assignment Amount, each related Committed Lender shall acquire an interest in the Advances equal to its pro rata share (based on the outstanding portions of the Advances funded by it) of the assigned portion of the Advances. Upon any assignment in whole by a Conduit Lender to the Committed Lenders in its Lender Group on or after such Conduit Lender’s Conduit Investment Termination Date as contemplated hereunder, such Conduit Lender shall cease to make any additional Advances hereunder. At all times prior to a Conduit Lender’s Conduit Investment Termination Date, nothing herein shall prevent a Conduit Lender from making a subsequent Advance hereunder, in its sole discretion, following any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.01 or from making more than one assignment pursuant to this Section 13.01 .

(b) Borrower’s Obligation to Pay Certain Amounts; Additional Assignment Amount . The Borrower shall pay to the applicable Administrator, for the account of the applicable Conduit Lender, in connection with any assignment by such Conduit Lender to the Committed Lenders in its Lender Group pursuant to this Section 13.01 , an aggregate amount equal to all interest to accrue through the end of the current Interest Period to the extent attributable to the portion of the Advances so assigned to the Committed Lenders (which interest shall be determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the applicable Administrator) (as determined immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment), plus all other Borrower Obligations then owing to such Conduit Lender (other than the Advances and other than any interest not described above) related to the portion of the Advances so assigned to the Committed Lenders in its Lender Group. If the Borrower fails to make payment of such amounts at or prior to the time of assignment by the Conduit Lender to its Committed Lenders, such amount shall be paid by the Committed Lenders on a pro rata basis (based on these Commitments) to the Conduit Lender as additional consideration for the interests assigned to the Committed Lenders and the amount of the “Advances” hereunder held by the Committed Lenders shall be increased by an amount equal to the additional amount so paid by the Committed Lenders.

(c) Administration of Agreement after Assignment from Conduit Lender to Committed Lenders following the Conduit Investment Termination Date . After any assignment in whole by a Conduit Lender to the Committed Lenders in its Lender Group

 

69


pursuant to this Section 13.01 at any time on or after such Conduit Lender’s Conduit Investment Termination Date (and the payment of all amounts owing to the Conduit Lender in connection therewith), all rights of the applicable Administrator set forth herein shall be given to the related Managing Agent on behalf of the applicable Committed Lenders instead of the Administrator.

(d) Recovery of Advances . In the event that the aggregate of the Assignment Amounts paid by the Committed Lenders pursuant to this Section 13.01 on any Assignment Date occurring on or after such Conduit Lender’s Conduit Investment Termination Date is less than the Advances of the Conduit Lender on such Assignment Date, then to the extent Collections thereafter received by the Administrative Agent hereunder in respect of the Advances exceed the aggregate of the unrecovered Assignment Amounts and Advances funded by such Committed Lenders, such excess shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Conduit Lender (or to the applicable Administrator on its behalf) for the account of the Conduit Lender.

Section 13.02. Downgrade of Committed Lender . (a)  Downgrades Generally . If at any time on or prior to the Facility Termination Date for a Conduit Lender, the short term debt rating of any Committed Lender in such Conduit Lender’s Lender Group shall be “A-2” or “P-2” from S&P or Moody’s, respectively, with negative credit implications, such Committed Lender, upon request of the applicable Managing Agent, shall, within thirty (30) days of such request, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another financial institution (which institution’s short term debt shall be rated at least “A-2” or “P-2” from S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and which shall not be so rated with negative credit implications and which is acceptable to the related Conduit Lender and its Administrator). If the short term debt rating of a Committed Lender shall be “A-3” or “P-3”, or lower, from S&P or Moody’s, respectively (or such rating shall have been withdrawn by S&P or Moody’s), such Committed Lender, upon request of the applicable Managing Agent, shall, within five (5) Business Days of such request, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another financial institution (which institution’s short term debt shall be rated at least “A-2” or “P-2”, from S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and which shall not be so rated with negative credit implications and which is acceptable to the applicable Conduit Lender and its Administrator). In either such case, if any such Committed Lender shall not have assigned its rights and obligations under this Agreement within the applicable time period described above (in either such case, the “ Required Downgrade Assignment Period ”), the related Managing Agent on behalf of the applicable Conduit Lender shall have the right to require such Committed Lender to pay upon one (1) Business Day’s notice at any time after the Required Downgrade Assignment Period (and each such Committed Lender hereby agrees in such event to pay within such time) to the related Managing Agent an amount equal to such Committed Lender’s unused Commitment (a “ Downgrade Draw ”) for deposit by the related Managing Agent into an account, in the name of the related Managing Agent (a “ Downgrade Collateral Account ”), which shall be in satisfaction of such Committed Lender’s obligations to make Advances and to pay its Assignment Amount upon an assignment from a Conduit Lender in accordance with Section 13.01 ; provided that if, during the Required Downgrade Assignment Period, such Committed Lender delivers a written notice to the related Managing Agent of its intent to deliver a direct pay irrevocable letter of credit pursuant to this proviso in lieu of the payment required to fund the Downgrade Draw, then such Committed Lender will not be required to fund such Downgrade Draw. If any Committed Lender gives the related Managing Agent such notice, then such Committed Lender shall, within one (1) Business Day after the Required Downgrade

 

70


Assignment Period, deliver to the related Managing Agent a direct pay irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the related Managing Agent in an amount equal to the unused portion of such Committed Lender’s Commitment, which letter of credit shall be issued through a United States office of a bank or other financial institution (i) whose short-term debt ratings by S&P and Moody’s are at least equal to the ratings assigned by such statistical rating organization to the Commercial Paper of its related Conduit Lender and (ii) that is acceptable to the applicable Conduit Lender and its Administrator. Such letter of credit shall provide that the related Managing Agent may draw thereon for payment of any Advance or Assignment Amount payable by such Committed Lender which is not paid hereunder when required, shall expire no earlier than the related Facility Termination Date and shall otherwise be in form and substance acceptable to the related Managing Agent.

(b) Application of Funds in Downgrade Collateral Account. If any Committed Lender shall be required pursuant to Section 13.02(a) to fund a Downgrade Draw, then the related Managing Agent shall apply the monies in the Downgrade Collateral Account applicable to such Committed Lender’s share of Advances required to be made by the Committed Lenders and to any Assignment Amount payable by such Committed Lender pursuant to Section 13.01 at the times, in the manner and subject to the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement. The deposit of monies in such Downgrade Collateral Account by any Committed Lender shall not constitute an Advance or the payment of any Assignment Amount (and such Committed Lender shall not be entitled to interest on such monies except as provided below in this Section 13.02(b) , unless and until (and then only to the extent that) such monies are used to fund Advances or to pay any Assignment Amount. The amount on deposit in such Downgrade Collateral Account shall be invested by the related Managing Agent in Permitted Investments (or other eligible investments permitted under the applicable Conduit Lender’s commercial paper program) and such Permitted Investments shall be selected by the related Managing Agent in its sole discretion. The related Managing Agent shall remit to such Committed Lender, on the last Business Day of each month, the income actually received thereon. Unless required to be released as provided below in this subsection, Collections received by the related Managing Agent in respect of such Committed Lender’s portion of the Advances shall be deposited in the Downgrade Collateral Account for such Committed Lender. Amounts on deposit in such Downgrade Collateral Account shall be released to such Committed Lender (or the stated amount of the letter of credit delivered by such Committed Lender pursuant to subsection (a)  above may be reduced) within one (1) Business Day after each Settlement Date following the Termination Date to the extent that, after giving effect to the distributions made and received by the Lenders on such Settlement Date, the amount on deposit in such Downgrade Collateral Account would exceed such Committed Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the day prior to the Termination Date) of the sum of all portions of Advances then funded by the applicable Conduit Lender, plus the Interest Component. All amounts remaining in such Downgrade Collateral Account shall be released to such Committed Lender no later than the Business Day immediately following the earliest of (i) the effective date of any replacement of such Committed Lender or removal of such Committed Lender as a party to this Agreement, (ii) the date on which such Committed Lender shall furnish the related Managing Agent with confirmation that such Committed Lender shall have short-term debt ratings of at least “A-2” or “P-2” from S&P and Moody’s, respectively, without negative credit implications, and (iii) the Facility Termination Date (or if earlier, the Facility Termination Date in effect prior to any renewal pursuant to Section 13.03 to which such Committed Lender does not consent).

 

71


Nothing in this Section 13.02 shall affect or diminish in any way any such downgraded Committed Lender’s Commitment to the Borrower or the applicable Conduit Lender or such downgraded Committed Lender’s other obligations and liabilities hereunder and under the other Related Documents.

(c) Program Support Agreement Downgrade Provisions . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 13.02 , a Committed Lender shall not be required to make a Downgrade Draw (or provide for the issuance of a letter of credit in lieu thereof) pursuant to Section 13.02(a) at a time when such Committed Lender has a downgrade collateral account (or letter of credit in lieu thereof) established pursuant to any Program Support Agreement relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to which it is a party containing an amount at least equal to its unused Commitment, and the related Managing Agent may apply monies in such downgrade collateral account in the manner described in Section 13.02(b) as if such downgrade collateral account were a Downgrade Collateral Account.

Section 13.03. Extension of Final Advance Date; Non-Renewing Committed Lenders . Not more than ninety (90) days or less than seventy-five (75) days prior to the then current Final Advance Date, the SPV may request an extension thereof for an additional period not to exceed 364 days. Each Committed Lender will deliver to the SPV at least sixty (60) days prior to the then current Final Advance Date a non-binding indication of whether it intends to consent to such extension. Any failure of a Committed Lender to respond by the sixtieth day preceding such Final Advance Date shall constitute a refusal to consent to such an extension. If at any time the Borrower requests that the Committed Lenders renew their Commitments hereunder and some but less than all the Committed Lenders consent to such renewal, the Borrower may arrange for an assignment, and such non-consenting Committed Lenders shall agree to assign, to one or more financial institutions acceptable to the related Conduit Lender and the Borrower of all the rights and obligations hereunder of each such non-consenting Committed Lender in accordance with this Agreement. Any such assignment shall become effective on the then-current Final Advance Date. Each Committed Lender which does not so consent to any renewal shall cooperate fully with the Borrower in effectuating any such assignment. If none or less than all the Commitments of the non-renewing Committed Lenders are so assigned as provided above, then the Final Advance Date shall not be extended.

Section 13.04. Replacement of Lender . Following a demand by the Administrative Agent or a Managing Agent (whether on behalf of a Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”), its related Program Support Provider or any other Affected Party in such Affected Lender’s Lender Group) for payment of any amounts under Section 2.09 , the Borrower may elect to replace such Affected Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement with an assignee Lender procured by the Borrower, provided that no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement; and provided further that, concurrently with such replacement, such assignee Lender shall agree to purchase for cash the Advances and all other rights of, and obligations due to, the Affected Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment Agreement and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Affected Lender to be terminated as of such date. Any such Affected Lender shall assign its rights and interests hereunder, such assignment to be effected in compliance with the requirements of Section 12.02 . In the event that such an assignment occurs, the assignee Lender (i) if requested by the applicable Administrator, shall execute (either

 

72


directly or through a participation agreement, as determined by the Administrator) a Program Support Agreement related to the applicable Conduit Lender, to the extent of such assignment, the terms of which shall be substantially similar to those of the participation or other agreement by the assigning Affected Lender with respect to the applicable Program Support Agreement (or which shall be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrator), it being understood that the assignee Lender shall not be required to execute a Program Support Agreement if its Lender Group does not include a Conduit Lender, and (ii) shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents shall reasonably request in connection therewith. For so long as the sum of the Commitments of any Affected Lenders under this Section 13.04 is equal to or less than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments, each such Affected Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assign its rights and interests hereunder to any Person identified by the Borrower as a potential assignee Lender hereunder.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

73


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,
as the Borrower
By:  

/s/    Simon Y. Leung

Name:   Simon Y. Leung
Title:   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

S-1   

Third Amended and Restated

Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement


Commitment: $204,000,000   BANK OF AMERICA LENDER GROUP:
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
  as a Lender, as Swing Line Lender, as Administrator for YC SUSI Trust, as Managing Agent for the Bank of America Lender Group and as the Bank of America Committed Lender
  By:  

/s/    Erie R.L. Archer

  Name:   Erie R.L. Archer
  Title:   Principal
 

YC SUSI TRUST ,

as a Lender and the Bank of America Discretionary Lender

  By:   Bank of America, National Association
    as Administrative Trustee
  By:  

/s/    Erie R.L. Archer

  Name:   Erie R.L. Archer
  Title:   Principal
  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

as Administrative Agent

  By:  

/s/    Erie R.L. Archer

  Name:   Erie R.L. Archer
  Title:   Principal

 

S-2   

Third Amended and Restated

Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement


Commitment: $153,000,000   SMBC LENDER GROUP:
  SMBC SECURITIES, INC.,
  as Administrator for Manhattan Asset Funding Company LLC and as Managing Agent for the SMBC Lender Group
  By:  

/s/    Tetsuya Tonoike

  Name:   Tetsuya Tonoike
  Title:   President
 

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION,

as a Lender and the SMBC Committed Lender

  By:  

/s/    Katsutoshi Nishimura

  Name:   Katsutoshi Nishimura
  Title:   Senior Vice President
 

MANHATTAN ASSET FUNDING COMPANY LLC ,

as a Lender and the SMBC Discretionary Lender

  By:   MAF RECEIVABLES CORP.,
    its sole member
  By:  

/s/    Philip A. Martone

  Name:   Philip A. Martone
  Title:   Vice President

 

S-3   

Third Amended and Restated

Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement


Exhibit 2.01(a) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

 

$                 [              ], 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [                      ] (the “Lender”), at the offices of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as agent for the Lender (the “Administrative Agent”), at its address at [                      ], or at such other place as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of              DOLLARS AND          CENTS ($              ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made to the undersigned under the “Funding Agreement” (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Funding Agreement or in Annex X thereto.

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes issued pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among the Borrower, the Lender (and any other “Lender” party thereto), the other parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Funding Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Funding Agreement and all of the other Related Documents referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Funding Agreement for a statement of all of the terms and conditions under which the Revolving Credit Advances evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. The date and amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower, the rates of interest applicable thereto and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on its books; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent to make any such recordation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Funding Agreement or this Revolving Note in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances actually made by the Lender to the Borrower.

The principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Funding Agreement, the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to such calculations, as are specified in the Funding Agreement.

If any payment on this Revolving Note becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.


Upon and after the occurrence of any Termination Event, this Revolving Note may, as provided in the Funding Agreement, and without demand, notice or legal process of any kind, be declared, and immediately shall become, due and payable.

Time is of the essence of this Revolving Note. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Except as provided in the Funding Agreement, this Revolving Note may not be assigned by the Lender to any Person.

THIS REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 2.01(b)(ii)-2


Exhibit 2.01(b)(ii) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

 

$                 [              ], 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“Bank of America”), a national banking association (the “Swing Line Lender”), at the offices of Bank of America, as agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), at the Administrative Agent’s address at [                      ], or at such other place as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of              DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($              ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid amount of all Swing Line Advances made to the undersigned under the “Funding Agreement” (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Funding Agreement or in Annex X thereto.

This Swing Line Note is issued pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 by and among the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender, the other “Lenders” party thereto, the other parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Funding Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Funding Agreement and all of the other Related Documents referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Funding Agreement for a statement of all of the terms and conditions under which the Swing Line Advances evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. The date and amount of each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower, the rate of interest applicable thereto and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on its books; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent to make any such recordation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Funding Agreement or this Swing Line Note in respect of the Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower.

The principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Funding Agreement, the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to such calculations, as are specified in the Funding Agreement.

If any payment on this Swing Line Note becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.


Upon and after the occurrence of any Termination. Event, this Swing Line Note may, as provided in the Funding Agreement, and without demand, notice or legal process of any kind, be declared, and immediately shall become, due and payable.

Time is of the essence of this Swing Line Note. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by Borrower.

THIS SWING LINE NOTE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 2.01(b)(ii)-2


Exhibit 2.02(a) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF FACILITY LIMIT REDUCTION NOTICE

[Insert Date]

 

Bank of America, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

214 North Tryon Street, 19 th Floor

NC1-027-19-01

Charlotte, NC 28255
Attention:    ABCP Funding Group
Telephone:    (704) 386-7922
Telecopy:    (704) 388-9169
  

Re:    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding

and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of that certain Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (the “Funding Agreement” ), by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (the “Borrower” ), the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders” ), the other parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Lender, Swing Line Lender and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Funding Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably notifies the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent of its election to permanently reduce the Facility Limit to [$              ], effective as of [                   ], [              ]. 1 [This reduction is the [first/second] reduction [for the current calendar year] permitted by Section 2.02(a) of the Funding Agreement.] After such reduction, the Maximum Advances Outstanding shall equal [$              ] and will not be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount.

 

Very truly yours,
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION
By  

 

Name  

 

Title  

 

 

 

1

This day shall be a Business Day at least ten Business Days after the date this notice is given.


Exhibit 2.02(b) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF FACILITY TERMINATION NOTICE

[Insert Date]

Bank of America, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

214 North Tryon Street, 19 th Floor

NC1-027-19-01

Charlotte, NC 28255

Attention:    ABCP Funding Group
Telephone:    (704) 386-7922
Telecopy:    (704) 388-9169
  

Re:    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and

Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of that certain Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (the “Funding Agreement” ), by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (the “Borrower” ), the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders” ), the other parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of the Funding Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably notifies the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent of its election to reduce the Facility Limit to zero effective as of [                       ], [              ] 2 . In connection therewith, the Borrower shall reduce Outstanding Principal Amount to zero on or prior to such date and make all other payments required by Section 2.03(h) and pay any other fees that are due and payable pursuant to the Fee Letter at the time and in the manner specified therein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By  

 

Name  

 

Title  

 

 

 

2

Which day shall be a Business Day at least 30 days after the date this notice is given.


Exhibit 2.03(a) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

[Insert Date]

Bank of America, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

214 North Tryon Street, 19 th Floor

NC1-027-19-01

Charlotte, NC 28255

Attention:    ABCP Funding Group
Telephone:    (704) 386-7922
Telecopy:    (704) 388-9169
  

Re:    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and

Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of that certain Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (the “Funding Agreement” ), by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (the “Borrower” ), the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders” ), the other parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as a lender, the Swing Line Lender and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Funding Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that a Borrowing be made to the Borrower on [                      ], [              ], in the amount of [$              ] which shall be [a Swing Line Advance][a Revolving Loan Advance], to be disbursed to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.04(a) of the Funding Agreement. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 of the Funding Agreement have been satisfied. Attached hereto is a certificate setting forth a pro forma calculation of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the acquisition by the Borrower of new Transferred Receivables and the receipt of Collections since the date of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, and the making of such Borrowing.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By  

 

Name  

 

Title  

 


Exhibit to Borrowing Request

Pro Forma Calculation of Borrowing Base

 

Exhibit 2.03(a)-2


Exhibit 2.03(h) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF REPAYMENT NOTICE

[Insert Date]

Bank of America, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

214 North Tryon Street, 19 th Floor

NC1-027-19-01

Charlotte, NC 28255

Attention:    ABCP Funding Group
Telephone:    (704) 386-7922
Telecopy:    (704) 388-9169
  

Re:    Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and

Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.03(h) of that certain Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (the “Funding Agreement” ), by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION (the “Borrower” ), the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders” ), the other parties thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as a lender (in such capacity, the “Lender” ) and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.03(h) of the Funding Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies the Managing Agents and the Administrative Agent of its request to repay the principal amount of outstanding Advances in an amount equal to [$              ] on [                   ], [              ] (which is a Business Day), from [Collections/other sources]. In connection therewith, the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent all interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of Advances being repaid through but excluding the date of such repayment.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By  

 

Name  

 

Title  

 


Exhibit 5.02(b) to Funding Agreement

Form of

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE


Exhibit 9.03 to Funding Agreement

Form of

POWER OF ATTORNEY

This Power of Attorney is executed and delivered by SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, as Borrower, (“ Grantor ”) under the Funding Agreement (as defined below), to Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Funding Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “Attorney” ), pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (the “Funding Agreement” ), by and among Grantor, the other parties thereto and Attorney and the other Related Documents. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement. No person to whom this Power of Attorney is presented, as authority for Attorney to take any action or actions contemplated hereby, shall be required to inquire into or seek confirmation from Grantor as to the authority of Attorney to take any action described below, or as to the existence of or fulfillment of any condition to this Power of Attorney, which is intended to grant to Attorney unconditionally the authority to take and perform the actions contemplated herein, and Grantor irrevocably waives any right to commence any suit or action, in law or equity, against any person or entity that acts in reliance upon or acknowledges the authority granted under this Power of Attorney. The power of attorney granted hereby is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked or cancelled by Grantor until all Borrower Obligations under the Related Documents have been indefeasibly paid in full and Attorney has provided its written consent thereto.

Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney (and all officers, employees or agents designated by Attorney), with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in its place and stead and in its name or in Attorney’s own name, from time to time in Attorney’s discretion, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of the Funding Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby grants to Attorney the power and right, on its behalf, without notice to or assent by it, to do the following: (a) open mail for it, and ask, demand, collect, give acquaintances and receipts for, take possession of, or endorse and receive payment of, any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances, or other instruments for the payment of moneys due in respect of Transferred Receivables, and sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, and notices in connection with any Borrower Collateral; (b) pay or discharge any taxes, Liens, or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against any Borrower Collateral; (c) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against it or any Borrower Collateral if the Grantor does not defend such suit, action, or proceeding or if Attorney believes that it is not pursuing such defense in a manner that will maximize the recovery to the Attorney, and settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action, or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Attorney may deem appropriate; (d) file or prosecute any claim, Litigation, suit or proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction or before any arbitrator, or take any other action otherwise deemed appropriate by Attorney for the purpose of


collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Borrower Collateral or otherwise with respect to the Related Documents whenever payable and to enforce any other right in respect of its property; (e) sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal with, any Borrower Collateral, and execute, in connection with such sale or action, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer in connection therewith; and (f) cause the certified public accountants then engaged by it to prepare and deliver to Attorney at any time and from time to time, promptly upon Attorney’s request, any and all financial statements or other reports required to be delivered by or on behalf of Grantor under the Related Documents, all as though Attorney were the absolute owner of its property for all purposes, and to do, at Attorney’s option and its expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and other things that Attorney reasonably deems necessary to perfect, preserve, or realize upon the Borrower Collateral and the Lenders’ Liens thereon, all as fully and effectively as it might do. Grantor hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Power of Attorney is executed by Grantor, and Grantor has caused its seal to be affixed pursuant to the authority of its board of directors this      day of [              ], 20[      ].

 

Grantor        
ATTEST:  

 

     
By:  

 

      (SEAL)
Title:        
[Notarization in appropriate form for the state of execution is required.]

 

Exhibit 9.03-2


Exhibit 12.02(b) to Funding Agreement

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Assignment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of                                  ,              by and between                                  (“Assignor Lender”) and                              (“Assignee Lender”) and acknowledged and consented to by BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein will have the respective meanings set forth in the Funding Agreement as hereinafter defined.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, SIT Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time as lenders (the “Lenders”), the other parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of January 23, 2009 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Funding Agreement”) pursuant to which the Lenders (including the Assignor Lender) have agreed to make certain Advances to Borrower;

WHEREAS, Assignor Lender desires to assign to Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its interest in the Advances (as described below) and the Borrower Collateral and to delegate to Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its Commitment and other duties with respect to such Advances and Borrower Collateral;

WHEREAS, Assignee Lender desires to become a Lender under the Funding Agreement and to accept such assignment and delegation from Assignor Lender; and

WHEREAS, Assignee Lender desires to appoint the Administrative Agent to serve as agent for Assignee Lender under the Funding Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions, and covenants herein contained, Assignor Lender and Assignee Lender agree as follows:

1. ASSIGNMENT, DELEGATION, AND ACCEPTANCE

1.1 Assignment . Assignor Lender hereby transfers and assigns to Assignee Lender, without recourse and without representations or warranties of any kind (except as set forth in Section 3.2 below), [all/such percentage] of Assignor Lender’s right, title, and interest in the Advances, Related Documents and Borrower Collateral as will result in Assignee Lender having as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) a Pro Rata Share thereof, as follows:

 

Assignee Lender’s Loans

   Principal Amount    Pro Rata Share  

Advances

   $                          %


1.2 Delegation . Assignor Lender hereby irrevocably assigns and delegates to Assignee Lender [all/a portion] of its Commitments and its other duties and obligations as a Lender under the Related Documents equivalent to [100%/          %] of Assignor Lender’s Commitment (such percentage representing a commitment of $              ).

1.3 Acceptance by Assignee Lender . By its execution of this Agreement, Assignee Lender irrevocably purchases, assumes and accepts such assignment and delegation and agrees to be a Lender with respect to the delegated interest under the Related Documents and to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof. By its execution of this Agreement, Assignor Lender agrees, to the extent provided herein, to relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations and duties under the Funding Agreement.

1.4 Effective Date . Such assignment and delegation by Assignor Lender and acceptance by Assignee Lender will be effective and Assignee Lender will become a Lender under the Related Documents as of the date of this Agreement (“Effective Date”) and upon payment of the Assigned Amount and the Assignment Fee (as each term is defined below).

2. INITIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY OF NOTES

2.1 Payment of the Assigned Amount . Assignee Lender will pay to Assignor Lender, in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Effective Date, an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the then outstanding principal amount of the Advances as set forth above in Section 1.1 together with accrued interest, fees and other amounts as set forth on Schedule 2.1 (the “Assigned Amount”).

2.2 Payment of Assignment Fee . [Assignor Lender] [Assignee Lender] will pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Effective Date, an assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 (the “Assignment Fee”) as required pursuant to Section 12.02(b) of the Funding Agreement.

2.3 Execution and Delivery of Notes . Following payment of the Assigned Amount and the Assignment Fee, Assignor Lender will deliver to the Administrative Agent the Revolving Notes previously delivered to Assignor Lender for redelivery to Borrower and the Administrative Agent will obtain from Borrower for delivery to [Assignor Lender and] Assignee Lender, new executed Revolving Notes evidencing Assignee Lender’s [and Assignor Lender’s respective] Pro Rata Share[s] in the Advances after giving effect to the assignment described in Section 1 . Each new Revolving Note will be issued in the aggregate maximum principal amount of the Commitment of [the Assignee Lender] [and the Assignor Lender].

3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

3.1 Assignee Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Assignee Lender hereby represents, warrants, and covenants the following to Assignor Lender and the Administrative Agent:

(a) This Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding agreement of Assignee Lender, enforceable according to its terms;

 

Exhibit 12.02(b)-2


(b) The execution and performance by Assignee Lender of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Related Documents will not require any registration with, notice to, or consent or approval by any Governmental Authority;

(c) Assignee Lender is familiar with transactions of the kind and scope reflected in the Related Documents and in this Agreement;

(d) Assignee Lender has made its own independent investigation and appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its Affiliates, has conducted its own evaluation of the Advances, the Related Documents and the Borrower’s and its Affiliates’ creditworthiness, has made its decision to become a Lender to Borrower under the Funding Agreement independently and without reliance upon Assignor Lender, any other Lender or the Administrative Agent, and will continue to do so;

(e) Assignee Lender is entering into this Agreement in the ordinary course of its business, and is acquiring its interest in the Advances for its own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any subsequent distribution; provided that at all times the distribution of Assignee Lender’s property shall, subject to the terms of the Funding Agreement, be and remain within its control; and

(f) As of the Effective Date, Assignee Lender is entitled to receive payments of principal and interest under the Funding Agreement without deduction for or on account of any taxes imposed by the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof, after giving effect to this assignment Borrower will not have any increased obligations under Sections 2.08(g) , 2.09 , or 12.04(b) of the Funding Agreement by virtue of such assignment, and Assignee Lender will indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, or expenses that are not paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Funding Agreement.

3.2 Assignor Lender’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Assignor Lender hereby represents, warrants and covenants the following to Assignee Lender:

(a) Assignor Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Amount;

(b) This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of Assignor Lender, enforceable according to its terms;

(c) The execution and performance by Assignor Lender of its duties and obligations under this Agreement will not require any registration with, notice to or consent or approval by any Governmental. Authority;

(d) Assignor Lender has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill the obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(e) Assignor Lender is the legal and beneficial owner of the interests being assigned hereby, free and clear of any adverse claim, lien, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on transfer, purchase option, call or similar right of a third party.

 

Exhibit 12.02(b)-3


4. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

Neither Assignor Lender (except as provided in Section 3.2 ) nor the Administrative Agent makes any representations or warranties of any kind, nor assumes any responsibility or liability whatsoever, with regard to (a) the Related Documents or any other document or instrument furnished pursuant thereto or the Advances, or other Borrower Obligations, (b) the creation, validity, genuineness, enforceability, sufficiency, value or collectibility of any of them, (c) the amount, value or existence of the Borrower Collateral, (d) the perfection or priority of any Lien upon the Borrower Collateral, or (e) the financial condition of Borrower or any of its Affiliates or other obligor or the performance or observance by Borrower or any of its Affiliates of its obligations under any of the Related Documents. Neither Assignor Lender nor the Administrative Agent has or will have any duty, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any investigation, evaluation, appraisal of, or any responsibility or liability with respect to the accuracy or completeness of, any information provided to Assignee Lender which has been provided to Assignor Lender or the Administrative Agent by Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Related Documents shall impose upon the Assignor Lender or the Administrative Agent any fiduciary relationship in respect of the Assignee Lender.

5. FAILURE TO ENFORCE

No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or Assignor Lender in the exercise of any power, right, or privilege hereunder or under any Related Document will impair such power, right, or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein. No single or partial exercise of any such power, right, or privilege will preclude further exercise thereof or of any other right, power, or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

6. NOTICES

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given will be in writing and addressed to the respective party as set forth below its signature hereunder, or to such other address as the party may designate in writing to the other.

7. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective without the written concurrence of Assignor Lender, the Administrative Agent and Assignee Lender.

8. SEVERABILITY

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. In the event any provision of this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability, without invalidating the

 

Exhibit 12.02(b)-4


remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of the Agreement. In addition, in the event any provision of or obligation under this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations in any other jurisdictions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. SECTION TITLES

Section and Subsection titles in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose, and have no substantive effect.

10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

11. APPLICABLE LAW

THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

12. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents, or supplements may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

*        *        *

 

Exhibit 12.02(b)-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

Assignee Lender     Assignor Lender

 

   

 

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Notice Address     Notice Address
Account Information     Account Information

 

Acknowledged and Consented to:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Consented to:] 3

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,

    as Borrower

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

3

If required pursuant to Section 12.02.

 

Exhibit 12.02(b)-6


SCHEDULE 2.1

Assignor Lender’s Loans

Principal Amount

 

Advances

           $             

Accrued Interest

           $             

Unused Line Fee

           $             

Other + or -

   $             

Total

   $             

All determined as of the Effective Date


Exhibit A to Funding Agreement

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY


ANNEX 5.02(a)

to

FUNDING AGREEMENT

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE BORROWER

The Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each Managing Agent and the Administrative Agent:

(a) Reporting . (i)  Monthly Report . As soon as available, and in any event no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the sixth day of each calendar month, a monthly report (a “ Monthly Report ”) in the form attached hereto prepared as of the last day of the previous calendar month, certified by an officer of the Servicer. It is hereby understood and agreed that the Borrower shall be required to deliver a Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of this subsection (a)(i) notwithstanding that the Borrower may also be required to deliver Weekly Reports or Daily Reports as hereinafter described.

(ii) Weekly Report . No later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on each Tuesday, a report (a “ Weekly Report ”) in the form attached hereto, prepared as of the last day of the immediately preceding week.

(iii) Daily Report . If a Termination Event has occurred or as otherwise determined necessary by the Administrative Agent, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately following the date on which the daily reporting obligation arose, a daily report (a “ Daily Report ”) in the form attached hereto, prepared as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day. The Borrower shall be required to deliver a Daily Report by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on each Business Day thereafter (each Daily Report relating to the immediately preceding Business Day) unless and until such Termination Event is no longer outstanding, in which case the Borrower shall be required to deliver the Weekly Reports during the following calendar month.

(b) Annual Audited Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of (1) the audited consolidated financial statements for such year for each of the Borrower and the Parent and its Subsidiaries, certified, as to the audited financial statements, without qualification in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by any of (i) Deloitte & Touche USA LLP, (ii) Ernst & Young LLP, (iii) KPMG LLP, or (iv) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (or any of their respective successors) or other nationally recognized independent public accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with such financial statements being prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the period involved (except as approved by such accountants and disclosed therein) and (2) the unaudited consolidating financial statements for the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

(c) Quarterly Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last quarter of such fiscal year), financial information regarding the Parent and its Subsidiaries, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent, consisting of consolidated unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the


related statements of income and cash flows for that portion of the fiscal year ending as of the close of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such quarter and for the period then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event. In addition, the Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent and the Managing Agents, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, (1) a statement in reasonable detail (each, a “ Compliance Certificate ”) showing the calculations used in determining compliance with each financial test described in Annex Z of the Sale Agreement and (2) a management discussion and analysis that includes a comparison of performance for the fiscal year to date as of the end of that fiscal quarter to the corresponding period in the prior year, as set forth in the quarterly filings made by the Parent with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(d) Intentionally Omitted .

(e) Operating Plan . As soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual operating plan for such fiscal year for the Parent, which will (i) include a statement of the material assumptions on which such plan is based, (ii) include quarterly balance sheets and quarterly projections for such year and (iii) integrate sales, gross profits, operating expenses, operating profit, cash flow projections and Borrowing Base projections, all prepared on the same basis and in similar detail as that on which operating results are reported (and in the case of cash flow projections, representing management’s good faith estimates of future financial performance based on historical performance), and including plans for personnel, capital expenditures and facilities.

(f) Management Letters . Within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower, copies of all management letters, exception reports or similar letters or reports received by the Borrower from its independent certified public accountants.

(g) Default Notices . As soon as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower has actual knowledge of the existence thereof, telephonic or telecopied notice of each of the following events, in each case specifying the nature and anticipated effect thereof and what action, if any, the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, which notice, if given telephonically, shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day:

(i) any Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event;

(ii) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Borrower Collateral of which it becomes aware;

 

Annex 5.02(a)-2


(iii) the occurrence of any event that would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Borrower Collateral or on the assignments and Liens granted by the Borrower pursuant to the Funding Agreement;

(iv) the occurrence of any event of the type described in Sections 4.02(h)(i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of the Sale Agreement involving any Obligor obligated under Transferred Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance at such time of $2,000,000 or more;

(v) the commencement of a case or proceeding by or against the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor seeking a decree or order in respect of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor (A) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor or for any substantial part of its respective assets, or (C) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor;

(vi) the receipt of notice that (A) the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any material license, permit, charter, registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the business of the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Borrower, the Parent, the Servicer, any Originator, any other Subsidiary of the Parent or any Obligor is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by it in the conduct of its business if such cessation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(vii) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) SEC Filings and Press Releases . Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of any final registration statements and the regular, periodic and special reports, if any, which the Parent shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities exchange and copies of all management letters delivered to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by its accountants.

(i) ERISA Notices . Immediately upon becoming aware of the institution of any steps by the Borrower or any other Person to terminate any Pension Plan, or the failure to make a required contribution to a Pension Plan if such failure is sufficient to give rise to a lien under section 303(k) of ERISA, or the taking of any action with respect to a Pension Plan which could result in the requirement that the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate furnish a bond or other security to the PBGC or such Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event with respect to any Pension Plan which could result in the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any material liability, fine or penalty, notice thereof an copies of all documentation relating thereto.

 

Annex 5.02(a)-3


(j) Litigation . Promptly upon learning thereof, written notice of any Litigation affecting the Borrower, the Transferred Receivables or the Borrower Collateral, whether or not fully covered by insurance, and regardless of the subject matter thereof that (i) seeks damages in excess of $100,000, (ii) seeks injunctive relief, (iii) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries (in their capacity as a fiduciary of any such Plan) or its assets or against the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower in connection with any Plan, (iv) alleges criminal misconduct by the Borrower or (v) would, if determined adversely, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Other Documents . Such other financial and other information respecting the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower, any Originator, the Parent or any of its other Subsidiaries as any Lender or Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(l) Miscellaneous Certifications . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, (i) a Bringdown Certificate in the form attached hereto, (ii) a Servicer’s Certificate in the form attached hereto, and (iii) if requested, an opinion or opinions of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, reaffirming as of the date of such opinion the opinions of counsel with respect to the Borrower and the Originators delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date.

 

Annex 5.02(a)-4


Form of Monthly Report

 

Annex 5.02(a)-5


Form of Weekly Report

 

Annex 5.02(a)-6


Form of Daily Report

 

Annex 5.02(a)-7


ANNEX W

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S ACCOUNT/

LENDERS’ ACCOUNTS

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S ACCOUNT FOR SWING LINE ADVANCES

SMBC LENDER GROUP’S ACCOUNT

BANK OF AMERICA LENDER GROUP’S ACCOUNT


ANNEX X

DEFINITIONS


ANNEX Y

SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS


Annex Z to Funding Agreement

FORM OF SPECIAL OBLIGOR APPROVAL NOTICE

Bank of America, N.A.

[Address]

[Insert Date]

[Address]

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

[Address]

 

  Re: Approval of Special Obligor

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, as amended (the “ Funding Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “ Lenders ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as a lender and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Funding Agreement.

The Administrative Agent on behalf of the Requisite Lenders hereby notifies the Lenders of the approval of [name of party] as a Special Obligor (the “ Special Obligor ”). It is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent may, if requested in writing by any Lender, revoke such approval at any time upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to SIT Funding Corporation.


Very truly yours,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and as a Managing Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Consented to and Acknowledged by:

 

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION,

as a Managing Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX Corporation

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

State or Country in Which Organized

SYNNEX Canada Limited    Canada
SYNNEX Information Technologies (China) Ltd.    China
SYNNEX de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Ltd.    United Kingdom
ComputerLand Corporation    California
Sennex Enterprises Limited    Hong Kong
SIT Funding Corporation    Delaware
MiTAC Industrial Corporation    California
License Online, Inc.    California
China Civilink (Cayman)    Cayman Islands
SYNNEX-Concentrix Corporation    British Virgin Islands
Concentrix Corporation    New York
SYNNEX Investment Holdings, Inc.    British Virgin Islands
SYNNEX Logistics Corporation    British Virgin Islands

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-111799) of SYNNEX Corporation of our report dated January 23, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

January 23, 2009

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Kevin Murai, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SYNNEX Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: January 26, 2009

 

/s/    K EVIN M URAI        

Kevin Murai
President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Thomas Alsborg, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SYNNEX Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: January 26, 2009

 

/s/    T HOMAS A LSBORG      

Thomas Alsborg
Chief Financial Officer

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

STATEMENT OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

UNDER 18 U.S.C. § 1350

 

We, Kevin Murai, the president and chief executive officer of SYNNEX Corporation (the “Company”), and Thomas Alsborg, the chief financial officer of the Company, certify for the purposes of section 1350 of chapter 63 of title 18 of the United States Code that, to the best of our knowledge,

 

(i) the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended November 30, 2008 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: January 26, 2009

 

/s/ K EVIN M URAI

Kevin Murai

/s/ T HOMAS A LSBORG

Thomas Alsborg